AM-FM, TV - American Radio History
AM-FM, TV
Broadcast Equipment
Accessories Catalog
82 -V
FOREWORD
Harris Corporation, Broadcast Division, is dedicated to being the single-source supplier for
all of your broadcast equipment needs. Our new "Broadcast Equipment Accessories"
catalog carries through on this by providing a wide selection of accessories to Harris'
extensive line of manufactured products for the AM, FM and TV broadcast industry.
In this new catalog we have listed thousands of items required by the broadcaster in the
areas of audio, R.F. and video. We hope that this catalog will be of value to you and will
make your equipment procurement task an easier one.
Although the scope of this catalog is extensive, it may not always list the exact item you
require. If this should occur, please ask us and we will strive to fill your exact needs. Just
contact the main sales office in Quincy, Illinois.
The Broadcast Division is one of 26 divisions of Harris Corporation, a world leader in
communications and information processing systems and equipment. With sales in excess
of one and one -half billion dollars, Harris is one of the 500 largest corporations in the United
States.
The items listed in this publication have been carefully selected to represent the finest
accessories assortment from every equipment category. We are confident the "82 -V"
catalog will prove useful to you. Your patronage is welcome and appreciated.
W HARRIS
1982 BILL DANIELS CO All rghts reserved
.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
Abco Wire and Metal Products
Acoustic Research
ADC Products
Allied Tower
Altronic Research Corp
AMP Special Industries
Ampex Corp.
Ampro Scully
Andrew Corp
Anixter Mark
Aphex
Asaca
Atlas Sound
2
Lenco, Inc
3
Lightning Elimination Associates
Listec TV Equipment Corp
4
179
5, 6
9
7, 8
10, 11
12 -14
15
16
17, 18
19
Atlas Tower
Audio Connectors
Audiolab Electronics
Audio -Technica
Auditronics, Inc
22
23 -26
Belar Electronics Lab Inc
Belden
Berkey Colortran
Bird Electronics Corp
Walter S. Brewer Co, Inc
27
28
163
29 -31
163
Cablewave Systems
Cinema Products
Cine 60
Conrac
Crown International, Inc
32 -34
35
10 Dale
DBX Inc
Decca Austin
Delta
179
20
21
36
37, 38
39, 40
59
60, 61
Fidelipac
Flexo
Frezzolini Electronics
62 -65
66, 67
General Electric
Gentner Engineering
68
69
2
Harris Corp
Hitachi
Hughey -Phillips Co
70, 71
Innovative Television Equipment (ITE)
International Tapetronics (ITC)
ISI
82
83 -87
77 -81
eJBL
88, 89
Kings Electronics
Kinoton
Klieg!
Kline Iron & Steel Co., Inc
72 -75
76
124
9
90
163
179
118-120
Panasonic (Technics)
Phasemaster
Phelps Dodge
Porta- Pattern
Potomac Instruments
164
124
125 -127
128, 129
130 -132
Quickset
133, 134
121
R- Columbia
135
Revox (Studer Revox)
Rohde & Schwarz
161, 162
136, 137
RTS Systems
138 -140
141 -144
Ruslang Corp
Scotch (3M)
Eventide Clockworks, Inc
110-114
115 -117
122, 123
41
53, 54
55 -58
105
106 -108
109
99, 100
147, 148
O'Connor Engineering Labs, Inc
Orban
Otari
Scientific Atlanta
Electro Impulse Lab, Inc
Electro -Voice
101 -104
Myat, Inc
Scala Electronic Corp
50, 51
52
Kay Industries
Marti Electronics, Inc
Mic Mix Audio Products, Inc
Microtrak Corp
Microtran Co., Inc
3M
3M Company - Scotch
Moseley Associates, Inc
42
Dielectric
Dynair Electronics, Inc
Dynatech Data Systems
ESE
Luxo Lamp Corp
41
43 -46
47 -49
91 -96
97, 98
188 -193
26
145
146
147, 148
149 -151
152
153 -156
157
158, 159
160
163
161, 162
Sennheiser Electronic Corp
Seth -Thomas
Shure
Southeast
Spindler & Sauppe
Stanton
Strand Century
Studer Revox America, Inc
TFT (Time and Frequency Technology)
Talley Industries Co. (Seth Thomas)
Technics
Tektronix, Inc
Telecommunications Industries, Ltd.
Teledyne Acoustic Research
Telescript
Telex
Trompeter Electronics, Inc
173 -178
152
164
169 -172
128, 129
3
165
166 -168
180
179
Unarco -Rohn
181
UREI
Utah Scientific
182 -185
Valley People
Vinten
186, 187
188 -193
Westclox
152
194
179
O.C. White Co
World Tower
GB
HARRIS
2
ABCO WIRE AND METAL PRODUCTS
Abco Wire cartridge rack. Holds (50) cartridges. 5" w. x 60" h. x 7" d. Weighs
approximately 4 pounds. Includes tape
mounting brackets.
Order Number 730 -1492 -000
Price $35.00
ëezci
MIKESTER ARMS
Grey Finish Only
These versatile microphone stands are as flexible as
the hand itself. Permits instant stable positioning without separate adjustment. Swings out 36" in any direction when fully extended. Holds any microphone up to
4 lbs. Heavy duty clips hold lead cable neatly in
place. Finished in ASCOBOND" double baked oven fired gray enamel that matches any mike.
'1
No. 1 General Model: clamps or screws to any surface.
Packed one to a carton. Wt. 43/a lbs.
14
i
No. 2 Bracket Model: same as No.
except with
bracket for wall or vertical screw mounting. Packed one
to a carton. Wt. 51/4 lbs.
1
No. 3 Floor Model: same as No. 1 except on 40" floor
stand. Heavy 13" diam. base. Packed in two cartons.
JIN
ti
Wt. 23 lbs.
Clamp -On
1
- $44.95
Floor Stand - $79.95
2
3
Abco Wire lazy susan cartridge rack base.
Holds up to (10) Abco Wire cartridge racks.
(Cartridge racks not included).
Order Number 730- 1493 -000
Price $62.00
íi
Ú HARRIS
- $34.95
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice
Bracket
3
A
WTELEDYNE ACOUSTIC RESEARCH
AR9
4 -way system
2 -12"
woofers
8" cone lower midrange
'/:" liquid cooled dome upper midrange
1
3/4" liquid cooled dome tweeter
Three -3 position control switches
Oiled walnut veneer cabinet
AR9
$900.00
Pair
1800.00
AR18
2 -way
system
8" woofer
1'/4" pressure tweeter
Walnut grained vinyl veneer cabinet
Sold only in pairs
AR18
Pair
AR91
AR92
$90.00
180.00
AR28
2 -way
system
8" woofer
1" dome tweeter
Walnut grained vinyl veneer cabinet
Sold only in pairs
$125.00
250.00
AR28
Pair
AR38
2 -way system
10" woofer
13/4" pressure tweeter
Walnut grained vinyl veneer cabinet
AR38
Pair
$150.00
300.00
AR94
AR91
3 -way
system
AR93
1-12" woofer
liquid cooled dome tweeter
Two -3 position control switches
Oiled walnut veneer cabinet
3/4"
AR91
Pair
1
$425.00
850.00
AR92
One -10" woofer
liquid cooled dome midrange
N" liquid cooled dome tweeter
Two -3 position control switches
Walnut grained vinyl veneer cabinet
AR92
Pair
$260.00
520.00
AR93
Pair
AR94
3 -way system
1
system with 4 drive units
Two -8" acoustic suspension woofers
8" midrange
''4" liquid cooled tweeter
Black acoustically transparent cloth over high density particle board
3 -way
1'/:" liquid cooled dome midrange
system with 3 drive units
woofer
One
midrange
One
1 '.4" liquid cooled tweeter
Black acoustically transparent cloth over high density particle board
$220.00
AR94
Pair
440.00
3 -way
-8"
-8"
1/2"
$325.00
650.00
Co]
ic;
IO1
ó0
O
TIY
AN
41
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
j HARRIS
4
ADC Pîoducts
A
DIVISION OF MAGNETIC CONTROLS COMPANY
LONG FRAME JACK PANELS
e
NO.
JACKS
RACK
WIDTH
WITHOUT
WITH
JACKS
O
24
CC
J
0Z
19"
Long Frame
Jack Panels
MODEL NUMBERS
RACK
HEIGHT
1.3/4"
Pot 318
Jacks
PJ-343
PJ -33
WITH
WITH
WITH
PJ-338 Jsd1s
PJ -238 Jacks
N-482 Jocks
P.1-393
oESIG.
STRIP.
INCL:
NOTES
LU
Pi-36
.....
....
.....
.....
.....
....
.....
PJ-30
PJ-30A
PJ-31
PJ-33
PJ-36
PJ-36A
PJ-37
PJ-231A
5/8-in. jack pairs spaced
3 /4 -in. to prevent cross-patching.
PJ-898
Includes brackets tor flush rack
P.1.396
mounting.
Reinforcing
19"
26
Vi
1.3/4"
PJ-36A
PJ-396A
Strip
Only
(WE 2306)
48
19"
2-1/8"
Pi-31
For designation
strips.
9
Note 1.
see
PJ -341
Pi-391
PJ -898
O
PJ -30
PJ-340
P.1-390
PJ 901
19"
52
Pi-30A
PJ-340A
P
to prevent cross- patching.
J
LU
...
23
-
Double designation strips. Includes
brackets for flush rack mounting.
1-3/4"
I
-
(WE 230A1
Pi-292
191.00
171.00
132.00
135.00
89.00
165.00
165.00
165.00
176.00
132.00
102.00
PJ-290
PJ-292
PJ-340
PJ-341
PJ-343
PJ-390
PJ-390A ...
PJ-390W ..
PJ-391 ..
PJ-393
PJ-396
..
.
....
.
zz
z,+
.
-i
-
; -390A
PJ 231
Ji
PJ -290
,d
CO
a..
sw 460CT7A TOSCO
D
O
23"
64
1-3/4
Reinforcing
Strip
Onl
Only
Pi-231A
IWE 231ÁI
>
0-O
19"
78
UJ
2
.
~
2-5/8"
..S
.
-
PJ -37
-.
-i1-
PJ -33
OOOO UQ
-
.
4
..1
-
p
111111
-1 Ì 2..460RTKTO
1241431C71 1TO.5P(74
CONDUCTORS
STACK
HEIGHT
]
n 4tamml
11-.--F
OF
PRAME
562.n.
I
R
PJ -36
1.
,ai
-1i'
-
7
...
A
1Q.kLt;
MILITARY
EOUIY.
a ns
u1
],5
P1111
])so
(1.-e
]
Illaomml
EAE
J
nee
41
-
ADC NO.
VV/P.41
AOC
NO
LENGTH
-foot
1.305 ml
PLUGS
LENGTH
2-feet
m)
4 -feet
1
Sll n
Ila49mml
1.61
11066
PI
1]]
11066
A
P1203
11016
A
P12]E
J10]2
A
301
]a6
ml
3-feet
1.915 m)
4-feet
223
n
;::
Pl1]6W
vl .n.
II349mm1
PJ 11
1.61
PJ -12
(1.22 m)
PJ -13
1133 ml
ADC NO. ADC NO.
W /PJ -327 W /PJ-047R
PLUGS
PLUGS
A
PJ -14
1183m)
PJ-t6
P./
PJ-186
PJ -476
PJ -186
PJ -476
ong Frame
etch Cords
-
THREE CONDUCTOR
SHIELDED
SINGLE PLUGS
ADC NO.
117 45
C
IT145mm1
C
4a7 m
I11lOm.nl
A
]u
A
PI
PIN,
w
1N. n
1111144
W /PJ -2
LENGTH
1
C
a
a
NO
316
JlON
2
11646
C
P.1336
C
P1338
.1019
338
1112
e.e.n.
531 .n
11349
'
S)Ln
11468
1.1
3
otnW s.mdar WOG
Plllf n4vin9.7071n
ga HARRIS
ml
PJ -311
PJ-82
PJ -312
PJ -313
PJ-73
PJ -83
(1.22 ml
PJ -74
PJ -84
PJ -314
Pi-76
PJ -86
PJ-316
6-feet
(1.83 ml
.s
.
t
C
1-
2]9
DOUBLE PLUGS
A
746
A
Na
A
1526 mod dwnnsr NANA
PJ -81
PJ -72
1.915 ml
4 -feet
ADC NO.
1.13i w
'11I46
Pi-71
]w6
LENGTH
A
Pi-310
PLUGS
3 -feet
II349mmI
II ]49mm1
ADC NO.
C
A
*PING
ADC NO.
W /PJ -051R
PLUGS
760
n
P1 N6 W
531 m
PLUGS
-foot
1.305 m)
2 -feet
N1
N
136
taó
116.1mm1
S71 .n
1309 or
11074
salin
2
]
For sow wan
741
1.61
aal.n
yE
I454E
P.1
991.n
r
I
A
91mm1
2
`
150.n
P124615
.531.n
11149mm1
PJ-12
PJ-13
PJ-14
PJ-16
PJ-71
PJ-72
PJ-73
PJ-74
PJ-76
PJ-81
PJ-82
PJ-83
PJ-84
PJ-86
PJ-92
PJ-96
PJ-172
PJ-174
PJ-176
PJ-182
PJ-184
PJ-186
PJ-311
PJ-312
PJ-313
PJ-314
PJ-316
PJ-012
PJ-414
PJ-416
W /PJ -7
W /PJ -8
ADC NO.W/
DUAL PJ -310
PLUGS
PLUGS
PLUGS
PJ -172
PJ -92
P.1412
PJ -472
PJ414
PJ-474
PJ-476
ADC NO.
2 -feet
(.61 m)
4 -feet
11.22 ml
6 -feet
11.83 ml
472
PJ -182
6 -feet
11.22 ml
6 -feet
C
;Li No W
J
LN
YOCTRTO.S000M
+n 455 CT1tTO.537eu
N0
4
PJ-30
Long Frame Patch Cords
o
A
a ]as W
J
1/eMAH1
nt
r1 24D
uS4
-ITW.4a0crsR 10 sm
J
-
t.l
A
111
I1 70
1953 in.n1
3
PJ37
r-.4
l
,y,}
w111E WRAP
MOO
AOC
NO.
.n.
t
Ea
--
- -
R
000
000 00 r a
2-feet
so9
Lai;
-
TWO CONDUCTOR
SHIELDED
UNSHIELDED
SOLDER
RIMER
-
Double designation strips. Includes
brackets for flush rack mounting.
SELECTION CHART
SCREMATIC
}
For designation strips,
Note 1.
see
Single Long Frame Jacks
-
....
....
....
....
....
....
$29.70
29.15
38.50
37.40
29.15
29.15
42.10
67.65
Designation
Strips
PJ-898 ....$ 7.00
5 /8-in. jack pairs spaced 3 /4 -in.
(WE 185)
Long Frame
Jack Panels
With Jacks)
I Less Jacks)
PJ -174
PJ -176
PJ -96
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice
PJ -416
$35.45
36.75
38.00
39.00
41.25
22.25
23.43
24.37
25.30
27.15
21.75
22.90
23.75
24.65
26.40
46.75
51.70
43.45
45.90
48.40
46.75
49.20
51.70
22.82
23.75
24.64
25.52
27.06
45.54
4
50.16
24.20
25.74
27.28
5
RF COAXIAL LOAD RESISTORS
RESEARCH CORPORATION
.
MODEL 5705
MODEL 5715
MODEL 5725A
The "Omegaline" Model 5705 is a low
cost, lightweight, portable, direct water cooled dummy load for terminating coaxial
transmission lines.
Water is used as a dielectric coolant.
Water -flow requirement at 5 KW is gpm.
Internal pressure drop is less than 10 lbs. psi.
Radio frequency power is dissipated in a
film -type cylindrical resistor. The resistor is
contained in a patented enclosure that
provides an almost reflection -free termination.
These ruggedly constructed dummy loads
require no field adjustments. All units
undergo complete testing before delivery.
Resistor elements may be replaced in the
field in a matter of minutes. There is no need
to send the unit back to the factory.
Additional outstanding features of the
Model 5705 are 111 compactness, only 10'/4"
long, (21 portability, only 4 lbs. in weight, 131
ability to operate in any position, (41 reliability, and 151 ease of maintenance. A
detailed instruction manual is provided with
each unit.
The "Omegaline" Model 5715 is a low
cost, lightweight, portable, direct water cooled dummy load for terminating coaxial transmission lines.
Water is used as a dielectric coolant.
Water -flow requirement at 15 KW is 4 gpm.
Internal pressure drop is less than 20 lbs. psi.
Radio frequency power is dissipated in a
film -type cylindrical resistor. The resistor is
contained in a patented enclosure that
provides an almost reflection -free termination.
These ruggedly constructed dummy loads
require no field adjustments. All units
undergo complete testing before delivery.
Resistor elements may be replaced in the
field in a matter of minutes. There is no need
to send the unit back to the factory.
Additional outstanding features of the
Model 5715 are (1) compactness, only
14- 5/16" long, (21 portability, only 91/2 lbs.
in weight, 131 ability to operate in any
position, (4) reliability, and (51 ease of maintenance. A detailed instruction manual is
provided with each unit.
The "Omegaline" Model 5725A is a low
cost, lightweight, portable, direct water cooled dummy load for terminating 3-1/8"
transmission lines.
Water is used as a dielectric coolant.
Water -flow requirement at 25 KW is 6 gpm.
Internal pressure drop is less than 10 lbs. psi.
Radio frequency power is dissipated in a
film -type cylindrical resistor. The resistor is
contained in a patented enclosure that
provides an almost reflection -free termination.
These ruggedly constructed dummy loads
require no field adjustments. All units
undergo complete testing before delivery.
Resistor elements may be replaced in the
field in a matter of minutes. There is no need
to send the unit back to the factory.
Additional outstanding features of the
Model 5725A are (1) compactness, only 15"
long, (2) portability, only 11 lbs. in weight,
ability to operate in any position, 14)
131
reliability, and 15) ease of maintenance. A
detailed instruction manual is provided with
each unit.
Impedence: 50 ohms nominal. Max Power
Frequency
Rating: 5 KW continuous.
Range: 60 Hz to 2 Ghz. Max. VSWR: 1.10 to
Ghz; 1.15 to 1.5 Ghz, and 1.2 to 2 Ghz.
Cooling Method: Ordinary tap or distilled
water in open or closed systems. Max.
Output Water Temp: 90° C. Max Operating
Water Pressure: 150 psi. Water Flow: 2
gpm. Water Connectors: 3/i" (garden hose).
Water Circuit Elements: Non- contaminating. Resistor Element: Cylindrical film type.
Field replaceable. Input Connectors: 1-5/8"
EIA flanged. Other connectors may be
specified. Dimensions: Max. 10- 3/16 "x
3'/2 ". Weight: 4 lbs. Operating Position:
Any. Construction: Brass and aluminum.
Finish: Nickel plate.
Impedence: 50 ohms nominal. Max Power
Rating: 15 KW continuous. Frequency
10 to
Range: 60 Hz to 2 Ghz. Max. VSWR:
Ghz; 1.15 to 1.5 Ghz, and; 1.2 to 2 Ghz.
Cooling Method: Ordinary tap or distilled
water in open or closed systems. Max
Output Water Temp: 90° C. Max Operating
Water Pressure: 150 psi. Water Flow: 4
(garden hose).
gpm. Water Connectors:
Water Circuit Elements: Non- contaminating. Resistor Element: Cylindrical film type.
Field replaceable. Input Connectors: 3 -1 /8"
or -5/8" EIA flanged. Other connectors
may be specified. Dimensions: Max. 1413/ 16 "x3 Yz ". Weight: 9'1/2 lbs. Operating
Position: Any. Construction: Brass and
aluminum. Finish: Nickel plate.
Impedence: 50 ohms nominal. Max Power
Rating: 25 KW continuous. Frequency
Range: 60 Hz to 1.8 Ghz. Max. VSWR: 1.10
Ghz; 1.15 to 1.5 Ghz, and; 1.2 to 1.8
to
Ghz. Cooling Method: Ordinary tap or
distilled water in open or closed systems.
Max Output Water Temp: 90° C. Max
Operating Water Pressure: 150 psi. Water
Flow: 6 gpm. Water Connectors: '/4"
(garden hose) Water Circuit Elements:
Non -contaminating. Resistor Element: Cylindrical film type. Field replaceable. Input
Connectors: 3-1/8" EIA flanged; other
connectors may be specified. Dimensions:
Max. 15 "x4' ". Weight: 11 lbs. Operating
Position: Any. Construction: Brass and
aluminum. Finish: Nickel plate.
1
I
4
i
1
5705,
ohm
5
KW
with
1
-5/8"
flange, 50
$445.00
1
1
'"
1
5715,
ohm
5715R,
ohm
5715,
lk
ohm
5715R,
ohm
15
15
15
15
KW
with
KW,
KW,
KW,
1
1
-5/8" flange,
-5/8"
50
$600.00
flangeless, 50
$585.00
1
5725A, 25 KW, with 3 -1/8" flange, 50
$1075.00
ohm
5725R, 25 KW, 3-1/8" flangeless, 50
$1050.00
ohm
with 3-1/8"
3 -1/8"
flange, 50
$600.00
flangeless, 50
$585.00
44
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
I-1ARRIS
6
RF COAXIAL LOAD RESISTORS
RESEARCH CORPORATION
MODEL 5750
The Omegaline Model 5750 is a direct water- cooled termination for 50 -ohm coaxial
transmission line systems. Transmitters,
microwave components, power tube manufacturers, and transmitting stations can be
assured of ideal dummy load conditions during designing, testing, adjusting, and aligning of transmitters or components.
50 KW of radio frequency is dissipated in
a film type cylindrical resistor which is contained in a patented new enclosure. This
design permits the replacement of resistors
in the field in a matter of minutes. Add to
this another Altronic "First:" the use of
water as a dielectric medium as well as a
coolant, an "Omegaline," Model 5750, providing an almost reflection -free termination
that features low VSWR, rugged construction, light weight, portability, dependability
and ease of maintenance at low cost.
Model 5750 is the first in the 5700 Series.
Other power ratings ranging from
KW
through 25 KW may be specified.
1
Impedence: 50 ohms nominal. Max. Power
Rating: 50 KW continuous. Frequency
Range: 60
to 2000 mc. Max VSWR: 1.10
to 1000 mc; 1.15 to 1500 mc; and 1.25 to
2000 mc. Cooling Method: Ordinary tap or
distilled water in open or closed systems.
Max Output Water Temp: 90° C. Water
Flow: 10 gpm. Water Connectors: ' "
(garden hose). Water Circuit Elements:
Non -contaminating. Resistor Element: Cylindrical film type. Field replaceable. Input
Connectors: 3-1/8" EIA flanged; other
connectors may be specified. Dimensions:
Max. 17 -5/8" x 5 -1/8 ". Weight: 16% lbs.
Operating Position: Any. Construction:
Brass and aluminum. Finish: Nickel plate.
5750,
50
KW, with 3-1/8"
ohm
5750F,
50
KW,
3-1/8"
ohm
flange, 50
$1375.00
flangeless, 50
$1350.00
MODEL 7580
MODEL 5780
80- Kilowatts Continuous -Duty Rating
The "Omegaline" Model 5780 is a direct
water -cooled dummy load for 50 -ohm coaxial transmission lines. RF energy is dissipated in a film -type cylindrical resistor which
simulates an unending length of 50 -ohm
line. Water is used both as a dielectric and a
coolant. Model 5780 is recommended as a
reflection -free termination for higher-power
transmitters during testing, aligning, adjusting, etc.
Impedence: 50 ohms. Power Rating: 80 KW
(RMS) continuous. Frequency Range: 60 Hz
to above 1200 mc. VSWR: Less than 1.10 to
1000 mc. Input Connectors: 3-1/8" or
6-1/8" EIA flanged. Operating Position:
Any. Cooling Method: Ordinary tap or pure
water. Open or closed system. Water -Flow
Rate: 10 -GPM (Minimum). Water Pressure:
150 -PSI (Maximum). Internal Pressure
Drop: 45 -PSI. Input Water Temperature: 4°
C to 60° C. Output Water Temperature: 90°
C (Max. allowable). Water Temperature
Rise at 80 KW and 10 -GPM: 30.3° C. Water
Circuit Materials: Non -contaminating.
Water Connectors: '/." garden hose. Dimensions: 5'/z" diameter x 30" length.
Weight: 19 lbs. Construction: Aluminum
and brass. Fasteners: Stainless steel. Finish:
Bright nickel plate. Service: Factory.
5780,
80
KW,
with
3 -1/8"
ohm
5780 80
ohm
flange, 50
$1775.00
KW,
with
6-1/8"
flange, 50
$1800.00
5750, 50 KW, with 6 -1/8" EIA flange, 50
ohm
$1425.00
7580A, 80 KW, with 6 -1/8" flange, 75
ohm
$1800.00
80- Kilowatts Continuous -Duty Rating
The "Omegaline" Model 7580 is a direct
water -cooled dummy load for 75 -ohm coaxial transmission lines. RF energy is dissipated in a film -type cylindrical resistor which
simulates an unending length of 75-ohm
line. Water is used both as a dielectric and
as a coolant. Model 7580 is recommended
as a reflection -free termination for higher power transmitters during testing, aligning,
adjusting, etc.
Impedence: 75 ohms. Power Rating: 80 KW
(RMS) continuous. Frequency Range: 60 Hz
to above 1200 mc. VSWR: Less than 1.10 to
1000 mc. Input Connectors: 3-1/8" or
6-1 /8" EIA flanged. Operating Position:
Any. Cooling Method: Ordinary tap or pure
water. Open or closed system. Water -Flow
Rate: 10 -GPM (Minimum). Water Pressure:
150 -PSI (Maximum). Internal Pressure
Drop: 45 -PSI at 10 -GPM. Input Water
Temperature: 4° C to 60° C. Output Water
Temperature: 90° C (Max. allowable).
Water Temperature Rise at 80 KW and 10GPM: 30.3° C. Water Circuit Materials:
Non -contaminating. Water Connectors: 3/4"
garden hose. Dimensions: 8'/." diameter x
31" length. Weight: 26 lbs. Construction:
Aluminum and brass. Fasteners: Stainless
steel. Finish: Bright nickel plate. Service:
Factory.
7580 80
ohm
KW,
with
6-1/8"
flange, 75
$1725.00
Replacement resistors for Altronic loads:
HR- 5 for model5705 5KW
$70.00
HR- 15 for model 5715, 15 KW (See Note 21.
81.00
HR -25 for model 5725, 25 KW (See Note 21.
83.00
HR -50 for mode15750, 50 KW (See Note21
150.00
HR-80 for model 5780, 80 KW (See Note 2) ... 150.00
HR -37 for model 7580, 80 KW (See Note2)
83.00
NOTE 2: Altronic loads for 15 KW, 25 KW, 50 KW
and 80 KW may be factory optimized for
1.05 (or less) VSWR on a particular channel.
Specify channel. (Additional charge of
$25.001
W HARRIS
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
7
AMPEX
PROFESSIONAL
AUDIO RECORDERS
ATR -100 One, Two and Four Track Audio Recorder
01111111-011111
Ideal for use in mastering, mixdown, duplication, post -production
A superior audio recorder offering
and broadcast applications
transparent recording and playback fidelity Superb operating ease
Fast and gentle tape handling Easy -to -read LED status indicators
Features
are provided for function, mode and channel information
simplified: removable, calculator -like matrix -display control panel
Accommodates any reel size from 2 to 14 inches without the need for
Newly designed composite ferrite /metal
tension readjustment
record heads combine the best materials for consistently high
performance and long operating life. Up to 20 cue points may be
programmed using the optional Multi- Point -Search -to -Cue accessory
PURC- (Record Insert Controller) is standard for noiseless insert
recording.
2111.
ATR -100 System Pricing and Mounting Options
4010405
4010406
4010408
4010407
4010409
ATR -101, Single Channel, 3/4" Tape
Width" System
ATR -102, Two Channel, 3/4" Tape
Width" System
ATR -102S, European Stereo, 'h" Tape
Width System
ATR -104, Four Channel, '/2" Tape
Width" System
ATR -102 2 channel 1/2" Tape
Width' System
$5,900.00
7,200.00
7,200.00
9,400.00
ATR-100
8,200.00
Mounting Options:
4010258 -AE
4010258 AF
4020426 -02
4010252 -01
4010253 -01
4010259 -01
$500.00
500.00
400.00
150.00
340.00
800.00
Cabinet or2Channel
Cabinet 4 Channel
Roll- around pedestal"
1
Rack Mount -fixed
Rack Mount slides
Portable Case ..
-
.....
....
ATR -700 One and Two Track Audio Recorder
NEW VERSATILITY
record /reproduce formats (3 -head
(2 channel), '/. -track (2 channel).
3
configuration): full track
(1
channel),
2-track
All versions include 2 channel electronics.
Position for a fourth head.
Choice of 2 speed pairs.
Universal power supply.
Separate 3- position switches for bias, equalization, and record level selection.
Adjustable pitch range (variable speed control).
NAB /IEC equalization (switchable).
NEW CONVENIENCE
Rapid- response electronic motion sensing.
Feather -touch transport controls.
Handles 10'6 ", 7" and 5" reels.
3
mounting configurations.
Fully remotable, electronically -controlled transport.
Professional XLR input /output connectors.
Switchable reel size (tension) selector.
Tape lifter defeat lever (cue control).
Edit button for dump edit in play mode.
4 -digit tape
Mounting
Catalog
Number
Price
Full
Table -Top
4010271
51995 00
Two
Two
Table -Top
Table -Top
4010272
4010273
1995 00
1995 00
Heads
(Tracks)
Speed
IN /S
counter with rewind -stop memory.
ATR 700 -1. Single Channel, Full Track
-
7',
15
ATR - 700 -2, Two Channel
3'/ -- 7'h
7/,
-15
(h Track Stereo)
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
nn
HARRIS
8
AMPEX
PROFESSIONAL
AUDIO RECORDERS
ATR -800
One, Two, and Four Track
Audio Tape Recorder
THE NEW INTERNATIONAL BROADCAST PER FORMER...WITH MORE STANDARD FEATURES
THAN ANY OTHER RECORDER IN ITS CLASS.
Designed as a world machine to meet stringent
iruernational broadcasting and recording standards
3 speeds: 7.5, 15, and 30 in. /sec. Field convertible to
3.75, 7.5, and 15 in. /sec.
Extra wide head assembly makes editing easy
Edit modes include dump edit and hands -on -reel
Quick change head assemblies for easy format
conversions in the field
Fully closed loop servoes
Microprocessor controlled for safe, gentle, foolproof
tape handling
Converts between NAB and IEC setup at the flip of a
ATR 800
ATR -800 Specifications
INPUTS
switch
Universal power supply
Phase Compensated Record Equalization
Continuously variable shuttle
Variable speed operation allows recording /playback
up to +/ -10% of nominal speed
Recessed controls
Switchable transport controls accommodate right or
left handed operating and editing procedures
101/2 inch and EIA reel capacity; handles 30 cm 111.8
inch) DIN hubs
Ceramic tape guides offer years of service
Built-in cue amplifier
Electronic tape timer
Single point search -to -cue
PURC'" Pick Up Record Capability for noiseless
insert recording
No fans
Switchable ANSI VU /EBU Peak metering ballistics
Stereo /Mono level switching
Rack Mountable
Balanced, Floating Input Impedance: 10 K Ohms
Maximum input level: +36 dBm
Microphone: Balanced, 600 /150 Ohms, -70 dBm to
-20 dBm for reference level
OUTPUTS
Balanced, Floating Output Impedance: Less than 30
Ohms, 30 Hz to 15 KHz
Maximum output level: +28 dBu into 600 Ohms
Od B u = 0.775v
Headphone: 600 Ohms or higher
1
Within
30in/sec
15in/sec
100 Hz-20 KHz
50Hz-24KHz
100Hz-15KHz
100Hz-10Khz
30Hz-20KHz
30Hz-15KHz
7.5in/sec
NAB EQUALIZATION:
Track
Tape Speed
Format
in/ sec 1AESI
in/ sec 1AES1
30in /sec1AESI
15 in /sec
15 in /sec
15 in /sec
7.5 in /sec
7.5 in /sec
7.5 in /sec
30
30
DIN hubs
Fourth position head stacks
Spares kits
Extender card kit
I
1
KHz; -45 dB, 100 Hz
-
30 -18 KHz ANSI "A"
Unweighted Weighted
76 dB
80 dB
Two and four
Stereo
71
dB
75dB
72 dB
Full
75dB
Two and four
Stereo
70 dB
76 dB
79 dB
74 dB
Full
74dB
69dB
70dB
Two and four
Stereo
71
75dB
78dB
dB
73 dB
74 dB
12 KHz
ANSI/ DIN
DIN 45507
Full
PRICE
Stereo: -55 dB at
REWIND TIME
Fast wind: Less than 80 sec for 2400 ft. reel
Peak
Peak Weighted
Speed
Measured with respect to 1040 nWb /m when using
Ampex 456 tape or direct equivalent.
CATALOG
-12 KHz
WOW AND FLUTTER
ANSI S4.3/
SIGNAL -TO -NOISE RATIO
Remote control
Running time meters
Dolby /dbx interface kit
Splicing blocks
7.5in/sec
15in/sec
30in/sec
Unweighted
.06%
.05%
.04%
.12%
.10%
.08%
ELECTRONIC TAPE TIMER
Tape driven, reads in hours, minutes and seconds
-
Total weight: 2 channel
210 lbs. 195.5 kgl 4 channel
2351bs. 1107 kg); Transport
103 lbs. 147 kgl; I/O
Module
20 lbs. 19 kgl; Console, 2 channel
43 lbs.
119.5 kgl; Console, 4 channel
48 lbs. 122 kgl;
Pedestal
44 lbs. 120 kg)
-
VERSION
-
-
-
-
-
I
PRICE
4010379 -010
4010416- 010
4010417 -010
4051131-010
4010418-010
4010419 -010
4010420 010
4010428 -010
4220348-010
4220349 -010
4030374 -010
4010421010
809 137
809 -347
565.00
48.00
145.00
81.00
371.00
42.00
42.00
16.00
33.00
88.00
390.00
148.00
15.00
4020465 -010
4020460 010
4020466 -010
4020461 010
$895.00
958.00
CATALOG
Accessories
Systems
ATR 800 -1 UL /CSA- ''I. ", full track, rack mount
ATR 800 -1 VDE
", full track, rack mount
ATR 800-2 UL /CSA
",two track, rack mount
ATR 800-2 VDE- '/. ",two track, rack mount
ATR 800 -2 E/ S -y. ", stereo, rack mount
ATR 800 -4 UL /CSA
h" four track, rack mount
ATR 800 -4 VDE- h ", four track, rack mount
-'/.
-'/.
-
4010385 -010
4010423 -000
4010386- 000
4010424 000
4010387 000
4010388 000
4010425 000
55195.00
5195.00
5450.00
5450.00
5450.00
7145.00
7145.00
AA
$495.00
545.00
395.00
Mounting Options
Console, 1 or 2 channel
Console, 4 channel
Roll- around pedestal
4010341
4010341-AB
4020485 020
Spares
Mono signal module
Two channel signal module
"A" level spares
"B" level spares
kit
kit
level spares kit
OD
1
+/ -2 dB
+ / -.75dB
Speed
Console
Pedestal
Neopilot tone playback kit
Microphone pre -amp
Tape marker
Tape cutter
Tape velocity indicator kit
"C"
1
RECORD /REPRODUCE CROSSTALK
Two and Four track: -60 dB at KHz; -50 dB, 100 Hz
FREQUENCY RESPONSE
Options and Accessories
VERSION
DISTORTION
Even Order Distortion at KHz: Less than 0.2% at a
recorded flux level of 1040 nWb /m using Ampex 456
tape or equivalent at 500 Hz
Third Harmonic Distrotion at KHz: Less than 0.3%
at a recorded flux level of 370 nWb /m using Ampex
456 tape or equivalent
SMPTE Intermodulation Distortion: Less than 1% at
a recorded flux level of 370 nWb/ m using Ampex 456
tape or equivalent
HARRIS
Microphone pre -amp kit
Tape marker
Tape cutter kit
Tape velocity indicator PWA
Remote control assembly
Running time meter, 60 Hz
Running time meter, 50 Hz
Noise reduction switching interface kit
Splicing block, 3/4"
Splicing block, h"
DIN hub adaptor kit
Extender card kit 14 cards)
NAB reel olddown, 3/4"
NAB reel holddown, h"
17 00
Head Assemblies
4020487 -010
4020489-010
1386141-010
51177.00
1790.00
386 142 -01 0
1386143 -010
Contact
1
Mono, 4" head assembly
Two track, 'I." head assembly
Stereo, Y." head assembly
Four track, h" head assembly
''
RWC
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
998.00
1198.00
9
AMP
SPECIAL
INDUSTRIES
CABLE CONNECTORS
CRIMP TYPE COAXIAL CONNECTORS
CRIMP DIE
UNIT PRICE
2- 330830 -6
$4.65
69710
$300.00
220036 -1
331350
$2.50
69477 -1
$185.00
Integral
-
UHF
BNC
2- 330830 -2
$4.65
69710
$300.00
220037 -1
$185.00
4- 331350 -0
$2.95
220043 -1
$260.00
Integral
-
RG-59
8281
CRIMP DIE
NUMBER
UHF
BNC
TYPE
8281
CRIMP TOOL
UNIT PRICE
100 -LOT
UNIT PRICE
CONNECTOR
TYPE
RG-59
CRIMP TOOL
NUMBER
CONNECTOR
NUMBER
CABLE
vOlof
BNC/RG59
P-w1
$185.00
UHF /RG59
PART NO. 69710
CRIMP
TOOL
KINGS ELECTRONICS
CRIMP TYPE TRIAX CONNECTORS
JACKS
TRI -LOC PLUGS
TRI -LOC CABLE SPECIFICATION CHART
NOMINAL CABLE DIMENSIONS
CABLE
CABLE
GROUP
CENTER
CORE
INNER
INNER
OUTER
OUTER
0.0.
BRAID
JACKET
BRAID
JACKET
CONDUCTOR
0.D.
BELDEN 9232
BIW
14 AWG
70
STRANDED
074
10070 -C -614
BELDEN 8233
14 AWG
SOLID
700
064
BELDEN
9267
BIW
=
730
0.0.
0.0.
342
392
422
520
NETT
PE
760
770
3
315
ES
395
216
176
5
t 004
SOLID
143
032
FOAM PE
087
'
F ES
PE
146
SOLILID
STRANDED
OETCIIP
KP6010. 740.100
KP80t0- 740.401
PLUG
KP8020. 740.400
JACK
KP8010.700 -400
285
FOAM
20
:20 AWG
FELTEN AND
GUILLEAUME
2.1 LS /10S
0.0.
250
032
10069 -C -620
BELDEN 8232
312
FOAM PE
0.0.
176
004
382
418
°
008
456
256
'
008
490
Note TRI-LOC Connectors are available to lermmdie conventional coaxial cables
such as RG- 5 ! U and Belden 8281 Con ult factory for mlormatmn
Price: All Connectors listed above
-
PLUG
1
-
0
K118010.730-400
KP8010. 730 -10'
PLUG
K118020-730 -400
JACK
007
315
KP8010- 760.400
KP8010. 760.401
PLUG
I
P
KP8020. 760.400
JACK
2
KP8010- 770 -100
PLUG
1
008
567
KPOOTO- 110.401
KP8020.770400
JACK
DIELEC-
JACKET
TRIM
OIE
NO
TRIM
JIGS
KTN -2011
KTD304
KTJ -300
KTN2040
KTD300
KTJ -300
KTN -2002
KTD303
KTJ -303
KTN -2002
KTO -303
KTJ -303
KTN -2104
KTO -307
KTJ -300
1
JACK
E
CRIMP
2
K110020. 700 -108
360
PE
FOAM PE
08010.700-401
IG.
2
1
NEOP
t
005
226
FIG
KINGS PART NO.
2
2
Note Use CRIMP TOOL No KT H.1000
Note Pan numbers endmq m 400 eNcale pups wit Safely
Pan numbers ending in 401 wnnoul Safely Tp
7 P
$120.00 each.
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
GB
HARRIS
10
AMPROnScully
250
255
RECORDER /REPRODUCERS
250 Recorder /Reproducer
The new 250 Series will meet your quality, reliability, and operational
needs in a professional, compact, moderately priced 10.5" (26.67 cm)
broadcast recorder /reproducer.
For rack mounting in your studio, or case mounting for field recording,
the Scully 250 will take on all assignments. You can plug in mic
preamps for direct news, sports, and other portable recording requirements... and in the studio the 250 will complement your audio system
requiring only 19'/" (48.9 cm) rack height.
The Scully 250 features low-noise dependable electronics with sync
control provided for adding a track to alternate channel, and input/
playback monitor /VU selectors. Equalization is switched with speed
control. Adjustments and maintenance are made easy by a pull -out
drawer providing top access to equalization and bias controls. The
transport has all touch -button control TTL logic with protective
motion sensing circuits which prevent tape break or spill when
operating from fast mode to play. Automatic tape lifter defeat is
actuated by depressing fast mode button on transport or remote
control. XLR input and output connectors are standard.
Configurations include full or half track mono; two or quarter track
stereo. All models have two -speed Hysteresis Synchronous direct
drive Capstan motors. Unmounted weight about 45 lbs. (20.4 kg).
Made in U.S.A.
SERIES 250 RECORDER/REPRODUCER ''4" (6.35mm) Tape Width
10.5" (26.67 cml Reels for Rack Mounting
250 -FT Full Track, Mono
$2,620.00
250 -1
Half Track, Mono
2,620.00
250-2
Two Track, Stereo
2,745.00
250-24
Quarter Track, Stereo
2,745.00
Two Speeds
255 Professional Tape Reproducer
The Scully 255 is a competitively priced tape reproducer designed for
continuous operation in automation systems and other playback
requirements. It is extremely rugged, employs trouble -free TTL
control logic, low noise plug -in electronics and a precision milled
heavy cast deck plate... built with typical Scully craftsmanship that
makes the 255 stand out above other broadcast playback units.
The 255 features all touch -button control logic with protective motion
sensing circuits to prevent tape break or spill when operating from fast
mode to play. Automatic tape lifter defeat is actuated by depressing
fast mode button on transport or remote control. Set-up adjustments
and easy maintenance are accomplished by pull -off front dress panel
which permits access to equalizers. XLR output connectors are
employed to make the Scully 255 compatible to broadcast standards.
Basically developed as a 7.5 in /s (19.05 cm /s)" two track, two channel
system, the 255 is also available in all standard mono and stereo
configurations. Made in U.S.A.
"3.75 in (9.52 cm /s) speed available on request at no extra charge.
SERIES 255 REPRODUCER ONLY 10.5" (26.67 cml Reels for Rack
Mounting
255-FT
255 -1
255 -2
255 -24
Full Track, Mono
$1,525.00
Half Track, Mono
1,525.00
Two Track, Stereo
1,595.00
Quarter Track, Stereo
1,595.00
Single Speed
7.5 in (19.05 cm/s) Standard; 3.75 in /s (9.52 cm /s)
available on request.
-
-
Specify 7.5 -15 in (19.05 -38.1 cm /s) or 3.75 -7.5 in /s
(9.52 -19.05 cm /s when ordering.
ACCESSORIES /OPTIONS
202993 -01
202994 -01
202986 -01
203017 -03
203017 -02
í
Microphone Preamp (plug -in) (Recorder only)
Bridging Input Transformer (plug -in)
(Recorder only)
25 Hz Tone Sensor (Reproducer only)
Balanced Output Transformers
( Recorder 250 Series)
Balanced Output Transformers
(Reproducer 255 Series)
HARRIS
...
$115.00
40.00
152.00
202987 -02
202987 -01
203002 -01
203038 -01
32.00
203038 -02
32.00
203171 -01
Remote Control (Recorder250 Series)
Remote Control ( Reproducer 255 Series)
Portable Case
50 or 60 Hz
117V
-
121.00
121.00
305.00
(specify requirement)
no extra charge
50 or 60 Hz
220 Volt
(specify requirement)
no extra charge
Extender Board (Reproducer 255 Series)
25.00
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
11
AMPRO ^Scully
11e01rl1232=1""t r
284B -8 Series
285B Reproducer
280B SERIES
(6.35mm) or 'A" (12.7mm) tape, up to 11.5"
(29.21cm) reels.
Features: Functionally -illuminated transport controls,
motion -direction sensing, dynamic braking, and now
a new constant tape tension control for improved
tape handling are incorporated in the 280B Series
Recorder /Reproducer. Scully offers an optional DC
capstan -servo drive with variable pitch control. Two
advantages are gained, in addition to servo control:
the ability to adjust pitch up or down to a desired
level; and the more positive tape drive at all speeds
afforded by the larger capstan and pinch roller in the
3/4"
servo system.
All this adds up to a standard in broadcast and
studio recording where smooth, positive tape handling, low -noise electronics, and control convenience
provide truly professional results.
The 280B is available in full or half track mono;
2 or quarter track stereo in 'b" (6.35mm) models,
or 4 -track (quad stereo) in I." 16.35mm) or 'A"
(12.7mm) tape width models. Options /Accessories:
DC capstan servo system w /pitch control, VARISYNC accessory, console mount, remote transport
control.
284B -8 SERIES
1" (25.4mm) tape, up to 14" (35.56cm) reels.
Scully's Master Recorder /Reproducer is available in
an eight channel version using the popular low noise
280B electronics. These 284B-8's use 1" (25.4mm)
tape for maximum eight- channel separation and
quality; up to 14" (35.56cm) tape reels to provide a
realistic supply of tape for program -length recording
and post- production. The 2846 -8 has motion- direction sensing, dynamic braking, and automatic starttorque boost for smooth, positive tape shuttling;
uses Scully's new constant tension system for added
tape handling precision in the PLAY /RECORD
modes. Scully DC capstan servo drives are standard
on all units, as is the variable pitch control. Any
two specified adjacent speed -pairs will be present
when the machine is ordered. Equalization is automatically switched with speed control. A sturdy console
cabinet is included as standard equipment. These features make the Scully 284B -8 the most desirable
eight -track system in its price range. Accessories:
VARI -SYNC Accessory, remote transport control.
285B REPRODUCER
1/4" 16.35mm) tape, up to 11.5" (29.21cm) reels.
The Scully 285B Reproducer is a professional
quality playback or editing system for broadcast or
studio applications, as automated tape players,
quality control monitors, broadcast control room
reproducers, or music library reproducers. The 285B
electronics include 600 ohm line output and 8 ohm
13 watt) speaker output for cueing, editing and
monitoring. Speaker gain control is on the front
panel.
Transport features found in the 2808 Series are
standard, such as motion -direction sensing logic,
functionally -illuminated pushbuttons, edit control,
and dynamic braking. Rack -mount units occupy
only 15.75" (400mm) of vertical space- electronics
are mounted behind the transport deck plate.
Electronic set -up adjustments are accessible by
removing the head cover. A monitor headset
jack is mounted on transport panel for convenience. Configurations include: full -track mono,
two or quarter -track stereo. Accessories: slope -front
console, remote control.
Specify Model No., Speeds, Equalization, AC or
Servo Drive, Line Frequency and Voltage when
ordering.
RECORDING INSTRUMENTS
RECORDER/ REPRODUCERS (with Motion Direction Sensing)
for Rack Mounting)
Tape Width
2806 FT Monophonic, full track, .25 "...
Monophonic, half track, .25"
280B 1
280B 2 Stereo 2 track, 2 channel, .25"
2808 -4 -Quad 4 track, 4 channel, .50"
280B SERIES (10.5" Reels
-
Servo Drive Mtr
(see note BI
A.C. Drive Mtr.
(see note A)
-
280B 24- Stereo qtr. track, 2 channel, .25"
280B -44 -Quad 4 track, 4 channel, .25"
53990.00
53990.00
$5025.00
57015.00
55075.00
57134.00
2848 -8 (Console Mounted 14" Reels)
284B -8 -8 track, 8 channel complete with D.C. servo and console, 1.00"
see brochure.
VARIABLE SPEED ACCESSORY with L.E.D. display
For console mount part no. 201664 -01
For remote mounting part no. 201664 -02
$13,915.00
-
D.C. SERVO CAPSTAN MOTOR KITS
instructions.
Kit No. 201446 -01 -for
Kit No. 20144602 -for
Kit No. 201446 -03 -for
Kit No. 201446 -04 -for
270 SERIES
.25"
.50"
.25"
.50"
tape width
tape width
tape width
tape width
-
54350.00
54350.00
55385.00
57500.00
55440.00
57620.00
51325.00
$1325.00
consisting of motor, electronics, crystal, all necessary hardware and
transports,
transports,
transports,
transports,
console mounted
console mounted
for rack mounting
for rack mounting
$1325.00
$1325.00
$1325.00
$1325.00
Reproducers (14" Reels for Rack Mounting)
270- Monophonic, full track, .25"
$4325.00
$4485.00
$4870.00
$5345.00
270 -1- Monophonic, half track, bi- directional, .25"
270 -2- Stereo 2 track, 2 channel, .25"
270 -44- Stereo qtr. track, 2 channel, bi- directional, .25"
2858 SERIES (10.5" Reels for Rack
Mounting)
$3383.00
$3505.00
$3505.00
285B-FTMono full track, .25"
2858-2- Stereo 2 track, 2 channel, .25"
2858 -24- Stereo qtr. track, 2 channel, .25"
INTERNATIONAL OPTIONS:
-50 Hz and /or 230 volt operation ... specify when required on any of above products.
270 Series modified for 220/240V with unregulated autotransformer, Add.
$105.00
$150.00
284B-8 Series modified for 220/240V with unregulated autotransformer, Add.
All models except 270 and 284B-8 have multi -volt transformers.
for
proper
factory
setting.
Customers MUST specify line voltage
NOTE A: Price includes A.C. hysteresis capstan motor 3.75 -7.5 or 7.5-15 ios 50 or 60 Hertz 117V (3.75 fps
not available in .50" A.C. models)
NOTE B: Price includes D.C. servo capstan motor 3.75 -7.5 or 7.5 -15, or 15-30 in /sec. 50/60 Hertz 117V
Professional User Price
CONSOLE MOUNTS
$425.00
285B- Mono or Stereo, 201931 -01
$480.00
-1,
-2,
-241,
200600
-03
Mono
-FT,
280Bor Stereo 1280B
$565.00
280B-4-Quad 4 channel (280B -4, 2808 -44), 200600 -04
Refer to local sales offices for prices on consoles for discontinued models)
REMOTE CONTROLS
$230.00
280B SERIES Standard Remote Control in Box, 200925 -01
$200.00
- Standard Remote Control- Rack Mount, 200925 -02
S230.00
note
CI
280B/284B SERIES Deluxe Remote w /lit Buttons, in box, 200925-03 I See
5200.00
- Deluxe Remote w /lit Buttons, Panel Mount, 200925-04 (See note CI
-
EQUALIZERS (for Field Conversion, Plug -in type, one per channel)
28013/284B SERIES -NAB 3.75 -7.5 ips Rec /Rep, 200605 -01
NAB 7.5 -15 ips Rec/ Rep, 200605-02
$47.00
847.00
$47.00
$47.00
$47.00
- IEC 7.5- 15 ips Rec / Rep, 200605 -03
- NAB 15 AES 30 ips
Rec /Rep, 200605 -04
IEC 15 AES 30 ips Rec
/Rep, 200605 -05
MAINTENANCE MANUALS (One supplied with each Recorder /Reproducer)
28013/285B SERIES - Recorder /Reproducer -4 Channel, 200612-01
-
532.00
532.00
532.00
$32.00
1
Recorder /Reproducer 8 Channel, 201666-01
284B -8
280 /275 SERIES
--1 to 4 Channel, 00502000
Reproducer, 000501000-01
270 SERIES
NOTE C: Remote Controls w /illuminated buttons are only for new recorders or those with
serial number.
-
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice
"L"
fin
or
"S" prefix
in
HARRIS
12
°..ÁN DR EW
ORDER NO.
618- 0148 -000
620 -0192 -000
620 -0195 -000
620- 0436 -000
620-0054 -000
620 -0388 -000
620 -0019 -000
620 -0303 -000
620 -0304 -000
620 -0372 -000
620 -1507 -000
620 -0268 -000
TRANSMISSIONCLINES
Andrew 7/8" Coax and Hardware
Andrew HJ5 -50, 7/8 ", 50 ohm Jacketed Heliax
Andrew 75AR, 7/8" 50 ohm flange, 50 ohm
Andrew 75AN Type N female
Andrew 75AW, Type N plug
Andrew 1060 90 D. Elbow
Andrew 75AG, 7/8" EIA Flange /Gas Barrier, 50 ohm
Andrew 1260A, 7/8" EIA Gas Barrier, 50 ohm
Andrew 19256B, Hoisting Kit for 7/8" heliax
Andrew 11662 -2 Insulated Hanger for 7/8" heliax
Andrew 40993A -5 Grounding Kit for 7/8" jacketed
Andrew 42396 -5 Hanger Kit of 10 Non -Insulated Hangers for 7/8" heliax
Andrew 75AT 7/8" Air End Terminal
$4.54/ft.
74.00
55.00
55.00
106.00
106.00
108.00
31.00
14.00
16.80
34.00
128.00
Andrew 1 -5/8" Coax and Hardware
618-0198 -000
620 -0351 -000
620 -0385 -000
620 -0145 -000
620 - 0089 -000
620 -0055 -000
620 -0221 -000
620 -0426 -000
620 -0625 -000
620 - 0078 -000
620 -0079 -000
620 -0373 -000
Andrew HJ7 -50A, -5/8 ", 50 ohm Jacketed Heliax
Andrew 87R, -5/8" EIA Flange, 50 ohm
Andrew 87G, -5/8" EIA Flange /Gas Barrier, 50 ohm
Andrew 1261B, -5/8" EIA Gas Barrier, 50 ohm
Andrew 1860A Reducer, -5/8" EIA, 50 ohm
Andrew 1061, -5/8" 90 D. EIA Miter Elbow
Andrew 24312A Hoisting Kit for -5/8" Heliax
Andrew 33948 -3 Insulated Hanger, -5/8"
Andrew 42396 -2 Hanger Kit of 10 Non -Insulated Hangers for -5/8" Heliax
Andrew 13550 Round member Hanger Adaptor, for tower legs up to 3" diameter
required w/33948 -3
Andrew 13555A Angular Member Hanger Adaptor, for angle member towers
required w/33948 -3
Andrew 40993A -2 Grounding Kit for 1 -5/8" Jacketed Heliax
9.80/ft.
1
148.00
1
1
174.00
152.00
1
124.00
1
160.00
38.00
1
1
25.00
1
1
-
-
34.00
13.00
13.50
16.80
Andrew 3" Coax and Hardware
618 -0170 -000
620 -0312 -000
620 -0420 -000
620 -0376 -000
620 -0435 -000
620 -0421 -000
620 -0021 -000
620 -0090 -000
620 -0056 -000
620 -0017 -000
620 -0341 -000
620 -0425 -000
620 - 0078 -000
620 -0079 -000
620 -0375 -000
620 -0467-000
620 -0468-000
620 -1506-000
fin
UNJ
HARRIS
Andrew HJ8 -50B, 3 ", 50 ohm Jacketed Heliax
Andrew 78ARM, 3-1/8" EIA Flange, 50 ohm, male
Andrew 78ARF, 3-1/8" EIA Flange, 50 ohm, female (does not include inner
connector)
Andrew 78AGM, 3 -1 /8" EIA Flange /Gas Barrier, male, 50 ohm
Andrew 78AS Reducer /Connector
Andrew 78AGF, 3-1/8" EIA Flange /Gas Barrier, 50 ohm female (does not include
inner connector)
Andrew 1262B, 3-1 /8" EIA Gas Barrier, 50 ohm (captive male inner connector)
Andrew 1861 Reducer, 3" to -5/8" EIA, 50 ohm, (captive male inner connector)
Andrew 1062, 3 -1 /8" EIA, 90 Degree Miter Elbow
Andrew 15093A Inner Connector for 3" Heliax
Andrew 26985A Hoisting Kit for 3" Heliax
Andrew 33948 -2 Insulated Hanger, 3"
Andrew 13550 Round Member Hanger Adapter for tower legs up to 3" diameter
required with 33948 -2
Andrew 13555A Angular Member Hanger Adapter required with 33948 -2
Andrew 40993A -11 Grounding Kit for 3" Jacketed Heliax
NOTE: Female flanged end fittings do not include inner connectors. When 3" heliax
is used with circular polarized antenna or with horizontal cycloid with 3"
input, the male EIA flange should be specified or an inner connector (15093)
must be ordered.
31670 -1 (1" - 2" leg member) Kit of 10 Round Member Hanger Adaptors
31670-2 (2" - 3" leg member) Kit of 10 Round Member Hanger Adaptors
Andrew 31766 -11 Hanger Kit of 10 Non -Insulated Hangers for 3" Heliax
1
-
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice
18.80/ft.
255.00
250.00
275.00
310.00
270.00
308.00
172.00
280.00
52.00
60.00
42.00
13.00
13.50
26.00
16.00
18.00
48.00
0
13
e...°ANDREW
SMIN2IgICLIT
Andrew 4" Coax and Hardware
Andrew HJ11 -50, 4 ", 50 ohm Jacketed Heliax
$20.60 /ft.
ORDER NO.
618 -0338 -000
620 -1067 -000
620 -1068 -000
620 -0017 -000
Andrew 81 RF, 3-1/8" EIA Flange Connector, female (does not include inner
connector)
400.00
Andrew 81 GF, 3 -1 /8" EIA Flange Connector, female, including gas barrier (does not
include inner connector)
420.00
Andrew 15093A, Coated Inner Connector for above 3-1/8" EIA flange
52.00
620 -1069 -000
Andrew 81Z Splice
430.00
620 -0056 -000
Andrew 1062, 90 D. 3-1/8" EIA Miter Elbow
280.00
620 -0090 -000
Andrew 1861, Reducer, 3-1/8" EIA to -5/8" EIA
172.00
620 -1070 -000
Andrew 31766 -10 Hanger Kit, (10 hangers) for 4" heliax
620 -1071 -000
Andrew 31768A Angle Member Hanger Adapter Kit,
to towers
620 -1072 -000
1
10
53.00
adapters to mount hangers
44.00
Andrew 41108A -1 Round Member Tower Adapters, includes
diameter tower members
10
adapters for 3" to 4"
110.00
620 -1073 -000
Andrew 34759 Hoisting Grips for 4" Heliax
72.00
620 -1074 -000
Andrew 40993A -10 Grounding Kit for 4" Heliax
26.00
620 -1075 -000
Andrew 33948 -4 Insulated Hangers for 4" Heliax
50.00
Andrew 13555A Angle Adapter for Insulated Hanger
13.50
Andrew 13550 Round Member Adapter for Insulated Hangers for tower legs up to
3" diameter
13.00
mifi20-0079-000
0- 0078 -000
Andrew -LDF Form Dielectric Cable -1/2"
1.48/ft.
/2 ", 50 ohm Jacketed Foam Heliax
618 -0466 -000
Andrew LDF4 -50,
620 -1512 -000
Andrew L44N
620 -1513 -000
Andrew L44P UHF Plug (male) mates with SO -239A for use with 1/2" LDF heliax
15.80
620 -1514 -000
Andrew L44R 7/8" EIA Flange, not pressure tight, includes inner connector for use
with 1/2" LDF heliax
65.00
620 -1686 -000
Andrew L44T End Connector for LDF4 -50 1/2" 50 ohm, jacketed foam heliax
65.00
620 -1515 -000
Andrew L44U UHF Jack (Female) mates with PL -259A for use with 1/2" LDF heliax
15.80
620 -1516 -000
Andrew L44W
620 -1517 -000
Andrew L44Z Splice for use with 1/2" LDF heliax
618 - 0467 -000
Andrew -LDF Foam Dielectric Cable -7/8"
Andrew LDF5 -50, 7/8 ", 50 ohm Jacketed Foam Heliax
620 -1519 -000
Andrew L45N
620 -1520 -000
Andrew L45P UHF Plug (Male) mates with SO -239A for use with 7/8" LDF Heliax
42.00
620 -1521 -000
Andrew L45R 7/8" EIA Flange, not pressure tight, includes Inner Connector
68.00
620 -1522 -000
Andrew L45U UHF Jack (Female) mates with PL259A for use with 7/8" LDF heliax
42.00
0- 1523 -000
20- 1524 -000
620 -1600 -000
N
Jack (Female) mates with UG -21, for use with 1/2" LDF heliax
N
N
Andrew L45W
1
N
Plug (Male) mates with UG -23 for use with
18.00
1/2" LDF heliax
18.00
65.00
3.86/ft.
Jack (Female) mates with UG -21, for use with 7/8" LDF Heliax
Plug (Male) mates with UG -23 for use with
7/8"
45.00
45.00
LDF heliax
Andrew L45Z Splice for use with 7/8" LDF heliax
72.00
Andrew L45T End Terminal for LDF5-50 (for strap type connection)
80.00
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
ugurri
HARRIS
/' ANDREW
a
BROADCAST
TRANSMISSION LINE
ORDER NO.
Andrew
618 - 0203 -000
Andrew LDF2 -50, 3/8" foam heliax
618 - 0224 -000
Andrew FHJ -1 -50, 1/4" foam heliax
620 -1584 -000
620 -0298 -000
Andrew 43211 Hanger Kit, consisting of ten (10) stainless steel clamps for /2" heliax
Andrew 44AP, UHF plug (male) for 1/2" foam heliax
620 -0302 -000
Andrew 44AW type
620 -0301 -000
620 -0368 -000
620 -0340 -000
620 -0393 -000
$
.80/ft.
1
1/2" foam heliax
Andrew 44AU UHF jack (female) for 1/2" foam heliax
Andrew 44AN type N jack (female) for 1/2" foam heliax
Andrew 45AT End Terminal Connector for 7/8 ", 50 ohm
Andrew 45AR, 7/8" EIA flange, 50 ohm for foam
N
Plug (male) for
620 -0317 -000
Andrew 45AP UHF plug for 7/8" foam heliax, 50 ohm
Andrew 45AU UHF jack for 7/8" foam heliax, 50 ohm
620 -0344 -000
Andrew 45AW type
620 -0343 -000
Andrew 45AN type
618 -0193 -000
620 - 0346 -000
Andrew FHJ7 -E0, -5/8" 50 ohm jacketed foam heliax
Andrew LDF7 -50, -5/8" 50 ohm jacketed foam heliax
620 -1430 -000
Pressurization Equipment and Accessories
Andrew 1920D Automatic Dehydrator 1.3 cu. ft. /min.
620 -0342 -000
N
19.30
50.00
44.00
47.00
47.00
50.00
50.00
9.10/ft.
1
183.00
1
(36 liters /min) dry air output
1580.00
620 -1431 -000
Andrew 1930B Automatic Dehydrator 0.2 cu. ft. /min. (5.4 liters /min) dry air output
120V, 60 Hz, 400 watts
620 -1432 -000
Andrew 1933C spare parts kit for Type 1930B Dehydrator
Andrew 40525A Manual Dehydrator 0.9 cu. ft. /min. (25 liters /min) dry air output
120V, 60 Hz, 275 watts
620 -1433 -000
17.50
17.50
jack for 7/8" foam heliax
120V, 60 Hz, 775 watts
30.00
19.30
plug for 7/8" foam heliax, 50 ohm
N
1.12/ft.
1100.00
46.00
500.00
590.00
620 -1449 -000
Andrew 40525A -3 Manual Dehydrator, same as above except 240V, 50 Hz
Andrew 210 Replacement Desiccant for Type 40525 Dehydrator
required
620 -0132 -000
Andrew 876A dry air hand pump
260.00
620 -0131 -000
Andrew 858C nitrogen tank fittings
190.00
620 -0076 -000
Andrew 3500A pressure gauge
Andrew 3028 pipe tee
8.50
620 -0449 -000
620 -0109 -000
Andrew 3017 gas inlet valve
1.80
620 -0111 -000
Andrew 12395 -1 wraplock kit
620 -1464 -000
:3
HARRIS
-2
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice
12.50
1.40
36.00
15
ANIKIEL MI1(
MICROWAVE GRID
PARABOLIC ANTENNAS
a variety of sizes of Heli -Arc welded aluminum Multi Element Grid Parabolas for point -to -point relay operation in the 890 -960
megahertz frequency range. The patented (U.S. No. 2,850,735; Canada No.
545,296) grid construction is lightweight, yet extremely strong. One of the
outstanding advantages of the grid antenna is it has wind loading characteristics
of only 25 to 40% of comparable size solid parabolas.
Anixter-Mark offers
Heated grid parabolas come with completely installed de -icing equipment. The
lead jacketed heater cable is securely mounted to the back side of each grid
element and terminated in a weatherproof cast aluminum enclosure. The
thermostat is preset to activate when the temperature drops to the ice forming
range. De -icing power is applied only between 25 and 35 degrees Farenheit.
Standard input termination of all parabolas in the 890 -960 MHz range is 7/8 inch
EIA swivel flange. Type "N" female termination non -pressurized feed is available on all models.
VSWR is 1.3:1 or better on all antennas listed. Low VSWR to 1.06:1 is
also available (see specs). When ordering, please specify: size, exact operating
frequency, pressurized or non -pressurized, heated or non -heated.
r
SPECIFICATIONS 890
F/B
Midband
B/W
Ratio
STD
948GR
18.9
10'
15'
P-9180G
22.0
25.0
27.0
30.0
23
28
29
30
32
1.3
P-972GR
P-996G R
P-9120GR
19.8°
11.0°
Model Number
P
6'
8'
890
Mount to
8'
10'
1.9"
-
-
960
9.3°
8.0°
5.2°
MHz
Pressurized
3.5"
P-948GR-M2
P-972GR-M2
P-996GR-M2
P-9120GR-M2
P-9144GR-M2
P-9180GR-M2
S662.00
912.00
1489.00
2144.00
P-948GR-M1
P-972GR-M1
P-996GR-M1
P-9120GR-M1
Mount to
12'
15'
Windthrust
Max
VSWR
Gain -dBi
4'
6'
960 MHz
Half
Power
Diameter
4'
-
4" IPS
100 MPH
LOW
Grid vs.
Solid
110
1.3
250
500
700
1.3
1200
1.3
1.3
480
1070
2200
2990
6600
For Heated Grid Antennas Add " /HC" After
Model Number. Add The Following To Price:
$812.00
1006.00
1604.00
2291.00
3728.00
9462.00
4'
6'
8'
10'
12'
15'
$596.00
700.00
969.00
1025.00
1299.00
1685.00
890 - 960 MHz
Non -Pressurized
4'
P- 948GRN
6'
P- 972GRN
8'
10'
P- 948GRN
-M2
-M2
P- 996GRN -M2
P- 9120GRN -M2
P- 9144GRN -M2
P- 9180GRN -M2
S662.00
912.00
1489.00
2144.00
-M1
-M1
P- 996GRN -M1
P- 9120GRN -M1
P- 972GRN
12'
.15'Low VSWR
Application
-
$812.00
1006.00
1604.00
2291.00
3728.00
9462.00
Connectors:
Pressurized: 7/8" EIA
Non -Pressurized: Type "N" Female
$110 additional.
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
HARRIS
APHEX II
A New Generation
of Aural Excitement
el
".
Studio
Aural Exciter
0
.111111..
:.:+...........
Broadcast
Aural Exciter
The Aphex Aural Exciter has become a standard in the music industry
and has been used for years on thousands of albums, movies, broadcast productions, commercials and concerts. The Aural Exciter is now
accepted as a unique method to achieve clarity, definition and dimensionality in reproduction of sound. The program material literally
"opens up ", possessing more detail and intelligibility, as well as
greater apparent frequency and dynamic range.
Improved intelligibility and clarity
Improved presence
Enhanced stereo imaging
No listener fatigue
Restored natural quality to processed signals
Enhances all types of program material
Flexibility for varied program needs
Easily interfaced with any system
Complete mono compatibility
The Aphex Aural Exciter achieves these effects by creating a signal
composed of frequency dependent phase shift, amplitude dependent
harmonics, and mixing this signal with the original.
Aphex
Broadcast Aural Exciter and Studio Aural Exciter are identical
specifications, operation and price. The Broadcast model is RF
Proof and secures controls behind front panel.
Mono
$2350.00
Stereo
2950.00
II
in size,
nn HARRIS
Specifications
Audio Path (Side Chain disabled)
Frequency Response: 15Hz to 50 kHz +0, .2dB
THD: .05% at Max. Rated Input /Output
I.M. Distortion: .05% at Max. Rated Input /Output
General
Maximum Input /Output Level: Internal Jumper Selectable: +21
dBm, + 24dBm, + 27dBm, Special (User Definable Resistor Values
for Special Interfaces)
Meter Reference: Internal Jumper Selectable: OV.0 = OdBm, +.
dBm, +8dBm, Special (User Definable)
Input Impedance: Selectable: 600 or Bridging; 40k
Balanced;
60K
Unbalanced
Output Impedance: 50
Balanced Floating or Unbalanced
Input Circuit: Standard: Transformerless Balanced True Instrumentation Circuit; Optional: Jensen 11 -P -9 Input Transformer
Output Noise: Better than 110dB below Max. Rated Input Output
Crosstalk: Better than 80dB
Output Circuit: Standard: Jensen 123 AL Nickel Transformer; Optional: Balanced Transformerless Output Circuit
Side Chain Access: Nominal + 21dBv Max. Level Single Ended Input /Output
Indicators: Dual VTF Meter with Selectable Peak Vu Characteristic;
(2) Red /Green Ax Drive Indicator LEDs; (2) Limiter LEDs; (2) Peak
Indicator LEDs (indicates 2dB below clipping); (3) Meter Input Select Indicator LEDs: Input, Ax Return, Output; Meter Mode Select
Indicator LEDs: Peak, Vu
Power Requirements: 100 -240 VAC 50 -60Hz, 12 Watts
Size: 3'f " x 19" Weight: 19 lbs.
Prices and Specifications Subject to t:hange Without Notice.
E
r
17
11.51:11
VIDEO NOISE METER
$12,200.00
Employed for the measurement of video band noise is a
white signal of the desired level with a sync signal added to
it. Chroma band noise is measured with a single -color
signal of the desired level that contains both a sync signal
and a color burst signal.
The 925C video noise meter measures the units' video
noise voltage generated in television transmission equipment, television cameras, video tape recorders, video disc
units, digital image processors, and the like.
One conventional method of measuring such noise is to
use a video noise meter that employs a power meter. In
contrast, the Shibasoku noise meter supplements the con-
Chroma noise can be split into AM (amplitude modulation)
and PM (phase modulation) components which can be
measured separately.
ventional meter functions with a new function that allows
operators to measure the chroma noise of color signals.
In particular, the Shibasoku model is especially designed
At the point of measurement, all the blanking, sync signals
and color burst signals that were added to the test signals
are canceled out within the unit. Also, this miss pulse,
created when head switchover takes place on a 2 -head
to
measure the several -kilo- hertz -order color shading noise
is generated inhelical video tape recorders.
that
video tape recorder, is also eliminated.
Measurements of video noise and chroma noise using this
model are conducted with the equipment under test subjected to exactly the same conditions as in actual
operation.
The loss of the noise energy of the extracted component
is compensated for at the power meter.
Operating Instructions
Example of measuring VTR noise
O
1ii1ifir
d
o°
d
0
0
0
o d
)t
TELEVISION SYSTEMS
9250;1
925C12
Sag
adlusbng ranga
Sync level range
Input impedance
SPECIFICATIONS
Kod1 of measured vdeo
Video band no,..
Chrome band AM
Visual weight noose
and Chrome. banc
noir
PM noise
No,n measurement range
V dig bard noise
Vowel weght noise
01 kHz to
noi.
10 MHz
0.245oó filter at CCIR REPORT 4101
IDoc CMTT/273,E 19741 fug noshed to
standard type. but change of d H *CC.,
r
table by
telorr.d
3.58 MHz
443 MHz
Selecting functan lot no.. measurong band
Low band Cut -off frequency IHPFI
Cho orne band
925C/1.
925C/2,
Chrom band noise
05
MHz
Chrom
codeo band
Noise measurement of
thron. band
Vpp whore lgnal which .ncludeS
the coroposrta sync pulse and blankug
provided and the color buret
included on the banal i1 acceptable.
0 to
1
Song.-mbr penal that ma chrome banal
of 0.2 Vp-p to I VDp os superimposed On
white sonal from 0 to
1
VO-O
RNernc
..p
H or
If 3% or HIGH
Ylectan
Adlusteble ....Ma
75
11
PM
no..
value of
dB Kale
Input voltmeter
VI
Vol,
Effectwe voltage of PM sae band
0 714 V rmr0 dBp-p land
Ellecpw voltage of PM sde band
0.714 Vrmf -0 dBP -P'rm1
.s
os
...tor in9 acCO
output
Output level
Output waveform
Output rnnp.eance
Sub-cart .or
3 mama et
f.
0 5 dB at menu, ment band
0.5 dB at -20 to-60 dB
10dB at -60 to -70de
.
.
-20 dB
Ilnternal or Eternall
Sync saperatong method
Compopte Sync pulse .nput
4
Powan Supply
.
ONC type. unbalanced
AC 100 /115/200/230V
wpm.
Supplied
Vp-p to
1
Vp -p
Hgn mpedance. budge connection
10%.
5060
50 VA 4301WI . 1491H1
linchl 169
Karon 15 kg
AccIspr.s
lull cale
tep
Input omp.denc
Input and output connector
59.13
Hz,
3351131
1
Coanal cables IBNC. 3C2V
Extension printed board for
MBNC Plug
2
I
P C B
1
1
OPtronl
Detection of true RMS value
L 150
Rack
mounting adaptor
Vrm, and dOP.P /nms
Voltage.
de
Retga wach
0 5 Vp-P at
H/2 Sin' gate waveform
75 II
3%
Attenuation
Sync selecbon
Inter rf.11 sync
External sync
full Wall
a
Errors
,ndreation
Meter Kale
Appro.
m,
Ampldude 'Mons*
Frequency response
Scale
.
Norse sgnal
.ov
RMS voltmeter
Defoe .nn methods
0 dB 0 714 Vnn.s
925C/
925C/2.
OdB 0.7 Vrmf
Meter cale 0 to Vp-p
Indcatron IVP -pl and 0.1,01apOn for the
vM.te sonal and the chrome 1190.1
1
Mlt 20 pFl
Measurement of noose voltage 0.3 m V r m, to 100 m V r ms
lend Cut-off frequency ILPFI
0 5/1/3/4 MHz /THROUGH switcheble
925C/1.
925C/2. 0 5/1/4/5 MHz/THROUGH wncflble
Mesa,ono tgnto .nowt
Input waveforms
No.. measurement of
5% of lonea.rty
. 0.1
3 dB
Input lntl correctug range
Indication of nome level
Vrmf and S/N dBP-pionS
Ieve11S
noise
by
S IVp-pl /N IVrmsl
of
/NI
Norse
level
defined
Dafrmtron
and indreaed by dB
Video band noise
925C/1,
S0 714 Vp -P. 0 dap- p/rmp0. 714 Vans
925C/2,
SO 7 Vol, 0 dBp-p /,Ins0 7 m1
0 5 MHz
0.1/1/10/50/100 kHt sw,lChable
1190
s.
I$wtch n selected to
System M
Syerem -I
10-1/3-0
5 'Two scale al upId and down ward/
3 t0 -12
-20/- 30/- 40/- 50/ -60 dB
Prices end Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
HARRIS
18
ENVELOPE DELAY MEASURING SET
201 -1
FEATURES
-
Envelope Delay
Measuring Set
The 201 -1 is expressly designed for measuring the
envelope delay incurred in equipment used in the transmission and reception of color television signals.
contains a built -in sweep signal generator which
obviates the need for separate signal sources. Direct
measurements are possible thanks to the graticule with the
appropriate television system's standard gradations which
is attached to the surface of the cathode -ray tube in the
display section. The model features a choice of signal
source between sweep signals and wave signals. Direct
read -out is possible even with spot frequencies ranging
from about 200 KHz to 10 MHz.
It
Built In Sweep Generator
It can determine sweep
measurement and CW (point by point delay of descrete
frequencies).
Sweep Speed Is Adjustable.
Built In Sync and Blanking Circuit
Since the
unit has its own sync and blanking circuit, one is also
able to measure GROUP DELAY.
Direct Read -Out by 7 Inch Square CRT
It is
possible to show simultaneously a dual trace for the
envelope delay and frequency versus amplitude
characteristics.
Internal and External Marker
It has its own fixed
internal marker as well as a connector for an external
marker.
-
-
-
$7,750.00
SPECIFICATIONS
Measuring signal generator
Frequency range
Sweep. 100 kHz to
rW
0.2
Output frequency response
t
CW accuracy
<
0
>
MII/
5
.IOOkH,to>5MID
CW
5
db at 100 kHz to
MHz
5
y;
2.i
Marker frequency
o 2/I.0/2.1/3.013.511/4. DOD MHz
Sweep rate
Approx. I Hz to 5 11z.
continuous variable
Output impedance
75 ., unbalanced
0
100
< t 10':
Output level
200
without sync and blanking:
0 to 1.0
with sync and blanking.
Video. 0.1 tu > 0.7 V pp
Set -up.
300
Vpp. continuous variable
approx. O.07V
>O4Vpp
Sync. 0.1 to
100
Line frequency
15.734 kHz.
Split Irequen e
20
CW
500
s Mlx
3
2
output
5
x
10"'
x 10-4
5
Vp-p( <
I
nvelope delay measuring section
Measuring frequency range
kHz.<
<
k^1
I
I,
System -M. Color -PAL, NTSC (525 Line)
0.25
I
2
3
1.33
3.75
4 e
10 us
control
Accuses
< t
Measuring input level
0.1
Noise
<
(
10 its
tat input level vartauun
III wllhln
Vertical display calibrated
100
500 its
100 ns to
Measuring range
Phase
ISO
Sweep. 200 kHz to > 5.0 MIIz
.-s00 kHz tu>5.0MHz
CW
signal
dil)
Vpp
6
Vp.p to
1.1
10 ns (at
100 ns
without sync signals)
3'7
I
100
200
Display section
Display methods
Dual trace display by chopper
Vertical sensitivity
100 ns /div
method
with MAG.
LI feetive scale
118
C.R.T
7
(I
dtv.
14
mm).
x 2
x84 mm
Inches square tube. persistence
IB -71. magnet!, deflection
method.
300
Others
AC 100/117 V t 10';. 50/60 W
430 DV) x 1501H1x3351D)rum
Power suppl,
400
Dimensions
axe
o
2
3
4
5Má
reduced
Apprux
763 NA
-
System -B. G. Color -PAL (625 Line)
GIB
I69
x
Sli
x
13
I
Ind,
Same unit less sync and blanking circuit available at
price.
SHIBASOKU Equipment
sister company of ASACA.
HARRIS
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
r
19
MICROPHONE STANDS
AND ACCESSORIES
ATLAS SOUND
_
PB-1
NM=
BB-44
r -{
40.4 4441
MS-11S
MS-12S
MS-11C
MS-12C
SB-36
MS-lOC
PAS-4
30.00
35.70
AD-11
MS -10C
MS -11C
MS -12C
MS-4
"Leader" Microphone stand
General Purpose Low -Profile Stand; Chrome Base
General Purpose Low -Profile Stand: Gloamed Black Base
Special Height Stand: 25" to 65" H., 3- Section Tube
MS-11S
MS -12S
Touch -Control Studio Stand: Chrome Base
Touch -Control Studio Stand: Gloamed Black Base
74.60
69.15
BC-1
MS -20
Heavy Duty Stand' Low Contour, Gloamed Black Base
Professional Stand. Heavy Triangular Base
46.65
82.20
S
30.00
44.15
PORTA -SERIES TELESCOPIC FLOOR STANDS AND
BOOM ATTACHMENTS
PS-S
General Purpose Porta -Stand: 35" to 63" H.. Black Base
Special Height Stand; 26" to 66" H., 3- Section Tube
Touch-Control Stage Stand; 38" to 62" H., Heavy Base
PB-1
PB-1X
PB-2X
Microphone Boom Arm: 31" Long
Microphone Boom with Extension: 31" to 47"
Microphone Boom with Extension: 21" to 37"
PS-C
PS-C3
DS-5
4011410
DS-7
flialibb
DS-14
SPECIAL PURPOSE ACCESSORIES
FLOOR STANDS
MS -25
PB-2X
410
401&11.
MS-20
MS-25
-----
44.15
50.85
94.30
S
26.40
34.15
31.25
L.
L
AD-12
AD-16
AD-17
Flange; 5/8" -27 F
Flange: 5/8" -27 M
Small Horn Microphone Stand Adaptor
Small Horn Adaptor: 1/2" Pipe F
S
2.65
290
9.45
5.55
12.20
FS-1
Bracket Clamp
Extension Tube Assembly: 20" L.
Foot Switch: Microphone Control
30.95
TB-58X
TB-78X
US-2
Extension Tube: 5/8" Dia. x 31" L.
Extension Tube; 7/8" Dia. x 31" L.
Multi- Purpose Microphone Support
6.80
8.20
26.80
EB-20
8 45
CONVENIENCE -PACKAGED ACCESSORIES
CH-1B
CO-1B
Cable Hanger
Connect -On Microphone Swivel
LO-2B
SO-1B
Lock -On Accessory
Snap-On Accessory
10.70
9.05
SW-1B
Gyro-Microphone Swivel
14.45
S
9.60
12.35
CONVENIENCE -PACKAGED ADAPTORS
TELESCOPIC + FIXED HEIGHT
LOUDSPEAKER STANDS/EQUIPMENT STANDS
to 1.2" Pipe M
3.20
2.80
3.06
AD-1B
AD-2B
AD-3B
5;8" -27
AD-4B
AD-5B
AD-6B
3/4" Long, 5/8" -27 M Thread
Coupling; 5/8" -27 F to 5/8" F
Coupling: 7/8" -27 F to 7/8" F
2.20
2.80
4.60
'Top Adaptors Not Included: Ordered Separately
AD-7B
AD-8B
AD-9B
AD-108
3" Long Tube; 5/8" -27 M Thread
6" Long Tube; 5/8" -27 M Thread
7/8 "-27Fto5/8" -27F
5/8" -24 F to 5/8" -27 F
3.20
3.20
3.45
4.45
BOOM STANDS
AD-13B
AD-14B
AD-15B
7/8" -27 M to 5/8" -27 F
90° Angle Tube: 5/8" -27 M 8
"Feed-Thru "; 5/8" -27 M 8 F
F
3.45
5.85
AD-18B
AD-19B
Heavy Duty Flange: 5/8" -27 F
45° Angle Tube: 5/8" -27 M 8 F
5.85
5.55
SS -40
Loudspeaker.' Equipment Stand, to 48" H (CSS -100)
1
3/8" Tube Dia
80.40
Wt. 12
SS-40X
SS -70
SS -70X
SB -36
SB -36W
SB -100W
Variable Height. Loudspeaker /Equipment Stand 48" to 81" H.: 1" Dia
Upper Tube. Wt. 16
Heavy Duty Loudspeaker /Equipment Stand to 55" H.; 3/8" Tube Dia.
105.40
Wt. 14
102.65
Heavy Duty Variable Height Loudspeaker /Equipment Stand 55" to
100' H. (SS -2); 1" Dia. Upper Tube. Wt. 22
123.45
1
General Purpose Boom Stand
Stage Boom Stand, Mobile: 50" to 74" H., 62" L. Boom
Studio Boom, Mobile: 340° Microphone -Direction Control.
62" to 92' H 110" L. Boom
5191.40
220.85
625.00
F
1/8" Pipe
1/8" Pipe
F
F
S
to 5/8" -27 M
to 5/8" -27 F
625
CONVENIENCE-PACKAGED REPLACEMENT KITS
.
DESK STANDS
PB -K
19.15
21.95
7.35
DS-1
DS-2
DS-4
Executive Stand: Carrara Marble Base. White
Vibration -Isolating Stand; 4" H., Metal Base, Black
Lightweight Stand: 4" H., Phenolic Base. Beige
DS-5
DS-7
DS-14
General Purpose Stand: 4" H.. Metal Base, Black
Adjustable Height Stand; 8" to 13" H., Metal Base, Black
Contemporary Stand: 3" H.. Metal Base. Black
10.40
15.30
11.55
TS-8
Adjustable Height Banquet stand; 14" to 26" H Chrome
29.15
S
MSC -K
MS -20K
Boom Arm Swivel Assembly
Repair Parts Kit for 7/8" Dia. Tube Assembly
Repair Parts Kit for MS-20 & MS-25
$16.65
8.05
16.65
STAND ACCESSORIES
20.70
BB-44
Contemporary Boom Arm. 31" Long
GN-6
GNS-6
Gooseneck; .338" I.D., 6" Long
"Slimline' Gooseneck; .212" I.D., 6" Long
Gooseneck; 338" I.D., 13" Long
"Slimline' Gooseneck:. 212" I.D.. 13" Long
Gooseneck; .338" I.D., 19" Long
5.55
5.55
7.90
7.90
10.85
Twin Microphone Mount
15.30
18.05
GN -13
GNS -13
GN -19
TM -1
VM -1
Shock Mount Accessory
S
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
rin
HARRIS
20
-
AUDIO CONNECTORS
PROFESSIONAL TYPE
o
o
m
XLR-3-35
o
m
XLR-3-35-2G
XLR-3-36
ii
XLR-3-36-2G
XLR-3-11C
XLR-3-12C
XLR-3-14
STOCK NO.
612 -0182-000
610 -0182-000
612 -0194-000
610-0194 -000
612 -0188 -000
610 -0188 -000
612 -0191 -000
610 -0191 -000
TERMINAL BLOCKS
Stock No.
614 -0337 -000
614 - 0339 -000
TERMINAL BLOCKS
614- 0225 -000
614 -0233 -000
fin
HARRIS
GENERIC
TYPE
XLR -3 -11 C
XLR -3 -12C
XLR -3 -13
XLR -3 -14
XLR -3 -35
XLR -3 -36
XLR-3-35-2G
XLR-3 -36 -2G
XLR-3-13
DESCRIPTION
female, cable
male, cable
female, panel mount
male, panel mount
female, box mounting, single
male box mounting, single
female, box mounting, double
male, box mounting, double
AUDIO
Description
PJ -104 -ADC, terminal board, audio, 4 rows, 20 terminals /row, total 80
PJ -106 -ADC, terminal board, 6 rows, 20 terminals /row, total 120
POWER
CDM -4 Curtis, terminal board, 30 amp, 4 terminals
CDM -12 Curtis, terminal board, 30 amp, 12 terminals
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
PRICE
$
6.95
2.62
4.20
5.65
7.45
9.79
19.98
24.62
Price
$13.00
16.00
$
2.01
7.50
I
21
AUDIOLAB
ELECTRONICS
TAPE DEGAUSSERS
TD-1B Tape Degausser
(With Automatic Overheat Thermal Protection)
Erases audio, video, computer, data tape, magnetic films, cartridges and cassettes.
inch.
For tapes up to
Accommodates up to 101/2 inch NAB reels.
Provides a wide focused magnetic field to assure complete erasure.
Positive results every time with a simple two pass operation for
broadcast NAB audio cartridges.
Transient protection to prevent permanent tape damage.
Operate light flashes indicating auto -shutoff by thermo protector,
resets automaticallly
115 and 220 volt, 50 -60 Hz models available.
SPECIFICATIONS
Power Requirements: TD-1B 115 volts AC + / -10% 50-60 Hz. TD -1 B F
230 volts AC + /- 10% 50-60 Hz.
Three minutes OFF.
Duty Cycle: One minute ON
Dimensions: 5'/. x 7'/4 x 3 inches high. 133 x 184 x 76.2 MM.
10 lbs.
Weight: Net
91/2 lbs. Shipping
Reel Size: Up to 101/2 inches in diameter. Removable center post for
large carts.
-
-
-
$98.00
105.00
TD-1 B (115V 50-60 Hz)
TD-1BF (230V 50-60 Hz)
TD -2A Tape Degausser
Erases video 1 inch format with SMPTE time code.
Erases tape reels up to 14 inches in diameter and 2'/z inches wide.
Built in timer has adjustable 'ON' cycle and automatic shut -off.
Efficient "ferro- tune" design assures strongest degaussing field.
Built in blower makes normal continuous service cool and quiet.
Tapes may be erased in original carton by sliding along guide rail.
Standard 5/16 inch center post and 3 inch NAB hub supplied.
Conservative design throughout assures long lasting performance.
Designed for radio, television, computer and audio -visual tapes.
inch.
Hi -Low operation allows continuous duty on tapes up to
1
SPECIFICATIONS
Duty Cycle: 50 %, 30 minutes maximum with fan on. Continuous
duty on Lo position.
Line Voltage: 108 to 135 volts AC, 60 cycles.
Power Consumption: 500 watts nominal.
Dimensions: 13 x 17 x 4 inches.
Shipping Weight: 49 lbs.
TD -3A Tape Degausser
Designed for heavy duty use in the audio -visual, and computer
industries.
Strong degaussing field insures full erasure of new high coercivity tapes.
Erases tape reels up to 14 inches in diameter and 1 inch wide.
Tapes may be erased in original carton by sliding along guide rail.
Timer with adjustable ON cycle and automatic shut -off.
Built in blower assures cool and quiet operation.
Standard 5/16 inch center post and NAB hub supplied.
Conservative design throughout assures long lasting performance.
SPECIFICATIONS
Duty Cycle: 50 %, 30 minutes maximum with fan on.
Line Voltage: 108 to 135 volts AC, 60 cycles.
Power Consumption: 1350 watts nominal.
Dimensions: 10 x 13 x 4 inches.
Shipping Weight: 24 lbs.
Erases audio, video, computer,
and cartridge tape.
$675.00
710.00
TD2A (117V 50-60 Hz)
TD-2AF (230V 50-60 Hz)
"
1111
.0066
Erases audio, video, computer,
and cartridge tape.
TD-3A (117V 50-60 Hz)
TD-3AF 1230V 50-60 Hz)
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
$495.00
512.00
3 HARRIS
22
audiotechnica4
PHONO CARTRIDGES
AND TONEARMS
"The Professionals"
from Audio -Technica
Specifications
ATP -1 Cartridge
$
45.00
ATP -2 Cartridge
60.00
ATP -3 Cartridge
80.00
ATP -N1 Replacement Stylus for ATP -1
25.00
ATP -N2 Replacement Stylus for ATP -2
35.00
ATP -N3 Replacement Stylus for ATP -2
50.00
Audio Technica AT 1005 Tone Arm
Easy to cue
Individually hand -tuned
150.00
Audio Technica ATS Shell for AT 1005
8 00
Audio Technica AT -L2 Hydraulic Arm Lift for AT 1005
SPECIFICATIONS
ATP-1
Frequency Response
Tracking Force
Channel Separation
at 1 kHz
at 10 kHz
Channel Balance
Output at 5cm /sec
Stylus
20 to 20,000 Hz
Vertical Tracking Angle'
Load Impedance
Cartridge Inductance
DC Resistance
Mounting
Cartridge Weight
Replacement Stylus
111;41
19.00
ATP -2
15 to
22,000 Hz
3 to 5 grams
3 to 5 grams
21 dB minimum
16 dB minimum
23dB minimum
17 dB minimum
1.5 dB
1.5 dB
5.3 mV
0.6 -mil"
Spherical Diamond
20°
47,000 Ohms
600 mH
500 Ohms
7.2 Grams
ATP-N1
Red /White
Full One Year Warranty
5.3 mV
0.4 x 0.7 -mil
Elliptical
Diamond
20°
47,000 Ohms
600 mH
500 Ohms
Standa rd Y2-inch centers
7.2 Grams
ATP -N2
Blue /White
ATP -3
15
to 25,000 Hz
2 to 3 grams
23dB minimum
minimum
17 dB
1.5 dB
5.3mV
0.3 x 0.7 -mil
Nude Elliptical
Diamond
20°
47,000 Ohms
600 mH
500 Ohms
7.2 Grams
ATP -N3
Bronze /White
'New DIN /IEC Standards.
Audio -Technica Dual Magnet cartridges are protected by
U.S. Patent Nos.: 3,720,796; and 3,761,647
AT1005
II
a`.1
Precision -crafted tone arm for optimum performance at moderate
cost. Includes static balance adjustment, tracking force calibrated to
0.5 gram, anti- skating and stylus overhand adjustments. Lightweight
shell locks instantly in place. Simplified mounting.
HARRIS
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
.
..
AT1005 II
23
O
ON /AIR BROADCAST
ouditronics.inc.
MIXING CONSOLE
position Model 218. Together they cover a range of needs from
newsroom applications to the largest multi- studio installation. A
totally modular concept allows the user to buy only the equipment and
options needed at the present time, while allowing for simple future
expansion.
Signal level for all input positions (mono and stereo) is controlled by
field tested and proven VCA (Voltage Controlled Amplifier)
technology. The fader is outside the signal path and varies only a DC
control voltage to the VCA thus eliminating noise from dirty or worn
faders. The use of VCAs also allows precise tracking of the stereo left
and right channels within Y. dB over a 90 dB range of attenuation.
A Penny and Giles conductive plastic linear motion fader is used to
control the VCA to further ensure no problems arise in this critical
point of the signal path. These faders are widely recognized for
outstanding quality and may be obtained throughout the world. These
faders are equipped with an "off" position switch which may be used
for any one of several applications. Depending on user preference, the
switch can be used to turn the module on and off, to control external
devices, or for cueing.
Microphone inputs use high quality Jensen transformers featuring low
distortion, wide bandwidth and excellent common -mode rejection.
Input modules are turned on and off by CMOS logic controlled with
Honeywell Hall-effect switches, thus providing extremely high
reliability and long operating life (five million cycles typical).
Stereo line input modules are actively balanced, featuring unique
circuitry which provides superior common mode rejection. Both "A"
and "B" stereo inputs have a variable balanced pad for gain trimming a
wide range of source levels, and may be used to trim the left and right
channels for perfect balance.
A comprehensive and easy to use logic system provides a number of
benefits to both on -air and technical personnel; foremost among these
benefits is an integral two -way communications system linking the
control room with both Studio A and Studio B. This enables studio
personnel to communicate directly with the control room using the
studio mics and monitor speakers. When the studio intercom button is
pushed, the studio mic signal is assigned directly to the console's cue
output.
-
-
Performance Specifications
200 Series
On -Air Console
Mono Microphone Input Two input sources, switch selected with
each 200 MIS module, Source Impedance: 150 ohms nominal,
transformer coupled, Common Mode Rejection: Greater than 80 dB at
60 Hz, Input Impedance: Greater than 10 times source impedance,
Preamplifier Gain: Adjustable; 55 dB maximum, 31 dB minimum
Stereo High Level Line Input Two input sources, switch selected with
each 200 SLI module, Source Impedance: 600 ohms nominal,
Common Mode Rejection: Greater than 50 dB at 60 Hz, Input
Impedance: Nominal 15K ohms minimum, active balanced, Gain:
Adjustable by variable balanced pad; 0 to -20 dB Stereo Program,
Audition and Mono Outputs Balanced, transformer coupled outputs
standard; transformerless balanced outputs available optionally,
Load Impedance: 600 ohms nominal, Output Level: +8 dBm nominal,
+30 dBm maximum, Clipping Level: +32 dBm Stereo Control Room
and Studio Monitor Outputs Load Impedance: 600 ohms nominal,
balanced transformerless, Output Level: 0 dBm nominal, +24 dBm
maximum Stereo Headphone Output Load Impedance: 8 ohms or
greater, Output Level: 2 watts maximum per channel Cue Output Load
Impedance: 8 ohms or greater, Output Level: 4 watts to built in cue
speaker Frequency Response Any mic or line input to any program,
audition or monitor output; + / -0.5 dB, 20 Hz to 20 kHz at +8 dBm
output level Signal To Noise Ratio Any mic input to any program or
audition output, -50 dBv in, +8 dBm out, nominal gain settings,
unweighted 20 Hz to 20 kHz bandwidth: 78 dB, Any line input to any
program or audition output, +4 dBm in, +8 dBm out, nominal gain
settings, unweighted 20 Hz to 20 kHz bandwidth: 83 dB Distortion
ITHD) Mic in to any program or audition output, +24 dBm out,
nominal gain settings: Less than 0.1% from 40 Hz to 20 kHz, Typically
less than 0.04% 100 Hz to 7 kHz, Line in to any program or audition
output, + 24 dBm out, nominal gain settings, Less than 0.1% from 30
Hz to 20 kHz, Typically less than 0.03% 100 Hz to 20 kHz Distortion
11M) Mic in to any program or audition output, +24 dBm out, nominal
gain settings, SMPTE: Less than 0.05 %, Line in to any program or
audition output, +24 dBm out, nominal gain settings, SMPTE: Less
than 0.05% Crosstalk Any mic or line input to any program or audition
output, 30 Hz to 15 kHz, At least 70 dB below +8 dBm output Internal
Headroom Minimum of 30 dB with nominal gain settings
Major Features:
2 -way
VCA Input Level Control
Equalized Headphone Module
Communications from both studios to control room Precision
+30 dBm Output Capability
Adjustable Stereo Line Padding
Comprehensive and easy to use logic system Active Transform erless stereo inputs On -Card Power Regulation One Year
Warranty
Options:
Personality Equalizer Module- Allows each DJ to have a
customized EQ adjusted specifically for that individual voice Telephone Interface Module Provides for termination and assignment of
incoming phone lines, with side tone null, AGC, noise filter, optional
connection to external delay devices, and other features Noise
Gate /Compressor- Special application module for processing signals
from locations with noisy backgrounds or with wide level variations
Stereo Line Input Selector Allows any of eight stereo line sources
to be assigned to a single stereo line input Digital Clock Digital
Timer Analog Peak Meters Transformerless Program and
Audition outputs
-
-
Description
The 200 Series is available in three basic configurations- the 6 input
position Model 206, the 12 input position Model 212, and the 18 input
The control room may reply to the studio through a standard studio
monitor talkback circuit.
Other studio switching facilities include mic module on and off, cough,
and line module on and off A tally light may also be connected. All
switching circuits carry DC control voltages only; no audio ever leaves
the console for these functions.
The console's stereo line input modules may be set up to turn on with
.
the start of an external device such as a tape machine, or an external
device can be wired to start with module turn -on.
The stereo headphone monitor section includes a high and low band
equalizer which may be switched in or out of the circuit. Signal source
selection from the Control Room Monitor or Cue bus is provided in any
combination, split between the two earphones. The two watt power
output assures plenty of level for eight ohm headphones.
Program, audition and mono outputs are transformer isolated and will
deliver an output signal of +30 dBnt. This output capability provides
the broadcaster with enough headroom to cover virtually any
situation. Under normal operating conditions, with nominal gain
settings, an internal operating headroom of 30 dB is assured. Control
room and studio monitor outputs are actively balanced and
transformerless, with a maximum output level of +24 dBm.
Careful design has eliminated nearly all hand wiring, thus lowering the
cost and further extending the high reliability of the 200 Series.
Console installation has been greatly simplified through the use of
solderless, locking and strain relieved connectors which mount
directly to the mother board. Both the meter panel and the
module /mother board assembly flip up inside the console shell
eliminating the need to work on the console from below. All
termination wiring and maintenance may be done while seated at the
operator's position.
Complete cueing, talkback and control room monitoring is provided.
All of the 200 Series consoles are delivered to interface fully with two
separate studios, and contain a two -way intercom function which
allows communications from each studio to the control room, using
the control room and studio mics.
Each module in the console has its own voltage regulator with current
limiting, yielding excellent isolation, low crosstalk and rejection of
spurious signals. Troublesome sensing lines are avoided, and the
resulting simplification of the power supply brings added reliability.
Offering both mono and stereo outputs, the 200 Series is the natural
selection for those stations that foresee the move to stereo in the
future, but wish to upgrade their equipment now.
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
nri
í
HARRIS
a
4
24
s
auditronics. inc.
ON /AIR BROADCAST
MIXING CONSOLE
OUTPUT AND OPTIONAL MODULES
INPUT MODULES
i-
Model 200 MS
Nitrophons Input Module
Two selector switches allow
either of two separate mic
inputs to be chosen for the
module's input. Pushing
both simultaneously will
turn the module off
Model 200 SLI
Stereo Line Input Module
Input selector switches allow either of two stereo
pairs to be chosen for the
module's input. Pushing
both buttons at once will
turn the module off.
Assignment switches send
the module's input signal to
.
Assignment switches send
the module's input signal to
the desired output bus.
either program or audition.
or both simultaneously.
the desired output bus,
either program or audition,
o-
I
-
or both simultaneously.
mode selector switch
enables the console's operator to choose whether the
input signals are applied to
the selected output as stereo or summed mono, or
whether the right only or left
only input signal will be sent
to the stereo outputs.
A
A pan control, which may
be switched into or out of
the signal path. is provided
on the module, and functions simultaneously on
both the Program and Audition outputs.
The input level control on
the Model 200 MIS is unique
in that it uses VCA (Voltage
Controlled Amplifier) technology. an exclusive feature
of the 200 Series. Routing
the audio signal through the
VCA requires that the input
fader vary only a DC voltage, which controls the gain
of the VCA - no audio ever
passes through the fader.
By eliminating the fader
from the signal path, all
possibility of noise from
worn or dirty pots is tom
pletely removed, and reliability and long life are greatly
enhanced. Through the use
of the VCA, signal level at
the input level control point
can be boosted as well as
cut, which is why the fader
scale extends beyond the 0
attenuation point.
Cue switches may be ordered on the faders, and can
be wired for either of two
applications. Pulling the fader into the cue position can
either send the module input
to the cue speaker or turn
the channel off. A third )iser
definable switch option may
be added. The Model 200
MIS includes connections
for on and off, cough and
tally light switching from
both Studio A and B.
The module on / off switches
are Hall- effect type with no
physical contacts to wear or
corrode.
I
J
Model 200 CSM Module
Optional
Communications/ Studio
Monitor Module
An eight station interlocked
MONITOR
SELECTOR
SWITCH allows the console
operator to select the source
for the studio A and B
monitor speakers. The first
three ¢gwitches are connected wthin the console while
stations 4 -8 are user assignable. All inputs are balanced
bridging and paralleled with
those located in the CRM.
A MUTE LED is provided for
both studios, and illuminates whenever the studio
speakers are muted by the
logic system. This takes
place whenever any studio
mic is live for on -air use or
for intercom use. A speaker
on- off switch can also mute
the studio speakers for each
studio. Separate studio A
and B level controls vary the
signal being sent to the
monitor speakers.
In the intercom section of
the module, a level control is
provided to vary the amount
of control room mic being
sent to the studios. Engaging the studio A and /or
studio B pushbuttons deter
mines which studio will
receive talkback from the
control room mic. Engagement of these switches
automatically allows talk,
back from the studio to the
control room if studio mics
are connected to the CRM
module (see CRM description). Pressing the TALK
button connects the control
room mic into the talkback/
intercom system. This also
causes the control room
speakers to mute or dim, as
selected on the CRM mod-
Inputs to the Model 200 SLI
are actively balanced and
transformerless. and the
same VCA circuitry is incor
porated in the module as in
the Model 200 MIS. The
same cue switch options are
available with the 200 SLI as
with the 200 MIS model.
For those who do not
require cueing faders, a
separate cue switch is included in the module. A
screwdriver adjustable pre
cision pad is present in each
channel of both the module's A and B inputs for
exact level matching. Module on and off switching
may be located in either
Studio A or Studio B, and
bi- directional control connections can be used to
activate an external device
with module turn on or off,
or. in the opposite mode,
activate the module with the
turn on or off of an external
device. An optional digital
timer may be controlled in
either case.
quality Hall -effect
High
switches are used on the
module for on /off functions, avoiding the problem
of worn or dirty contacts.
-pi
0
J
i
ule.
The CSM module has prov-
isions for parallel studio A
and studio B talkback -tocontrol room switches to be
located in the studios. It is
recommended that they be
of the momentary-on type.
Studio A and studio B on -air
light logic outputs are also
included in the module.
MONITOR MODULES
-
O
J
Model 200 CRM
Control Room Monitor
Module
The cue level control varies
the amount of signal sent
to the cue speaker located in
the meter panel. The cue
speaker is enabled whenever a cue fader is put into
the cue position, or when
the studio -to- control room
intercom talkback is in use.
An eight station interlocked
SELECT
MONITOR
SWITCH allows the console
operator to select the source
for the control room speakers. The first three switches
are connected within the
console, while stations 4 -8
are
user
assignable.
All
inputs are balanced bridging
and paralleled with those in
the CSM.
A mute LED illuminates
whenever the control room
speakers have been muted
by the logic system. This
takes place when the con-
3 HARRIS
trol room mic is switched
on, when the intercom talk
switch is depressed, or
when the on /off switch
located next to the LED is in
the up position.
The CRM level control varies the signal sent to th
control room speakers.
control room monitor program. Depressing both buttons sends a summed monitor program to the right
channel earphone and the
cue program to the left
channel earphone. A headphone level control completes this portion of the
module.
A dim circuit combines the
left and right monitor signal
and sends them to the left
speaker only. and the amount of dimming is adjust
ble by a front panel trimmer.
The dim circuit is activated
when the cue function or
the studio -to- control room
intercom function is being
used. The dim circuit is
muted when the control
room mic is in use. The
stereo headphone module
offers 2 bands of equalization which may be switched
into or out of the headphone
circuit. A 2 button switch
allows the operator to select
the cue program or the
-
internal
User assignable
connections allow a microphone input from the A
studio and the B studio to be
used for intercom purposes.
The mic. as selected on the
CSM, is assigned to the cue
speaker while in the intercorn mode. A control room
on -air light logic output is
also included in the module,
and is activated by the logic
system whenever any control room mic module is
turned on.
-
Model 200 MLO
Mono Line Output Module
The Model 200 -MLO sums
the switch selected stereo
signals )either program or
audition) into a mono output, and is capable of
delivering an output of up to
30 dBm.
The module also features a
front panel adjustable gain
trim.
Model 200 SLO
Stereo Line Output Module
Providing a
30 dBm out
put capability. two Model
200 -SLO modules are used
to drive the console's program and audition outputs.
Two front panel adjustable
gain trims may be used for
precise channel-to. channel
level matching.
Model 200 TC
Tines Control Module
(Optional)
The 200-TC features four
switches in the top of the
module which choose the
timer control source. REMOTE S/S allows control
from a user installed remote
location. When the INPUT
ON /OFF switch is depres
sed, the timer is subject to
control by any line input
module wired for this function. In addition, the Ope
ator may choose from either
RESET ON START or RE-
Model 200 TRC
Tape Remote Control
Optional
The 200 -TC is available with
five high-quality pushbutton
switches, with all switch
leads terminated in a single
connector on the rear of the
module.
I
I
-[],
SET ON STOP timer modes.
The START, STOP and
RESET buttons on the lower
half of the module are active
at all times and will override
the remote and module
timer control circuits.
OPTIONAL MODULES
Model LS8
Eight Station Line Selector
Model 200 PEO
Personality Equalizer Mod-
I-6-
ule
Module
(Optional)
The LS8 has been designed
to be wired to either the A or
B input of a Model SLI
Stereo Line Input Module.
The eight station selector
switch allows any one of up
to eight line level sources to
be selected for input to the
SLI.
Model 200 VC
Voice Controller Module
(Optional)
The Model 200 VC is
a
stereo signal processing device comprised of a noise
gate and a compressor limiter, with each section operating totally independently.
The Model 200 VC can be
used with both the Model
200 MIS Microphone Input
Module and the Model 200
SLI Stereo Line Input Module, and may be used in
tandem with the Model 200
PEO on microphone inputs.
In addition to the front panel
circuit
board
controls,
mounted trimming pots enable adjustment of attack
and release times for both
portions of the module. as
well as a range adjust for the
noise gate and a ratio adjust
for the compressor (the
latter adjustment is chosen
by the VAR position on the
front panel toggle switch).
-I
Model 200 SRC
Studio Remote Control
(Optional)
The Model 200 SRC Studio
Remote Control consists of
four high-quality momentary switches mounted on a
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
:=
O
(Optional)
The Model 200 PEO Personality Equalizer Module is a
five band equalizer designed
for voice band equalization,
and it may be wired to any
microphone input in the 200
Series console. The module
features an IN /OUT switch
and
an
interchangeable
plug-in equalization module, the 200 EDP. Any
number of 200 EOPs can be
purchased, and each may
be adjusted for the voice
characteristics of any particular individual. Each announcer on staff can have a
personalized console ED,
which can be changed instantly by exchanging EOP
modules. The equalizer is
simply adjusted with a small
screwdriver and an extender
board. When no EOP is
present, the overall module
response reverts to flat
response, unity gain. Band
centers are at 200, 400. 700,
1500 and 2500 Hz with o -9
dB of boost and cut. The
200 PEG may be used in
conjunction with the Model
200 VC Voice Controller, but
it is not compatible with the
Model 200 SLI Stereo Line
Input.
metal plate with an engraved title for each button.
The switch plate is designed
to be mounted in a userprovided enclosure located
in the studio, where the four
switches may be used to
control the various logic
functions of
input module.
a
200 Series
r
25
0
ON /AIR BROADCAST
MIXING CONSOLE
auditronics. inc.
200 SERIES
PRICE
STOCK NO.
200 Series Modular Consoles include the following basic modules:
200 -SLO Stereo Line Output Modules
200 -MLO Mono Line Output Module
200 -CRM Control Room Monitor Module
Up to 13 200 -87 7" Blank Panels if required
2
1
1
NOTE: A crate charge must be included per the last items listed below
Order by selecting the Main Frame and plug -in modules listed below:
740 -0544 -000
740 -0545 -000
740 -0546 -000
740 -0547-000
740 -0548 -000
740 -0549 -000
740 -0550 -000
740 -0551 -000
740 -0552 -000
740 -0553 -000
740 -0554 -000
740 -0555 -000
740- 0556 -000
740 -0557 -000
740 -0558 -000
740 -0559 -000
740- 0560 -000
740- 0563 -000
740 -0564 -000
740 -0565 -000
740 -0566 -000
740- 0567 -000
740 -0561 -000
740 -0562 -000
5
206 -MF 6 -Input Position Main Frame
Contains 3 VU Meters (Mono and Switched Stereo), Cue Amplifier and Speaker. There is no space for the
optional Clock and Timer
212 -MF 12 -Input Position Main Frame
Contains 3 VU Meters (Mono and Switched Stereo), Cue Amplifier and Speaker. The optional Clock and
Timer may be added
218 -MF 18 -Input Position Main Frame
Contains 5 VU Meters (Mono and 2 pairs of Stereo), Cue Amplifier and Speaker. The optional Clock and
Timer may be added
224 -MF 24 -Input Position Main Frame
Contains 5 VU Meters (Mono and 2 pairs of Stereo), Cue Amplifier and Speaker. The optional Clock and
Timer may be added
200 -CSM Communications /Studio Monitor Module
200 -SLI Stereo Line Input Module
200 -MIS Mono Microphone Input Module
200 -LS8 Stereo Line Selector -8- Station (7 ")
201 -PEQ Personality Equalizer (7 ")
Contains 1 201 -EQP Plug -In Equalizer Card
201 -EQP Plug -In Equalizer Card (additional unit)
200 -TEL Telephone Interface Module (7 ")
200 -DT Digital Timer (not for 206 -MF Main Frame)
Includes 200 -TC Timer Control Module (7 ")
200 -DC Digital Clock (not for 206 -FM Main Frame)
200 -VC Voice Controller Module (7 ")
200 -TRC 5- Button Tape Remote Control Module (71
200 -B7 Blank Panel - T' (all supplied /Main Frame)
200 -B14 Blank Input Position Modules - 14"
200 -CRM Control Room Monitor Module
Supplied with Main Frame (1)
200 -SLO Stereo Line Output Module
Supplied with Main Frame (2)
200 -MLO Mono Line Output Module
Supplied with Main Frame (1)
200 -SRC Studio Remote Control
200 -TC Digital Timer Control Module
Supplied with 200 -DT Digital Timer (1)
Crate Charge (for 206, 212, 218 Main Frames)
Crate Charge (for 224 Main Frame only)
Notice.
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without
4615.00
5170.00
6110.00
6610.00
490.00
640.00
640.00
250.00
340.00
100.00
On request
450.00
325.00
450.00
200.00
15.00
22.00
500.00
275.00
200.00
On request
On request
30.00
50.00
OD
HARRIS
26
cl
auditronics. inc.
DISTRIBUTION AMP
Model 1000
Uncompromised quality and high reliability mark the Model 1000
Audio Distribution Amplifier as a product specifically engineered for
the exacting demands of professional broadcasting. Each ruggedly
constructed mainframe is capable of holding up to ten Model
1000 -DA6 1 x 6 distribution amplifier cards, and the separate Model
PS -60 power supply is capable of driving up to four mainframes
(40
cards). For superior performance and reliability, each amplifier card
carries its own voltage regulator, and the simplified power supply
furthers trouble -free operation. Unlike some other designs, each
output in the Model 1000 is totally isolated through its own individual
amplifier, offering the highest degree of reliability.
The Model 1000 features quick, solderless installation through the
use
of quick- connect screw terminals on the rear of the mainframe; the
three power terminals are mounted on a standard barrier strip. A large
blank back panel is provided should the user wish to install jacks, and
an access opening in each side of the mainframe allows neat and easy
entrance of cable bundles. A choice of grounding schemes is available
for every input and output of the Model 1000; either a hard ground or a
capacitively coupled RF ground may be chosen as the individual circuit
requires.
The Model 1000 not only meets the performance requirements set by
professionals who demand the utmost of their equipment, it surpasses
them, completely fulfilling the need for a high quality, reliable
package.
-
1000-DA6 One Input/ Six Output Amplifier Card
1000-MF- Mainframe/ Card Rack, Ten Card Capacity
PS -60- Power Supply
$180.00
675.00
450.00
Complete Systems (six card minimum)
Each system includes one mainframe, amplifier cards as shown and
Power Supply
DA -1000 with six cards
$2205.00
DA -1000 with eight cards
2565.00
DA -1000 with ten cards
2925.00
C
THE LUXO MULTIPURPOSE ARMS
The Luxo Multipurpose Arms put what you want where you want it.
They move easily with the lightest touch and yet the precision spring
balanced Arms will keep it in position without drifting.
Covering a broad range of applications, Luxo Arms are used to support
scientific instrumentation as well as audio microphones. They have
been integrated into laboratory equipment, medical instruments and
engineering devices.
Luxo Arms are balanced for a range of weights from one source to six
pounds and with maximum reaches from 21 inches to almost 5 feet.
Luxo Multipurpose Arms are designed and built to give long life and
trouble free service. The range of applications for the Luxo
Multipurpose Arms is limited only by your needs and your imagination.
LM -1- Multipurpose arm; 3 lb. maximum weight; 41" extension;
Color; Gray
$28.00
LM-2- Multipurpose Arm; 3 lbs. maximum weight; 26" extension;
Color; Gray
$28.00
KM -1- Multipurpose, heavyduty K -arm; 3'/2 lbs. maximum weight;
41 " extension; Color; Oyster
$53.00
fin
ULF
HARRIS
Mounting Brackets
B-$4.00
A-$4.00
LM -1 and LM -2 are balanced for
unless otherwise specified.
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
1
C-$4.00
I
lb., KM -1 is balanced for 3
27
BELAR ELECTRONICS LABORATORY, INC.
FM Frequency and
Stereo Frequency and
Modulation Monitor
CZ]
Modulation Monitor
11
The Belar FM monitors were designed as a totally integrated, solid
state system to enable the broadcaster to fulfill his monitoring equipment requirements as the need arises. The Belar FMS -1 Stereo
Frequency and Modulation Monitor, when added to the FMM -1 FM
Frequency and Modulation Monitor, provides complete monitoring
and test functions to meet the daily requirements for stereo
monitoring and provides additional facilities for making the proper
tests for weekly and monthly maintenance checks to insure maximum performance from stereo transmitters.
The Belar FM monitors are designed as a totally integrated, solid
state system to enable the broadcaster to fulfill his monitoring equipment requirements as the need arises. The Belar FMM -1 Frequency
and Modulation Monitor is a wideband, all solid state FM monitor
designed expressly to fulfill all the new requirements for monaural
monitoring as well as to provide a virtually pure, distortionless demodulated signal to drive the companion FMS -1 Stereo Frequency
and Modulation Monitor and the SCM -1 SCA Frequency and Modulation Monitor for multiplex monitoring.
AM Modulation Monitor
AM Modulation Monitor
,..
411
BM
6F:.AG1
The AMM -2A Modulation Monitor sets new standards in accurate
AM monitoring
the first AM monitor to incorporate true ratio -type
peak indicators. The AMM -2A contains a unique modulation cancellation scheme to recover unmodulated carrier to reference the
modulation peaks to. Thus the instantaneous program peaks re
references to the instantaneous carrier without the need of time constants, as with AGC devices. True carrier is indicated with
asymmetrical modulation encountered in today's high positive peak
modulation, and peaks are automatically references to this true
carrier to give the most accurate indication of program peaks. FCC
Type Approval No. 3 -240.
The AMM -3 Modulation Monitor sets new standards in accurate AM
monitoring
the first AM monitor to incorporate true ratio -type
peak indicators, as well as ratio -type metering circuits. The AMM -3
contains a unique modu ation cancellation scheme to recover
unmodulated carrier to reference the modulation peaks to. Thus. the
instantaneous program peaks are references to the instantaneous
carrier without the need of time -constants, as with AGC devices.
True carrier is indicated with asymmetrical modulation encountered
in today's high positive peak modulation, and peaks are automatically
referenced to this true carrier to give the most accurate indication
of program peaks. FCC Type Approval No. 3 -231.
FM EQUIPMENT
FMM -1 FM Frequency and Modulation Monitor
(FCC Type Approval No. 3 -129)
FMS -1 Stereo Frequency and Modulation Monitor
(FCC Type Approval No. 3 -146)
AM EQUIPMENT
AMM -2A AM Modulation Monitor
-
SCM -1 SCA Frequency and Modulation Monitor
(FCC Type Approval No. 3 -162)
RFA -1 FM RF Amplifier
MP -1 Remote Meter Panel for FMM -1
MP -2 Remote Meter Panel for FMS -1
MP -3 Remote Meter Panel for SCM -1
MJ -10 Yagi Antenna, 10 Element, used with RFA -1
TV EQUIPMENT
TVM -1 TV Modulation Monitor
(FCC Type Approval No. 3 -181)
TVM -2 TV Frequency Monitor (VHF)
TVM -3 TV Frequency Monitor (UHF)
RFA -3 TV RF Amplifier
MP -4 Remote Meter Panel for TVM -1
$1650.00
$1500.00
$1500.00
$
$
$
$
$
550.00
195.00
195.00
195.00
85.00
-
(FCC Type
AMM -3 AM
(FCC Type
AMM -4 AM
Approval No. 3 -240)
Modulation Monitor
Approval No. 3 -231)
Frequency Monitor
OPTIONS01 Relay Card
RFA -2 AM RF Amplifier
MP -6A Remote Meter Panel for AMM -2A
MP -7 Remote Meter Panel for AMM -3
LP -1 Shielded Loop Antenna
LP -1A Shielded Loop Antenna with
built -in pre -amplifier for RFA -2
OPTION 01 Power Supply for Loop Antenna
S
950.00
$1400.00
$
S
S
S
$
$
950.00
175.00
595.00
225.00
225.00
225.00
$
275.00
60.00
$
250.00
$
$1750.00
$2000.00
$2200.00
S 675.00
$ 146.00
MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT
AS -1 Audio Sentry
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
nn HARRIS
28
BEIDEN'
MICROPHONE CABLES
SINGLE
CONDUCTOR
MULTIPLE
CONDUCTOR
250 - 0059 -000
8410 Belden single conductor shielded, black rubber jacket
8412 Belden, 2- conductor stranded 20 AWG braided shield cotton heavy rubber
250 -0036 -000
5.60/ft.
jacket
253- 0024 -000
3.64
/ft.
8428 Belden neoprene jacketed heavy duty mic cable. 2- conductor 18 AWG braided
shield
5.84/ft.
TWO CONDUCTOR SHIELDED CABLES
sELDFOrL
253-0062 -000
8437 Belden, 2- conductor 22 AWG solid, w /drain wire and braid shield, black vinyl
jacket
1,000 ft. reel of Belden 8437 wire
5.28 /ft.
5234.00
253-0054- 000
8450 Belden miniature audio cable, 2- conductor 22 AWG solid drain wire, foil shield,
vinyl jacket
1,000 ft. reel of Belden 8450 wire
5.20 /ft.
$136.00
253 -0059 -000
8451 Belden miniature audio cable, 2- conductor 22 AWG stranded, drain wire, foil shield,
vinyl jacket
5.21 /ft.
1,000 ft. reel of Belden 8451 wire
$158.00
AWG
(Stranding)
Trade
Description
PRECISION
VIDEO CABLE
&
UL Type
'
Number
8281
Nominal
0.D.
Dia. in
mm
Nom. D.C.R.
20
Inch
mm
.304
7.72
(Solid)
bare
copper
Trade &
UL Style
RG
Number
No.
8241
Nom.
Vel. of
(ohms)
Prop.
22 (Solid)
U
Nominal
Capacitance
pF /ft.
pF/m
21
69
66%
75
Conductor, polyethylene insulated. tinned
copper double braid shield. black polyethylene jacket.
Nom. Core 0.D .200" 15.08 mml.
mini
Nom.
D.C.R.
JANC-17A
VIDEO CABLE
Nom.
Imp.
1.06 St/M'
3.5 St /km
(StrandIna)
IDia. in
COAXIAL
96.4%
1.811
9.9 it/M'
32.5 St/km
Description
Shield
Coverage
Nom. D.C.R.
641
bare
copper
covered
steel
nsu a-
hon
Nominal
Core
O.D.
-
Nominal Attenuation
KHz or db/
db/
MHz
100 ft. 100m
10 kHz
100 kHz
.06
.2
.08
.3
MHz
1
4.5 MHz
10 MHz
100 MHz
.25
8
.45
.78
2.70
1.5
2.6
8.9
500'
1000'
8197.55
395.70
i
No. of
'
_
Shields
and
Material
Iene
.146 3.71
0
Nom.
Imp.
D
Nom.
Inch mm
Polyethy-
Nominal
1.
,Nom.
Vel.
of
Nominal
Capaci.
tance
PF/
Nominal
Attenuation
db/
db/
100
100
100
3.4
200
400
4.9
11.2
16.1
7.1
23.3
PF/
.
.242
1
6.15
73
66%
21.0
68.9
bare
copper
2.7Sí/M'
Jacket Black vinyl
100'
500'
1000'
816.05
51.10
100.00
8.9u/km
55!í/M'
111111111111tr_ì
180.5
u /km
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Listed (Style 1354)
AWG
Insulation
Nominal
(Stranding)
o
Trade &
Style
Number
UL
Description
9232
Trloxial
© LISTED
1641
E0r-4=.
IDia. in.
mmj
Nom.
D.C.R.
RG
No
.
11/U
Type
Double
(19x261/2)
Shield
bare
Material
MEMO
Nom.
D.C.R.
11.631
copper
a /M'
tt/km
100% SWEEP TESTED
Cellular
Polyethy ene
Nominal
and
Core
0.D.
14
2.4
7.9
No. of
Shields
2
bare
copper
.312 7.93 Inner
Nom.
Imp.
(ohms)
Black
.520
13.2
75
Nom.
Vel.
of
Attenuation
Prop.
18% 11.3 56.8
Neo-
prene
1.55 a /M'
5.1 St/km
50
100
1.0
1.5
3.3
100'
4.9
200
300
400
2.2
2.8
3.3
7.2
500'
1000'
5000'
9.2
10.8
8105.00
525.00
1060.00
5250.00
Outer
1.65 St/M'
5.4 St/km
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed. (S yle 1641)
w!
UIJ
HARRIS
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
29
IREIELECTRONIC
CORPORATION
New Econoload High -Power
TERMALINE" RF Loads
SO
ohms nunnnal
With Field Replaceable Resistors,
10kW, 20kW. 40kW
Line Mounted RF Terminations for
CW. AM. FM. SSB and TV Transmitters.
As with many high power RF measurement and term
'nation ideas. Bud broadcast system load resistors
were an integral part of transmitter equipment right
from the industry's days of infancy. From an initial
shipping weight of 1400 pounds to a lightweight series
high
of hand held line terminations. TERMALINE
power Load Resistors broke new ground at near
every step of technical innovation.
-
Air- Cooled Liquid - Dielectric
MODULOAD"
ir
8765
TERMALINE" RF
Load Resistors
RF
Load Resistors
!AI
Om,
inn
u
Unique New Radiators Extend Upper Limits:
10.000 Watts
n it
the new Self Cooling MODULOAD
Load
Resistors operate continually in a few cubic feet of
space (3 cu. ft at 10kW, 5cu. ft. at 25kW, 11 cut. ft. at
40kW) under full rated RF power without the need for
external cooling water These line terminating systems
are, therefore, ideal for locationswhere water supply is
reliable, expensive or simply not available. Self con
31
1
RF
tamed, with integral heat exchanger and protective
devices, models are available for 115V 60Hz and 230V
50Hz operation. The suffix indicating which line
voltage is applicable is part of each model's number.
6770 105 1 Dolly With
Load and 4805 Wattmeter
V
Water Cooled, Air Dielectric
CONNECTORS
MODEL
8710N Mori
8711(: MorF
8713 /'8EIAFI /S0ohm
8720 5 /8EIAFI /50 ohm
8730 5 /8EIAFI Econoload .,
8730 677 Above with dolly'
8731 3 1/8 EIA FI Econoload
POWER
1
1
$320.00
350.00
375.00
5kW
560 00
640 00
1250.00
670 00
10kW
10kW
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Control Box Assembly
t
I
PRICE
1kW
1kW
1kW
10kW
10kW
8731677Above with dolly'
10kW
87383 /8 Unfl Econoload
10kW
8738 677 Above with dolly'
20kW
87453 /8EIAFIEconoload
20k W
8745 677 Above with dolly'
20k W
8746 3 1/8041 Econoload
20kW
8746 677 Above with dolly'
30kW
87553 /8EIAFIEconoload
30kW
8755 677 Above with dolly'
30k W
8756 3 /8 Unfl Econoload
30k W
8756 677 Above with dolly'
40kW
/8EIAFI
Econoload
87653
40kW
8765 677 Above with dolly'
40kW
87663 1/ 8UnfI Econoload
40k W
8766 677 Above with dolly'
50kW
87753 /8EIAFI Econoload
50k W
with
dolly'
8775 677 Above
50k W
8776 3 I/ 8 Unfl Econoload
50kW
8776 677 Above with dolly'
80kW
'8
FI
Econoload
Ela
87906
80k W
8790 677 Above with dolly'
80k W
8 Unfl Econoload
8791 6
80kW
8791 677 Above with dolly'
'Dolly assembly includes Water Flow
Switch, Control Box .rid Coupling Kit
8750 100 For .dl
V
nnnln.el.
1290.00
670 00
1320 00
1015.00
1635 00
1015 00
1665.00
1390 00
2000.00
1390.00
2035.00
1580.00
2200.00
1580 00
2225.00
1765.00
2385 00
1765.00
2415.00
2400 00
3085.00
2400.00
3125.00
8731 021
8755.0273
8755 027 -4
8755027 -5
J
8755 029.2
8790 035 Two reo 'd
10kW
30kW
40kW
50kW
20kW
80kW
Water Flow Switch
Econoloads
5 898 2
5898
3
20k W
30k W
5 898 4
40kW50kW
5-8986
10kW
80kW
5-898
7
MODEL
A
F
1.
1
1
I
1500W
1500W
1500W
88600C LCIF)
8861 5 / 8UnfI
602 3
601
/8Unfl
1
;1
EIA FI
8
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
MODEL
3
8645 115 3
8645-2303
8646 115 3
1
POWER
10k W
10kW
10kW
10kW
10kW
10kW
25kW
8EIAFI
8EIAFI
8UnfI
8UnfI
18
I
1
1
1
EIA FI
8 EIA FI
8UnfI
8
Unfl
8EIAFI
8EIAFI
8655-2303
8 Unfl
8656.115 3
8656.230 3 i 8 Unfl
8690-0606 1/8EIAFI230V60Hz
1
1
1
86900506 1'8 EIA FI230V50Hz
PRICE
$6045.00
6080.00
6045 00
6080.00
25kW
25kW
25kW
50kW
50kW
50kW
50kW
80kW
80kW
PRICE
$3065.00
3100.00
3065.00
3100.00
3065.00
3100.00
4725.00
4760.00
4725.00
2
2
5 kW
h kW
kW
775.00
775.00
21/2kW
775.00
2''6kW
(Recessed Ctr. Cond)
BA -300- 115. -230 Blower
03890.,91-,92 .95- ,96- .97.98-3001
79000
2 %kW
21/2
(Flush Ctr. Cond)
8898 -300 3 1/8 Unfl /50 ohm
5kW
5kW
5kW
8921 OC LCIF(
8922 5/8 EIA Fig
8926 3 1/8 EIA Flg
8927 3 /8 Unflg
89311150C -LCIF(
1
5kW
1
10kW
10kW
10kW
10kW
10kW
10kW
10kW
10kW
8931 230 0C- LCIF)
8932 115 1 5/8 EIA FIG
8932 230 1.5/8 EIA FIG
/8E1AFIg
/8E1AFIg
8937-115 3 1 /8 Unflg
8937 - 230 3.1 /8 Unflg
8936 1153
1
8936.2303
1
350.00
1710.00
1735.00
1790.00
1775.00
2335.00
2375.00
2365.00
2400.00
2385.00
2425.00
2370.00
2515.00
Sections Available on
Special Order
PART NO.
42300061
4230053
ELEMENT
SOCKETS
One
CONNECTOR
PRICE
0C'
$59.00
93.00
61.00
137.00
177.00
128.00
235.00
289.00
187.00
209.00
209.00
235.00
209.00
155.00
669.00
685.00
695.00
725.00
Inc.
4230 059
6740 00
4501000
One
6775.00
6740.00
4502 -000
Two
Two panel mfg.
6775 00
11.630.00
11.630.00
Wall- Mounting Brackets
10kW
20kW.30kW, 40kW, 50kW
80kW
50 Ohm Line Sections
15.5 Ohm or 75 Ohm Line
4760.00
,except 80kW units)
6770-130
1500 W
1
Two
One, w/ Bracket
LINE VOLTAGE SUFFIX: -115 115V 60 Hz
-230: 230V 50 Hz
6770 120
6770125
1500W
2':kW
PRICE
$515.00
640.00
655.00
670.00
710.00
725.00
705.00
64.00
790.00
735.00
Self - Cooled
CONNECTOR
1/8 EIA Fl
1' 8 EIA Fl
8631 115 3
8631 230 3
8635 115 5
8635 230 5
8638 115 3
8862
88633 1/8 Unfl
88643 /8 EIAFI
88903000C LCIF)
8890-008 Thermoswitch
8891 300
8892 300
-5/8 Unt1/50 ohm
8895-300
(Recessed Ctr. Cond)
8896 3003.1 /8UnfI /51.5 ohm
8897 300 3 1/8 Unf1/50 ohm
1
602 230V 50 Hz
MODULOAD"
Load Systems
5/8EIAFI
1
6045.00
6080.00
7705.00
7740.00
8EIAFI
602 a
770500
3
H
Unfl
601
7740.00
8 Unfl
602.1
9720.00
H EIA FI
601 3
9755.00
8 EIA FI
602 3
9720.00
601 3
8 Unfl
9755.00
602 3 /8 Unfl
use.
For
water.
Glycol
Above models' coolant is 100%
replace -0" in model number with "3" (e.g. 8635 601
becomes 8635 631). Same Price.
LINE VOLTAGE SUFFIX' 601 115V 60Hz
8638
8645
8645
8646
8646
8655
8655
8656
8656
8646 230 3
8655 115 3
sa5.00
85.00
85.00
85.00
85.00
EI
8631 6023 1 /8EIAFI
8635 601 1 5 /8EIAFI
8635 602 5 /8EIAFI
8638 601 3 1/8 Unfl
1
295.00
350.00
355.00
235.00
355.00
POWER
10k W
10kW
10kW
10kW
10k W
10kW
25kW
25k W
25k W
25kW
50kW
50kW
50kW
50kW
CONNECTOR
8631 601 3 1/ 8
8638 230
$175.00
-
MODULOAD" RF
Calorimeter Load Systems
1
Replacement Resistors
Econoloads
POWER
kW
CONNECTOR
MODEL
8833 3000 OC LCIF
1
1
$190 00
Load Resistors are used during
adjustment, testing and alignment of transmitters in
place of the antenna, as well as for permanent or
stand -by termination of transmission line branches.
at
Their low VSWR assures an excellent match and
the absorption of at least 99.75% of the RF
11
energy generated.
Bird TERMALINE'
4522002
4600000
OC'
0C
7/8 Fl
7/8 Fl
OC
One
31/8FI
4610 -000
Two
3-1.8F1
4712000
One
4715.000
Two
4720000
One
4723 000
4802 000
4805 -000
4902 000
4905 -000
Two
Two
One
One
Two
1
-5/8F1
1.5 /8Fl
15 /8Unfl
1-5 /8Unfl
3 -1 /8UnfI
3 -1/8 Unfl
6 -1/8 FI
6.1 /8FI
6-1/8 Unfl
One
Two
6-1/8 Unfl
4910000
9 FI
One
'OC connectors not included.
4907000
$150.00
150 00
150 00
4909 -000
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
OD
HARRIS
BiRn
30
THRULINE
RF Directional
Wattmeters
ELECTRONIC
CORPORATION
-5/8" LINE 50 ohms nominal
specifications Accuracy: + / -5% of full scale
High -Power
Rigid Line Series
1
Model No.
Frequ. Range
MHz
2
-25
'/ -25
'/4 -25
-25
-1000
EIA Flg
EIA Flg
Unflg
Unflg
1/4
0.3 -6
0.3 -6
EIA Flg
EIA Flg
LINE 50 ohms nominal
2 -1000
-100
EIA Flg
2-1000 1-100
EIA Flg
2-1000
-100
Unflg
1
1
2 -- 1000
1
50 -250
50 -250
-1/8" LINE
1 -5/8A
STANDARD ELEMENTS
Unflg
-30
'f2 -30
11/2 -30
1''A -30
EIA Flg
EIA Flg
1
50 -250
4902
4905 -200
4907
4909 -200
4902 -037
4905 - 300
-100
11/2
50--250
2'%
2 -1000
2 -1000
50 -250
50 -250
2'/2
Unflg
Unflg
watts
2500 watts
5000 Watts
30
1000H1
2500H1
250A1
500A1
1000A1
2500A1
5000A1
106A1
25081
50081
100081
250081
500081
10681
10kW
5000H
10K HA
25kW
261011
1
21/2
21/2
-250
-250
-250
-250
EIA Flg
EIA Flg
Unflg
Unflg
3 -60
3
EIA Flg
EIA Flg
-60
100
250
125
Single
Double
Single
Double
Single
Double
Single
Double
5/10/25
5/10/25
5/10/25
5/10/25
15/30/60
15/30/60
15/30/60
15/30/60
3 -1/8A
3 -1/8A
3 -1 /8A
Single
Double
Single
Double
Single
Double
5/10/25
5/10/25
5/10/25
5/10/25
15/30/60
15/30/60
2
26-
30
50
1000 watts
2500 watts
5000 watts
5í00H3
10kW
25kW
251( 113
1000A3
2500A3
5000A3
100 A3
25K A3
25001
500D
100001
2500D1
25001
5000
930113
100KH3
100k
TABLE
6 -1
1
1
1003C1
250001
500001
9300131
1000EI
2500E1
5000E1
1500
480
If
51 5 113%
60
125
1500
wens
3000 watts
6000 watts
150003
15kW
3000E13
6000133
151083
Unlp
50111%A
Elements 147121 Table %A
4712 -037 50 11 1 % EIA Fg
Elements147120371 Table 1'.8
1
fin
LIU
10- 7/32" 1260mm)
10- 7/32" (260mm)
9 -5/8" 1245mm)
9 -5/8" )245mm(
10- 7/32" 1260mm)
10- 7/32" (260mm)
6 -1/8A
6 -1 /8A
6-1/8A
6 -1 /8B
6 -1/88
21 lbs (91/2 kg)
211/4 lbs 193/4 kg)
15 lbs (6% kg)
15'14 lbs (7 kg)
12'% lbs (5%4 kg)
12% lbs (6 kgl
6000
1
150001
305W
TABLE
200-
400-
1000
250006
500006
10006
5425.00
70'
340.00
70'
440.00
70-
530.00
70-
540,00
70-
375.00
70-
390.00
70-
100-
250
30KB3
1500C3
3000C3
6000C3
15KC3
301(C3
6 -1/88
METER: 4'/2" meter, shock mounted in
aluminum carrying case with 10' (3m(
shielded meter cable(s). Dimensions: (WxH
xDl 5- 9/16" x 6 -1/2" x 3-3/8" (141 x 165
STANDARD ELEMENTS
:CATALOG NUMBERS!'
600
PRICE
3'.A
Elements 14801 Table 3'.A
4600-037 5011 3's EIA Fp
Elements (4600 -0371 Table 3'413
4610 -200 50 11 3's EIA Fg
Elements 146102001 Table 3 %A
4610 -300 50 11 3's EIA Fig
Elements 14610-3001Table 3'48
4712
6 -1/8A
(CATALOG NUMBERS:
Power
Range
50
125
3000 watts h
6000 watts
300086
600086
15W
100250
x 851.
156136
15KC6
301(86
30KC6
601(86
B0KC6
Wren ordering. specify catalog number
and line section model number
4715-200 5011
1% EIA Fp
Elements 1471 5 -2001 Table
4715 300 5011
-
4720
300006
íì00006
305W
60kW
section model number
50 11
EIA Fig
Elements 14601 Table
61/2" (165mm)
73/4
3 -1/88
STANDARD ELEMENTS
2500E6
5000A6
500086
500006
5000E6
10KA6
101(86
10KC6
100E6
25KA6
251(86
25KC6
251(06
250E6
500A6
50606
50K C6
50606
500E6
'When ordering. specify catalog number and line
460
3-1/8B
3 -1/8B
lbs (3 kg)
lbs (3.1 kg)
4 lbs (2 kgl
4% lbs (2.1 kg)
7 lbs (3 kg)
71/4 lbs (3.1 kg)
4 lbs (2 kg)
41/4 lbs (2 kg)
7
TABLE
Power
Range
250106
2500H6
3 -1/88
6'/2" (165mm)
7- 1/32" (179mm)
7 -1/32" (179mm)
6'/2" 1165mm(
30í0C1
6í00C1
1000E3
100260
CONNECTORS
watts
3000 watts
6000 watts
10í0D3
2500D3
500003
250086
MODEL
6'F2" (165mm)
3-1/8A
3 -1 /88
kg)
lbs (1.4 kg)
11/4 lbs (0.6 kg)
11/2 lbs (0.7 kg)
3 lbs 111/4 kg)
31/4 lbs (1.4 kg)
31/4
250
1000C3
2500C3
500003
l OK C3
25KC3
50
125
1001(116
)179mm(
7- 1/32" 1179mm)
60081
150081
300081
600081
100083
250083
5000C3
101(83
2500A6
50KH6
7- 1/32"
3 lbs 11%
100-
400.
1000
60
'COON
250kW
Weight
6%" (171mm)
6%" (171mm)
6-3/8" 1162mm)
6 -3/8" 1162mm)
6%" 1171mm)
6%" (171mm)
30001
200
500
25
250116
1
-5/8A
-5/8A
-5/8A
-5/8A
-5/88
-5/8B
:0081
100
260
30
25kW
505W
50
125
50.
125
2
watts
1
'CATALOG NUMBERS:
/8A
2500
5000 watts
10kW
1
Power
Range
300 watts
600 watts
250E1
500E1
STANDARD ELEMENTS :CATALOG NUMBERSI
Power
Range
1
1000
2500E3
50í0E3
101033
100E3
25683
25003
250E3
When ordereng specify catalog number and line
sertinn model number
10KH3
50kw
1
400
TABLE 3 -1/8A
STANDARD ELEMENTS (CATALOG NUMBERS:*
Nolte
1
TABLE 1.5/88
STANDARD ELEMENTS
200
500
-
When ordering speedy catalog number and tine
section model number
Power
Overall Length
Table
5/10/25
5/10/25
5/10/25
5/10/25
15/30/60
15/30/60
CATALOG NUMBERS:
5°
250 watts
500 Watts
1000
I
Element
50 ohms nominal
2 -1000
2 -1000
25
50
2
Scale Divisions
Single
Double
Single
Double
Single
Double
TABLE
Poway
Range
Insertion VSWR: 1.05 max.
No. of
Sockets
'/4
50 -250
50 -250
460
4610 -200
4805
4802 -200
4600- 037
4610 -300
4805 037
4802 300
6
Flg/Unflg
kW
2 -1000
2 -1000
2 -1000
4712
4715 -200
4720
4723 -2000
4712 -037
4715 - 300
3 -1/8"
Power Range
460.00
1
%A
1% EIA Fig
Elements 14715-3001Table 1S8
50111%Unfp
Table
70
395.00
Elements (47201 Table 1%A
4723.200 5011 I% Unfrg
Elements 0723-200)
4802 -200 5011 3's Unfp
70-
460.00
70-
l'eA
Elements 14802 -200) Table 3'-.A
4802 -300 50 II 3'4 Unfig
Elements (4802 -3001 Table 3'48
4805
5011 3'4 Unhg
Elements 148051 Table 3'4A
4805.037 5011 3'4 Unfig
Elements 14805-0371 Table 3'48
475.00
70-
450.00
70-
460.00
70'
340.00
70-
360 00
70-
Single Socket: straight connection.
Double Socket: Front panel Forward/
Reflected power switch and two shielded
cables.
4902
50 116% EIA Fig
Elements 149021 Table 6%A
855 00
Fig
Elements 1490 2 -0371 Table 648
5011 6's EIA Fig
Elements (4905 -2001 Table 6'4A
50 Il 6'n EIA Fig
Elements 14905-300) Table 6''13
870.00
70'
925.00
70'
935.00
70'
875.00
4902-037 5011 6'4 EIA
4905-200
4905-300
4907
50 11 6'4 Unbg
Elements (49071 Table 6%A
4909-200 50 116'1 Unlp
Elements (4909-2001 Table 64A
4902-080 50 11 64 EIA Fig
Elements 14902-0801 Table 6'4C
4907-080 50 116's Unfig
Elements 14907.0801 Table 6'SC
HSerles Elements for all high-power
Wattmeters above
HARRIS
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
70-
70-
960.00
70-
870 00
70'
895 00
70-
85.00
31
ELECTRONIC
CORPORATION
lac
NMI
DIGITAL HI -POWER
Wide -Range RF Calorimeter
1000W to 80kW
&Measure RF power quickly with precision, after simple
up. Automatically processes all sensor inputs.
Disprays power directly without charts or calculations.
Conveniently portable.
After more than a quarter century of leadership in THRULINE °
broadcast power measurement, Bird introduces convenience and
simplicity to accurate high -power RF calorimetry: Place the sensors
in series with the cooling water of a water cooled line termination,
let the liquid run until flow and temperature have stabilized, adjust
the display to indicate zero, apply RF power and read!
No waiting for stabilization after the first reading: Power readings
can be taken in seconds with + /- 3% accuracy. With CW or FM,
the power indicated is the same as that measured by our average
reading THRULINE wattmeters, which makes the model 6080 calorimeter an ideal in -house calibration instrument. With a black -level
television transmission, the indicated power will be 60.1% of peak las
compared to 59.6% on an analog THRULINE wattmeter).
Modulating an AM carrier 100% with a pure single tone will increase the calorimeter reading by 50 %, measuring the average power
contained in the sidebands in addition to the carrier. In other words,
the model 6080 digital readout always indicates the heating power
dissipated in the load resistor. The use of a well- matched termination
with low VSWR, such as Bird TERMALINE , Load Resistors, is
essential.
The outputs of the two temperature sensors and the flow -rate
monitor are transferred to a long control cable in an RFI- protected
junction box. The control cable permits the main unit to be placed up
to eight feet from the point of measurement for convenience of
reading and time- saving flexibility. This main control unit processes
the sensor data and displays directly in kilowatts the result of:
Flow rate x Temperature differential x Specific heat x Conversion
constant = RF Power
nterpolation of flow rates, position of mercury columns in hard -tothermometers and of system constants has been completely
inated.
Transmitter Protection:
WATTCHER® RF Power
Monitor/Alarm
model 3127 for rigid lines
Bird WATTCHER
model 3128 for cable
models 312T/3128 are rack mounted instruments complete with power supply, two illuminated 5" meters for
incident power and reflected power. The reflected meter has an
adjustable set point which controls the contact point on the meter
alarm.
Abnormal load conditions quickly cause transmitter shut -down, a
buzzer alarm, and a change of illumination color of the reset button
from green to red. Audible and visual alarms indicating system malfunction may be remoted. Choice of Fail -Safe or Non -Fail -Safe Mode
is selected by a rear switch.
:.
-
MODEL
PRICE
6080 -115 (less TERMALINE' water cooled load)
6080 -230 (less TERMALINE* water cooled load)
HighSpeed Wattcher®
RF Monitoring System
model 3171
Model 3171 is a new high -speed monitoring system for remote and
on- location supervision of transmitters ancillary services. The two
most important features of the new design are a shortening of
response time down to 200 microseconds
much faster than equipment protection requires - and remote reset capability.
The series 3171 WATTCHER RF Monitoring Systems warn a
remote operator 11 Of low power due to detuning, component
deterioration, AC line difficulties and 21 Of high VSWR due to
antenna icing, transmission line moisture or deformation, sudden
accidents or lightning, etc.
-
DC Cables for either 3170. 3171
MODEL
PRICE
PART NO
3127 for rigid lines
5800.00
3128 for cables
800.00
DC cables for 3127. 3128
4220 -0910 25' meter cable
18.00
4220.077.1 25' cable for 6-1,8 Imes only 25 00
3170 High Speed RF Monitoring System
900.00
3171 Hugh Speed AC Mon. Svs. Trod lines( 900.00
Elements for 3171
170.00
3170 058
3170 058 2
3170 0583
3171 010
3170-058.4
3170 058 5
7
r
H Serves
-
OUPUT
LENGTH CONNECTOR
PRICE
14 m
$16 00
15'
25'
25'
40'
50'
BNC
BNC
BNC
BNC
BNC
BNC
Elements for 3171
M
M
M
M 6
M
M
21.00
24.00
1
8
Ines only
36 00
32.00
34.00
85.00
$2515.00
2515.00
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice
OD
HARRIS
32
COAXIAL CABLE
AND CONNECTORS
Cablewave Systems
AIR DIELECTRIC WELLFLEX
-
CABLE AND CONNECTORS
STOCK NO.
618 -0319 -000
620 -1141 -000
620 -1140 -000
620 -1143 -000
620 -0967 -000
620 -1139 -000
620 -1142 -000
620 -0969 -000
620 -0970 -000
620 -1403 -000
620 -1400 -000
618 -0320 -000
620 -1377 -000
620 -1378 -000
620 -0968 -000
620 -1149 -000
620 -1150 -000
620 -1147 -000
620 -1146 -000
620 -0973 -000
620 -0974 -000
620 -1404 -000
620 -1401 -000
620 -1402 -000
618 -0321 -000
620 -1153 -000
620 -0975 -000
620 -0976 -000
620 -0977 -000
7/8" 50 ohm, Jacketed Wellflex, air
7/8" N -Male Plug
7/8" N- Female Receptacle
7/8" UHF Female Receptable
7/8" End Terminal
7/8" Splice
7/8" LC -Male Plug
7/8" EIA Flange (Gas Barrier)
7/8" EIA Flange (Gas Pass)
7/8" N- Female Receptacle, LO VSWR
7/8" EIA Flange (Gas Barrier) LO VSWR
-5/8 ", 50 ohm, Jacketed Wellflex, air
-5/8" N -Male Plug
-5/8" N- Female Receptacle
-5/8" End Terminal
-5/8" Splice
-5/8" LC- Female Receptacle
-5/8" Connector 7/8" EIA Flange (Gas Barrier)
-5/8" Connector, 7/8" EIA Flange (Gas Pass)
-5/8" EIA Flange (Gas Barrier)
-5/8" EIA Flange (Gas Pass)
-5/8" N- Female Receptacle, LO VSWR
-5/8" Connector, 7/8" EIA Flange (Gas Barrier), LO VSWR
-5/8" Connector, 7/8" Flange (Gas Pass), LO VSWR
3 ", 50 ohm, Jacketed Wellflex, air
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3" Cable Splice
3-1/8" EIA Flange Female (Gas Pass)
3-1/8" EIA Flange Female (Gas Barrier)
3-1/8" EIA Anchor Inner Connector
-
618 -0316 -000
618 -0317 -000
620 -0952 -000
620 -0955 -000
620 -0958 -000
620 -0961 -000
620 -1382 -000
620 - 0964 -000
620 -1385 -000
620 -0953 -000
620 -0956 -000
620 -0959 -000
620 -0962 -000
620 -0965 -000
iin HARRIS
FOAM DIELECTRIC WELLFLEX
3/8 ", 50 ohm, Jacketed Wellflex, Foam
1/2", 50 ohm, Jacketed Wellflex, Foam
54.00
54.00
54.00
110.00
70.00
130.00
100.00
68.00
158.00
161.70
9.00
136.00
136.00
206.00
194.00
194.00
170.00
166.00
150.00
144.00
253.00
340.00
328.00
17.00
312.00
254.00
266.00
44.00
1.10
1.34
24.50
24.50
27.00
27.00
39.00
60.50
58.50
27.50
27.50
27.50
27.50
67.00
1
1
and Specifications Subject
PRICE
4.10
CABLE AND CONNECTORS
3/8" N -Male Plug
3/8" N- Female Receptacle
3/8" UHF -Male Plug
3/8" UHF -Female Receptacle
3/8" TNC -Male Plug
3/8" End Terminal
3/8" Cable Splice
1/2" N -Male Plug
1/2" N- Female Receptacle
/2" UHF -Male Plug
1/2" UHF - Female Receptacle
/2" End Terminal
Prices
$
to
Change Without
Notice.
110
33
Cablewave Systems
l
FOAM DIELECTRIC WELLFLEX
COAXIAL CABLE
AND CONNECTORS
-
CABLE AND CONNECTORS
STOCK NO.
620 -1386 -000
620 -0971 -000
618 -0318 -000
620 -0954 -000
620 -0957 -000
620 - 0960 -000
620 - 0963 -000
620 - 0966 -000
620 -1387 -000
620 -0972 -000
618- 0353 -000
620 -1376 -000
620 -1128 -000
620 -1384 -000
620 -1388 -000
620 -1396 -000
620 -0978 -000
620 -1406 -000
620 -0979 -000
620 -0980 -000
620 -0981 -000
620 -1371 -000
620 -1372 -000
620 - 0994 -000
620 -0995 -000
620 -0982 -000
620 -0983 -000
620 -0984 -000
620 -0985 -000
620 -0986 -000
620 -0987 -000
620 -0988 -000
620 -0989 -000
620 -1373 -000
620 -1374 -000
620 -1375 -000
620 -1409 -000
620 -1410 -000
620-0996-000
620 -0997 -000
1
/2"
Cable Splice
$
1/2" Connector, 7/8" EIA Flange (Gas Barrier)
7/8 ", 50 ohm, Jacketed Wellflex, Foam
7/8" N -Male Plug
7/8" N- Female Receptacle
7/8" UHF -Male Plug
7/8" UHF -Female Receptacle
7/8" End Terminal
7/8" Cable Splice
7/8" Connector, 7/8" EIA Flange (Gas Barrier)
-5/8 ", 50 ohm, Jacketed Wellflex, Foam
-5/8" N -Male Plug
-5/8" N- Female Receptacle
-5/8" End Terminal
-5/8" Cable Splice
-5/8" Connector, 7/8" EIA Flange (Gas Barrier)
1
1
134.00
174.00
1
1
166.00
168.00
1
1
ACCESSORIES FOR WELLFLEX CABLE
Stainless Steel Strapping Kit
Consists of 100' of /2" strap, fastener buckles
and tightening tool
Non -Insulated Hanger Kit (10 pcs /kit) for /2" cable requires Angle or Round
Member Adapters below
Same except for 7/8" Cable
Same except for -5/8" Cable
Same except for 3" Cable
Insulated Hanger for 1/2" Cable
Requires Angle or Round Member
Adaptors below
Same except for 7/8" Cable
Same except for 1 -5/8" Cable
Same except for 3" Cable
Angle Member Adapter Kit (10 pcs /kit) for Non -Insulated and Insulated
Hangers 1/2" and 7/8"
Same except for Non -Insulated Hangers -5/8" and 3"
Same except for Insulated Hangers -5/8" and 3"
Round Member Adapter Kit (10 pcs /kit) for Non -Insulated (1/2", 7/8 ", 1 -5/8 ",
3 ") and Insulated Hangers 1/2" and 7/8 ". Use on 1" to 2" Member.
Same except 2" to 3" Member
Same except 3" to 4" Member
Same except 4" to 5" Member
Same except 5" to 6" Member
Round member Adapter Kit (10 pcs /kit) for Insulated Hangers -5/8" and 3 ".
Use on 1-1/4" to 2" Member.
Same except for 2 -1 /2" to 3" Member
Same except for 3-1/2" to 4" Member
Hoisting Grip, Heavy Duty, for 1/2" Cable
Same except for 7/8" Cable
Same except for 1 -5/8" Cable
Same except for 3" Cable
-
PRICE
59.00
73.00
3.46
42.00
42.00
44.00
44.00
76.00
76.00
70.50
8.16
134.00
1
29.00
1
31.44 /kit
34.50 /kit
34.50 /kit
41.20 /kit
1
-
14.60
17.00
20.10
40.00
40.00 /kit
46.00 /kit
77.50 /kit
1
1
18.00 /kit
20.00 /kit
20.00 /kit
20.00 /kit
20.00 /kit
1
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
84.00 /kit
34.00 /kit
89.00 /kit
26.40
36.00
36.00
55.00
í
ú
HARRIS
34
COAXIAL CABLE
AND CONNECTORS
Cablewave Systems
FOAM DIELECTRIC WELLFLEX
-
CABLE AND CONNECTORS
STOCK NO.
620 -1411 -000
620 -0988 -000
620 - 0999 -000
620 -1000 -000
620 -1417 -000
620 -1418 -000
620 -1419 -000
620 -1420 -000
620 -1421 -000
620 -1422 -000
464- 0060 -000
464- 0061 -000
464- 0062 -000
464- 0065 -000
464 - 0066 -000
464- 0067 -000
464- 0068 -000
464- 0069 -000
f
PRICE
Grounding Kit for 1/2" Cable
Same except 7/8" Cable
Same except -5/8" Cable
Same except 3" Cable
Splice Protection Kit
use one for four /2" splices, two 7/8" splices, one
1 -5/8" splice. Two required for one 3" splice.
Wall /Roof Feed -Thru for 3/8" Cable
Same except for /2" Cable
Same except for 7/8" Cable
Same except for 1 -5/8" Cable
Same except for 3" Cable
Dielectric Recessing Tool for 3/8" Foam Wellflex
Same except for 1/2" Cable
Same except for 7/8" Cable
Outer Conductor Flaring Tool for 7/8" Air Wellflex
Same except for 1 -5/8" Cable
Same except for 3" Cable
Spanner Wrench for -5/8" Cable Connectors
Same except for 3" Cable Connectors
S10.75
10.75
13.25
16.00
1
-
1
29.00
On
On
26.50
28.75
31.00
42.00
62.00
Request
Request
Request
Request
On
On
On
On
Request
Request
Request
Request
1
1
On
On
RIGID LINE AND FITTINGS
618 -0322 -000
618 -0323 -000
620 -1131 -000
620 -1132 -000
620 -1005 -000
620 -1006 -000
620 -1007 -000
620 -1001 -000
620 -1002 -000
Rigid Line, 20', -5/8 ", 50 ohm with EIA Flanges (1- 158 -50)
Rigid Line, 20', 3 -1 /8 ", 50 ohm with EIA Flanges (1- 318 -50)
Reducer, Tape Type, -5/8" EIA to 7/8" EIA, 50 ohm (17 -158 -50)
Reducer, Taper Type, 3-1/8" EIA to -5/8" EIA, 50 ohm (17- 318 -50)
Gas Barrier, 50 ohm, 7/8" EIA (7- 78 -50)
Same except -5/8" EIA (7- 158 -50)
Same except 3" EIA (7- 318 -50)
Miter Elbow, 90 D., 50 ohm, -5/8" EIA (4 -158 -501
Same except 3-1/8" EIA (4- 318 -50)
1
1
1
1
1
244.90
428.00
101.90
145.00
78.00
120.00
209.60
112.20
194.00
PRESSURIZATION EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES
620 -1093 -000"
620 -1109 -000"
Cablewave, single- stage, pressure- reducing regulator for nitrogen gassed lines
with 30 lb. and 3,000 lb. gauges. Fits CGA 580 (0.965" r.h. internal) nitrogen
tank connection
Cablewave, Automatic Dehydrator 1.3 SCFM with low pressure alarm,
115V, 60Hz.
182.00
1254.00
111
HARRIS
Prices
and Specifications Subject
to
Change Without
Notice.
35
T
!
----t
diank
oot
STEADICAM
Amazing Maneuverability
The unique Steadicam system introduces a new era in handheld
professional video /film camera operation, revolutionizing video and
film production methods all over the world.
Because with Steadicam, the handheld moving camera finally comes
into its own- recording dolly- smooth, jitter -free, handheld moving
shots with a steadiness of image never before achieved on the
screen.
Steadicam closely approximates the steadiness with which the
human eye "views" the scene. Because, unlike any other handheld
camera stabilizing system, Steadicam permits the camera to move
with the operator as if it were an extension of his own body and part
of his internal "servo- system ", constantly adjusting and correcting
for body motions, whether walking or running.
A Breakthrough in Handheld Camera Operation
Designed to provide total mobility and portability while recording
extremely steady and smooth shots, Steadicam allows the camera
operator a freedom of movement totally unknown until now.
Released from the constraints of dollies, tracks, and heavy camera
platforms, camera and operator are now free to go anywhere without restrictions...recording new kinds of moving shots previously
considered impossible, capturing action scenes with a new sense of
realism and fluidity -in sweeping continuous takes!
.1116,
5C100. Steadicam (Universal Model Il I for Cinema Products MNC -81 A
video camera.
$26,000.00
5C202. Steadicam (Universal Model III for Cinema Products MNC71 CP
video camera.
s-
$26,000.00
5C203. Steadicam (Universal Model III for RCA TK -76 video camera.
$26,000.00
Steadicam's sophisticated engineering allows the camera to move
panning and tilting in any number
of angles --while the camera operator easily guides and controls the
position of the camera with a gentle movement of his hand. The
camera seems to be free -floating, as if suspended in mid -air, yet,
it is completely balanced at all times.
Steadicam permits the camera operator to boom up or down nearly
3 feet, pan a full 360° and tilt up or down to 60° -all this while the
operator is himself in motion. Furthermore, running or walking, the
Steadicam operator can accelerate and decelerate more accurately
than possible in dolly operation.
Filtering out low as well as high frequency vibration, Steadicam (with
its high shock absorption capability) turns virtually any vehicle -car,
boat, or aircraft into a perfect "instant" camera platform. For example, filming in a helicopter (with proper wind screening), Steadicam delivers steady shots which are superior to any that may be
achieved with conventional helicopter mounts.
and glide freely in all directions
-
-
THE ACADEMY OF MOTION PICTURE ARTS AND SCIENCES HAS
GRANTED GARRETT BROWN AND THE ENGINEERING STAFF OF
CINEMA PRODUCTS, UNDER THE DIRECTION OF JOHN JURTECHNICAL AWARD FOR THE INVENTION
GENS, A CLASS
AND DEVELOPMENT OF STEADICAM. IT IS THE FIRST CLASS I
TECHNICAL AWARD OSCAR TO BE GRANTED BY THE ACADEMY IN TEN YEARS.
I
5C110. Steadicam (Universal Model III for Ikegami HL -79A video
camera.
$26,500.00
5C205. Steadicam (Universal Model II) for Philips LDK -14 video
camera.
$26,500.00
5C132. Steadicam (Universal Model III for Hitachi SK -80 video
camera.
$26,500.00
5C204. Steadicam (Universal Model III for Ikegami HL -77 video
camera.
$26,500.00
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
Fri
tiU
HARRIS
36
SUN-GUN KITS
The 30V. Sun -Gun Kit consists
of: The Cine 60 Sun -Gun Head,
Cat. No. 6201A, Tungsten Halogen Lamp, 30V. 250 Watts.
Cat. No. 6209; Swing -Away
Dichroic Filter. Cat. No. 6202;
30V. SG Powerbelt or Powerpak,
Standard or Fast Charge,
Overnite Charger; Carrying Case,
Cat. No. 6207.
Pictured: 30V. 4AH Fast Charge
Powerpak Sun -Gun Kit with
Hour Fast Charger.
Cat. No. SGK- 9104FC
CINE 60
Sun -Gun
Light
1
Cine 60's Sun -Gun is
unique battery powered light used by TV
camera men and documentary film makers all over the world as a "fill"
light outdoors, a "key" or "fill" light indoors. For 30 Volt 150, 250,
350 watt and 12 Volt, 100 watt tungsten -halogen lamps. Features:
Soft, Wide Angle Focusing Light ideal as a camera mounted light
in head -on situations. At 10 ft. Flood Position throws a 14 ft. wide
beam flat from edge to edge, free of hot spots, filament patterns, or
halos. Lets camera man achieve better picture quality, balancing "fill"
light to ambient light, and eliminating harsh facial shadows. A heat insulated knob on back is used to focus, sliding in and out and locking at any point from maximum to minimum beam width. Built -In
Swing -Away Dichroic Filter, 3400 °K indoor color temperature or
5500 °K color temperature with the turn of a knob.
a
SGK-6304PS 30V. -4AH STANDARD
POWERBELT SUN -GUN KIT.
25 minute life. Wt. 21 lbs.
1,158.00
30V. -7AH STANDARD
POWERBELT SUN -GUN KIT.
40 minute life.
1,179.00
SGK -7004
SGK- 9704PS 30V. 7AH STANDARD
POWERPAK SUN -GUN KIT.
40 minute life. Wt. 23 lbs.
1,204.00
SGK-9104PS 30V. -4AH STANDARD
POWERPAK SUN -GUN KIT.
25 minute life. Wt. 21 lbs.
SGK- 9704FC 30V. -7AH 2 HR. FAST CHARGE
POWERPAK SUN -GUN KIT.
40 minute life. With 9400 Fast
Charger. Wt. 26 lbs.
1,472.00
SGK- 9104FC 30V. -4AH FAST CHARGE
POWERPAK SUN -GUN KIT.
25 minute life. With 9400 Fast
Charger. Wt. 24 lbs.
EMERGENCY POWER GENERATORS
HARRIS HAS WORLDWIDE SYSTEM EXPERIENCE IN SATISFYING THE
EMERGENCY POWER REQUIREMENTS FOR BROADCASTING PLANTS.
ELECTRIC GENERATORS IN NUMEROUS SIZES AND VOLTAGES,
DRIVEN BY GASOLINE, LP GAS AND DIESEL FUEL AND WITH MANUAL
OR AUTOMATIC CHANGEOVER ARE AVAILABLE FROM HARRIS.
CONTACT YOUR HARRIS DISTRICT SALES MANAGER OR THE HARRIS
QUINCY SALES OFFICE AND WE WILL QUOTE THE EMERGENCY POWER
EQUIPMENT TAILORED TO MEET YOUR SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS.
HARRIS
880.00
SGK- 8304PS 30V. -4AH FAST CHARGE
POWERBELT SUN -GUN KIT.
25 minute life. With 9400 Fast
Charger. Wt. 24 lbs.
SGK-7004FC SAME AS SGK -7004
except with Fast Charge
Powerbelt and Fast Charger.
fin
ULP
$
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
1,465.00
906.00
1,187.00
37
-
MONOCHROME MONITORS
CONRAC
DZB SERIES:
15 -inch Monochrome
A professional monochrome monitor designed for VTR over -console mounting.
Front panel selector switch allows two
matched video inputs to be viewed for
DZB Series
Broadcast Monochrom.
15. CRT
1835
1925
1975
1995
DZB151N
DZBISIRS
DZB15C
028151V
ACCESSORIES'
MA
250
200
415
5
M3
picture comparison.
SNA Series
Monochrome
SNA SERIES:
9 -, 14 -, 17- and 23 -inch Monochrome
A family of 800-line high resolution moni-
tors for broadcast, industrial and educational applications. Horizontal AFC time
constant is compatible with helical -scan
video tape recorders. Quick- disconnect circuit modules are common to all models. The
17 -inch display features dynamic focus. Designed for operation at either 525 line, 60
field, or 625 line, 50 field, sync rates without
modification. Also optionally available for
high line rate operation.
OPTIONS MODEL SNA
Voce Rotl,on. 90 or 180'
Separale HOn2On Ml and
Termal Dore
Ten, Light
Non-Synchronous OPRIUI /On
17'. 23'1510 on 141
9
Dynam,O Focus 14"
Back Porch Clamp
IO80
Square Resler 9". 14" /SIO on
IWO
t /"A 231
IOW
Normal to Undarscan
11396
.' CRT
930
1020
1060
1060
1060
1060
SHAWN
SNAWC
SNAWRBL
SNAWRBR
SNAWRC
SNAWRBL
SNAWRBR
SNAWRBL
SNAWRBR
SNA9/2R
1030
1080
1140
1150
1280
SNA14/NR
SNA 14/R
SNA141C
SNA 14/RS
17
CRT
WITH DYNAMIC FOCUS
SPA I 7/N
ing, and educational installations. Meets all
EIA RS -170 specifications. Horizontal AFC
is optimized to meet the requirements of
industrial tape recorders. Chassis, rack or
cabinet models available. A dual 9 -inch
model will fit in a 19 -inch rack and requires
only 83/4 -inch of vertical rack space.
OOA SERIES:
14- and 17 -inch Monochrome
A very high resolution, dynamic focus,
monochrome display which is adjustable to
lock on any field rate from 15 to 60 per
second. It will lock on any three preselected, switch -selectable horizontal rates
between 15 kHz and 37 kHz. Aspect ratio
and frame size are continuously variable.
150
150
20 MHr Video Amplifier
D,Ilerenllal input
High Line Rates as available
Pulse Croas INOI *metal. on
23'1
video Reverse ISB,tcheblel
Dual Channel Video Input
205
205
240
240
250
280
51200 ACCESSORIES'
1290 DNA
Ir
SNAI7/P
SNAI TIRS
1385
1385
1385
SNAP 7/C
SNt7m
M3
M6
250
235
175
.7
SNA 23'
23' CRT
WITH DYNAMIC FOCUS
SNA23/C
SNA23/Y
ENA SERIES:
9- and 12 -inch Monochrome
A cost effective, 650 -line resolution monochrome display for industrial, data process-
65
85
110
130
I50
SNdchable
14' CRT
SNA II/NC
75
1485
1485
MB
295
M9
/85
ENA Series Monochrome
S" CRT
ENAWN
E NAWC
E NAWRBL
ENAW RBR
E NAW RILL
E NAWRBR
ENAW2R
1080
12" CRT
ENA12 /N
E NA 12 /C
ENA12 /R
670
660
515
595
605
605
0.35
635
5.5
OPTIONS MODEL ENA
Eslernal SYnc InP.I
IS.,tchablel
55
Lammalad Anti glare CRT
Panel
55
110
Non synchronous Shielding
Dltlerenlul Indui
1.O
OOA Series
OPTIONS MODEL
Video Rere,se
High Resolution Monochrom.
IS CRT
00A 15/N
DOA 15/C
00A1 5/Y
00A15/RS
17' CRT
OQA17/N
00Á171C
00Á17/V
00A17/RS
21' CRT
OOA2I/N
008.21/C
008.21 /Y
00A21 /RS
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
2780
2975
2985
3045
00A
ISedcholl
s
170
Separate NOneonlal
and Verbal Came
Dual Video 8npul 8./B
µ'ac vertical
.Irate option
190
215
GOO
2885
3155
3,55
3230
3390
M3
M4
MS
MB
M9
3665
3745
firi
LIU
75
ACCESSORIES'
HARRIS
15
295
1135
38
COLOR MONITORS
CONRAC
6100 SERIES:
19 -inch
Color
The ultimate "master monitor" for professional broadcasting and teleproduction
applications. Features a Colormatch, 625 line resolution, shadow -mask, CRT, beam
current feedback, thirty -eight independent
and fully active convergence controls, and
optional comb filter which offers improved
separation of chrominance and luminance
and reduces cross -color distortions.
5700 SERIES:
13 -inch
Color
compact, 500 -line resolution Colormatch,
shadow -mask picture or data display
monitor, with special controls and configuration for VTR over -console applications.
All convergence controls are located in a
pull -out drawer for full front access. Also
available in rack and portable cabinet configurations. Available in NTSC color transmission standards, with optional vector
output, and in an RGB input configuration
for computer data /graphics applications.
A
5300 SERIES:
19 -inch
Color
The Conrac 5300 is also a 19 -inch color
monitor, featuring a shadow -mask, Color match CRT. Its cost -effective performance
capabilities are designed to meet all but the
most stringent broadcast requirements.
5200/5400 SERIES:
19- and 25 -inch Color
The 5200 series display monitors are for
audience viewing, corporate communications, and instructional applications. They
feature a shadow -mask CRT, and preset
controls for contrast and brightness. Available in NTSC color transmission standards,
or in an RGB version for computer
data /graphics applications.
The 5400 series features an 800 -line resolution raster -scan RGB color image display
with a shadow -mask CRT and horizontal
dynamic focus. The ultra -rectangular CRT
6100 Series Broadcast Color
19' CRT
RISC
6122519
61229519
6122019
6122419
MSC WITH CONE FILTER
6142519
51420519
6t42Ct9
7230
7420
7530
7570
11123RS19
6+23C19
6123419
ACCESSORIES'
M3
M4
M5
250
280
145
5700 Series Broadcast Color
II.
CRT
NTSC
5722513
57228513
5722013
5722413
NTSC WITH COMO FILTER
57421413
574217513
5742C13
5742413
NTSC WITH VECTOR OUTPUT
5732513
57328513
5732013
5732413
PAL 6 EUROPEAN
5130
5250
5290
5320
6190
6310
6350
6390
5560
5690
5745
5775
NTSC WITH CONS FILTER
AND VECTOR OUTPUT
5752N13
57528513
5752013
5752413
PALE EUROPEAN
57231413
6145
6755
6605
6635
WITH VECTOR OUTPUT
5733513
57339513
5733013
5733413
PAL M BRAZILIAN
5724513
57248513
5724C13
5724413
PAL M BRAZILIAN
WITH VECTOR OUTPUT
5734513
573419513
5734C13
5734413
SECAN SO
5725513
57258513
5725013
5725413
ACCESSORIES.
5690
51125
5065
5905
5260
5380
5420
5450
5690
5825
5865
5905
95200
5380
5420
5450
57238513
5280
5380
M3
M4
5723C13
250
280
5420
5723413
M5
I45
5450
5300 Series Broadcast Color
te- CRT
NTSC
5322519
532211519
4195
4280
5322019
5322419
PAL
EUROPEAN
4370
4390
5323519
53235519
5323019
5323419
PAL M BRAZILIAN
5324519
5324R519
4370
4450
4540
4560
I
5324C19
4370
4450
4540
5324419
4560
SECAM 50
5325419
53250519
5325C19
5325019
ACCESSORIES.
M3
M4
M5
4370
4450
4540
4580
2S0
260
145
5200 Series
Broadcast/Industrial Color
2S. CRT
19'CRT
RISC
NTSC
52221419
52229519
5222019
5222019
PAL E EUROPEAN
52231419
5222C25
,430
3510
3005
3625
5223C19
3470
3585
3845
5223419
3865
5223RSt9
PAL M BRAZILIAN
5224519
52248519
5224C19
5224419
SECAM 60
52251419
52256519
5225019
5225719
specifically designed for computer
graphics, industrial control, hospital and
alpha- numeric display applications.
HARRIS
'460
8695
8875
8985
9025
6142419
PAL E EUROPEAN
6123519
is
jurin
+42'
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
3470
3565
3645
3665
3440
3520
3615
3835
5222425
PAL
EUROPEAN
5223C25
5223425
ACCESSORIES'
4890
4710
54740
4160
M3
M4
M5
250
260
MO
295
M9
165
145
39
AMPLIFIERS
crown
D -75 Power
The Crown D -75 power amplifier, requiring only 13/4" (4.45cm) of
vertical rack space, was designed to operate safely and continuously
into a variance of load requirements. The D -75 provides 35 watts per
channel minimum RMS (both channels operating) into an 8 ohm load
over a bandwidth of 20Hz -20KHz at a rated sum total harmonic distortion that is 0.05% of the fundamental output voltage. The frequency response of the unit varies no more than +/ -0.1dB from
20Hz -20KHz at 1 watt into 8 ohms. Features of the D -75 include
active balanced inputs, Cannon XLR connectors, an easily accessible
mono -stereo switch, and front panel LEDs indicating overloads and
signal presence. A special feature of the D -75 is the provision for
isolating chassis ground from electrical ground.
Amplifier
.
prionsagon
D-75
$489.00
D -150A Single or Dual
Channel Power Amplifier
The Crown D -150A is a single or dual channel power amplifier designed for precision amplification of frequencies from 1 Hz to 20KHz.
The design of the D -150A provides extremely low harmonic and
intermodulation distortion with very low noise. A switch on the rear
of the unit allows stereo or mono operation with no internal wiring
changes. In the mono mode, the D -150A is capable of a 50 volt balanced line output. The unit operates on AC current from 120V to
240V.
The D -150A embodies the simplest and yet most accurate distortion
display available in any audio product. The IOC
Input -Output
Comparator
senses any form of amplifier non -linear behaviour and
reports its existence through front panel LEDs. Slew- induced distortion, protection circuit activation, and clipping distortion will all be
detected by the IOC circuit at levels below the rated distortion of the
amplifier. Thus, the amplifier becomes a valuable tool in the hands of
the user to facilitate proper amplifier- speaker- environment matching,
as well as a continuous monitor of the purity of the signal reproduc-
Stereo Output: 80 W RMS per channel.
-
-
tion through the amplifier under actual operating conditions.
D -150A
$699.00
HMB -5 optional handle kit
$20.00
DC -300A Single or Dual
Channel Power Amplifier
The Crown DC -300A is a single or dual channel power amplifier
designed for precision amplification of frequencies from 1 Hz to
20KHz. The design of the DC -300A provides extremely low harmonic
and intermodulation distortion with very low noise. A switch on the
rear of the unit allows stereo or mono operation with no internal
wiring changes. In the mono mode, the DC -300A is capable of a 70V
balanced line output. The unit operates on AC current from 120V
to 256V.
The DC -300A has two totally separate direct coupled amplifier circuits employing dual integrated circuit op amp input stages and
silicon transistors in succeeding stages. The DC -300A exhibits essentially flat frequency and phase response down to DC and eliminates
thumping from non -symmetrical wave forms. Output stages utilize
Crown class AB + B circuitry in which the driver transistors carry
the quiescent bias current while the output transistors serve only as
boosters which sense and deliver large currents.
The DC -300A embodies the simplest and yet most accurate disInput tortion display available in any audio product. The IOC
senses any form of amplifier non -linear
Output Comparator
behavior and reports its existence through front panel LEDs. Slew induced distortion, protection circuit activation, and clipping distortion will all be detected by the IOC circuit at levels below the rated
distortion of the amplifier. Thus, the amplifier becomes a valuable
tool in the hands of the user to facilitate proper amplifier- speakerenvironment matching, as well as a continuous monitor of the purity
of the signal reproduction through the amplifier under actual operating conditions.
Stereo Output: 155 W RMS per channel.
-
-
The DC -300A contains output protection circuitry pioneered by
Crown. This circuitry protects the unit completely against shorted,
mismatched, or open loads and completely eliminates the need
for DC fuses and mode switches to protect the amplifier. With this
unique protection system, the DC -300A can safely drive any speaker
load, resistive or reactive, with no fear of harming the amplifier. The
speakers can be paralleled with no deterioration of sound quality
since changing the load impedance only affects the maximum power
available, not the ability of the amplifier to produce clean sound.
CpFv¡;
crown
DC -300A
$1099.00
HMB -7 Optional handle kit
$20.00
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
HARRIS
40
PRESSURE ZONE
MICROPHONES
crown
Highly Sensitive
30GP
6LP
PZM -30GP
The Crown PZM, or pressure -zone microphone, works on a new principle of sound detection, utilizing the pressure zone at an acoustic
boundary to eliminate distortion problems common to other microphones.
The active element in a PZMicrophone is a pressure calibrated electret
capsule, mounted so it faces the boundary and lies within the pressure
zone. All incoming sound is received indirectly, free of distortion
caused by phase interference.
The Model 30G P is a general purpose version of the PZM, and includes
the transducer in a cantilever mounting and SLR connector mounted
on a 5" x 6" (127 x 152mm) plate. The 30GP is available in gold or
black.
The 30GP should be mounted on a larger flat surface for best results,
preferably 4' x 4' (1.3 x 1.3m) or larger. A table, podium, wall or
floor will work well. This type of mounting expands the effective
boundary layer available for the transmission of sound to the microphone and improves frequency response.
The sound pickup pattern of the PZM is hemispheric, and sound
sources moving on the surface of a sphere surrounding the PZM will
cause no alteration in the quality of the sound. Should a cardiod pattern be desired, a foam template can be placed behind the transducer
to limit very effectively the sensitivity from one direction.
The external power supply required for operation is included with the
30GP, which can be active (Crown PA -18) or transformer (Crown
PX -18).
Price
-
RM Series
Recess Mount
PZM -20RMG (Gold)
Built -in transformer
$349.00
phantom power only
-
LV Series
Clip on
PZM -2LV (Plate)
PZM -3LV (Tie Bar)
As above with ..
.
GP Series
PX-TLB
PX-TLB
PX-TL
$349.00
349.00
319.00
-
General Purpose
PZM -30GPG (Gold)
PX-18B or PA-18B
PZM -30GPB (Black)
PX-18B or PA-18B
As above with ..
PX-T
$349.00
349.00
319.00
.
PZM -6LP
The Crown PZM, Model 6LP also employs the Pressure Recording
Process ° as the basis for its design. It offers the same improvement in
sound quality as other PZM models, resulting from the lack of phase
interference within the pressure zone in which the microphone
operates.
The Model 6LP is designed for minimum visibility, with a 2'/" x 3"
(51 x 76mm) plate, and the cantilever /transducer assembly mounted
on the plate without the XLR connector of the GP30 Model. The
XLR connector appears at the end of several feet of cable. The 6LP
requires either the Crown PX -18 (transformer) or PA -18 (active) power
supply. Each supply may be used either with battery or phantom
power. This version of the PZMicrophone has been engineered for
use in conference rooms, in television, broadcasting, filmmaking or
videotaping. Its very small size makes it easy to hide from a camera,
and conference members soon learn to ignore its presence.
Like all PZMicrophones, the 6LP has a hemispheric pick -up pattern,
and is unaffected by movement of the sound source around it.
The 6LP has already been selected by a state court for use on the
bench. As with al PZMicrophones, low frequency performance can be
enhanced by placing the microphone on a larger surface. A table -top
up to two meters square works very well.
ap HARRIS
Power
Supply Furnished
-
LP Series
Low Profile
PZM -6LPG (Gold)
PX-18B or PA-18B
PZM -6LPB (Black)
PX-18B or PA-18B
As above with
..
.
$349.00
349.00
319.00
PX-T
-
Close Miking
PX- 18BorPA -18B
PZM -31S (Silver)
PX -T
As above with...
31 Series
$349.00
319.00
Power Supply Description:
PX-18B
transformer, battery or phantom powered
PA-18B
active, battery or phantom powered
PX-T
transformer, phantom power only for use with all PZM
microphones except LV + RM Series. PX -T is available separately at $95.00 retail.
Dealer cost: $63.65; (cost 30 days cash
$59.83).
PX-TL
transformer, phantom power only, for use with LV Series
only
PX-TLB
transformer, battery or phantom power, for use with
LV Series only
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
-
...
41
(LA L
SERIES SPA
Secondary Power Arresters
FEATURES
Three basic models provide optimum protection for most secondary power installations: SPA -100 for 120 volt AC circuits,
SPA -200 for 208 -277 volt AC circuits,
SPA -400 for 480 volt AC circuits.
tiP[CIPICATIONf
-
aPAd00
seA100
sPA.I55
TYPE
SPA -100 is UL
Consumer protection
listed. Control No. 509H.
has multi- stroke
Automatically resets
protection capability.
Weatherproof housing for indoor or outdoor use.
Easy installation.
Maintenance free.
No power consumption.
Line Voltage Rating Volts RMS
175
277
500
Intended Service Volts RMS
120
220.277
480
80 Hz Sperkover Voltage Min. Volts RMS
390
550
Impulse Sparkover Voltage
@ 10 KV /As Rate of Rise Volts Peak
Discharge
8x20 As
8x20 As
8x20 As
8x20 As
Voltage. max. volts peak
1500 amp
5000 amp
10.000 amp
20.000 amp
920
1000 average
1200 max.
1300 average
1500 max.
2000 average
3000 max.
1500
1800
2000
2500
2000
2200
2500
3000
2500
2800
3000
4200
Discharge Current Life Capability
At least 50 discharges at 5000 amperes. At least 1 discharge
at 50.000 amperes. (Both include power follow current)
Power -follow Current Characteristic
Extinguishes in 1/2 cycle or less
SPA arresters meet or exceed the requirements of the following specifications.
SPA -200 $43.00
SPA -100 $43.00
SPA -400 $73.00
Ill
NEMA LA -1
IEEE STD 26
ANSI C62.1
MIL- A-219
-21907A (Type'', Class 1, Size
O.
Outdoor Service)
DECCA AUSTIN
TYPE
Austin Ring Type
Isolation Transformers
for Radio Tower and Mast Lighting
Air
-
Insulation
Minimum R.F. loss. Low
Capacitance
Minimum and stable effect
on tuning. Regulation
Better than 10%
under normal load conditions. Efficiency
Better than 90% under normal load conditions. Mounting
Standard Pipe Unions
supplied. *Lightning Gap
Supplied.
-
-
-
CAPACITY
K VA
A-0751-52
0.7
A-0701-02
0.7
A-1751-52
1.7
A- 1701-02
A-2551-52
2.5
A-3551-52
3.5
A-3501-02
A-5001-02
3.5
-
1.7
5.0
(
-
Specifications subject to change without notice.
For prices and additional information contact your
Harris District Sales Manager or the Harris Quincy Sales Office.
HARRIS
"dbx
NOISE REDUCTION SYSTEMS
142 NOISE REDUCTION SYSTEM
The dbx Model 142 broadcast noise reduction system is a two- channel compressor/
expander providing a minimum of 30 dB
broadband audio noise reduction with a 10
dB increase in system headroom. The two
channels are independent and switchable
from the front panel to record (encode),
bypass, or play (decode) functions. In addition, either channel may be remotely
bypassed.
In the record mode, the system compresses
the input signal by a 2:1 ratio, linear in
decibels over a 100 decibel range. Upon
playback, the circuitry is switched to provide
an exact mirror image 1:2 expansion of the
encoded signal.
True RMS level sensing insures perfect encode /decode tracking for accurate transient response irrespective of phase shifts
in the transmission or storage medium.
There is no audible breathing, pumping or
other coloration of the sound with this
148 NOISE
encode /decode system, and there are no
pilot tones or routine calibration procedures
necessary for its use.
The dbx system eliminates tape hiss in recording, and prevents the noise built -up
normally encountered in transferring information from one recorded medium to
REDUCTION SYSTEM
148 is an eight -channel
playback-only Type II noise reduction
system. It includes the F148 main frame and
as many as 9 plug -in modules -8 active and
one spare. The two modules available for the
148 system are the 408, a dbx II module for
tape playback; and the 409, a dbx Il module
for playback of dbx- encoded discs.
The dbx broadcast noise reduction system
offers 30 dB of noise reduction and 10 dB
of headroom improvement. It is optimized
to avoid low frequency mistracking, caused
by warped records and turntable rumble
and high frequency mistracking, caused by
low speed tape machines, such as cartridge
players and low speed reel to reel decks.
The dbx Model
il
o
r
il
another; it does not remove noise present
in the original signal. The dbx 142 noise
reduction system is built to professional
standards using the latest advances in circuit design and technology, and is fully
warranted (parts and labor) for two years.
142
S
900.00
16111
o
dbx's patented RMS level detector insures
perfect decode tracking for accurate
transient response despite phase shifts in
the transmission or storage medium.
The dbx system eliminates tape hiss when
recording a live source, and prevents the
noise build -up normally encountered in
transferring information from one recorded
medium to another. It does not remové
noise of the mixing board.
148
$ 3,275.00
208 PROFESSIONAL TAPE
NOISE REDUCTION SYSTEM
The dbx system provides in excess of
30 dB of noise reduction and 10 dB of head-
room improvement over the entire audible
frequency range )120Hz to 20kHz). A tape
made with the dbx system has full dynamic
range and no audible noise. It is virtually indistinguishable from the original live source
(the only noise heard, if any, is that which is
present in the input signal, and the residual
noise of the recording console).
The dbx 208 consists of eight noise reduction
modules, each containing independent
record and playback electronics, mounted in
a 51/4" standard rack panel, with a ninth
(spare) module occupying a dummy slot for
instant availability. Simultaneous record/
playback capability permits the noise
reduced, decoded program to be played
through the monitors while recording is in
progress.
fin
HARRIS
Signal cables are supplied with 27 -pin gold
connectors, mating to the 208 system, and
XLR -3 connectors on the other end. Inputs
can be fed from any balanced or unbalanced source up to 5k ohms. Outputs are
unbalanced and will drive any line or load including standard 600 -ohm lines and equipment. Screwdriver -adjustable record and
play level controls are accessible at the front
panel for convenient balancing of system
levels.
Panel controls include power on -off switch,
noise reduction or bypass switches on each
channel, and LED function indicators.
208
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
0
4,000.00
43
_
DELTA ELECTRONICS
MODEL AAM -1
Analog
Antenna
BROADCAST PRODUCTS
The AAM -1 can be equipped for up to eight input samples without
external switching. Two reference towers can also be selected for
DA -2 applications.
Two front panel mirror scale meters permit simultaneous reading
of phase and current ratio or phase and relative amplitude of the
unknown radiator.
Monitor
-
FCC Type Approval Number 3 -235
The AAM -1 Analog Antenna Monitor is designed specifically for
measuring the parameters of AM broadcast frequency directional
antenna systems. The monitor measures the relative current in each
tower, the ratio of the current in each tower to that of a reference
tower and the phase of the current in each tower relátive to that of
the reference tower.
MODEL DAM -1
Digital
Antenna
Monitor
FCC Type Approval Number 3 -218
a true digital antenna monitor designed specifically
measuring the parameters of broadcast frequency directional
antenna systems. Digital data is not obtained by adding an A/D
converter to the output of conventional analog circuitry; instead,
the latest digital techniques and TTL components are applied to
achieve a truly digital approach to phase and current ratio measurements. Data is displayed on front panel seven -segment digital readouts to minimize reading error. A simplified selection system reduces
operation of the DAM -1 to a straight -forward procedure. While the
price of the DAM -1 is compatible with that of inexpensive analog
meters, its performance and accuracy are as good as or better than
other "Precision Monitors."
The simplified block diagram below shows the fundamental principles of the DAM -1 circuit. The RF samples are converted to a low
intermediate frequency. Zero crossing detectors are used to open a
gate for the time interval between the crossings of the reference and
The DAM -1 is
for
MODEL DAMR -1
Remote
Control
Unit
MODEL DAM L -1
Line
Interface
Unit
The Delta DAMR -1 /DAML -1 Remote Control System provides for
the control and readout of directional antenna parameters as measured by the DAM -1 Digital Antenna Monitor. Control data is
encoded from the front panel switches of the remote readout unit
$3230.00
Two Towers
AAM -1 Analog Antenna Monitor
$ 130.00
For Each Input Above Two Add
SH -1 Sample and Hold Option for Extremely High Modulation
$ 365.00
Conditions
$1750.00
AAMH -1 Hardwire Remote Control Unit
$ 220.00
ARI -1 Alternate Reference Input
RF -1 Rejection Filters
$
550.00
unknown signals. A 3600 pulse per cycle clock signal is passed
through this gate and counted to give a 0.1° per count phase
measurement. True current ratio (independent of magnitude) is
computed from two extremely linear voltage to frequency converters
and displayed on the front panel. A front panel switch permits
optional digital readout of the relative amplitude of the sampled
currents.
Output data from the true digital circuit appears on a rear connector, as well as on the front panel display, permitting remote reading
without any loss of accuracy.
The DAM -1 and remote reading accessories are designed to
comply with all of the requirement of the FCC's new antenna monitor
and remote reading specifications.
DAM -1 Digital Antenna Monitor
$6575.00
8 Towers
$5030.00
Towers
6660.00
9 Towers
5120.00
Towers
6750.00
10 Towers
5205.00
4 Towers
6830.00
11 Towers
5290.00
5 Towers
6915.00
12 Towers
5375.00
6 Towers
6490.00
7 Towers
S 550.00
RF -1 Rejection Filters
SH -1 Sample and Hold Option for Extremely High Modulation
$ 365.00
Conditions
S 220.00
ARI Alternate Reference Input
2
3
and transmitted to the transmitter site as FSK tone signals in teletype character format. The .ine interface unit decodes the control
data and operates relays in the DAM -1 Antenna Monitor to select
the desired tower and operating modes (DAY /NIGHT and RATIO/
AMPLITUDE). Parallel BCD current and phase data from the
DAM -1 are converted to serial format and transmitted to the Remote
Control Unit for decoding and display.
The readouts and mode switches are the same as employed in
the DAM -1 Antenna Monitor and the readings displayed will be
identical to the DAM -1 readings. The displayed data is updated at
intervals of 0.53 seconds, and tower and control mode changes
occur less than one second after selections are made. Control information is encoded and transmitted as a single asynchronous word at
an information rate of 300 baud. Updated control data is transmitted
every 0.53 seconds. The DATA TEST light emitting diode (LED) display flashes if a test bit is valid after a round trip thru the data transmission system.
DAMR -1 /DAML -1 Remote Control System
$5460.00
7 to 12 Towers
$4990.00
2 to 6 Towers
$170.00
LPD -1 Line Protection Device
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
GB
HARRIS
44
DELTA ELECTRONICS
BROADCAST PRODUCTS
MODEL FMC -1
Frequency
Modulation
Controller
FEATURES:
The Model FMC -1 Frequency Modulation Controller provides
automatic control of the modulation levels of an FM broadcast
transmitter or audio channel of a TV transmitter. The FMC -1 provides
a closed loop system around the transmitter which allows the
broadcast engineer to maintain modulation at the desired level despite
variations in the audio level from different program sources and other
system variances. Through gain is controlled by a digital attenuator
maintaining true transparency at all gain settings. No clipping or
compression is used.
By using a closed loop approach, the FMC -1 allows modulation levels
to be maintained independent of audio program levels, output level
variations of the stereo generator or other exciter /transmitter
variations which may affect the audio baseband level.
MODEL LPD -1
Line Protective Device
The Delta Electronics LPD -1 Line Protective Device is designed to
protect Delta Electronics remote control equipment or other similar
equipment from unusual telephone line surges of all causes. The
LPD -1 is connected between the telephone line and the modem
input /output terminals of the remote control system. The Protective
Device may be installed at either or both the remote and transmitter
MODELS TCT -1,
TCT -2 and TCT -3
Toroidal Current
Transformers
passed.
MODEL TCTR -1A
vgia
a compensated rectifier circuit intended primarily for
the Delta Electronics TCT series Toroidal Current
Transformers. When used with a TCT it converts the RF sample to a
positive DC voltage useful for remote current magnitude measurement.
use with
fin
HARRIS
-
station locations. Zener diodes located in an octal plug -in module
limit the line to line voltage and line to ground voltage while the
chassis mounted fuses provide protection against a continuous hig'
voltage or large surge. Should a line surge cause damage to one o
more of the zener diodes, the entire plug -in module may be conveniently replaced without interrupting the associated equipment
operation. The LPD -1 is designed to mount directly on the rear inspection plate of the Delta Electronics remote control equipment
(TMCS -1R, TMCS -1T, DAML -1, DAMR -1).
LPD -1 Line Protection Device (For use with DAM -1 /DAML -1 and
TMCS -1)
$170.00
The TCT -1 and TCT -2 may both be used in the same system
since they have identical tracking characteristics. The TCT -3 has
somewhat different characteristics and preferably should not be
mixed with the other two types.
The TCT -1, TCT -2 and TCT -3 are precision toroidal current transformers designed primarily for obtaining sampling voltages for phase
and magnitude measurements on broadcast arrays. The units are
housed in rectangular aluminum shield enclosures with a 1'4" teflon
lined pass hole through which the current carrying conductor is
The TCTR -1A is
Automatically controls the modulation level of an FM or Aural
television transmitter to prevent excessive or undesirably low
modulation
Uses an input sample from the audio or composite
output of modulation monitor interfaces monaural or stereo
composite signal with 600 ohm balanced input and output
circuits Provides A + / -8 dB window of adjustment of stereo, audio
or composite Front panel meter indicates audio operating gain of
system, and test modulation percentage
Two one -digit counters
with overflow indicators separately display over modulation peaks for
present and previous one minute count period Recessed front panel
controls provide adjustment of four modulation control levels and the
audio level adjustment rates Test mode checks operation of
controller and facilitates parameter adjustment Proof of performance tests may be conducted with unit in circuit
Reverts to
hardwire through mode on power or circuit failure.
FMC -1S
Single Channel
$3195.00
FMC -1D
Dual Channel
3495.00
TCT -1 Toroidal Current Transformer
0.5V /amp
High Voltage (HV) Model
TCT -2 Toroidal Current Transformer
0.25V /amp
High Voltage IHV) Model
TCT -3 Toroidal Current Transformer
1.00V /amp
High Voltage (HV) Model
$280.00
475.00
280.00
475.00
280.00
475.00
The TCTR -1 A is designed for a 10 kilohm DC load, although it will work
well for other load values. When terminated in a 10 kilohm load it will
deliver approximately 1.3 to 1.4 volts of DC for each volt RMS of RF
input. This factor is linear to better than 5% for input levels of 1.5 to
approximately 20 volts RMS.
The TCTR-1A case is 5.250 inches long by 2.625 inches wide by 1.687
inches high. Mounting holes, 0.187 in diameter, are located on center
4.750 inches by 1.750 inches.
TCTR -1A Compensated Rectifier Circuit
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
$250.00
-
45
DELTA ELECTRONICS
MODELS
TCA /TCA -XM
MODELS
CPB -1 /CPB -1A
Common Point
Impedance Bridge
Ammeter
Systems
RF
The Delta Electronics Model CPB -1 and CPB -1A Common Point
Impedance Bridges' are operating impedance bridges similar to the
Model 01B -1, but designed for permanent installation in your phasing
equipment at the antenna common point. The CPB -1 will handle
common point powers up to 5 kW with 100% amplitude modulation
on a continuous basis. The CPB -1A is designed for transmitter
powers up to 50 kW. Both instruments have two 4" dials calibrated
directly in resistance and reactance. A panel meter is provided for use
as a null detector. The R and X dials are manipulated as a normal
bridge to give a null indication on the panel meter while the transmitter is operating at full or reduced power. The value of the common
point resistance and reactance can then be read directly from th two
dials.
$1590.00
CPB-1 Common Point Impedance Bridge, 5kW
$1890.00
CPB -1A Common Point Impedance Bridge, 50kW
MODEL OIB -1
Operating
Impedance
The TCT -1, TCT -2 and TCT -3 are precision toroidal current transformers designed primarily for obtaining sampling voltages for phase
and magnitude measurements on broadcast arrays. The units are
housed in rectangular aluminum shield enclosures with a 1 3" teflon
lined pass hole through which the current carrying conductor is
passed.
The TCT -1 and TCT -2 may both be used in the same system
since they have identical tracking characteristics. The TCT -3 has
somewhat different characteristics and preferably should not be
mixed with the other two types.
TCA -N -EX Single Scale Remote Output,
Meter Scales 5, 10 and 20 amps
$425.00
$460.00
Meter Scales 40 and 80 amps
TCA -N -EXR Single Scale Remote Output and On /Off Relay
Meter Scales 5, 10 and 20 amps
$475.00
Meter Scales 40 and 80 amps
$505.00
TCA -N /N -EXR Dual Scale Remote Output and High- Off-Low Relays
Meter Scales 5/ 10, 10/20 and 20/40 amps
$610.00
Meter Scales 40/80 amps
$650.00
MODEL OIB -3
Operating
Impedance
Bridge
Iridge
The Model OIB -1 Operating Impedance Bridge' measures the
operating impedance of the individual radiators, networks, transmission line sections, and common point of directional antenna
systems while they are functioning under normal power. This
"operating impedance" cannot be measured by usual impedance
bridge methods because the system characteristics are disrupted
when the bridge is inserted in the circuit. The OIB -1 thus satisfies a
critical requirement long felt by consulting and broadcast station
engineers. In addition it has many applications in other fields that
cannot be duplicated by any other instrument.
01E1-1 Operating Impedance Bridge (Specify lead length
12" or 18")
$1540.00
Extended R and X Ranges
$425.00
Permits reading resistance to 1000 ohms.
Reactance to 900 ohms. Includes recalibration.
MODEL RG -3
Receiver/
Generator
BROADCAST PRODUCTS
.'._
,
-öZQ_=
The Delta Electronics Model RG -3 Receiver /Generator is an
improved version of the RG -1 B. The RB -3 has the added features of
a frequency counter and a correlation detector. These features along
with high output power, excellent receiver shielding and metering
provide the broadcast engineer with an excellent antenna measurement tool.
The RG -3 is designed to be used in conjunction with any con entional impedance bridge for antenna measurements in the AM
oadcast band. However, a dramatic improvement in signal -to -noise
ratio will be realized when the RG -3 is used with the Delta Model
The OIB -3 is an advanced version of the industry standard OIB -1
operating impedance bridge. It has all of the OIB -1 features plus an
extended resistance and reactance range and an improved meter
amplifier. It is built in a heavy drawn aluminum case and no additional
carrying case is required.
$2100.00
OIB -3 Operating Impedance Bridge
$245.00
TC -1 Transport Case for OIB -1
$95.00
D51 -3 -1 12" Replacement Leads for OIB -1 or 01B -3
D51 -3 -2 18" Replacement Leads for OIB -1 or OIB -3
$95.00
(Changing lead length requires recalibration)
Recalibration Cleaning and recalibration of OIB -1,
OIB -3 and CPB -1 /1A
Repair labor and parts additional.
$215.00
Return authorization not required.
OIB -1 or OIB -3. The unique patented circuit of the Delta impedance
bridges places the high -level output (two watts) directly in parallel
with the interferring signals on the antenna. The generator is attenuated by the measuring network in other bridges before competing
in the interferring signals.
RG -3 Receiver /Generator with Improved Type PSA -1
Power Supply, AC and DC Supply Operation
$4560.00
(Batteries for DC sold separately)
$55.00
D51 -8 -4 Set of 2 Coaxial Cables for RG -3
$205.00
D05-72 Set of ten rechargeable nickel- cadmium batteries
PSA -1 Factory modification of RG -1 to install new Type
PSA -1 Power Supply (less batteries)
FMK -PSA -1 Field Modification Kit for Field Converation
of RG -1 to RG -1B, Delta Part Number D44 -3
(less batteries)
D05-40 Battery Pack (Replacement for Model RG -1)
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
$395.00
$340.00
$250.00
W HARRIS
46
DELTA ELECTRONICS
BROADCAST PRODUCTS
MODEL MJ -50
In -Line High Power
Meter Jack and Accessories
The Delta Electronics Model MJ -50 Meter Jack is a make- beforebreak in -line jack assembly especially designed for permanent installation in broadcast antennas, transmission lines, and networks to
permit the "hot" insertion of the Delta OIB -1 Operating Impedance
Bridge or ammeter without interruption to normal program operation.
The Meter Jack is rated for continuous operation at currents of up to
50 amperes and is insulated for 10 kV RMS. Accessory plug panels are
available for use with the OIB -1 and for all of the most commonly used
ammeters. The BP -50 Bridge Panel is a plug panel designed for insertion in the Meter Jack and has terminals suitable for connection to
MODEL AMC -1
Amplitude
Modulation
Controller
i
,
the Delta OIB -1 bridge leads and is also rated for 50 ampere operation.
The MP -308 as depicted above is a plug -panel for use with a Weston
Model 308 Ammeter for "hot" ammeter insertion. Plug panels for use
with other meters are also available on request.
MJ -50 Meter Jack
$155.00
BP -50 Bridge Plug
$75.00
MP -308 Meter Plug
$75.00
..
.
The Automatic Modulation Controller is the only modulation controlling system that provides a completely closed loop around the transmitter. The sampling of actual modulation levels after the PA output
network assures precise adjustment for optimum modulation levels.
The AMC -1 also keeps a digital count of positive and negative over modulation bursts for both present and previous one minute periods.
AMC -1 Amplitude Modulation Controller
$3495
With ATS Option
$3870.
TRANSMISSION
LINE SWITCHES
Model 6740B/6742B
3
-1/8" Coaxial Transfer Switch
Model 33630A
Coaxial Switch Control Panel
The manually or remotely operated Coaxial Transfer Switches are
designed to change coaxial connections with a minimum of changeover or off -air -time. They can switch pairs of transmission lines in less
than two seconds.
The Models 6730E and 6732E Coaxial Transfer Switches are manufactured for use with 1 -5/8 in. 50 -ohm transmission line. The 67406
and 6742B Coaxial Transfer Switches are designed for use with 3-1/8
in. 50 -ohm transmission line. The Models 6730E and 6740B operate
on 120 V., 50/60 Hz. The Models 6732E and 6742B operate on
220/240 V., 50/60 Hz.
Transfer switches are used to switch transmitters, transmission lines,
antennas, dummy loads and auxiliary equipment quickly and
efficiently when failures occur, when operating procedure is changed,
or during scheduled maintenance periods. They also simplify
equipment tuning, testing, and emergency repairs by facilitating quick
checks under actual operating conditions.
nn HARRIS
Model 6730E/6732E
1
-5/8" Coaxial Transfer Switch
6700 Transfer Switches
6730E Coaxial Transfer Switch, -5/8 ", 120V, 50/60 Hz
6732E Coaxial Transfer Switch 1 -5/8 ", 220/240V, 50/60 Hz
6740B Coaxial Transfer Switch 3 -1/8", 120V, 50/60 Hz
6742B Coaxial Transfer Switch 3-1/8", 220/240V, 50/60 Hz
33630A Control Panel for any Transfer Switch
1
$1375.00
$1485.00
$3600.00
$3700.00
$450.00
CONNECTOR ADAPTERS
D81 -13 Large UHF to BNC Female
D81 -59 BNC Male to GR
D81 -76 -1 BNA Female to N Male
D81 -76 -2 BNC Male to N Female
D81 -77 Large UHF to N Female
D81 -100 N Male to UHF Female
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
...
$37.50
$42.50
$16.00
$26.50
$37.00
$16.00
E
47
DIELECTRIC COMMUNICATIONS
COAXIAL SWITCHES
PRICE
STOCK NO.
583- 0015-000
583-0052 -000
583- 0016-000
583 -0041-000
583- 0036-0XX
583- 0038-000
620- 1435-000
Dielectric Communications, Motorized Coax Transfer Switch, 4 pole, 1 -5/8" EIA fixed flange, 50 ohms,
power source 115 VAC, 60HZ, relay control voltage 12VDC.
Same as above except power source and control voltage 115VAC, 60 HZ
Dielectric Communications, Motorized Coax Transfer Switch, 4 pole, 3-1/8" EIA fixed flange, 50 ohms,
power source 115VAC, 60 HZ, relay control voltage 12VDC
Same as above, except power source and control voltage 115VAC, 60 HZ
Dielectric Communications Coaxial Switch, 4 pole, motorized, 50 ohm, 6-1/8" flange, high power
version, VHF or UHF.
Dielectric Communications, Coaxial Switch, 50 ohms, 3-1/8" flange, high power version, VHF or UHF.
Dielectric Communication Control Panel for use with motorized switches.
$1747.00
1747.00
2468.00
2468.00
7998.00
3278.00
457.00
TRANSMISSION LINE
567.00
618 -0361 -000
20', 50 ohm, 3 -1 /8" with EIA flange
Same as above except sexless
20' 50 ohm, 4-1/16" with EIA flange
Same as above except sexless
20' 50 ohm, 6-1 /8" with EIA flange
618- 0362 -000
Same as above except sexless
1688.00
618 -0363 -000
20' 50 ohm, 9- 3/16" with EIA flange
3020.00
618 -0364 -000
20' 75 ohm, 6-1/8" with EIA flange
1393.00
618 -0365 -000
1448.00
618- 0366 -000
Same as above except sexless
20' 75 ohm, 8-3/16" with EIA flange
618 -0367 -000
20' 75 ohm, 9 -3/16" with EIA flange
2950.00
620- 1174 -000
90 D. elbow, 50 ohm, 3 -1 /8" with EIA flange
284.00
620- 1175 -000
Same as above except sexless
Same as above, unequal legs with EIA flange
306.00
620- 1185 -000
620- 1186 -000
Same as above, unequal legs, sexless
620- 1176 -000
90 D. elbow, 50 ohm, 4 -1 /16" with EIA flange
360.00
417.00
620- 1177 -000
Same as above except sexless
Same as above, unequal legs with EIA flange
Same as above, unequal legs, sexless
90 D. elbow, 50 ohm, 6 -1 /8" with EIA flange
449.00
480.00
838.00
620- 1189 -000
Same as above except sexless
Same as above, unequal legs, with EIA flange
620- 1190 -000
Same as above, unequal legs, sexless
620- 1180 -000
90 D. elbow, 50 ohm, 9- 3/16"
618 -0357 -000
618 -0358 -000
618 -0359 -000
618 -0360 -000
620- 1187 -000
620- 1188 -000
620- 1178 -000
620- 1179 -000
620- 1195 -000
615.00
950.00
1020.00
1567.00
2537.00
334.00
517.00
748.00
850.00
886.00
1894.00
with EIA flange
2150.00
Same as above except unequal legs
with EIA flange
620- 1181 -000
90 D. elbow, 75 ohm, 6 -1 /8"
680.00
620- 1182 -000
Same as above except sexless
700.00
620- 1192 -000
Same as above, unequal legs with EIA flange
775.00
620- 1183 -000
Same as above, unequal legs, sexless
620- 1194 -000
90 D. elbow, 75 ohm, 8 -3/16" with EIA flange
620- 1184 -000
90 D.
848.00
1659.00
1804.00
elbow'75 ohm, 9 -3/16" with EIA flange
2030.00
620- 1196 -000
Same as above, except unequal legs
Gas Barrier, 50 ohm, 3-1/8" with EIA flange
620- 1197 -000
Same as above except sexless
282.00
620- 1198-000
Same as above, 4-1/16" with EIA flange
469.00
620 -1199 -000
Same as above, 4-1/6", sexless
620- 1200-000
Same as above, 6-1/8" with EIA flange
Same as above, 6 -1 /8 ", sexless
Same as above, 9- 3/16" with EIA flange
620- 1191 -000
620- 1201 -000
620- 1202-000
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
246.00
505.00
1194.00
1378.00
2596.00
tin
HARRIS
48
DIELECTRIC COMMUNICATIONS
TRANSMISSION LINE
STOCK NO.
/8" with EIA flange
620 -1203 -000
Gas Barrier, 75 ohm, 6-1
620- 1204-000
Same as above except sexless
Same as above 8-3/16" with EIA flange
620 -1205 -000
620 -1206 -000
620 -1214 -000
Same as above 9-3/16" with EIA flange
"0" Ring, 3-1/8" for EIA flange
$
PRICE
739.00
749.00
2174.00
2491.00
2.00
620- 1217 -000
Same as above for sexless flange
Same as above except 4-1/16" for EIA flange
Same as above, 4-1/16" for sexless flange
620 -1221 -000
Same as above except 6 -1
620- 1222 -000
Same as above, 6-1 /8" for sexless flange
Same as above, except 8-3/16" for EIA flange
5.00
Same as above, except 9 -3/16" for EIA flange
Flange Hardware Kit, EIA, 3-1/8"
10.00
Same as above except 4-1/16"
Same as above except 6-1/8"
Same as above except 8-3/16"
Same as above except 9-3/16"
Flange Hardware Kit, sexless, 3-1/8"
12.50
620- 1215 -000
620- 1216 -000
620- 1223-000
620 -1220 -000
620- 1218-000
620 -1225 -000
620- 1227-000
620- 1230-000
620 -1229 -000
620- 1224 -000
620- 1226 -000
620- 1228 -000
620- 1219 -000
/8" for
EIA flange
Same as above except 4-1 /16"
Same as above except 6-1 /8"
Field Flange, EIA, 3-1/8"
5.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
9.00
8.00
20.00
37.00
41.00
45.00
63.00
82.00
74.00
Same except 4-1/16"
Same except 6-1/8"
106.00
620- 1234 -000
620- 1237 -000
Same except 8-3/16"
290.00
620- 1236 -000
Same except 9-3/16"
620 -1231 -000
Field Flange, sexless,
620- 1233 -000
Same except 4-1/16"
114.00
620- 1235 -000
Same except 6-1/8"
620- 1238 -000
Fixed Flange, EIA 3-1/8"
Same except 4-1/16"
218.00
54.00
620- 1232 -000
620- 1240 -000
113.00
357.00
3-1/8"
79.00
72.00
620- 1245-000
Same except 6-1/8"
Same except 8- 3/16"
229.00
620- 1244-000
Same except 9-3/16"
251.00
620- 1239-000
Fixed Flange, sexless, 3 -1/8"
Same except 4-1/16"
620- 1242 -000
620-1241 -000
94.00
32.00
72.00
Same except 6-1/8"
Swivel Flange, EIA, 3-1/8"
128.00
115.00
620- 1248-000
Same except 4-1/16"
Same except 6-1 /8"
148.00
620 -1250 -000
Same except 8-3/16"
438.00
620- 1249 -000
Same except 9-3/16"
620- 1207 -000
Anchor Connector, 50 ohm, 3-1/8"
Same except 4-1/16"
457.00
47.00
620- 1243-000
620- 1246-000
620 -1247 -000
620 -1208 -000
620- 1209 -000
620- 1210 -000
620- 1211 -000
620- 1212 -000
620- 1213 -000
Same except 6-1/8"
Same except 9-3/16"
Anchor Connector, 75 ohm, 6-1/8"
Same except 8-3/16"
Same except 9-3/16"
M HARRIS
Prices end Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
42.00
94.00
194.00
397.00
126.00
280.00
354.00
49
DIELECTRIC COMMUNICATIONS
TRANSMISSION LINE
PRICE
STOCK NO.
69.00
620- 1255 -000
Spring Hanger, 3-1/8"
Same except 4-1/16"
Same except 6 -1 /8" with 2 mounting holes use for runs over 600 ft.
Same except 6 -1 /8" with one mounting hole. DO NOT use for runs over 600 ft.
Same except 8-3/16"
620- 1254 -000
Same except 9- 3/16"
620- 1256 -000
Fixed Hanger, 3-1/8"
53.00
620- 1257 -000
Same except 4-1/16"
202.00
620- 1258 -000
Same except 6-1/8"
234.00
620- 1260 -000
Same except 8- 3/16"
474.00
620- 1259 -000
Same except 9-3/16"
474.00
620- 1261 -000
Roller Assembly, 3-1/8"
620- 1262-000
Same except 4-1/8"
67.50
620- 1263-000
Same except 6-1/8"
136.00
620- 1265-000
Same except 8- 3/16"
237.00
620- 1264-000
Same except 9-3/16"
620- 1266-000
620- 1271 -000
Horizontal Anchor, single, 3 -1/8"
Same except 4-1/16"
Same except 6-1/8"
Same except 8-3/16"
Same except 9-3/16"
Horizontal Anchor, dual, 3-1/8"
237.00
199.00
620- 1272 -000
Same except 4-1/16"
407.00
620- 1273 -000
Same except 6-1/8"
470.00
620- 1275 -000
620- 1274 -000
Same except 8-3/16"
Same except 9-3/16"
614.00
669.00
620- 1276 -000
Lateral Brace, 3 -1/8"
36.00
620- 1277 -000
31.00
620- 1286-000
Same except 4-1/16"
Same except 6-1/8"
Same except 8-3/16"
Same except 9-3/16"
Horizontal Spring Hanger, single, 3-1/8"
Same except 4-1/16"
Same except 6-1/8"
Same except 8-3/16"
Same except 9-3/16"
Horizontal Spring Hanger, dual, 3-1/8"
620- 1287 -000
Same except 4-1/16"
620- 1288 -000
Same except 6-1/8"
620- 1290 -000
Same except 8-3/16"
620- 1289 -000
Same except 9-3/16"
620 -1291 -000
Gas Inlet Kit
620- 1251 -000
620 -1252-000
620 -1253-000
620- 1682 -000
620- 1267 -000
620- 1268-000
620- 1270-000
620- 1269-000
620 -1278 -000
620- 1280-000
620- 1279-000
620- 1281 -000
620 -1282 -000
620- 1283-000
620- 1285-000
620- 1284-000
S
104.00
180.00
181.00
299.00
322.00
51.50
233.00
250.00
297.00
272.00
386.00
36.00
38.00
38.00
74.00
138.00
166.00
245.00
229.00
176.00
276.00
287.00
583.00
583.00
54.00
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
W HARRIS
50
DYNAIR
ELECTRONICS, INC.
SOLID -STATE
SWITCHING EQUIPMENT
SVA-101B
Series 10
The Series 10 Solid -State Video and Audio Switching Equipment
provides 10- input/ 10-output high quality vertical interval monochrome or color video switching and on -air quality audio switching.
Each 10 x 10 matrix is housed in a 5-1/4"H x 14-1/2"D x 19" rack
mount chassis (13.34 x 36.83 x 48.26 cm) which includes power
supply.
The control system is microprocessor-based and allows local and
remote operation. Remote master and individual output bus control
panels are available to operate over a single coaxial cable control line.
Up to four levels of switching, 1 video and 3 audios as an example,
can be controlled locally and /or remotely. A total of 15 remote
control panels may be used to control a system.
Models SVA -100B, SVA -101B, SAA -110A and SAA -111A include 10
Form A tally relays and facilities to control the slave matrices, Models
SVA -102B and SAA -112A.
Video Switcher
SVA-100B. Self- contained, for local control. 10 inputs, 10 dual outputs with tally and regulated power supply.
3875.00
Video Switcher
SVA -101B. Same as SVA -100B but for remote control operation only.
Control by single coaxial comm line. Requires remote control
options.
3675.00
Video Switcher
SVA -102B. Same as SVA -101B but for slave control only. Controlled from switcher control bus only. (Model CC -1130A Control Bus
Jumper Cable Assembly not included). Tally not provided.
3245.00
Audio Switcher
SAA -110A. Self- contained, for local control.
with tally and regulated power supply.
10
input by
10
output
3225.00
Audio Switcher
SAA -111A
SAA -111A. Same as SAA -110A but for remote control operation
only. Control by single coaxial comm line. Requires remote control
panel(s) options.
3025.00
Audio Switcher
SAA -112A
SAA -112A. Same as SAA -111A but for slave control only. Controlled from switcher control bus only. (Model CC -1130A Control Bus
Jumper Cable Assembly not included). Tally not provided.
2595.00
Master Remote Control Panel
SCA -120A. Rack mounting. For remotely controlling all 10 outputs
of video and /or audio switchers.
695.00
Master Remote Control Panel
SCA -122A. Desk top use. Same as SCA -120A except for housing.
695.00
Single Bus Remote Control Panel
SCA -130A. Rack mounting. For remotely controlling
video and /or audio switchers.
1
output of
500.00
Single Bus Remote Control Panel
SCA-120A
SCA -131A. Desk top use. Same as SCA -130A except for housing.
500.00
CP- 1100A. For conversion for local control and /or local status operation of existing SVA -101 B or SAA -111 A.
300.00
Basic Master Control Panel
Blank Panel
BP- 1109A. For video or audio switcher assembly for conversion for
remote or slave control operation of SVA -100A, SVA-100B or
SAA -110A.
100.00
Switcher Control Bus Cable Assembly
CC- 1130A. Switcher Control Bus Jumper Cable Assembly for control
of slave matrices, Models SVA -102B and /or SAA -112A. 24 inches (61
cm) in length.
100.00
Rack Mounting Chassis/Power Supply
MB- 1120A. Rack -mounting chassis with power supply for housing
CP- 1100A. For conversion of existing remote master control to
rack -mount configuration.
395.00
Desk Top Chassis with Power Supply
MB- 1121A.
SCA-131 A
Desk -top chassis with
power supply
for housing
CP- 1100A. For conversion of existing master control to remote
desk -top configuration.
395.00
Termination
TC -260A. 75 ohm BNC Termination Plug for terminating looping
video inputs.
6.00
gla
HARRIS
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
DYNAIR ELECTRONICS,
aa *SE aaaaaaa
waa>t"nsaaraa
51
INC.
SWITCHERS
XD -12A 48.26
-6A Amplifier
-6A -follow
-6A - Audio Output Amplifier
-follow
Amplifier
Mixing
-6A switchers
XD -6A Output Expansion Unit, 6 input, for expanding VSX -6X1 A up to
12 outputs. One XD -6A required per output. 13/4 x 19 inches (4.45 x 48.26
$300.00
Output Expansion Unit, 12 input, for expanding VSX -12X1 A
up to 12 outputs. One XD -12A required per output. 13/. x 19 inches (4.45 x
$400.00
cm)
820.00
Audio Input Termination Assembly
TA
Plug -in Assembly for field
Audio Input Bridging
AI
-video operation
conversion of video only units to audio
$150.00
Plug -in Assembly for field conversion
AO
-video operation
of video only units to audio
$95.00
Plug -in Assembly for field
Input
SyncSI
to sync- mixing operation. Provides high conversion of
8100.00
impedance sync input circuitry
Sync- Mixing Output Amplifier Plug -in Assembly for field
SO -6A
8100.00
conversion of switchers to sync mixing operation
TL -6A
Six -Input Tally Harness Assembly for field retrofit of switchers
for remote tally from each output bus
$50.00
Twelve -Input Tally Harness Assembly for field retrofit of
TL -12A
$75.00
switchers for remote tally from each output bus
Input Expansion Kit for expanding system inputs by adding
EX -6A
8196.00
additional six or twelve -input switchers
75 -ohm BNC Termination Plug for terminating looping
TC -260A
$6.00
video or sync inputs
Input Expansion Cable Assembly for use with EX -6A Expansion
CC -X
cm)
WIN aaaaaaaa
VSX-12X12A
DYNAIR Series -X Switchers function as pushbutton patch panels for
distributing multiple monochrome or color video inputs (with optional
audio -follow) to multiple outputs. Input amplifiers and output amplifiers
are incorporated to provide isolation. A single input may be routed to any
or all outputs simultaneously.
The switcher is available with either 6 or 12 inputs. Output units are
individual modules which couple to the unit above. A single assembly of
up to 12 outputs is easily constructed. If more than 12 outputs are
desired, the looping video (and audio) input may be extended to one or
more additional assemblies for up to 120 outputs. The input expansion
option allows switchers to be expanded to 60 inputs.
Each output channel consists of a horizontal row of interlocking
mechanical pushbuttons with each pushbutton representing an input.
A depressed pushbutton is illuminated to indicate a switch closure.
The tally option provides a contact per input which closes when any
output selects the input.
-
-
-
Kit
CJ-5101A
CJ-3081A
-
880.00
88.00
86.00
Video Jumper Cable
Audio Jumper Cable
Optional Features (additional cost)
Basic
Price
Model No.
-M
-S (audio)
-I
(sync
mixing)
-T
(tally)
(input
expansion)
6-Input Switchers
VSX 6X1A
S
VSX-6X2A
VSX-6X3A
VSX-6X4A
VSX-6X5A
VSX-6X6A
VSX-6X7A
VSX-6X8A
VSX-6X9A
VSX-6X 10A
VSX-6X11A
VSX-6X12A
XD-6A
775.00
1075.00
1375.00
1675.00
1975.00
2275.00
2575.00
2875.00
3175.00
3475.00
3775.00
4075.00
300.00
S
245.00
340.00
435.00
530.00
625.00
720.00
815.00
910.00
1005.00
1100.00
1195.00
1290.00
95.00
S
200.00
300.00
400.00
500.00
600.00
700.00
800.00
900.00
1000.00
1100 00
1200.00
1300.00
100.00
S
35.00
70.00
105.00
140.00
175.00
210.00
245.00
280.00
315.00
350.00
385.00
420.00
35.00
S
195.00
390.00
585.00
780.00
975.00
1170.00
1365.00
1560.00
1755.00
1950.00
2145.00
2340.00
195.00
12-Input Switchers
VSX-12X A
1
VSX12X2A
VSX 12X3A
VSX 12X4A
VSX 12X5A
VSX 12X6A
VSX-12X7A
VSX 12X8A
VSX-12X9A
VSX 12X 10A
VSX 12X A
VSX 12X12A
1
XD-12A
1
1050.00
1450.00
1850.00
2250.00
2650.00
3050.00
3450.00
3850.00
4250.00
4650.00
5050.00
5450.00
400.00
395.00
490.00
585.00
680.00
775.00
870.00
965.00
1060.00
1155.00
1250.00
1345.00
1440.00
95.00
200 00
300.00
400.00
500.00
600.00
700.00
800.00
900.00
1000 00
1100.00
1200 00
1300.00
100.00
50.00
100.00
150.00
200.00
250.00
300.00
350.00
400.00
450.00
500 00
550.00
600.00
50.00
195.00
390.00
585.00
780.00
975.00
1170.00
1365.00
1560 00
1755.00
1950.00
2145.00
2340.00
195.00
be ordered at the same time except tally and input expansion.
and --I options cannot be included together.
All options can
The
-T
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
UlIJ
HARRIS
52
Dykfa;tec4 Data
PATCHING/
System
SWITCHING EQUIPMENT
sk...
..
../C
..R *.
tiIOtiï..iatititibytiti..7sbtib.b
0,
41tOI Ilk
Coaxial Panel
Copatch
A
2-2A
CotermU 22T
Test Probe
Patch Cord
Copatch
R
2-2
COAXIAL PATCHFIELDS AND ACCESSORIES
The system consists of
a high density patchfield that incorporates 22 circuits in a standard 19 inch wide rack panel- either
11/4 or 3'/z inches high. Each circuit is connected to a patented
COTERM
22Tjack which provides normal -thru connection without
the use of patch cords or looping plugs. Patch cords may be inserted
to break the normal -thru signal path and program cross connections.
Sources that are patched out are automatically terminated within the
jacks. Test probes may be used to enter the jack to sample the signal
without interruption of the live circuit.
The Dynatech Coaxial Patching /Switching System provides normal thru connections and self- termination within the jacks, as well as
cross patching and non -interrupting on -line monitoring of live
circuits.
A
COTERM
22T
(Normal -Thru, Self -Terminating)
$34.00
The COTERM 22T is a reliable, normal -thru switching and line
terminating jack designed for rugged use and trouble -free service. It
is available in 75 ohm impedance or optionally in 50 ohm impedance.
It accepts standard BNC connectors on its rear terminals.
COJAX" 22B
(Normal -Thru)
$30.00
The COJAX 22B is identical to the COTERM 22T in dimensions,
quality and serviceability. It is a normal -thru switching jack without
the internal self- termination feature.
COPATCH"
2 -2A
(Normally Terminating)
$34.00
The COPATCH 2 -2A is a self- terminating jack without the normal thru feature. It provides patchfield appearance of two standby source
circuits. 75 or 50 ohm impedance.
COPATCW
2-2
COAXIAL PANELS
Panels are available in metal or phenolic either 13/. or 3'/z inches high
for standard rack mounting. Coterm, Cojax or Copatch jacks may be
mounted interchangeably on all panels -each panel holds 22 jacks
across the 19 inch width. 4 standard panels are available, consult
factory for other sizes.
Model 105-113 -22 Metal 11/4" high x 19" wide
$44.00
Model 105 -114 -22 Phenolic 13/4" high x 19" wide
62.00
Model 105 -115 -22 Metal 3'/z" high x 19" wide
50.00
Model 105 -112 -22 Phenolic 3'/z" high x 19" wide
70.00
COAXIAL PATCH CORDS
-
Model 105 -057
Standard Patch Cord constructed with soldered
center pin and crimped sleeve shield connections to meet the highest
standards of reliability. Standard lengths of 2, 3, and 4 feet, other
available on special order.
PATCH CORDS, (Specify Length -2, 3 and 4 feet standard)
Model 105 -057
(Length in feet)
$22.00
(Patch plugs on both ends)
Model 105 -057 -BNC- (Length in feet)
$22.00
(Patch plug on one end, male BNC on opposite end)
VIDEO COAXIAL CABLE, (specify length) Model 105- 112 MM
(length in feet) (MM = BNC male connectors on both ends)
22.00
-
COAXIAL TEST PROBES
-6
TEST PROBES, (Specify Length
feet standard)
Model 105 -5- (Length)
(Test probe tip on one end, standard patch plug on
opposite end)
Model 105 -5A -)Length)
(Test probe tip on one end, BNC male connector on
opposite end)
Model 105 -5B -(Length)
(Test probe tip on one end, UHF male connector on
opposite end
$22.00
$22.00
$22.00
)
(Non- Terminating, Non -Normalling)
$30.00
The COPATCH 2 -2 has neither the normal -thru or self- termination
features. It provides two inputs to test equipment, trunk lines or
other equipment.
All Coaxial Jacks may be interchanged for use in mixed patchfields.
COAXIAL PLUGS
Model 105 -13 -Dummy
plug for opening normal -thru connections.
$11.00
Model 105 -14- Terminating plug for use with Cojax or Copatch 2 -2
to terminate source in proper impedance
$16.00
HARRIS
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice
_
53
ELECTRO IMPULSE LABORATORY, INC.
RF COAXIAL LOADS
gliM
o
IBM
iOg
CPTC-5K ITO 30 MHzI
DACT-5KFM ITO 110 MHzI
5000-7500 WATTS
DPTC -10KFM
10,000 WATTS
Dry, convection cooled Frequency: DC -30 MHz (CPTC -5K),
DC - 110 MHz (DACT -5KFM).
VSWR: 1.15:1 Max.
Power:
5000 watts continuous, 7500 watts intermittent.
Ambient: -40 to
+52°C. Input: 1 -5/8 EIA, 3 -1/8 EIA. Weight: 65 pounds. Op.
Dry, convection cooled.
Frequency: DC - 30 MHz.
VSWR:
1.15:1 Max.
Power: 10,000 watts continuous, 12,000 watts intermittent. Ambient: -40 to + 52°C.
Input: 1 -5/8 EIA.
Weight:
65 pounds.
Op. Position: Upright only.
Finish: White Enamel.
Position: Upright only. Finish: White Enamel.
Outdoor versions
available.
"7500 watts continuous average power is acceptable with possible
slight degradation of VSWR.
Outdoor version Model DACT -14A available.
i
DPTU -153
DACT -153
15KW
1
IAM BAND]
DACT -14
ITO 30 MHz]
10,000 WATTS
Dry, convection cooled no line power needed.
Frequency: DC - 30 MHz (DACT -153).
VSWR: 1.15:1
Max. Power: 15 KW continuous. Ambient: -40 to + 52°C.
Input: 1 -5/8 or 3-1/8 EIA. Weight: 90 pounds.
Op. Position: Upright. Finish: White Enamel. Interlock: Thermostat included.
1750 KHz (DPTU -153), DC
0
Dry, forced air cooled.
Frequency: DC - 110 MHz.
VSWR:
Power: 10,000 watts continuous, 12,000 watts intermittent.
Ambient: -40 to +40 °C.
Input: 3 -1/8 or 1 -5/8 EIA.
Weight: 75 pounds. Op. Position: Upright only. Finish: White
Enamel. Air Flow: 1600 CFM. AC Power: 115VAC 5A 60Hz (50Hz
1.1:1 Max.
optional extra).
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
n
í
HARRIS
54
ELECTRO IMPULSE LABORATORY, INC.
RF
COAXIAL LOADS
DPTC-25KFM
25KW*
Dry, forced air cooled.
Frequency: DC - 110 MHz.
VSWR:
1.15:1. Power: 25,000 watts continuous. Ambient: -40 to + 45 °C.
Input: 3-1/8 EIA. Weight: 100 pounds. Op. Position: Upright
Finish: White Enamel. Air Flow: 1000 CFM. Interlocked for line
power, air flow, and over temperature. AC Required: 115VAC 8A
60Hz (50 Hz available optional).
Rated 25 KW
in maximum ambient of 80 °F.
DPTC-50KFM
55KW
Dry, forced air cooled.
Frequency: DC - 110 MHz.
VSWR
1.15:1.
Power: 55 KW continuous.
Ambient: -40 to +45°C.
Input: 3-1/8, 6-1/8 Opt.
Weight: 120 pounds.
Op. Position:
Upright. Finish: White Enamel. Air Flow: 3600 CFM. Interlocked
for line power and air flow.
AC Power: 220VAC 7A 60Hz (50Hz
available optional).
DPTC -50 KFM
DPTC-25KFM
NENIN
RF COAXIAL LOADS
891
Average Power
Model
Page
(Watts)
CPTN-500
CPTN-1500
CPTN-3000
CPTC-5K
7
DACTóKFM
Std'
Alternate. E*MCoetr
325 00
N
BNC.0
600.00
LC'
N
1n$25
68500
LC
N
1%
8
2500/3000
5000
990.00
LC
8
5000/7500
1395 00
1%
3%
7500
1450.00
1%
3'n
8
10000,12.000
1700.00
1%
9
10,000/12.000
1750.00
3'4
9
15.000
2400 00
1%
9
15.000
2450 00
1%
7
7
DACT-7.5KFM
ww
"DACT-14
'
sQcLs
DPTC-10KFM
"DPTU-153
"DACT-153
CPTC-15K
DPTC-25KFM
Dry, convention cooled no line power needed.
Frequency: DC 30 MHz.
VSWR: 1.2:1 Max. Power: 25 KW continuous.
Ambient: -40 to + 52°C.
Input: 3 -1/8 EIA.
Weight: 150 pounds.
Op. Position: Upright.
Finish: White Enamel.
Interlock thermostat included. Outdoor version available.
W HARRIS
500/750
1500/2000
S
$25
1% $25
1%
3'4 $ 100
3'4 $100
9
15.000
4500.00
1%
3%
10
25.000
357500
3%
1%
"DACT-253
10
25.0X)
5750.00
3%
1%
CPTC-25K
CPTC-30K
10
5000 00
3%
1%
10
25.000
40.000
5400.00
3%
-
Use DPTC -50KFM
DPTC-50KFM
11
55.000
5100.00
3'4
CPTC-50K
DPTC-65KFM
CPTC-80K
12
50.000
11.000.00
3%
6'b $250
6'v $250
12
65.000
6500.00
3'4
6% $250
13
80.000
Inquire
3'4
12
80.000
3%
12
80.000
7250.00
7950 00
"DPTU-50K
DACT-253
25KW
CONNECTORS
Price
"DPTU-75K
"DPTC-75K
6%
Also accepts other mtgs. changeable connectors
Voltage divider type power meter (for DC -2 MHz only) optional
'
Supplied as standard when no other specified
Supplied if specified, no extra charge
' Supplied at extra cost when specified
Many other connector types available
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
3'4 UNFL
6's $250
61/4 $250
3% $100
-
$695 00 additional
55
ey
Electrol/oice°
$146.50
RE50
Shockproof
Dynamic Omnidirectional
Frequency Response:
Impedance: 150 ohms
Output: -55 dB
80- 13,000 Hz
PROFESSIONAL MICROPHONES
$263.00
CS15P
Phantom Powered
Single -D
Condenser Cardioid
Frequency Response: 40- 18,000 Hz
Impedance: 150 ohms
Output: -45 dB
$92.00
635A
Dynamic Omnidirectional
Frequency Response:
Impedance: 150 ohms
Output: -55 dB
80- 13,000 Hz
DS35
Single -D
$150.00
Dynamic Cardioid
Frequency Response: 60- 17,000
Impedance: 150 ohms
Output:
Hz
C090
Frequency Response: 50- 18,000 Hz
Impedance: 150 ohms
Output: 58 dB
Miniature Condenser
Omnidirectionals
D056
$125.00
Shock -Mounted
Dynamic Omnidirectional
$141.00
DO56L Long Casel
CO85A
Condenser
I
Frequency Response: 80- 18,000
Impedance: 150 ohms
-60 dB
Output:
CH15S
$507.80
Condenser Single -D
Hyper -cardioid
Frequency Response:
Impedance: 150 ohms
Output:
55- 13,500 Hz
-40 dB
CL42S
Cardiline
Condenser
Unidirectional
$660.00
°
Frequency Response: 90- 12,000 Hz
Impedance: 150 ohms
Output: -45 dB
$145.00 C090E
$176.50
$ 146.00
D054
Dynamic Omnidirectional
-61
Hz
CO9OP
$98.00
Frequency Response: 40- 15,000 Hz
Impedance: 150 ohms
Output: -57 dB
$191.00
Omnidirectional
Frequency Response: 70- 16,000
Impedance: 150 ohms
Output: -56 dB
dB
$132.00
$139.75
RE85
CO'5P
$283.25
Phantom Powered Condenser
Omnidirectional
649B
Miniature Dynamic
Omnidirectional
Shock-Mounted Miniature
Dynamic Omnidirectional
Frequency Response: 20- 20,000
Impedance: 150 ohms
Output: -45 dB
Frequency Response: 80- 10,000 Hz
Impedance: 150 ohms
Frequency Response:
Impedance: 150 ohms
Output: -61 dB
Hz
$259.00
RE55
Dynamic Omnidirectional
Frequency Response: 40- 20,000 Hz
Impedance: 150 ohms
Output:
-57 dB
Output:
Hz
-61 dB
$498.75
667A
Programmable -Response
Dynamic Variable -D
Cardioid
Frequency Response.
90- 10,000 Hz
$217.00
$225.00 RE51
High -Performante Headband Mount
CO94
Miniature
Condenser
Omnidire :tional
40- 10,000 Hz
Impedance: 50, 150, 250
ohms, selectable
51 dB on 250 and
Output:
Miniature Dynamic
Omnidirectional
Frequency Response:
60- 10,000 Hz
Impedance: 50 -250 ohms
Output: -54 dB
150 ohms
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
HARRIS
56
Ey
ElecfroVoice'
1777A
GENERAL PURPOSE MICROPHONES
$149.20
$95.00
630
Phantom Powerable
Condenser Cardioid
Dual- Impedance
Dynamic Omnidirectional
Response: 50- 20,000 Hz
Impedance: 150 ohms
Output: 50 dB with phantom
660
Response: 60- 11,000 Hz
Impedance: 150 ohms /Hi -Z, selectable
660A
Dual- Impedance
Dynamic Super -Cardioid
Output: -55 dB
647CLS
647CH
647CL
$99.95
$99.95
Miniature Dynamic
Omnidirectional
Response: 90-13,000 Hz
Impedance: 150 ohms /Hi -Z. selectable
Output, Lo -Z:
Response: 60- 10,000 Hz
Impedance: 150 ohms
-56 dB
Hi -Z: -55.5 dB
Output:
1777A
660
1776A
1776AP
-60 dB
647C15
630
$123.95
$130.95
967ME
$209.50
Miniature Dynamic
Headset
Condenser Cardioid
Response: 300-4,300 Hz
Impedance: Matches 100 ohm output
Response: 50- 20,000 Hz
Impedance: 150 ohms
Output: -50 dB with phantom
664A
$99.95
$95.00
$92.00
and 500 ohm carbon input
Output: § -40 dB
644
Dual- Impedance
$107.90
Dynamic Super -Cardioid
Response: 90-13,000 Hz
Impedance: 150 ohms /Hi -Z, selectable
$210.00
Dynamic Dardiline'"
Output, Hi -Z:
-56 dB
Lo -Z: -55.5 dB
Response: 90- 10,000 Hz
Impedance: 150 ohms /Hi -Z, selectable
Output:
17764
664A
671BH
671BL
-53 dB
967ME
$97.00
$95.00
644
607L
Noise -Cancelling
$71.55
Dynamic Cardioid
Differential Dynamic Cardioid
Response:60- 14,000 Hz
Impedance: 150 ohms
Response: 300 -3,800 Hz
Impedance: 150 ohms
Output: 57 dB
6318
Dual- Impedance
Dynamic Omnidirectional
Output: -57 dB
602FL
Noise -Cancelling
Dynamic Hand -Held
Response: 200 -5,000 Hz
Impedance: 150 ohms
Output: -60 dB
$83.25
Response: 80- 13,000 Hz
Impedance: 150 ohms/Hi-2, selectable
Output:
-56 dB
671BL
6318
607L
$130.00
681
602FL
625ST
Noise -Cancelling
Dual- Impedance
Dynamic Cardioid
Impedance: 150 ohms
Output: 60 dB
622L
Output, Lo -Z: -59.5 dB
Hi -Z: -61 dB
$83.00
Noise -Cancelling
Dynamic Cardioid
$54.75
$54.75
600EL
600EH
Response: 200 -4,000 Hz
Impedance: 150 ohms
Dynamic Hand -Held
Response: 100 -7,000 Hz
Impedance: 150 ohms
Output:
-57 dB
-55 dB
600EL
681
$83.25
627C
625ST
67
Dual- Impedance
621H
621L
Dynamic Cardioid
Dynamic Omnidirectional
Response: 60- 13,000 Hz
Impedance: 150 ohms /Hi -Z selectable
Response: 70- 10,000 Hz
Impedance: 150 ohms
Output:
634BL
$150.00
Dynamic Handset
Response: 60- 15,000 Hz
Impedance: 150 ohms /Hi -Z selectable
Output:
$64.75
-58 dB
Output:
634BSRL
Dynamic Omnidirectional
'L
$77.70
$77.70
-57 dB
$44.75
$54.00
Response: 70-10,000 Hz
Impedance: 150 ohms
Output: -57 dB
634BSRL
627C
W HARRIS
621L
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
57
Ey
Electroifoice-
PROFESSIONAL LOUDSPEAKER/
MONITOR SYSTEMS
Sentry IVB
Professional
Loudspeaker
System
SPECIFICATIONS
Frequency Response:
The Electro-Voice Sentry IVB incorporates
many new and innovative design ideas
which represent a significant advance in
state -of- the -art speaker design. The 3 -way,
all horn loaded system offers absolute
minimum distortion through all frequencies
while providing unequalled efficiency and
uniformity over the entire frequency range.
With high power handling capacity,
extremely uniform and wide dispersion, and
linear frequency response, the Sentry IVB
offers versatility for applications in not only
studio monitoring, but in high level sound
reinforcement, high level playback systems;
etc
$1045.00
Sentry' Ill
Series
II
Professional
Monitor System
The Electro -Voice Model Sentry® Ill Series
II is one of a generation of monitor
loudspeaker systems resulting from creative engineering and critical listening by
Electro -Voice product engineers and
product managers. The Sentry Ill Series II is
a direct descendant of the Sentry Ill and
Sentry IVB, utilizing the well known and
respected ST350A sectoral tweeter and
SM120 sectoral mid -range horn. The vented
low- frequency section, utilizing Thiele Small vented enclosure technology, permits high efficiency and excellent low end
performance in a moderate sized enclosure.
$1349.00
Sentry 100A
Professional Monitor
The Electro -Voice Sentry® 100 monitor
speaker system is the direct result of
"human engineering" with the broadcast/ recording studio engineer in mind. Our
product engineers' no- nonsense design
efforts have culminated in a system that
speaks to the needs of professionals with
specific requirements: high efficiency with
extended low- frequency response, high
power capacity across the entire frequency
range, uniform frequency response and
dispersion, and all in a compact, no- frills
package.
$220.00
50 to 18.000 Hz
EIA Sensitivity (on axis measurements):
52 dB
Sound Pressure Level (4' on axis, 50 W):
117 dB
impedance:
8 ohms nomma)
Power Handling Capacity:
Sc
w
Finish:
Utility Black
Size:
70 5 cm (27'. ") w x 52.3 cm
(20'x. ") d x 129 cm
(50x. ") h - in normal configuration
Weight:
67 Kg (148 pounds)
Frequency Response:
40 to 18,000 Hz
Normal Mode
Sound Pressure Level at
Average:
1
Meter, 50 Watts, 300 -2.000 Hz
114 dB
EIA Sensitivity Rating (on axis measurements):
47 dB
Long -Term Average Power -Handling Capacity:
40 to 10 kHz
50 watts
Nominal Impedance
8 ohms
Size
Cabinet:
87 6 cm (34.50 ") high
72 4 cm (28.50") wide
52 cm (20 50 ") deep
Pedestal:
3 8 cm (1 50") high
Weight:
70 8 kg (156
lbs)
SPECIFICATIONS
Frequency Response:
45 to 18,000 Hz
EIA Sensitivity (on axis measurements):
41.8 dB
Sound Pressure Level (1 Meter, 1 W):
91 dB
Impedance:
6 ohms nominal
Power Handling Capacity:
30 W
Size:
30.5 cm (12.00 ") wide
28.2 cm (11.125 ") deep
43.8 cm (17.25 ") high
Weight
12.7 Kg (281b.)
SEO Equalizer
The optional SEO equalizer extends the
low- frequency 3 -dB -down point of the
Sentry V from 45 Hz to 32 Hz, the Sentry III
from 40 Hz to 28 Hz. Such extended lowfrequency response is uncommon in the
studio but is nonetheless useful where a true
indication of low frequency program and
noise is desired.
$110.00
V
RMS input.
1.5 V RMS
equivalent
Total Harmonic Distortion: Less than
01 %,
1
20- 20.000 Hz
intermodulation Distortion: 005%,
sine wave input
Maximum Input Signal: 7 V RMS sine wave. midband
Noise Output: 80 dB below 200 mV. 20- 20.000
Hz
bandwidth
Controls: High Frequency Slope (Power Oft. 0 dB. -3 dB. -6
dB at 10,000 Hz), Tape- Source
Power Requirement: t 10/120 V, 50/60 Hz. 3 watts
AC Accessory Outlet: 200 watts. unswitched
Dimensions:5 cm (2 ") high, 20.3 (8") wide. 17.8 (8 ") deep
1
Sentry IVB Components
HSFA -high frequency sub assembly with
$430.00
crossover.
LFSA -low frequency sub assembly
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
$725.00
HARRIS
58
Eleclrol/oice
337
351
312
422
358
355A
360
513A
380
340
314
!
a
428
342
o
314E
309
0011°
502C
301
I
310
335A
MICROPHONE ACCESSORIES
301
301A
304A
307
309
310
310A
312
312A
312B
313A
314
314E
315A
317
335A
337
340
342
343
351
355A
358
360
368
376
380
381
390
400
411
422
UU
1" Clamp, black (670)
$ 7.80
1" Clamp, gray
7.80
Shock mount for SE15B
34.05
Shock mount for 3/4" dia. microphones
45.15
Shock mount for RE20 and SE15B
61.35
3/4" Clamp, black )635A, 6498, D054, DS35, PE15A,
RE10, RE11, RE15, RE16, RE55)
7.80
3/4" Clamp, gray (same applications as 310)
7.80
3/4" Snap -out Clamp, black (same applics. as310)
7.80
3/4" Snap -out Clamp, gray (same applics. as 310)
7.80
3/4" Snap -out Clamp, beige (D056, RE18)
7.80
Shock mount for 3/4" diameter microphone
26.40
Windscreen (RE10, RE15)
14.55
Windscreen (635A)
7.80
Windscreen (foam
CH15E, C015E, CS15E)
7.80
Windscreen for CH15S (requires 304A)
16.95
Windscreen (630, 634)
17.25
Windscreen (626, 627)
8.50
Security Clamp
3/4" dia. mikes
17.40
Stud Mount Adapter w /on -off switch
33.50
Windscreen (CL42E, DL42)
33.45
Windscreen (00561, Popfilter (RE18)
7.80
Windscreen IRE55, D054, 654A, 655C)
7.80
Stand Clamp, tapered (660, 671)
7.80
Windscreen (660, 661, 664)
14.15
Windscreen for667A, 668, 307, 309
110.00
Windscreen (DS35), Popfilter (REl1, RE16)
12.00
10 dB Attenuator
32.25
Switch /Connector Cable 15'
33.50
Dual microphone tie clasp )C090, C090P, C094)
6.00
Desk Stand, for ail stud or clamp -type mikes
17.70
Stage Mike Mount
16.20
Desk Stand, clamp -type mike (CS15, D054, D056,
DS35, PE15A, RE10, RE11, RE15, RE16, RE18,
RE50, RE55, 340, 635A, and 649B)
19.35
-
-
HARRIS
423A
428
456
502C
502CP
506A
513A
520
521
523
524A
541
542
543
544
AC24M
AC24S
BS9
CA10
CO9PM
CO9R
512
522
28065
-
5/8" 27 threaded 5" riser
Touch -to -Talk Stand DPDT, 5/8"
27 thread
Single Carrying Case (Universal: fits all variations
of 626, 627, 631, 660, 661, 664, 670, 671, 672)
Matching Transformer, Lo to Hi -Z, inline
Matching Transformer, Lo to Hi -Z, w /plug
Adaptor (converts 1776A to phantom powerable)
100 Hz Cutoff Filter
15' Cable
3/4" Phone Plug, equipment end with
Professional 3-Pin Connectors, microphone end
25' Professional Cable, with Professional 3 -Pin
Connectors, both ends
4.5 V Alkaline battery
1776112 per box)
Windscreen (664)
25' professional cable A3F mike end
25' professional cable A3F and A3M connectors
25' professional cable with switch connector mike end
50' professional cable A3F and A3M connectors
Remote AC power supply for condenser microphones
Expander Module (cannot be used without AC24M)
9 volt battery supply for the SE15B and PE15A
10 dB attenuator for use between mike capsule
and electronics
Power module for C085A, C090
Replacement cable assembly for C090/ C090E
C085A and C090 Connector Adaptor Kit
Extension cable for C094
Bulk Acoustifoam 36" x 72" x 3/4"
Desk Stand,
-
-
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
-
15.50
46.00
17.75
30.00
30.00
17.25
91.95
27.50
31.50
35.00
14.15
24.50
28.00
37.00
43.50
114.50
97.50
66.90
35.70
69.60
30.17
37.65
25.00
22.70
59
59 59
12
ES 142
ES 192 194
ES 160
CLOCKTHERMOMETER
MASTER CLOCKS
ESE Masters provide a means of keeping all time displays
in the system in agreement. through the use of a Serial
Time Code. Only one pair of wires is needed to distribute
ES 142/144 Digital Clock
Thermometer
ES 142 (12 hr.) and ES 144 (24 hr.) are solid state digital
clock /thermometers. Six digits of time (hours, minutes.
seconds) and 3 digits of temperature ( -50° to +150 °F or
-45°C to .66 °C) in gas discharge displays 55" high.
Temperature sensor on 25 loot cable included
um®
Dimensions. 21/2" High x 10" Wide a 6" Deep.
the time code to all remote serial input displays.
An ESE Master Clock System can operate digital displays.
clocks with sweep second hands, printers and, in addition,
tell your computer what time it is
Twelve hours of standby battery operation is standard in
ES 160. 160/1 and 190
MASTER CLOCKS
ES 240/241
ES 240 DIGITAL THERMOMETER is calibrated for °F and
°C Displays are planar gas discharge. 55" high
Dimensions. 2 "" High a 8" Wide a 6" Deep
$195.00
ES 241 DIGITAL THERMOMETER is calibrated for F and
°C. alternating between the two every four seconds
Displays are planar gas discharge. .55" high
$236.00
ES 160 Mounted in a 5'.' relay rack panel and chassis,
displays six digits of time information on 3" LED displays. in
12 hour format
ES 160 has three second per month accuracy. Its standard
output is serial BCD. CMOS compatible. and can drive ES
161. 166. 171.991 or 993 Remote Displays without buffering
All inputs and Outputs are through rear- mounted
connectors.
TAPE TIMERS
Dimensions: 5'." High x 19" Wide x 15" Deep
$1050.00
ES 160/1 One second per month version of ES 160
$1225.00
Presettable Tape Timers ES 1296
For Off -Air taping. or operating tape recorders when nobody
is there, ESE has created ES 1296. A six digit. twelve hour
clock with LED idsplays and a programmable. 300 watt. 117V
AC outlet on the rear.
There are tour pushbutton controls (Fast. Slow, Set and
Reset) and a four position selector switch. The Fast and Slow
controls are used to set time of day and recorder start time
When setting the recorder start time. the Set control is used
in addition to the Fast and Slow controls, to set the time to the
nearest minute. A rear -mounted four position switch is used
to pre-set the start time as far ahead as 96 hours.
Once the rear outlet is activated, it will remain on for 66
minutes.
The Record Duration option allows the user to select one of
four time intervals for recording These four time intervals are
either 16, 33, 66 and 138 minutes. or 33. 66, 138 and 250
minutes.
An additional option is Sequential Turn -on, for those
machines that require Power. Play and Record in sequence.
A Manual Override Switch can be provided as an option, so
that the user may operate his machine at any time without
$195.00
disconnecting from the ES 1296.
ES 1372
Similar to the ES 1296. except that the ES 1372 has two
timed AC outlets. AC power is applied to outlet "1" at the
alarm time and day selected and remains on for 138 minutes
and 53 seconds. AC power is applied to outlet "2" 60 minutes
after power has been applied to outlet "1" and remains on for
78 minutes and 53 seconds. All other specifications of the
$290.00
ES 1296 apply.
ES 190 The ultimate in accuracy! Similar to ES 160. with
special circuits for receiving and decoding a 1000 Hz tone at
the start of each minute. The decoder output resets the
seconds' counters in the clock each minute except the first
minute of eery hour. These tones are transmitted by radio
Station WWV. with an oscillator accuracy of 11 part in 101,
ES 190 has an antenna arid internal WWV receiver with
audio-output. Displays are .3" red LED's. Serial output
drives ES 161, 166. 171. 991 and 993 Remote Displays
$1225.00
Dimensions. 5'," High x 19" Wide x 15" Deep
ES 192/194 The most economical Masters. ES 192 (12 Hr)
and ES 194 (24 Hr) are constructed using ES 112 or ES 124
digital clocks and adding the ES 167 Serial time Code
Generator to provide the output needed to drive Remote
Serial Displays ES 161, 166. 171. 991 and 993. Displays are
6"incandescenttype.
Dimensions.
21/2"
High
x
8" Wide
x
6" Deep.
$325.00
ES 196 TIME AND TEMPERATURE MASTER Basically the
same as ES 192. but with gas discharge displays, panel
mounting and separate serial BCD outputs for time and
temperature. Displays 12 hour °F format
$766.00
Dimensions: 31/2" High x 19" Wide a 8" Deep
ACCESSORIES
ES 161 REMOTE DIGITAL DISPLAY Decodes serial time
data and displays six digits of time on 55" Gas Discharge
Displays. in either 12 or 24 hour format.
Dimensions. 8" Wide x 21/2" High a 6" Deep.
$165.00
ES 162 IMPULSE DRIVER Plugs into the ES 160 chassis. can
drive 20 Impulse Clocks. Designed so that, if power fails,
impulse always comes on with the same polarity when
$200.00
power is restored
ES 164 REMOTE DIGITAL IMPULSE DISPLAY Similar to
164
its
derives
count comthe ES 161 except that the ES
mand from the ES 162 Impulse driver. or any impulse clock
drive circuits already installed.
Dimensions 8" Wide z 21/2" High x 6" Deep
5244.00
ES 186 JUMBO 1" CLOCK DISPLAY Features six digits of
one inch gas discharge displays in 12 or 24 hour format
Rece ves serial time code input from any ESE Master Clock
or ES 167
5254.00
Dimensions. 101/2" Wide x 41/2" High x 61/2" Deep
ES 187 SERIAL TIME CODE GENERATOR An integral part
of ES 160.190.192/194 and 196 Master Clocks. this unit can
be added to many other ESE products. including ES 112.
124. 182, 184, 992. 994. 750. 751. 753. 754 and all 780 Series
Time Programmers. Drives ES 161. 166. 171. 991 or 993
Remote Displays
$146.00
ES 189 TEMPERATURE SLAVE Receives serial code from
Displays.
it
Discharge
ES 196, displays on 55" Gas
$118.00
Dimensions 8" Wide x 21/2" High x 6" Deep
ES 171 CONSOLE MOUNT REMOTE DISPLAY Receives
the serial time code generated by any ESE Master Clock. or
any ESE product containing the ES 167 serial time code
generator. and displays it on bright red 3" LED's.
$158.00
Dimensions. 2' ." High x 4'v" Wide x 4" Deep
ES 1548 CONSOLE MOUNT TEMPERATURE DISPLAY in
the same case as ES 171. receives the serial code from ES
196 and displays it on bright red 3" LED's.
$158.00
Dimensions. 2' ." High x 41' Wide x 4" Deep
IMPULSE CLOCK When a sweep second hand is desired.
specify the 3201 003 "Extra Flat" Impulse Clock It has a 12
inch dial protected by a glass cover and metal bezel and is
approximately one inch thick. As many as twenty impulse
clocks can be driven by a Master Clock which has ES 162 as
$170.00
an accessory
ES 991 4 DIGIT SERIAL INPUT SLAVE Decodes serial time
data and displays four digits of time on large 2" gas
discharge displays.
High x 61/2" Deep. Desk Top
Dimensions 10'7" Wide x 4
$325.00
Case
ES 993 6 DIGIT SERIAL INPUT SLAVE Features lour digits
of 2" high gas discharge displays. and two digits (Seconds)
of 1" gas discharge displays. Receives serial time code input
from any ESE Master Clock or ES 167
Dimensions. 5" High x 12" Wide x 3" Deep (Wall Mount)
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
$449.00
girl
U
HARRIS
60
EVeII
e
1
AUDIO PROCESSING
CLOCKWORKS, INC.
BROADCAST DIGITAL DELAY LINE
The Digital Broadcast Delay that breaks Murphy's Law, no tape loops
that snap, no moving parts that "go wrong ". Designed specifically for
the broadcast industry, this RAM based digital delay line offers delay
up to 6.4 seconds. A DUMP button cancels the objectionable program
and, if desired, cuts off the caller. Auxiliary relay contacts may be used
to control the telephone and /or a cartridge machine. The unique
"catch up" feature allows the program to continue in real time,
without the necessity for filling the delay period with a jingle or
announcement. This feature does not introduce wow, and is virtually
undetectable in operation. When not used as an editing delay, the
BD955 delay line may be used as a production tool. The front panel
switches allow setting of delay from 6.5 milliseconds to the unit's
maximum delay which is useful for many musical effects. 15 KHz. 6.4
sec
$6700.00
OTHER PRICES ON REQUEST
TIMESQUEEZE SYSTEM
This newly introduced system allows broadcasters, commercial
producers and film makers to alter the running time of commercials
and programs without editing or deletion of material. The Timesqueeze System consists of three units: the Eventide H949 Harmonizer®', the new PTC945 Precision Tape Controller and a microcomputer with Eventide software (shown here is the Hewlett- Packard
85). The system interfaces with the user's 1" video recorder, audio
tape machine or film projector. This system maintains correct audio
pitch even while running time is varied. The Timesqueeze System uses
the IEEE -488 standard interface so that compatible computers can be
used. The addition of the computer automates all speed and pitch ratio
computations.
68,500.00
HARMONIZER'
HP-85
DIGITAL SPECIAL EFFECTS
FOR BROADCAST AUDIO PRODUCTION
The H949 Harmonizer
is a combination digital delay line, pitch
changer, and all- around special effects unit. The Harmonizer, when
used with a tape recorder, is capable of shortening or lengthening a
piece of program material to fit a given time slot while maintaining
normal pitch. The pitch change feature offers one octave up and two
octaves down continuously variable with a four -digit readout for
precise ratio. In the delay mode, there are two outputs, each with up to
400 milliseconds. Long delay permits simulated reverb. Time reversal
and other distinctive effects are available on this versatile unit. The
frequency response at any delay (unity pitch ratio) is 20 Hz to 15 kHz
+ /- dB.
$3,500.00
1
H 949
S P2016
PROGRAMMABLE EFFECTS PROCESSOR
This totally programmable digital effects processor can perform most
every audio effect via plug -in software modules. These include: reverb, a wide variety of superb quality reverb effects with user control
of all parameters; Digiplex'' echo, a digital version of multiple -head
tape echo; chorus effects, to generate dozens of multiple voices, each
variable in time, amplitude, and space; delay, to 3.2 seconds; selective
band delay, to separate the signal into several bands, each independently adjustable for delay (to 3.2 sec.) and amplitude; flanging and
phasing, of unprecedented quality. New effects will be released periodically and available individually or by subscription. Non -volatile user
presets store user -set parameters. Software development system is
available for user creation of new and unique effects. Self -test mode
confirms proper operation. Full stereo operation. Frequency response
16kHz + /- 1 dB. (Some programs have 8kHz bandwidth.) Dynamic
range 86 dB. 3'/2 "H x 19 "W x 14 "D
$8,995.00
G¡
HARRIS
SP2016
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
61
Eventide
CLOCKWORKS
NC
SIGNAL PROCESSOR /REVERB
SP2016 Programmable Effects Processor (stereo in /out)
$8995.00
Option:
(01) 230 volts, 50/60 Hz -no charge
PITCH CHANGE /SPECIAL
EFFECTS DEVICES
H949 Harmonizer (included LU618 de- glitch card)
HARMONIZER°
$3500
Options:
(11) 230 volts, 50/60 Hz -no charge
(10) For unit without de- glitch circuitry
(09) Remote card (must be factory
deduct $540.00
installed), GPIB
$640.00
compatible
$740.00
(08) LU618 de- glitch card
(Must be factory installed in serial numbers below
installation charge $55.00
A949-1606)
$1500.00
H910 Harmonizer
Options:
(01) 230 volts, 50/60 Hz -no charge
(02) Balanced in /out transformer coupling
(Must be factory installed)
HK940 Keyboard for H949 Harmonizer
$850.00
$550.00
Note: Sound reinforcement configurations available
request separate price sheet. The 1745 main frame
has five slots. Each output module takes one slot, the
remote module takes one slot, and the pitch change
module takes two slots.
JJ193 Digital Audio Delay Line (510 ms, four outputs)
$1195.00
Options:
(01) 230 volts, 50/60 Hz -no charge
$200.00
(02) Four outputs, 1.022 seconds delay
$600.00
(04) Four outputs, 2.046 seconds delay
CD254 Digital Audio Delay Line (254 ms, two outputs)
$895.00
similar to JJ193 with internal controls only
MISCELLANEOUS SIGNAL PROCESSING AND
SPECIAL EFFECTS
700.00
FL201 Instant Flanger
(09) Remote Control Card, GPIB compatible
-
Options:
$100.00
and H910 Harmonizer
Options:
-
(08) Pitch Change Module (variable pitch change or delay)
(01) 230 volts, 50/60 Hz -no charge
(02) Stereo interconnect (with two units) no charge
(03) Balanced in /out transformer coupling
-
$50.00
$25.00
$233.00
Note: This card exchanges with the SDC1 plug -in card
from the Instant Flanger and turns the unit into an
Instant Phaser. The Instant Flanger may be ordered
with either the SDC1 or the BPC101 at a cost of
$700.00, or with both cards at a cost of $933.00.
Other options as listed above.
$700.00
2830 Omnipressor"
(three transformers)
(05) Mono controls one Harmonizer
(06) Poly controls up to three units
$600.00
$700.00
Note: When ordering, please indicate the Harmonizer with
which it is to be used.
$775.00
HM80 Harmonizer
Option:
$800.00
(011 230 volt version
TIME COMPRESSION /EXPANSION SYSTEMS
Computerized Timesqueeze'" System
$7985
(Includes: H949, PTC945, and H -P85)
Less Harmonizer (for present owners of H949s with
$4900.00
de- glitch circuitry
$1000.00
PTC945 only
$400.00
Software for H -P 85
Stereo System
(Includes the above plus RD780 Monstermat and additional
$12,649.00
H949)
Timesqueeze Junior System
$5000.00
(Includes: H949 and PTC960)
$1500.00
PTC960 Only (consult factory before ordering)
Note: When ordering Timesqueeze Junior, please indicate
specific recorder(s)
DIGITAL AUDIO DELAY LINES
BD955 Broadcast Digital Delay Line
$3350.00
15kHz units: 1.6 sec.
4300.00
3.2 sec
6700.00
6.4 sec
$2700.00
1.6 sec
7.5kHz units:
3350.00
3.2 sec
4300.00
6.4 sec
$150.00
Stereo interconnect (plus cost of two units)
1745 Digital Delay Line (320 ms, two outputs) .... $4100.00
Options:
(01) 230 volts, 50/60 Hz -no charge
$3800.00
(02) Two outputs, 160 ms
$550.00
(03) Extra output
(05) Balancing transformer (one required for each output or
$25.00
pitch change module)
1745M Digital Delay Line (continued)
$15.00
(07) Balancing Transformer, input
(04) Feedback control added to
BPC101 Phaser Card
front panel
Options:
(01) 230 volts, 50/60 Hz -no charge
(03) Balanced in /out transformer coupling
$40.00
$649.00
RD780 Monstermar (mono /stereo matrix unit)
Note: Unit is available in two configurations: record /play
(two channels record, two channels play) or
play /play (four channels play). Two channels = one
stereo pair. Quantity discounts available.
SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
THS224 For use with Commodore PET computer
$595.00
Specify 8, 16, or 32 K PET, and version of ROM
VTU02 For use with Radio Shack TRS -80 Model I computer
$595.00
AIB232 For use with Apple II or Apple II Plus computer
545.00
SPECSYSTEM Software Package II for use with AIB232
$199.00
COMPUTER PRODUCTS AND PERIPHERALS
Hewlett- Packard Model 85 personal /professional computer
$3485.00
with ROM drawer, 1/0 ROM and IEEE -488 interface module
Memory Board for Hewlett- Packard 9845B/C/T Computer
4500.00
WMAZ -4 (512K or extra memory)
$3250.00
WMAZ -4 (211256K or extra memory)
$1750.00
WMAP -1 (128K of extra memory)
Programer's Utility Package ROM for WMAZ -4 and
$700.00
W MAZ -4(21
Memory Board for Hewlett- Packard 9826 Computer
$1475.00
WKBP -4 (256K of extea memory)
Memory Boards for Commodore PET 8K computer
$307.50
32K of extra memory- half -price closeout at
(
Subject to availability.
PET is a trademark of Commodore Business systems, T RS -80 of Radio Shack, and Apple of Apple Computer
GO
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
HARRIS
62
PROFESSIONAL TAPE CARTRIDGES
PART
LENGTH
IN FEET
NUMBER
TIME
AT 7'2IPS
1
MASTER CART & MASTER CART
Master Cart
II (NAB Type AA)
Superior performance in any tape machine
Extremely low friction tape path for
minimum wow and flutter and longest
tape life
New front corner post for precise tape
alignment and excellent stereo phase
stability
Factory loaded with Fidelipac's exclusive
HOT TAPETM, for up to 8dB more output
than standard tapes
-
40/1"'4%.
E
-
oe.c
...
Model 300 (NAB TYPE A)
Low price and high performance Quality
controlled construction Low- friction pressure pads extend tape life Tape braking on
the reel Brass reel post.
The Model 300 Broadcast Audio Cartridge
provides performance at a price that is within
the budget of all radio and TV broadcasters.
Its endurance under severe operating conditions in everyday studio operations is
surprising ...frequently lasting over five
years with only replacement of worn tape
and pressure pads. Performance and
price...the major reasons the Model 300
from Fidelipac is the Standard of the
Broadcast Industry.
380 -C
380 -13
380 -25
380 -44
380 -57
380 -63
380 -88
380 -94
380 -113
380 -132
380 -150
380 -169
380 -188
380 -207
380 -282
380 -300
380 -375
380 -394
Empty
13
25
44
67
63
88
94
113
132
150
169
188
207
282
300
375
394
20 Second
40 Second
70 Second
90 Second
100 Second
140 Second
Minute
Minute
31/2 Minute
4 Minute
4' Minute
5 Minute
51/2 Minute
71 Minute
8 Minute
10 Minute
101/2 Minute
21/2
3
-99
SINGLE ORDER
100 -299
300 -599
II (NAB TYPE
4.28
3.67
4.73
4.16
4.83
4.27
4.97
4.39
4.50
5.10
4.59
5.19
4.73
5.34
4.82
5.43
4.96
5.59
5.72
5.10
5.87
5.24
6.03
5.38
6.18
5.52
6.33
5.68
6.73
6.01
6.89
6.16
7.30
6.53
7.47
6.70
AA)
600'
3.42
3.76
3.84
3.96
4.07
4.13
4.27
4.35
4.47
4.59
4.72
4.84
4.96
5.10
5.42
5.54
5.88
6.03
3.20
3.44
3.52
3.12
3.38
3.46
3.54
3.62
3.68
3.80
3.86
3.97
4.07
4.16
4.28
4.38
4.50
4.82
4.93
5.23
5.36
2.89
3.20
3.28
3.37
3.43
3.50
3.38
4.50
4.59
4.66
4.68
4.84
4.93
3.02
3.98
4.07
4.12
4.14
4.28
4.36
4.42
4.50
4.58
4.65
4.73
5.00
5.07
5.33
-
3.61
3.70
3.75
3.88
3.93
4.04
4.13
4.22
4.31
4.42
4.52
4.80
4.94
5.21
5.33
300 (NAB TYPE A)
140 -C
140 -13
140 -25
140 -44
140 -57
140 -63
140 -88
140 -94
140 -113
140 -132
140 -150
140 -169
140 -188
140 -207
140 -282
140 -300
140 -375
140 -394
Empty
13
25
44
57
63
88
94
113
132
150
169
188
207
282
300
375
394
20 Second
40 Second
70 Second
90 Second
100 Second
140 Second
21/2
3
31/2
4
41/2
5
51
71
8
10
101/2
350 (NAB TYPE A)
350 -C
350 -25
350 -44
350 -57
350 -63
350 -94
350 -113
350-132
350 -150
350 -169
350 -188
350 -207
350 -282
350 -300
350 -375
350 -394
Empty
25
44
57
63
94
113
132
150
169
188
600 (NAB
149 -C
149 -38
149 563
149 -600
149 -750
207
282
300
375
394
TYPE B)
Empty
38
563
600
750
Minute
Minute
Minute
Minute
Minute
Minute
Minute
Minute
Minute
Minute
Minute
3.89
4.38
4.48
4.61
4.72
4.82
4.96
5.04
5.19
5.33
5.48
5.62
5.79
5.95
6.37
3.38
3.64
3.72
3.84
3.92
3.99
4.13
4.19
4.31
7.11
4.44
4.55
4.67
4.77
4.89
5.25
5.36
5.72
5.85
6.51
6.95
4.24
3.80
40 Second
70 Second
5.66
5.76
5.11
90 Second
100 Second
2' Minute
5.84
5.88
6.06
6.18
6.29
6.40
Minute
3l/ Minute
4 Minute
41/2 Minute
5 Minute
51/2 Minute
71 Minute
8 Minute
10 Minute
101/2 Minute
3
5.19
5.28
5.31
5.47
5.58
5.66
5.76
5.85
5.95
6.05
6.38
6.48
5.01
6.63
6.73
7.13
7.22
7.60
7.72
6.81
6.91
5.10
5.17
5.26
5.34
5.67
5.72
6.03
6.12
Minute
15 Minute
16 Minute
20 Minute
6.87
7.56
13.36
13.80
14.86
5.45
6.70
10.67
10.98
11.77
5.08
6.49
9.88
10.10
10.79
28 Minute
30 Minute
31 Minute
32 Minute
36 Minute
38 Minute
40 Minute
9.93
9.44
20.52
21.35
22.04
22.73
23.98
24.88
25.81
8.45
7.96
16.69
17.37
17.94
7.89
7.40
15.49
16.15
16.68
17.20
18.17
18.86
19.57
1
6.51
3.61
3.66
3.76
3.85
3.96
4.05
4.1S
4.2
4.5t,
4.65
4.96
5.07
-
5.41
4.71
6.31
9.27
9.50
10.15
1200 (NAB TYPE C)
150 -CP
MASTER CART
MASTER CART
II
gi HARRIS
150 -C
150 -1052
150 -1125
150 -1163
150 -1200
150 -1350
150 -1425
150 -1500
Empty With Pads
Empty Less Pads
1052
1125
1163
1200
1350
1425
1500
18.51
19.53
20.28
21.05
FOR CARTRIDGES LOADED WITH HOT TAPE ADD H TO PART NUMBER AND INCREASE COST BY 15%
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice
7.37
6.88
14.42
14.99
15.
15.9 .
16.88
17.62
18.17
63
Master Cart
Î)FIDELIPAC®
II -
The Next Generation
New Master Cart 111^^
Superior performance in any tape machine.
Extremely low friction tape path for minimum wow and
flutter and longest tape life.
New front corner post for precise tape alignment and
excellent stereo phase stability
Factory loaded with Fidelipac's exclusive HOT TAPE®, for
up to 8dB more output than standard tapes.
Master Cart
IITM
(NAB Type AA)
All Cartridges Loaded with Fidelipac TAS -500 Series H.O.T. Tape T"
Part
Length
Number
lime At
In Feet
71/2
550 -E"
500 -C
550 -13
550 -25
550 -44
550 -57
550 -63
550 -88
550 -94
550 -113
550 -132
550 -150
550 -169
550 -188
550 -207
550 -282
550 -300
550 -375
550 -394
IPS
Empty
13
25
44
57
63
88
94
113
132
150
169
188
207
282
300
375
394
1
S
20
40
70
90
100
140
Second
Second
Second
Second
Second
Second
Minute
Minute
312 Minute
4 Minute
41/2 Minute
5 Minute
51/2 Minute
712 Minute
8 Minute
10 Minute
101/2 Minute
21/2
3
-99
4.28
4.73
4.83
4.97
5.10
5.19
5.34
5.43
5.59
5.72
5.87
6.03
6.18
6.33
6.73
6.89
7.30
7.47
100 -199
$
3.67
4.16
4.27
4.39
4.50
4.59
4.73
4.82
4.96
5.10
5.24
5.38
5.52
5.68
6.01
6.16
6.53
6.70
NOTE: For cartridges loaded with STANDARD TAPE, add 15% per cartridge and add -ST to part number
Master Cart IIT" Parts
Part
Standard
Number
Description
551
Clear Top
552
554
555
9 -610
9 -612"
556
378
557*
Reel Assembly w /Bearing
Cartridge Base w /Inserts
Brake Actuator
Brake Spring
Screw. Top (2 Used)
Corner Post, Front
Corner Post, Rear
Pressure Pad (2 Used)
Package
300
24
24
1
S
24
24
100*
24
24
180*
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice
-99
1.96
1.90
2.81
.56
.28
-
.46
.46
100 -299
5
1.80
1.81
2.68
.53
.25
.13
.43
.43
.31
GD
HARRIS
64
FIDELIPAC
CARTRIDGE STORAGE RACKS
"
Wall -Mount or Mobile Racks
Fidelipac has built unique versatility into the WR -25 Wall -Mount Cartridge Rack. The modular
design of the basic WR -25 is a single 25 cartridge rack that mounts either on a wall (using th
mounting bracket included) or as one of eight racks that form the MR -200 Mobile Cartridge,
Rack. Program Directors and studio engineers recognize the value of a rack with such
versatility. Fully loaded, the WR-25 rack removes easily from the wall bracket and transfers to an
MRB -1 carousel rack base. The sturdy MRB -1 supports up to eight wall racks. Its large diameter
ball type carpet casters assure easy mobility.
WR -25 37 "H x 9'// "W Shipping Weight: 4.2 lb Shipping Volume: 0.6 cu. ft.
MRB -1
Shipping Weight: 16 lb Shipping Volume: 6.2 cu. ft.
Table -Top Cartridge Racks
Fidelipac Table -Top Cartridge Racks are available in two sizes. Each offers the same versatile
features as the mobile rack, MR -200. Each 12 cartridge bank is an integral unit that mounts on a
revolving center support.
Model TR -48
Storage for 48 cartridges. Four separate removable racks store 12 cartridges each. Outside
diameter when fully loaded is 15 "; height is 20 ". Racks are chrome plated welded steel. Base is
black japanned steel.
Shipping Weight: 11 lb Shipping Volume: 1.84 cu. ft.
WR-25
Model TR -96
Storage for 96 cartridges. 8 separate removable racks store 12 cartridges each. Outside
diameter when fully loaded is 20 ", height 20 ". Racks are chrome plated welded steel. Base is
black japanned steel.
Shipping Weight: 23.2 lb Shipping Volume: 4.63 cu. ft.
WR -25
Wall Rack
Holds 25
$ 23.40
MRB -1
Mobile Rack Base Holds WR -25 Racks
53.00
MR -200
Mobile Cartridge Rack
Holds 200
240.00
TR -48
Table Top Cartridge Rack
Holds 48
67.10
TR -96
Table Top Cartridge Rack
Holds 96
115.20
-
-
-
-
DELAY CARTRIDGES, TAPE AND LABELS
M R-200
TR -96
Hot Tape
- 6dB More Output
Now, cartridge tape quality equal to that of the finest professional reel -to -reel mastering
tapes... HOT TAPE
High Output Transfer Tape
available exclusively to order in all
Fidelipac 300, 350, 600, 1200 and Master Cart Models.
Fidelipac Inspected and Certified Lubricated Cartridge Tape
TAS -434
4200 ft. 10" hub lubricated tape (bulk packed)
5 9.00
TAS -436
2100 ft. 7" reel lubricated tape (individually boxed)
5.75
TAS -437
4200 ft. 10" hub lubricated tape (individually boxed)
10.20
Fidelipac High Performance Lubricated Tape
HOT TAPE
TAS -500
4200 ft. 10" hub (bulk packed)
12.60
TAS -501
2100 ft. 7" reel )individually boxed)
6.90
TAS -502
4200 ft. 10" hub (individually boxed)
13.80
-
-
-
Program Delay Cartridges
300
600
Fidelipac Program Delay Cartridges are a sure way to protect your listeners and your station
from the airing of undesirable talk -show information while retaining a "live" sound. Four
long -life program delay cartridges are available for use with cartridge tape machines equipped
with delay head configurations. These delay cartridges, available in 8 and 10 second versions (at
7 1/2 ips) have precision tape lengths, curved pressure pads and a specially lubricated reel hub.
The Model 600 Delay Cartridge contains three pressure pads while the Model 300 contains two
pressure pads.
Delay Cartridges
140 -5DL
Model 300, 8 seconds, Curved Pressure Pads and Special
$7.70
Reel Lubrication
140 -6DL
Model 300, 10 seconds, as described above
7.70
149 -5DL
Model 600, 8 seconds, Curved Pressure Pads and Special
9.60
Reel Lubrication
149 -6DL
Model 600, 10 seconds, as described above
9.60
Cartridge Labels (Part No. 403)
-
.1
HARFuS
Available in six distinctive colors, Fidelipac Cartridge Labels provide an attractive method for
identifying prerecorded cartridge tape information. These self- adhesive labels hold securely to
the cartridge but remove easily without liquids or chemicals even after a year of use. No
unsightly adhesive remains. A typewriter, pen or pencil can be used as the marking instrument.
Net weight: 2.6 lb. per 250 sheets
10 Labels per Sheet
Cartridge Labels
Std. Pkg.
403 -Blue
Std. Pkg.
403 -Yellow
to 99 Sheets
403 -Red
10
.25
403 -Orange
300 to 499 Sheets
10
.22
100 to 299 Sheets
403 -Green
10
.24
403 -Black
500 plus Sheets
10
.20
1
403
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
65
FIDELIPAC
CARTRIDGE MACHINE
ALIGNMENT EQUIPMENT
Model 390 Wow and Flutter Meter
Checks and expedites correction of periodic or cyclical variations in speed at high or low rates
Video tape recorders Phonoin:
Cartridge, reel -to -reel and cassette audio tape recorders
graphs and turntables Film projectors.
For the broadcaster, technician or serious audio hobbiest, this compact, lightweight, solid -state
portable test instrument is indispensable for accurately measuring the wow and flutter
components in all types of recording and playback devices. Single meter readout indicates the
deviation from true speed of a device within a 5% range by the use of a precision zero -center
drift meter. Features an internal 3,150 Hz reference oscillator, self-contained switchable
weighting filter and a standard phone output jack for oscilloscope connection. All metal
interlocked construction assures immunity to EMI and RFI.
MEASUREMENTS CONFORM TO LATEST IEEE AND DIN STANDARDS.
Cartridge Machine Precision Alignment Equipment
Wow and Flutter Meter
390
401
Cartridge Equipment Test System Mono
402
Cartridge Equipment Test System Stereo
Monophonic
Alignment Cartridge
450
Stereophonic
Alignment Cartridge
451
452
Wow and Flutter Cartridge 3150 Hz
Monophonic
Fast Sweep Cartridge
455
Stereophonic
456
Fast Sweep Cartridge
457
Cue Tone Test Cartridge
Height Gage
326
Head Insertion Gage
328
Right Angle Zenith Gage
387
-
5398.00
535.00
535.00
48.30
48.30
33.00
40.60
40.60
44.70
25.90
7.00
30.80
-
CARTRIDGE MAINTENANCE
AND TAPE ITEMS
Model 395 Blank -lt Bulk Eraser
THE MULTI FORMAT MAGNETIC TAPE ERASER FOR:
to 1" reel -to -reel audio tape 8, 16 or 35mm
'/
NAB cartridges 8 track cartridges
VHS or Beta Computer tape Dictamagnetic film Audio cassettes Video cassettes
tion Cassettes.
Greatest magnetic field strength of any hand -held eraser Longest ON duty cycle of any
Internal thermal
PERMITS CONTINUOUS ERASURE OF MORE TAPE
hand -held unit
CAN'T BURN OUT Faster and better erasure of video tape than
overload coil protection
VHS or Beta Handsome, rugged,
possible with internal erase circuitry of any VTR
WON'T SCRATCH ITEMS BEING
shock -proof case No -MAR work surface
Human engineered for proper balance and ease of operation.
ERASED
-
395
-
-
-
-
Cartridge Maintenance and Tape Items
Blank-It, Bulk Eraser, Hand Held (110 volt)
395
Blank -It, Bulk Eraser, Hand Held (220 volt)
395 -2
7/32" wide x 100' long roll (2400 1 /2" splices)
TAS 431
Splicing Tape
Professional Splicing Block, for 1/4" Tape
406
/4" Tape
Professional Splicing Kit
310
$59.95
64.50
9.50
16.30
20.15
-
-
1
STUDIO WARNING LIGHTS
World Standard Studio Warning Lights (Part No. 340)
Your broadcast or recording studio will really be "off- limits" when Fidelipac Studio Warning
Lights are lit. Their brilliant red lettering on jet black background can be seen even in the
brightest ambient light conditions. With a faceplate of unbreakable plexiglass, the light includes
lamps and mounting hardware.
$43.15
ON AIR
340
43.15
ON AIR in French, German, Greek, Japanese, Polish, Russian, Spanish
340 -S
or Swedish (Specify when ordering)
43.15
RECORDING
340 -REC
43.15
340 -REC -S GRABANDO (RECORDING in Spanish)
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
rin
uU
HARRIS
66
PORTABLE CAMERA LIGHTS
Frezzolini Electronics Inc.
"Frezzi- Lite"
100w, 150w, 250w, 350w.
Operate with true one -hand control of "on -off" lightswitch
and focusing thumbwheel. Small: 6.8 inches (172.7mm)
without dichroic filter, 8 inches (203.2mm) with dichroic
filter, 8 inches (203.2mm) with dichroic filter, front -to -back;
5.7 inches (145mm) reflector diameter. Lightweight: 14
ounces (400g). Optional easily -removable /attachable
"swing- away" dichroic filter. Standard tungsten -halogen
3400° K bulbs. Beam Angles: 20° spot, 40° flood.
Lighthead tilts up or down as necessary, locks tightly and
holds angle. Permanently attached 5 foot (1.52m) long
power cable terminates in standard plug connector.
Frezzolini'
Description
Model Number
List Price
(U.S.A.)
PORTABLE LIGHTING UNITS
Lighthead with 30 volt DC 250-watt
Model FBV lamp. handle. power cable with plug
(Lighthead accepts 150 or 350.watt lamps
see below)
FL-250
-
Lighthead with 11.5 volt DC 100-watt
Model FAV lamp. handle. power cable
FL-100
with plug
$195.00
$195.00
ACCESSORIES
FLEP-101
FLOF-101
FLS-101
Extension Pole
Dichroic Filter(swing -away)
Scrim (swing.away)
1/4-20 Video Camera Mount Stud
Dove -Tail Film Icing) Camera Mount
Lightstand
Replacement Handle
FLCM101
FLCM-102
FLLS-101
FLH-100
$
S.
60.00
85.00
$ 40.00
$ 8.50
$ 45.00
$ 67.75
$
19.50
LAMPS
FAV
FBT
FBV
FBW
watts /11.5 volts DC
150 watts/30 volts DC
S
29.94
S
32 64
250 watts /30 volts DC
350 watts/30 volts DC
$
3545
S
38.57
100
(Power for FL250) 30 VOLT DC "FREaI
°" PORTABLE BATTERY PACKS
Free -standing. hand-carried or
800NC
shoulder-slung.4AH output capacity
Includes internal battery charger (8 hours)
$625.00
F30EC
" Frezzi Belt' "'. battery pack.
4AH output capacity Includes internal
battery charger (14 hours)
$450.00
Freui-Belt'°" battery pack.
4AH output capacity. Re-charges In
hour or less with "FreuiFasl'v Charger
(see below).
F-30EXF
1
$585.00
(Power for FL100) 12 VOLT DC "FREaI"'" PORTABLE BATTERY PACK
Clips on your own belt or camera 4AH output
capacity Lightweight Re- charges In 1 hour or less
with" Frezzi-Fast''" Charger. or 14 hours
or less with .Frezzi'v" Trickle Charger (see below).
FBP-12-41
$290.00
"FREZZI°" CHARGERS FOR(above) BATTERY PACKS
BC-30
Frezzi -Fast" Charger
BC-77
-Frezzi-Fast" Charger
FTC-12
Frezzi" Trickle Charger
OD
HARRIS
Fully charges 30 volt 'Frezzi -Belt
Model F30 -EXF Battery Pack(above) in 1 hour
or less. Requires 120 vol1.60hz AC input.
$395.00
Fully charges 12 volt Model FBP -12.4L
Battery Pack (above) in hour or less.
Requires 120 volt. 60 hz AC input.
$395.00
1
Fully charges 12 volt Model FBP-12 -4L
Battery Pack (above) in 14 hours or less.
Requires 120 volt. 60hz AC input
$ 60 00
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
67
CUSTOM -DESIGN
CHARGING STATIONS
Frezzolini Electronics Inc.
General: The new line of Frezzolini Multiple Battery
Chargers were specifically designed to charge eight (8) VTR
Battery Packs in twelve hours with the capability to fast
charge an additional five (5) 12 -14.4 VDC at 2, 4 or 6 AH
Battery Packs simultaneously in less than one (1) hour. All
charging stations have the capability of charging at 100,
120, 220 or 240 VAC 49 -61 Hz.
Price of Multiple VTR
From $595.00
Battery Charging Station:
Price of Multiple Fast Charge
From 1595.00
Battery Charging Station:
Price of Combination VTR /Fast
Charge Battery Station:
From 2090.00
FREZZOLINr"' NICKEL CADMIUM BATTERY Et
CHARGER ABBREVIATED PRICE SCHEDULE
Two (2) AMP -HR "On- Board" Batteries
Model:
$195.00
BP-122(12V)
245.00
BP-142 (14.4V)
Four (4) AMP -HR "On- Board" Batteries
Model:
BP-12112V)
BP- 14(14.4V)
BP-771+7-7)
FBP -12 -4B (12V)*
FBP -12 -4L (12V)*
FBP -14 -4E (14.4)*
*May Also Be Worn On Belt
Four (4) AMP -HR Power Belts
Model:
$285.00
315.00
325.00
290.00
290.00
315.00
FBP-44(12V)
$290.00
290.00
315.00
535.00
450.00
535.00
FBP -60 (12V)
Four (4) AMP -HR "In- Board" Batteries
Model:
FBP -90 (12V)
FBP -90FC (Fast Charge)
Four (4) AMP -HR Battery Packs
$220.00
240.00
Model:
Model:
(12V)
F -14 -EXF (14.4V)
Trickle Charger For (2) AMP -HR Batteries
Model:
$440.00
470.00
$60.00
60.00
FTC -12 -2 (12V)
FTC -14 -2 (14.4V)
Trickle Chargers For (4) AMP -HR Batteries
Model:
FTC -12 (12V)
FTC- 14(14.2V)
$195.00
195.00
195.00
FBP -20 (12V)
FBP -12 -4B (12V)
FBP -12 -4L (12V)
FBP -14 -4E (14.4)
F -24 -EXF (plus /minus 12V)
F -30 -EC (30V)
F -30 -EXFA
Six (6) AMP -HR Power Belts
F -12 -EXF
Two (2) AMP -HR "In- Board" Batteries
Model:
$60.00
60.00
Camera Mounting Brackets for "On- Board" Batteries
Model:
FCG -103 Bracket for FBP- 12 -4B,
$85.00
FBP -12 -4L and FBP -14 -4E
FBP- 12V -4AH (12V)
HL -33 -NC (plus /minus 14.4V)
800NC (30V)
Six (6) AMP -HR Battery Packs
$245.00
675.00
625.00
Model:
$865.00
HL -33/35 NCF (plus /minus 12V)
850.00
900 -NC (30V)
850.00
900 -NCT (plus /minus 14.4V)
Leather Belt For:
FBP- 12 -4B, FBP- 12 -4L, FBP -14 -4E
$22.00
Model FLBB -101
Fast Chargers for (4) Et (6) AMP -HR Batteries
$395.00
BC -77U (12 Et 13.2V) Universal
BC -77UB (12, 13.2, Ft 14V) Universal AC Inputs ....395.00
395.00
BC30C (30V) 120/240VAC Only
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
L HARRIS
68
GENERAL ELECTRIC
INDUCTROL Voltage Regulators
INDUCTROL voltage regulators are designed to perform either of
two basic functions on electric circuitrs:
Maintain an output voltage or current at + /-1% despite variations
in the supply voltage or the connected load.
Provide a widely adjustable output voltage or current from an
essentially constant supply.
A combination of these two functions.
The design is simple and reliable. Essentially, the INDUSTROL voltage regulator is a variable ratio auto -transformer consisting of a
laminated steel stator on which is wound the exciting or shunt winding. The construction is similar to that of an electric motor except
that the rotor rotates only 180 mechanical and electrical degrees.
STANDARD DESIGN, SINGLE -PHASE, DRY -TYPE, TYPE AIRS
10% Raise and Lower
PART NO.
Circuit
Kva
In operation, the automatic control circuit monitors the output
voltage, senses any need for voltage correction and actuates a
reversible electric motor which drives the regulator rotor.
As the position of the rotor winding changes, the flux linkages between windings change to increase or decrease the magnitude of the
voltage induced in the series winding, thus adding to or subtracting
from the supply voltage and producing a precisely controlled output
voltage.
The voltage correction is obtained solely by transformer action by
varying the degree of mutual coupling between the shunt and series
windings of the regulator. There are no sliding contacts or brushes.
160
HERTZ]
Approx. Dimensions in Inches
Amps
Height
Approx. Wt. in Lb.
Width
Depth
Net
Ship.
24 -1/4
24 -1/4
24 -1/4
24 -1/4
24 -1/4
28
28
28
28
28
230
300
550
690
950
280
350
600
740
1000
740
950
1075
1165
1420
1900
810
1000
1175
1265
1520
2000
Price
480 VOLTS, 2 -WIRE (Connection Sketch 1)
472 -1122 -000
472 -1119 -000
472 -1123 -000
472 -1124 -000
472 -1125 -000
50
75
104
156
100
150
472-1126-000
225
250
208
312
468
520
472 -1127- 000
333
693
20 -3/8
20 -3/8
47 -3/4
47 -3/4
47 -3/4
Dimensions on Request
q
STANDARD DESIGN, THREE -PHASE, DRY -TYPE, TYPE AIRT
10% Raise and Lower
160
5,825.00
6,330.00
$11,764.00
$14,441.00
$18,453.00
$19,070.00
$21,114.00
$
$
HERTZI
480Y/277, 4 -WIRE (Connection Sketch 2)
472 -1128 -000
472 -1129 -000
472 -1130 -000
472 -1131- 000
472 -1132 -000
472 -1133 -000
150
180
225
300
500
750
270
360
600
900
1200
1000
47 -3/4
47 -3/4
57 -3/8
57 -3/8
57 -3/8
69 -1/4
24 -1/4
24 -1/4
22 -7/8
22 -7/8
22 -7/8
28-7/8
28
28
44 -1/4
44 -1/4
44 -1/4
52 -1/2
SL
Connection Sketch
1
NOTE: Call Harris if the type of voltage regulator you require is not
listed here.
GO
HARRIS
Connection Sketch 2
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
$14,137.00
$17,156.00
$18,769.00
$23,336.00
$26,705.00
$33,064.00
69
Gentner Engineering Company, Inc.
PRE -WIRED AUDIO PATCH PANELS
Gentner Pre -Wired Audio Patch Panels provide a convenient, but inexpensive way of quickly adding audio patch
facilities to your existing or new facilities. Workmanship is high quality with all cables numbered. Jacks are ADC;
cable is Belden 8451 or equivalent and terminals are Christmas Tree Blocks Type PJ -660 -6 or Punch Blocks type
6663 -50 Split Terminals. Normals are either cross connected at the Patch Panel or wired to the terminal block.
Unless otherwise specified, cable bundles will be five (5) feet in length and will emerge from the left side of the
patch panel as viewed from the rear.
LEGEND
Harris Order
u
612 -1044 -000
612 -1045 -000
612- 1046 -000
612- 1047 -000
612- 1048 -000
612- 1049 -000
612- 1050 -000
612- 1051 -000
612- 1052 -000
612- 1053 -000
612- 1054 -000
612- 1055 -000
612- 1056 -000
612 -1057 -000
612- 1058 -000
612- 1059 -000
Gentner
P
N
DR-TR-X
DR-TR-P
DR-TR-XN
DR-TR-PN
DR-TRS-X
DR-TRS-P
DR-TRS-XN
DR-TRS-PN
SR-TR-X
SR-TR-P
SR-TR-XN
SR-TR-PN
SR-TRS-X
SR-TRS-P
SR-TRS-XN
SR-TRS-PN
=
T-R-S
=
X-MAS
No.
No.
Rows
Jacks
2
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
= Punch
= No
= Yes
Punch Block
Normals Wired at Patch Panel
Normals Brought to Term. Block
= T-S
Tip -Sleeve
Tip- Ring -Sleeve
Christmas Tree Block
Patch
Panel #
PJ -341
PJ-341
PJ-341
PJ-341
PJ-391
PJ-391
PJ-391
PJ-391
PJ-343
PJ-343
PJ-343
PJ-343
PJ-393
PJ-393
PJ-393
PJ-393
Jack
Type
T -S
T -S
T -S
T -S
T -R -S
T -R -S
T -R -S
T -R -S
T -S
T -S
T -S
T -S
T -R -S
T -S
T -R -S
T -R -S
Term
Block
Normals
Wired
X -MAS
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Punch
X -MAS
Punch
X -MAS
Punch
X -MAS
Punch
X -MAS
Punch
X -MAS
Punch
X -MAS
Punch
X -MAS
Punch
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
Price
S
ULP
429.00
419.00
549.00
539.00
499.00
489.00
599.00
589.00
285.00
275.00
379.00
374.00
385.00
375.00
479.00
469.00
HARRIS
70
RF -7800 SERIES HIGH BAND
HARRIS
-firtl
VHF -FM PORTA -PHONES
Portables
RF -7800 SERIES UHF -FM PORTA -PHONES
406 -420,
Harris
"Porta- Phone" radios are durable, sensitive,
powerful, and so small they fit in your hand. Perfect for all
your personal two -way communications needs, the
VHF -FM "Porta- Phone" has as much as 5 watts of transmit
power and 1 watt of receiver audio. Let a Harris
"Porta- Phone" show you what instant, effortless communication is all about. Portable communications by Harris
means convenience and dependability in the Harris "Safe
Buy" tradition.
450 -470 MHz
2
and
Portables
146 -174 MHz
2 and 5
5
Watts
Watts
Product Data (VHF Models)
Model Number
RF -7810
RF -7820
RF -7840
RF -7822
RF -7842
RF- 28201S-
7820
RF- 28401S7840
FCC Data
RF -2810
Power Output
RF -2821A
RF -2821A
RF -2821A
RF -2821A
RF -2821A
2Watts
2Watts
2Watts
5Watts
5Watts
1.5 Watts
RF -2821A
1.5 Watts
Number
of Channels
FCC Parts
Numbers
21, 89, 91, 93
1
-2
-6
-6
-6
-6
-6
Parts
Parts
Parts
Parts
Parts
Parts
1
-6
Parts 21, 89, 91, 93
1
1
1
1
1
21,
21,
21,
21,
21,
89,
89,
89,
89,
89,
91,
91,
91,
91,
91,
93
92
93
93
93
Product Data (UHF Models)
Order Number
FCC Data
RF -7818
RF -2828
RF 7828
RF 7829
RF- 28281S-
RF -2828A
R F -2829
RF -2828A
Power Output
tt2Watts
tt2Watts
5
Watts
1.5 Watts
Number
of Channels
1
1
1
1
RF -7848
RF- 28481S-
-4
-4
Parts 21, 89, 91, 93
and Parts 83, 95 for
450 -470 MHz
4
-4
-4
HARRIS
RF -2828A
tt2Watts
1.5 Watts
1
1
-4
7848
RF -7849
tt
fin
LIU
RF -2828A
RF -2829
5Watts
Also available in the range of 406 -420 MHz (for Export or
Government Sales only).
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
1
Numbers
Parts 21, 89, 91,
and Parts 83, 95
450 -470 MHz
Parts 21, 89, 91,
and Parts 83, 95
450 -470 MHz
Parts 21, 89, 91,
and Parts 83, 95
450 -470 MHz
Parts 21, 89, 91,
and Parts 83, 95
450 -470 MHz
Parts 21, 89, 91,
and Parts 83, 95
450 -470 MHz
-4
7828
High Performance
Compact, Powerful, Versatile
Touch -Tone Pad
Tone -Coded Squelch
Wide- Spaced Receiver
Remote Speaker Microphone
FCC Parts
93
for
93
for
93
for
93
for
93
for
Gia
HARRIS
71
ALPHA 2000 SERIES
UHF /VHF MOBILE TELEPHONES
The Alpha 2000 Series Mobile Telephone has been engineered for
exceptional performance and optimum flexibility. Planned for
non -obsolescence, Alpha will work in any channel spacing
plan including future channels as they become available.
The Alpha full duplex mobile radio represents a major advancement in
UHF /VHF radio technology. Dual integrated synthesizers provide up
to 128 -channel capability with total flexibility in channel assignment.
Transmit and receive frequencies are controlled independently to
insure unversal application. UHF and VHF commonality, modular
design, rugged construction, reliable operation and uncompromised
performance specifications put the Alpha radio far ahead of other
mobile telephone transceivers.
-
Total Frequency Flexibility
Dual Integrated Synthesizers
Programmable to 128 Channels
Modular Design, Rugged Construction
LSI Circuitry for High Reliability
0.35 SINAD Sensitivity
150 to 174 MHz, 25 to 50 Watts VHF
450 to 512 MHz, 15 to 30 Watts UHF
UHF/VHF Design Commonality
RF -1550
Mobiles 148 to 174 MHz 100 and 70 watts
VHF -FM MOBILE RADIO
Harris Mobile Radios add communications dependability, performance and operator convenience to your new or existing FM
two -way radio system. Reliable design and versatile features make the
Harris value improved product line your best communications buy.
Features
All Solid -State Design
Compact, Contemporary Styling
Dash or Trunk Mount
Adjustable Power Output
Wide- Spaced Channel Capability
Mobile/ Base Station Interchangeability
Positive /Negative Ground
Low Battery Drain
All Solid -State Design. You can rely on Harris mobile radios to perform
consistently well, even under the toughest operating conditions. The
small, contemporary styled case is easy to mount and is rugged
enough to take the abuse of your toughest job. The advanced, all
solid -state design of Harris mobile radios increases effective
transmitter output, adds greater sensitivity to the receiver and extends
the operating life of the radio. Harris solid -state design means
instant -on communications and no power slump. You get continuous
full power output. The Harris mobile radio generates less heat,
extending radio life expectancy. State -of- the -art F.E.T. front end and
a selective crystal filter stop interference, giving you top receiver
performance. This means you will receive crisp, clear messages with a
full 5 watts of audio power.
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
tin
t
HARRIS
72
HITACHI
Hitachi Denshi, Ltd.
SPECIFICATIONS
-
Recording tracks
(a) Video: channel. (b) Audio: 3 channels (The
third audio track is used for time code signal recording). (c) Control: 1 channel.
Fast forward and rewind time
Less than 4 minutes
Servo Lockup time
3 seconds (from standby mode).
Ambient temperature and humidity
(a) Temperature: 0 to 45 °C (32
to 113 °F). (b) Humidity: 10 to 90 %.
Power requirements
(a) Built -in battery: 12V nickel cadmium battery, 6 AH. (b) External DC power supply: 12V DC. (c) AC adaptor:
120/240V AC, 50/60 Hz.
Dimensions and weight
(a) Dimensions: 15.4(W) x 14.6(H) x 7.5( D)
in. (b) Weight: Approximately 41.9 lb (with tape and battery).
Video characteristics
(a) Frequency response: + / -0.5 dB, 30 Hz to
4.2 MHz; -3 dB at 4.7 MHz. (b) Signal -to -noise ratio: More than 48 dB.
(c) Differential gain, differential phase: Less than 4 %, 4°. (d) Waveform distortion: Less than 1% (K- factor for SIN2 2T pulse). (e) Moire:
Less than -40 dB.
Audio characteristics (a) Frequency response: + /- 2 dB, 50 Hz to
15 kHz. (b) Distortion: Less than 1% (at 1,000 Hz operating recording
level). (c) Signal -to -noise ratio: More than 56 dB (at 1,000 Hz peak
recording level). (d) Wow and flutter: Less than 0.1% rms.
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Automatic Assemble-Edit Function
a built -in automatic assemble -edit function which
automatically rewinds the tape at the end of recording, and gives
it a correct backspace. This feature permits complete assemble editing merely by repeated REC button operation at the camera.
60- Minute Operation from Built-in Battery
The HR -100 can operate on a nickel cadmium battery (12V, 6AH)
for over 60 minutes. Battery operation allows for complete
mobility in field production. The HR -100 also operates on an external DC power supply.
Video Confidence
Video signals can be simultaneously monitored during recording so
that you can ascertain that you are acutally recording the signals
you want.
Built-in Time Code Generator
Built -in SMPTE time code generator permits to record hours,
minutes, seconds and the number of frames established previously.
The HR -100 has
1" VIDEO TAPE RECORDER
HR -100
PORTABLE 1 -INCH HELICAL VTR
The Hitachi HR -100 is a portable video tape recorder designed in
accordance with the SMPTE Type C Standard. In addition to tape
interchangeability with the table model HR -200, the HR -100 offers
interchangeability with other -inch, C- standard helical video tape
recorders. While it is simple to operate, the HR -100 delivers all the
required functions for professional use. Its small size, light weight
and rugged construction provide excellent reliability, and it is ideal
for ENG and EFP application.
1
A Portable VTR, Meeting SMPTE Type C Standard
The HR -100 is completely interchangeable with the table model
HR -200. Tapes recorded by the HR -100 can be reproduced by other
1 -inch C- standard tape recorders.
Small in Size, Light in Weight
The tape transport of uniblock construction, the housing of one piece construction and printed circuit board holder combine to
make the HR -100 sturdy, small in size, and light in weight.
Low Power Consumption
Switching -type motor drive amplifiers for the drum, capstan and
reels are provided for improved efficiency. In addition, switching
regulators and the extensive use of C -MOS ICs help to reduce power
consumption.
Excellent Environmental Characteristics
a) No parts except the heads contact the magnetic surface of the
tape sharply reducing the possibility of dropouts.
b) Small overall wrap angle in the tape path for smooth tape
movements.
c) A digital servo circuit which is resistant to temperature and
aging.
d) An FM modulator with an AFC circuit.
-
fin
LIU
HARRIS
Portable Model Type "C" Recorder. Portable Battery
operated Recorder conforms to all SMPTE Type "C" standards.
Features Video Confidence Head, Sync Head, Built -in Time Code
Generator, Back Space Editor and Digital Servo System
$34,500
Including: Take -up Reel, Operation /Service Manuals, Set of Extender Cards.
Accessories:
18,900
TC -200B. Time Base Corrector Features'
AP -10. AC Adaptor
$500
BT-10. 1 hour Plug -in Battery Pack
500
BC -10. 1 hour Quick Charger
500
BC -10/2. hour dual quick charger
850
1200
BV -10. Battery unit (1 or 2 Batteries addit'l)
CP -11. Color playback stabilizer
2300
RB -10. Remote control unit
500
WC -10. Winter heating cover
490
SPK -10. Spare Parts Kit
1150
AL -21. Alignment Tape
500
HH -21. Video Head Chip Hight
360
60
SVM -HR -100. Service Manual (Spare)
VH -10. Spare Video Head Assembly
600
CL -10. Carrying Case
317
10H Window, drop -out compensation velocity error corrector, service
manual, extender cards.
HR -100.
1
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
HITACHI
Hitachi Denshi, Ltd.
73
1" VIDEO TAPE RECORDER
HR 200B
Studio System
HR-200B
HR-200B
1 -Inch Helical VTR
High- performance conforming to broadcast standards
In accordance with the SMPTE Type C Standard
Rugged construction and excellent reliability
Ease of maintenance and service
The HR -200B design concept makes it superior professional video tape recorder which features greater
durability and easy operation.
The HR-200B provides the economy of helical scan,
the editing ease of film and the advantages of quadruplex.
Features
Picture quality of broadcast standards: High- quality
high band recording and reproducing systems are
featured.
Tape interchangeability: The HR-200B is completely
interchangeable with 1 -inch helical video tape
recorders which meet the SMPTE Type C Standard.
Rugged construction and greater reliability: The
precision -cast tape transport and control block are
rugged, accurate and simple in construction. Consequently, the HR -2008 is highly reliable and capable of
withstanding rough operating conditions.
Improved operation with non -contact drum: since
there is no contact between the video head and the
tape during standby, fast forward and rewind, the lives
of the heads and the tape are extended and many other
operational advantages are involved.
Minimum dropouts: All parts along the tape path,
except the heads, do not contact with the magnetic
surface of the tape. As a result, the possibility of
dropouts is reduced to a minimum.
Easy tape loading by movable guide: An important
condition to realize easy tape loading in Type C video
tape recorders is acquired by the adoption of a movable
guidepost.
Steady tape travel by air tape guide: The air tape
guides at tape entrance and exit assure steady tape
travel in spite of humidity and other environmental variations. Additionally, the time necessary to get
50X -speed is reduced in shuttle mode.
DC motors with excellent response: The drum,
capstan, reels, etc. are all driven by DC motors, which
combine with the air -guide effect to assure high
efficiency and quick start. In the shuttle mode, tha tape
reaches 50 times the normal speed within only 10
seconds.
Front -access circuit boards: Most of the circuit
boards can be accessed from the front for easy maintenance and adjustments. The controls which require
no daily adjustment are mounted on the circuit boards.
This makes a main control panel very simple.
Easy replacement of heads: The video heads can be
replaced together with the upper drum without need
for adjustments and soldering.
Video and audio confidence: Video and audio signals
can be simultaneously monitored during recording so
that you can ascertain that you are actually recording
the signals you want. Also, optimum recording current
and bias current can easily be set.
Various controls by built -in microcomputer: Tape
timer function, electronic editing function, automatic
tape drive to starting position, etc. are processed by
the built -in microcomputer for maximum ease of operation. In addition, the automatic editing functions can
easily be expanded by the addition of an external
editing console.
HR-200B Studio Model Recorder/ Reproducer
Conforms to SMPTE Type "C" Standards
Includes Standard Video and Audio Confidence Heads, "Pro" Tape Path, Jog/
Shuttle Control, Less Monitoring
$44,200.00
TC -200B
TR -20
TG -20
CP -20
RB -20
Optional Accessories
Digital Time Base Corrector
Features 10H window, Dropout Compensation, Velocity Error Corrector, Service
$18,900.00
Manuals, Extender Cards
51,450.00
990.00
2700.00
Color Playback Stabilizer
Remote Control Unit with Combination
Jog /Shuttle, LED Display, Edit Control,
4850.00
Standby and Power Switch
Time Code Reader
HR- 200B2 Studio System-2 Studio Model Recorder/
Reproducer Conforms to SMPTE Type
"C" Standards Excludes Console. Standard features are Video and Audio
Confidence Heads, "Pro" Tape Path,
Slow Motion, Jog /Shuttle Control, Less
S70.600.00
Monitors.
Includes
Transport
HR -2008
Digital TBC
TC -200B
Slow Motion
SL -20
Take -up Reel and Set of Extender Cards
Operations /Service Manual
HR -200B3 Studio Console System -3
Studio Console System Model Recorder/
Reproducer Conforms to SMPTE Type
"C" Standards Includes Standard Con$69.500.00
sole Excludes SL -20
Includes
HR-200B
TC -200B
CN -200B
Transport
Digital TBC
Studio Console
Take -up Reel
Operations/ Service Manual
HR -200B4 Studio Console System -4
Studio Console System Model Recorder/
Reproducer Conforms to SMPTE Type
"C" Standards Includes Standard Console, Video and Audio Confidence Heads,
"Pro" Tape Path, Slow Motion, Jog/
Shuttle Control and Monitoring Bridge,
577,000.00
Less Monitors
HR-200B Studio Systems
HR -200B1 Studio System -1 Studio Model Recorder/
Reproducer Conforms to SMPTE Type
"C" Standards; Excludes Console and
SL -20. Standard Features Include Video
and Audio Confidence Heads, "Pro"
Tape Path, Jog /Shuttle Control, Less
$63,100.00
Monitors
Includes
Transport
HR-200B
Digital TBC
TC -200B
Take -up Reel-and Set of Extender Cards
Operations /Service Manual
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
Includes
HR -200B
TC -200B
CN -200B
SL -20
Transport
Digital TBC
Studio Console
Slow Motion
Take -up Reel
Operations /Service Manual
rin
uU
HARRIS
74
HITACHI
Hitachi Denshi, Ltd.
HR -210
1
1" VIDEO TAPE RECORDER
-INCH HELICAL VTR
Broadcast 1" VTR designed for mastering and post production houses
and high -end industrial applications
Features
Retracting entrance guide system greatly reduces tape loading dif-
ficulties
Air support tape guide system prevents the tape from contact with
the heads
No- contact head drum extends the usable life of tape and heads,
effectively preventing head clogging
"PRO" tape path serves to reduce tape dropouts I "PRO" Protective
Reverse Oxide)
Adjustment -free head replacement no need for any special gauges,
soldering or adjustments
Optional HST (Head Scan Tracking) system for variable speed playback from 1/4 to -1/2X play speed.
Both video and audio confidence
Protection cover for tape transport
Built -in cable compensator
Optional dual tape timer
Accurate and easy -to- operate editing system
Color framing
Cue shift
Split edit
Insert /assemble editing
Autochroma standard
Deviation marker for accurate and easy modulation setting
Built -in color processor (option)
Common head for PB /REC
Video sync heads standard
Audio spot erase
Optional 4th audio track (EBU Type "C ")
Fully servo -controlled tape tension system with direct drive DC reel
motors
Reel brake release button (foot switch is option)
Tape speed override for editing or network delay sync
Spot reel capability with no switch operation
Remote control of TBC ITC -200B) on the VTR operation panel
Shuttle /Jog combination knob
Tape transport light to make tape threading made easier in a
darkened room
Front access circuit modules for easy maintenance and adjustment
Rugged tape transport of a precision aluminum alloy casting
1
-
HR -210
$80,400.00
Hitachi Production Console (HPC) System. Studio Console System
Model Recorder /Reproducer Conforms to SMPTE Type "C"
Standards. Standard Features are Slow Motion, Video and Audio confidence, Edit Frame Shift, Full TBC Controls on Console, Three Selectable Remote Control Parts and Monitoring Bridge, Less Monitors
Includes:
H R-200B
Transport
TC -200B
Digital TBC
CN -210
Production Console
S L -20
Slow Motion
Take -up Reel and Set of Extender Cards Operations /Service Manual
uli HARRIS
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
75
HITACHI
Hitachi Denshi, Ltd.
HR -300 HST System
TYPE
HR -300 Three Hour Type
"C"
"C"
VIDEO TAPE RECORDER
VTR
Designed for 3 hours of continuous record and playback, the HR -300
extends the Hitachi VTR line and opens new opportunities in
videocassette duplication, delayed network feeds and film to tape
transfer, to name just a few.
Based on a new transport design to handle the rigors of larger 3 hour
reels, it employs all of Hitachi's exclusive features including:
Retracting Guide
"PRO" Tape Path
Non - Contact Drum
Audio and Video Confidence
Slow- Motion '/. Rev -2X FWD
The HR -300 is not merely a specialty VTR, but rather, a full production and editing machine capable of all editing functions, allowing
inserts, assemblies and split edits. Additionally, slow-motion, front
access electronics and full transport cover are provided.
Various reel sizes from 14" to 5" plastic spot reels may be used with
no modifications, adding to the HR -300's versatility.
HR -300 HST System
Three hour studio model recorder /reproducer, conforms to SMPTE
type "C" standards. Features HST, precision retracting guide system,
non -contact air drum, sync head, jog /shuttle control, on -board editor,
front access electronics and color framing. Console features; audio
monitoring, video test switching and interconnect cables. $95,000.00
System Configuration
HR -300 3 hour type "C" VTR
TC -200 Digital Time Base Corrector
CN -300 HR -300 console with monitoring bridge, less monitors
2X FWD
Slow- Motion '/ Rev
HST
manual, set of extender cards.
/service
operations
Take -up reel,
$87.500.00
HST
w/o
HR -300 System
-
System Configuration
HR -300 3 hour type "C" VTR
TC -200 Digital Time Base Corrector
CN -300 HR -300 console with monitoring bridge, less monitors, take up reel, operations /service manual, set of extender cards.
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
an
HARRIS
HUGHEY & PHILLIPS, Inc.
Complete Tower Lighting Kits
Typical Tower
Installation
Designed to Meet FCC and FAA Specifications
PHOTOELECTRIC CONTROL UNITS
ISOLATION TRANSFORMERS
BEACON FLASHERS
-
-
-
Outdoor and Indoor Housings
For Tower Obstruction Lighting
The BF60 and BF70 Series, Fused and Non -Fused
TOWER LIGHTING CONTROL UNITS
STOCK NO.
PRICE
710 -0058 -000 Hughey & Phillips
one tower
LC- 700ASF -2 Photo -Cell and Beacon Flasher. Single circuit for
710 -0115 -000 Hughey & Phillips Model
$
BF- 60SF -1 Beacon Flasher, SPST, 2800 w, 117V, 60 Hz,
outdoor housing, 3/4" conduit tap
& Phillips Model BF- 60SF -2 Beacon Flasher SPST, 2800 w, 117V, 60 Hz,
indoor housing, 3/4" K.O.
Hughey & Phillips Model BF- 64SF -1 Beacon Flasher, two circuit, 2800 w, 117V, 60
Hz, outdoor housing, 3/4" conduit tap
Hughey & Phillips Model BF- 64SF -2 Beacon Flasher, two circuit, 2800 w, 117V, 60
Hz, indoor housing, 3/4" K.O.
T1 -2017 Hughey Phillips Ring Transformer, 1750 watts, with gap
T1 -2035 Hughey Phillips Ring Transformer, 3500 watts, with gap
T1 -2070 Hughey Phillips Ring Transformer, 750 watts, 230 VAC, with gap
710 -0116 -000 Hughey
710 -0117 -000
710 -0118 -000
710 -0104 -000
710- 0066 -000
710- 0065 -000
NOTE: Above ring -type transformers are rated for 60 Hz. For 50 Hz use reduce
rating 10 -15%
fin
uu
HARRIS
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
385.00
172.00
152.00
227.00
205.00
1805.00
2098.00
1625.00
77
VIDEO PRODUCTION SWITCHER
200 SERIES FEATURES:
The 200 Series is an advanced, state -of -the art production switching system,
offering one, two or three PolyKey Effects (PKE) Systems.
Each PKE has a 4 level processor
4 input busses
with the following features:
Manual or auto transitions
Video key plus title key over /under
Black /white /color border edging
Chroma key standard
Rotary and spin wipes
Every 200 Series switcher also has a Downstream Transition Unit which includes:
"Flip- flop" mixer with cut bar
Fade -to -black with pulse processing
DSK with border edging and color
Pointer Generator
DESCRIPTION
PRICE
Production Switcher
Video Production Switcher
busses; 29 primary inputs
including black burst /colorizer; 10 key inputs; 6 input
RGB chroma keyer; one PolyKey mix /effects system/
flip -flop mixer with auto transition and cut bar; downstream key edger; quad split generator; pointer
generator; master fade to black; pulse processing; 15 ni
control cable; technical manual
$51,500.00
DEL
ao
-1
-7
..,r.y
..
E
g3 !®
`-r h.a._
..
CELT-71.7-1-r. T:i3110111101:33J:3
.ions:
3
6
-«. í
Parallel editor interface
$2000.00
4000.00
18,500.00
25.00 /ft.
Audio Follow Video with audio breakaway
Automated Production Effects (APE)
Additional Cable
¿oduction Switcher
Video Production Switcher
11 busses; 29 primary
inputs including black burst /colorizer; 10 key inputs; two
6 input RGB chroma keyers; two PolyKey mix /effects
systems; flip -flop mixer with auto transition and cut bar;
downstream key edger; quad split generator; master fade
to black; pulse processing; 15 m control cable; technical
manual
$76,800.00
Ëi
Fmil"r7 mx", anismoma
>!
RR'
L
410
I.
-
200-1
[.,
-F7'Q1'.
'_ .i
...-,.
ESZ.S:r
swW.a.,gnj;+}... 1Ti1.YY1.+i
3
Parallel Editor Interface
$2000.00
4000.00
23,800.00
25.00 /ft.
Audio Folow Video with audio breakaway
Automated Production Effects (APE)
Additional Cable
ao Production Switcher
I -3
Video Production Switcher
15 busses; 29 primary
inputs including black burst /colorizer; 10 key inputs;
three 6 input RGB chroma keyers; three PolyKey mix
effects systems /flip -flop mixer with auto transition and
cut bar; downstream key edger; quad split generator;
master fade to black; pulse processing; 15 m control cable
technical manual
$102,000.00
'6
-
Lions:
-13
Parallel Editor Interface
Audio Follow Video with audio breakaway
Automated Production Effects (APE)
Additional Cable
1
Edifex
-
Video Production Switcher
4 busses; 10 primary and
key inputs; black burst /colorizer /one PolyKey Effects
system; master fade to black; RGB or NTSC encoded
chroma keyer; quad split; 50' control cable; technical
manual; 19" control panel
$26,750.00
Parallel Editor Interface
76
$2000.00
4000.00
29,800.00
25.00 /ft.
.
.
=XXII
aszzzsz
::
it
¢axPrr.REPN
11,ITI7iO4r(a7,77'7Y FY' R Y Fü?N F
arvrti .
ï
Y
ti'2721217IIRLY[YRRR[Zr
.
H0 -
MI? K.
rrrc rrci
o
200 -2
.
Ue.'C.t-!.../:S:21
*raaLayñASf.
r
*.T-+gt,7q7±
...;]gr.3
rTSASA:IIS;_.Y¡$
sass u[rsss
- IIMOZNIMa=:s.sE..
rss=aa
MINIM
Atli
ti., 7
ñ.Y--.
..4000.00
.
.
_s
_-!J
A _ri, :s
If
$2000.00
Audio Follow Video with audio breakaway
Automated Production Effects (APE)
Additional Cable
]!A
ï.
.ions:
j_
AP_
200 -3
18,500.00
25.00 /ft.
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
HARRIS
78
DOWNSTREAM TRANSITION UNIT
Our Downstream Transition Unit keeps the production flowing
smoothly with the following standard features:
VIDEO PRODUCTION SWITCHER
has changed switching by adding more
production capabilitieswith easier operation. We didn't revamp an old
idea, we advanced the state -of- the -art in television production
artistry, with the PolyKey Concept. Every 200 Series switcher is built
around it.
The PolyKey Concept began with the realization that today's most
exciting production effects are produced using the key mode. Even
digital effects units interface through the external key input. Add title
and graphics keys, video keys, and effects transitions behind chroma
keys, and it's soon evident that to limit keying means limiting
production capability.
Our PolyKey System
A "flip- flop" mixer automatically transfers program /preset
sources.
A "cut bar" and auto mix position keep "flip- flop" transitions
smooth and exact in any situation.
A built -in downstream keyer with outline, drop shadow, and border
edging and colorizer (fed from a 10 input key bus) allow the insertion of titles and graphics over program material.
The fade -to -black module also incorporates a new pulse processing
system to eliminate the picture shift at the end of the transition. Less
than perfect timing is then corrected by the ISI 200. The pulse
processor also has outputs available to lock external sources such as
character generators.
Standard in every Downstream Transition Unit is an 8 position
pointer generator with "joystick" positioner. This popular feature is
widely used in weather reporting and instructional productions.
The PKE unit is divided into four main areas:
1)
PKE AMPLIFIER
Input busses
- A, B, C,
D
2) Transition modes
The unique PKE amplifier is the heart of every 200 Series Switcher.
The following are some of its STANDARD features:
Independent multi -pattern generator and positioner
4 input busses
Internal quad split and chroma key
Title key over /under
Video key
Black /white /color edging of title and video key
Frame rate auto transitions
3 way modulator with freeze
Normal /normal -reverse /reverse pattern direction
Rotary and spin wipes
AUTOMATED PRODUCTION EFFECTS UNIT (A.P.E.1
A.P.E. PANEL
The A.P.E. (Automated Production Effects) is an event storage and
retrieval automation system which is optional.
functions
Wipe effects
3) Keying
41
8 Position Pointer Generator
Master Fade -to -Black
Pulse Processing
Dimensions
200 -1
200-2
200-3
30° Input Phase Adjustment
Preview Monitor Input Selector
16.250 x 32.625 x 6 (control head)
(28 x 19 x 13 (electronics)
17.00 x 45.875 x 6 (control head)
35 x 19 x 13 (electronics)
21.50 x 48.875 x 6 (control head)
42 x 19 x 13 (electronics)
Our A.P.E. (Automated Production Effects) unit is an easy to operate
event storage and retrieval system which allows the director to concentrate on creativity instead of switcher operation. It's easy because
all events are learned by manually executing control panel functions,
then storing the switcher setup in the A.P.E. memory.
By defining points where switcher setup changes, and programming
transition rates, complicated production sequences may be learned
and repeated or stored for later use. Our A.P.E. can remember 60
events in its hardware memory and 3840 events in disk storage.
Events represent a single setup for the entire switcher which may
include as many as 15 buses and the complete setup of 4 M/E or mix
units.
Our A.P.E. can execute transitions with a smooth flow that's not
humanly possible. For instance, try moving a circle pattern with the
positioner control while expanding the size of the circle. It's virtually
impossible to execute that movement smoothly, but, thanks to our
A.P.E.'s microprocessor brain it can perform this simple move flawlessly on 3 mix /effects units simultaneously.
200 Series Specifications (Model 200-3):
Inputs
Return Loss
Pulse
Return Loss
Input Level Video
Pulse
Subcarrier
Outputs
Output Level
Response
Switching Time
Differential Phase
Gia
HARRIS
video 75 ohms bridging
greater than 40 dB IT pulse)
75 ohms bridging
greater than 40 dB IT pulse)
vpp composite
2-8 vpp
-4 vpp
(2) outputs 75 ohms source terminated
)vpp composite
relative mHz, + / -0.1 dB, DC to
8mHz, +0.1 to-2 dB
approximately 1 microsecond
(vertical interval)
Tess than 1.5° 3.58 or 4.43 mHz
(10-90% APL)
1
Differential Gain
K Factor
Chrominance/ Luminance Delay
Delay Inequality Chrominance/
Luminance
Crosstalk (worst case)
1
1
Signal to Noise Ratio
Path Length Accuracy
Tilt (Line or Field Rate)
Temperature Range
Tally Relay Contacts
Power Input
Control Cable
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
less than 1.5% 10 -90% APL
less than 1% IT pulse)
less than 10 ns
less than 0.1 dB
greater than -52 dB at 3.58 mHz;
-50dB at 4.43 mHz
greater than 58 dB pp signal/
RMS noise to 5 mHz
less than 1.5° (3.58 or 4.43 mHz)
less than 1%
0 -50°C
2 A -30 v
10 v or 20 v, 50 -60 Hz + / -10%
400' maximum
79
. ...g
,_-m,.,..,
g
clA4.1
#a
.`.i`'e
i
-
-
12 inputs including black and
1201
Video Production Switcher
color background; 4 busses; one Mix - Effects system; one Mix Keyer,
$16,500.00
25' control cable; technical manual
Options:
659 -1C
Quad Split with 6 x 4 Pushbutton Input
$3250.00
Selector with Colorized Border
1680.00
660 -4
RGB Chroma Keyer with 4 Input Selector
2075.00
666 -C
Downstream Key Edger with Colorizer
1240 -4
NTSC Encoded Chroma Keyer with
2635.00
4 input selector
1242 -4
RGB Chroma Keyer with Shadow and
2075.00
4 input selector
1795.00
Rotary Wipe Generator
1280
1050.00
2065 -1
Digital Pointer Generator
25.00 /ft.
Additional Cable
-
-
-
-
riSSI
le
1208
Control
Panel
VIDEO PRODUCTION
SWITCHER
1200 Series
Features:
ISI's 1200 Series is available with one, two or three Mix /Effects
Amplifiers and all include a downstream keyer with border edging
and color.
Each M/E is a two level processor, allowing a mix, wipe or key plus
an additional title key with color and border edging.
creative flexibility by providing the following standard features:
Pushbutton and assign effects system with LED readout of
selected pattern
"A" and "B" blanking indicators
Individual M/E colorizer; manual fader operation or auto transition
rate; selectable and variable hard, soft, and bordered edges
with color; wipe direction selector
Mix, Key, Wipe, Mix Key, Wipe Key, plus ISI's special Fade
Through Black mode (using synchronous or non -synchronous
sources)
Mix or Wipe to preset pattern limits or mask key
Electronic spotlight with variable 0-100% video level attenuation
4 x 2 key source switcher; key fill selector
Mask key, key invert, and matte key, pull to preview, key preview
function
Dual or "tandem" keying with a primary key (luminance or
chroma) followed by a secondary downstream key with outline,
shadow, or border and color
Edging of primary key video for special effects
Sine wave, square wave or sawtooth modulation with frequency,
amplitude, and freeze controls
Pattern rotate allowing wipe direction and angle to be changed
Joystick positioner and positioning of multiple repeat patterns to
change pattern size
These features, and their layout, make each 1250 M/E System
both flexible and easy to use. Multiple M/E systems arranged in
"cascade" fashion, coupled with available mix keyers and options, make the 1200 series the ideal choice where state -of- the -art
production switchers are required.
Note: Numerous options are available with any 1200 series system
--and with appropriate 501 /505 Rack Frame /Power Supply may be
'ded to most other ISI Production or Master Control Switchers.
nese options may also be added to other non -ISI equipment
depending upon the specifications of that equipment.
-
-
20 inputs including color black
1204
Video Production Switcher
and color background, 4 busses; one Mix /Effects system; Program/
Preset Mixer, Downstream Keyer with edging, 50' control cable;
$27,400.00
technical manual
Options:
-
Quad Split with 6 x 4 Pushbutton Input
Selector with Colorized Border
660 -4 -R GB Chroma Keyer with 4 Input Selector
666 -C
Downstream Key Edger with Colorizer
1240 -4
NTSC Encoded Chroma Keyer with
4 input selector
1242 -4
RGB Chroma Keyer with Shadow and
4 input selector
1276
Audio Follow Video Interface Package
1280
Rotary Wipe Generator
Digital Pointer Generator
2065 -1
Automated Production Effects (APE)
Additional Cable
659 -1C
-
Features:
Each 1200 Series Video Production Switcher has at least one 1250
M/E Amplifier, which affords the user an enormous amount of
-
$3250.00
1680.00
2075.00
2635.00
2075.00
4000.00
1795.00
1050.00
18,500.00
25.00 /ft.
-
-
20 inputs including color black
1206
Video Production Switcher
and color background; 6 busses; two Mix /Effects systems, Program/
Preset Mixer, Downstream Keyer with edging, 50' control cable;
$44,750.00
technical manual
Options:
-
Quad Split with 6 x 4 Pushbutton Input Selector with
$3250.00
Colorized Border
660 -6
RGB Chroma Keyerwith 6lnput Selector
2075.00
Key Edger with Colorizer
666 -C
1240 -4
NTSC Encoded Chroma Keyer with
2635.00
4 input selector
1400.00
1242 -4
RGB Chroma Keyerwith Shadow
4000.00
1276
Audio Follow Video Interface Package
1795.00
1280
Rotary Wipe Generator (per M / E)
1050.00
2065 -1
Digital Pointer Generator
23,800.00
Automated Production Effects (APE)
25.00 /ft.
Additional Cable
659 -1C
-
1208
- 20 inputs including color black
- Video Production Switcher
busses; three Mix /Effects systems,
and color background;
8
Program /Preset Mixer, Downstream Keyer with edgng, 50' control
$59,750.00
cable; technical manual
Options:
659 -2C
Quad Split with 10 x 4 Thumbwheel Input
Selector. 'Take' Pushbutton LED Quadrant Read$4710.00
out with Colorized Border
1680.00
660 -4
RGB Chroma Keyer with 4 Input Selector
2075.00
666 -C
Key Edger with Colorizer
1240 -4
NTSC Encoded Chroma Keyer with
2635.00
4 Input selector
1242 -4
RGB Chroma Keyer with Shadow and
-
4inputselector
1276 - Audio Follow Video Interface Package
1280 - Rotary Wipe Generator (per M /E)
2065
- Digital Pointer Generator
-1
Automated Producton Effects (APE)
Additional Cable
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
2075.00
4000.00
1795.00
1050.00
29,800.00
25.00 /ft.
ín HARRIS
VIDEO PRODUCTION SWITCHER
Features:
Rack mount control head with separate 7 -inch electronics package
Ten 110) clamped and phase adjustable inputs including blaci
burst /colorizer
Momentary contact pushbuttons with indicator lamps
Full tally on all inputs
Model 902
Specifications:
Inputs
ten (10) synchronous inputs
including black burst
+ / -10°
Input Phase Adjustment
Input Level:
Video
vpp composite
4vpp +6 dB
Subcarrier
2 vpp +6 dB
Outputs
program 2 -75 ohms; preview 2 -75 ohms;
M /E1 "A" -75 ohms;
M/ El "B" -75 ohms;
M/ E2 "A" -75 ohsm
Output Level
vpp composite
Key Inputs
three input for M /E1; three input for M/ E2
Crosstalk (worst case)
greater than -53 dB at 3.58 mHz
Differential Gain
5%
Differential Phase
5°
Hum and Noise
60 dB below vpp
Frequency Response
8 mHz + 0.25 dB
Tilt Line or Field Ratel
less than 1%
Fader Linearity
better than 1%
Video and Pulse Connectors
BNC
1
Pulse
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
(
Buttons
momentary contact pushbuttons with
indicator lamps
Temperature Range
Tally Relay Contacts
Dimensions
0-50 °C
on all inputs
8% x 19 x 2% (control panel)
"C" connection
7 x 19 x 13
Control Cable
Power Required
(electronics)
25'
120 vac +
/- 10% 50 -60 Hz 100 watts
Separate preview and program output switching busses
Two (21 Mix /Effects systems utilizing ISI's exclusive Shared
Pattern Generator
True reentry effects system
Pattern Generator includes seven (7) basic patterns plus Rotate
position enabling hundreds of standard and special wipes to be
created
Mix/ Effects functions include mix, wipe, key mix /wipe and mix or
wipe key
Electronic spotlight, pattern modulator, and "joystick" positioner
Adjustable hard, soft, and bordered edges, and preset pattern
limit
Professional full -size faders
Three input key selector, matte key and key invert is standard on
each M/E
25' control cable
Technical manual
Description:
With almost 300 Model 902 Video Production Switchers installed
and field proven, the 902 has gained remarkable acceptance in the
two years since its introduction. This switcher features two (21
Mix/ Effects Systems utilizing IS l's exclusive Shared Pattern Gen ertor, multiple keying functions, and extreme flexibility due to the
separate preview and program output switching busses.
Added features, all standard on the 902, such as electronic spotlight, modulator, positioner, and preset pattern limit, plus the
ability to do hard, soft, or bordered wipes make the 902 ideal for
any small or medium size studio or remote production facility.
As with all ISI products, the 902 carries a full two year warranty on
all parts and labor.
$6,950.00
Options:
660
RGB Chroma Keyer Iprewiredl
$1010.00
666
Downstream Key Edger (prewired)
1680.00
908
Audio Follow Video Package
3500.00
920
Editor Interface
3200.00
1240
Encoded Chroma Keyer Iprewiredl
2240.00
2031
Matrix Wipe Generator
2230.00
2065 -1
Digital Pointer Generator
1050.00
Additonal Cable
10.00 /ft.
-
-
-
-
TERMINAL/PROCESSING EQUIPMENT
517 -- Video Clamp DA
519
Pulse DA
520
Video Delay DA
521
Pulse Delay DA
522
Quad Pulse Delay DA
525
Subcarrier DA
527
Dual Subcarrier DA
529
Color Black Generator
550 -1
Video Processing Amplifier
550 -2
Dual Video Processing Amplifier
554
Remote Gain AGC Amplifier (for 550)
556
Pulse Output Card (for 550)
557
White Stretch Module (for 550)
558
Sync Generator
559
Color Sync Generator with Gen Lock
560
Color Bar Generator
700
Blank Cover Plate
705
Power Supply (Audio)
708
Power Supply (Audio) 220 Volt
706
Remote Gain Control
707 -4
Audio DA -4 Output
707 -6
Audio DA -6 Output
720
Watt Monitor Amplifier - Max 2 per power supply
-
501
Mainframe
- Blank Cover Plate
501 - Rack Frame
503 - Extender Card
505 - Power Supply
508 - Power Supply 220 Volt
513 -4 - Video DA -4 Output
513 -6 - Video DA -6 Output
515 - Differential Input Video DA
516 -4 - Video Equalizing Amplifier with
Differential Input (4 Output)
516 -6 - Video Equalizing Amplifier
500
with Differential Input (6 Output)
HARRIS
$30.00
180.00
40.00
180.00
180.00
280.00
290.00
350.00
380.00
390.00
-
-
-
-5
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
365.00
275.00
425.00
375.00
445.00
365.00
415.00
505.00
2450.00
4500.00
505.00
365.00
470.00
590.00
1240.00
750.00
30.00
180.00
180.00
180.00
320.00
335.00
265.00
81
MASTER CONTROL SWITCHER
FT:
i;
INkItiti
a*. ..
MiUNiR1RilSiiliiIMINOiMNMN
Master Control Switcher
Model 821
821
Features:
Options:
Twenty (20) inputs with full tally
Colorizer
Program and preset busses
BCD control
Audio /Video mixer with auto transitions
Four 141 audio breakaways
Audio over /under with adjustable video
Program and preset audio VU meters
Built -in pre -roll system
Downstream keyer with edging, 4 input selector and colorizer
Control panel prewired for following options:
Chroma Keyer
Time Display
Booth Mic Pre -amp
50' control cable
Technical manual
660 -4
710
870
883
884
1240
$25,225.00
RGB Chroma Keyer with 4 Input Selector
$1,680.00
400.00
8000.00
510.00
675.00
2240.00
20.00 /ft.
Booth Microphone Preamp Control
Stereo Audio
Video Tape Machine Control
Film Island Machine Control
NTSC Encoded Chroma Keyer
Additional Cable
Video Specifications:
Inputs
75 ohm terminating or bridging
(customer option)
Outputs
Crosstalk (worst case)
Description:
ISI's Model 821 Master Control Switcher offers a state- of -theart means for switching control room signals in television stations, sophisticated cable systems, or other program origination
sources.
The 821 allows the air /program switcher to mix between sources
at one of three automatic rates or 'take' a new source instantaneously. Audio follows the video through the mix or cut except
when an audio breakaway source is selected. When this occurs
new audio (from an audio cart, for example) is substituted for the
audio on the selected video source. If breakaway and over /under
are both selected, the new audio is mixed with the audio from the
video source and may be predominant (over) or background
(under). The audio breakaway always returns to the AFV position
after the mix.
A Downstream Keyer with edging allows title keying over the
program output of the 821. It includes a four input selector
and colorizer.
Pre-roll circuitry for VTR's, film islands, and other machine
sources, is built into the 821. With the addition of the appropriate optional machine decoder modules and buffers, machine
pre -roll is activated by engaging the initiate button. The mix takes
place after the pre -programmed pre -roll has been completed.
Other options include a program monitor time display which provides a pre -roll and elapsed time counter and a real -time clock
display. An RGB or NTSC Chroma Keyer with 4 inputs selector
allows "News Break" inserts without tying up a production
switcher. A booth mic pre -amp, full stereo audio operation, and
microprocessor automation package, are available options.
The 821 carries ISI's full two year warranty and board exchange
program.
Differential Phase
Differential Gain
Input Return Loss
Output Return Loss
Signal to Noise Ratio
Frequency Response
Tilt (Line or Field Rate)
Differential Delay
K Factor
Temperature Range
Connectors
Power
Audio Specifications:
Inputs
Outputs
Harmonic Distortion
Frequency Response
Crosstalk
Signal to Noise Ratio
Input to Output Gain
Connectors
Power
Dimensions
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
two
121,
75 ohm source terminated
better than -52 dB at 3.58
or 4.43 mHz
better than 9.5° (10 -90% APL)
better than 0.5%
35 dB minimum
35 dB minimum
better than 60 dB to 5 mHz
DC to 8 mHz + /- 0.25 dB
better than 1%
+ / -1.5° at 3.58 or 4.43 mHz
1% or better IT pulse)
0 -50 °C
BNC
120 vac +
dBm, +
/- 10% 60 Hz
dBm maximum
balanced bridging
2 -600 ohms balanced 15 dBm
maximum
less than 0.25 %, 20 Hz -20 kHz
at 0 dBm output
+ /- dB, 10 Hz -30kHz
better than -65 dB
better than -68 dBm down
below + 0 dBm 20 Hz -20kHz
unity + /- 2 dB
post
120 vac + /- 10% 60 Hz
11 5/8" x 30" (control panel)
0
15
1
121 /4 "x303/8"
x6"
(cutout for pan)
19" x 21" x 13" (track
electronics)
tin
uu
HARRIS
82
INNOVATIVE TELEVISION EQUIPMENT
Tripods /Trollies
TE -T1B
TE -T2A
TE -14
TE -T5A
TE -T6A
TE -T7
TE -T8
TE -T9
TE -T10
TE -112
TE -113
TE -T15
TE -120
TE -TC20
TE -MT1
TE -MT1S
Dollies
TE -D3
TE -D3G
TE -D3M
TE -D5
TE -D6
TE -D6G
TE -D7
TE -D7
TE -D7M
TE -D20
Load Capacity
-
25 lbs.
-
SO
Wood Tripod
Ball Level -M
Tripod
Wood Tripod
Ball Level -M
Trolley
Elevation
Tripod - Elevation
Tripod
Ball Level -M
Tripod
ENG with Spider and Ball Level -M
Tripod
Mini 19" LG
Ball Level
Tripod
Elevation
Tripod
ENG with Spider
Ball Level
Tripod
Elevation
EFP with Spider
Tripod
Lightweight for H11 and H12 Head
Tripod
Elevation, Counterbalance Head
Tripod /Head Cart
Tripod
With Foot Pads and Ball Feet
Tripod
Microwave
Heavy Duty
Spikes
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Price
$395.00
306.00
690.00
415.00
395.00
825.00
725.00
825.00
650.00
635.00
795.00
lbs.
60 lbs.
60 lbs.
60lbs.
50 lbs.
140 lbs.
50 lbs.
70lbs.
165.00
170.00
160.00
850.00
895.00
250 lbs.
Load Capacity
Dolly
Dolly
Dolly
Dolly
Dolly
Dolly
Dolly
Dolly
Dolly
Dolly
- With Cable Guards
- For 74, T7 and T8
- For T1 B, 72, T4, T7,78, 712, and T13
- With Cable Guards
- With Cable Guards
- With Cable Guards
- For 74, T7, and T8
- For Tl5 and 720 Tripods only
Price
110 lbs.
$425.00
475.00
465.00
280.00
186.00
250.00
725.00
725.00
765.00
95.00
60 lbs.
60 lbs.
250 lbs.
250 lbs.
351bs.
Nt
Pedestals
ITE-P2
ITE-P3A
ITE-P4
ITE-P5
ITE-P6
ITE-P7A
Pedesta
Pedesta
Pedesta
Pedesta
Pedesta
Pedesta
Load Capacity
-
Pneumatic CB studio
Elevation
With Cable Guards
Counterbalance Studio
Counterbalance Studio
Counterbalance Studio
Elevation With Cable Guards
-
-
-
Mounting Heads
Torsion Head
ITE -H2
ITE -H3
ITE-H4
Cam Head
Cam Head
Torsion Head
Torsion Head with Dual Handles
Hydro Head
Counterbalanced
Hydrocam Head with Dual Handles
Torsion Head with Dual Handles
Microwave Head
Microwave Head with Handle
.40
ITE-D3
ITE-f16
ITE-H7
ITE-H8
ITE-H8C
ITE-H9
ITE-H9P
ITE-H10
ITE-H11
ITE-H12
ITE-H13
ITE-H14
ITE-H15
ITE-H16
ITE -H79P
ITE -H25T
ITE -H9TCB
ITE -MHT
ITE -HH6
ITE -CW
ITE -TS
ITE -TK
ITE -RFPM
ITE -RFPI
ITE -CB1
ITE -CB3
ITE -QR
ITE -QRP
ITE -EXT
ITE -H2TH
ITE -H3TH
ITE- H25C83
ITE -RH4K
ITE -SPS
ITE -CTH
ITE -CD2
ITE -CH2
LIU
HARRIS
250 lbs.
40 lbs.
40 lbs.
50 lbs.
120 lbs.
60 lbs.
250 lbs.
-
Hydro -Head
Counterbalanced
Hydro Head
Counterbalanced
Philips
Hydro Head
Adjustable Counterbalance
Fluid Head
"Eight" -M
Fluid
Fluid
Fluid
Fluid
Head
Head
Head
Head
Hydro Head
-
-
- "F" -M
"Pro" -M
-
- "Pro' -M
-M
-
Adj. Counterbalance
Accessories
ITE -WA
ITE -WA5
ITE -WP
ITE -RH
ITE -RH3
ITE -RH5 /9
ITE -RH9P
ITE -RHM
30lbs.
130lbs.
-
-
265 lbs
120 lbs.
Load Capacity
ITE -H1
ITE-H4D
ITE-H5
140lbs.
-M
30 lbs.
40 lbs.
10 lbs.
20 lbs.
30 lbs.
30 lbs.
40 lbs.
-
Wedge Adaptor
H2
Wedge Adaptor
H5
Wedge Plate
Right Hand Zoom Handle for H2
Right Hand Zoom Handle for H3
Right Hand Zoom Handle for H5 and H9
Right Hand Zoom Handle for H9P
Philips
Right Hand Handle for H13,114.H15 and H16
Adaptor for H9 and H10 to P4 and P6 Pedestals
Adaptor For H2Et H5to76,T10,713 &P7
Adaptor
H9 to T4. 77, TO and T12
Adaptor -M Heads to T2A, T5, 16, T10 & 713
Hi Hat
6"
Counterweight Set 140lbs.1 for P4 /P5
Tripod Spreader (for ITE /Miller -type tripods
Adaptor RCA TK-44, 45 and 46
Rubber Foot Pad Set -M Tripods
Rubber Foot Pad Set
For T2A, T6, 712 and 113
-
-
-
-
-
Claw Ball Assy.
Claw Ball Assy.
-
-
ForTlBTripod
For 74, T7, T8 and T12
Quick Release Adaptor Assy.
Quick Release Adaptor
Plate
Extender Plate
For Balance of Studio/ ENG Camera
Telescopic Handle for H2 and H6
Telescopic Handle for H3
Adaptor
H5 to 74, T7 and T12Tripods
Kit
Right Hand Handle Conversion for H4
Spike Set (3 ea.)
For T2A, 76, T10, T12 and T13
Shipping Case
For Ti B, 74, 76, 77, T70, 712 and T13 Tripod
with H9,H10,H11,H12,H13,H14 H15 and H16Head
For D5, D6 and D7 Dolly
Shipping Case
For H2, H5, H6, H9. and H10 Pan /Tilt Head
Shipping Case
with Handles and Accessories
-
-
-
Price
36500.00
1150.00
3995.00
4795.00
3550.00
1295.00
-
-
-
-
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
Price
$185.00
1095.00
2225.00
225.00
296.00
1895.00
2395.00
850.00
750.00
830.00
1145.00
1180.00
1475.00
335.00
695.00
925.00
995.00
1150.00
1950.00
Price
$180.00
225.00
125.00
75.00
125.00
100.00
115.00
85.00
150.00
95.00
140.00
80.00
135.00
186.00
235.00
225.00
85.00
95.00
70.00
125.00
155.00
35.00
45.00
135.00
165.00
235.00
95.00
40.00
324.50
247.50
291.50
83
MI
If1TERf1ATIOf1AL
TAPE CARTRIDGE
TAPETROnKS
EQUIPMENT
CORPORATIOf1
PREMIUM SERIES
-_
SP Series Reproducer
SP Series Reproducer
SP Series Reproducers accept the NAB "AA ", and "BB"
size cartridges. Two machines can be mounted side by side
in a 19" rack mount assembly for maximum space savings.
WP Series Reproducer
WP Series Reproducers accept the NAB "AA", "BB" and
"CC" size cartridges, and have provision for accepting
recording amplifier electronics for ready conversion to
recorder /reproducer operation.
WP Series Reproducer
RP Series Recorder /Reproducer
"AA ",
compact machine for
desk or rack mounting. RPD Series Profanity Delay
Recorder/Reproducers are also available in a mono unit,
with a 3rd head and two separate playback systems that
include amplifier and VU Meter.
RP Series Recorder/Reproducers accept the NAB
"BB" and "CC" size cartridges in
a
.
RP Series Recorder /Reproducer
3D Series Reproducer
3D Series Reproducer
WRA Series Recording Amplifier
WRA Series
Recording Amplifier
The 3D Series provides three reproducers in the space
typically occupied by two machines, with independent
operation of the three decks. Two machines can be
mounted side by side in a 19" rack mount assembly for
optimum cost and space savings.
Add the WRA Series Recording Amplifier, connected to
the bottom deck of the 3D machine, to make it function as a
complete recorder /reproducer.
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
an
HARRIS
84
El
1
IfTTERf1AT1OnAL
TAPE CARTRIDGE EQUIPMENT
TRPETROnKS
cORPORATIOn
PREMIUM SERIES SPECIFICATIONS
SP, WP, RP, RPD, 3D, and WRA Series Cartridge Equipment
POWER:
AUDIO INPUT LEVEL:
SP, WP, & RP SERIES:
117 volts, 60 Hz, 77 watts typical.
-20 to 0 dBm; accepts higher level by changing input pad.
METERING:
Taut -band movement with "A" scale. Internal meter switch allows
selection for metering the following: Program Bias, Peak Recording Level,
Normal Recording Level, Program Play, Cue Play, and Cue Bias.
3D & WRA SERIES:
117 volts, 60 Hz, 144 watts typical.
TAPE SPEED:
71/2 inches per second. Direct drive hysteresis synchronous motor with
electrolyzed shaft and instrument -type permanently lubricated ball
bearings.
WOW & FLUTTER:
0.2% or less, NAB weighted using a prerecorded tape with
content not exceeding 0.025% NAB weighted.
a
flutter
1
TIMING ACCURACY:
0.1% or better.
AUDIO OUTPUT IMPEDANCE:
600 ohms balanced. May be strapped for 150 ohms.
AUDIO OUTPUT LEVEL:
+18 dBm maximum before clipping. Normal operating range -10 to +8
dBm. External audio pads required for lower levels to prevent
deterioration of signal -to -noise ratio.
AMPLIFIER DISTORTION:
0.5% THD or less. In accordance with 1975 NAB standard.
SYSTEM DISTORTION:
;
2.0% THD or less
-
NOISE:
50 dB or better from
record to playback at 0 VU recording level
'
kHz at 0 VU recording level.'
CROSS TALK BETWEEN CHANNELS:
50 dB or better at kHz.
FREQUENCY RESPONSE:
±2 dB 315 to 15,000 Hz; +3, -2 dB 50 to 315 Hz record to playback at -10
VU recording level.*
EQUALIZATION:
NAB (1964 Standard). High frequency equalization controls included in
reproducer and recording amplifier.
HEAD CONFIGURATION:
NAB. Two tracks for monophonic, three tracks for stereophonic. Separate
record and reproducer heads permit monitoring while recording.
CUE SIGNALS:
NAB. Primary (stop) Cue, kHz, standard; automatically applied at start of
recording (may also be defeated and applied at user's discretion).
Secondary Cue 150 Hz, and Tertiary Cue, 8 kHz, optional; may be applied
during recording process or during playback. Individually adjustable
oscillator for each tone. Reproducer utilizes adjustable tuned circuit
detector for each tone and furnishes relay contact closure for external
control.
AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE:
600 ohm balanced terminating standard. 15K ohm balanced bridging
may be selected by jumpers.
1
1
BIAS OSCILLATOR:
Push -pull, 82 kHz; individual gates and level controls for program
(separate left and right in stereophonic units) and cue.
TAPE CAPACITY:
SP & 3D SERIES:
NAB size AA and BB cartridges. 2 seconds to 16 minutes with
mil
lubricated tape at 71/2 IPS.
WP & RP SERIES:
NAB size AA, BB, and CC cartridges.
lubricated tape at 71/2 IPS.
2
seconds to
31
minutes with
1
mil
START TIME:
100 ms with minimum solenoid air damping.
STOP TIME:
100 ms with minimum solenoid air damping
AMBIENT OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE:
50 °F. to 131°F.; 10 °C to 55 °C.
REMOTE CONTROL:
All indicators and switch controls except meter switch and power
indicator. Also provides cue track audio input and output for logging
applications.
EXTERNAL CONNECTORS:
Latching type. Mating connectors furnished.
MOUNTING:
Table top mounting standard. Rack mounting adaptors optional.
Machines require following vertical space for rack mounting and proper
ventilation:
SP, WP, RP & WRA SERIES: 7 inches
3D SERIES: 12 25 inches
DIMENSIONS:
SP Series:
WP & RP Series:
3D Series
WRA Series:
Width
Depth
Height - Add for Feet
8.5 in.
11.0 in.
11.0 in.
12.875 in
11.0 in.
5.25
5.25
10.5
5.25
3D Series
41
WRA Series
12 pounds
17 5 in.
8.5 in.
8.5 in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
.375
.375
.625
.375
in.
in.
in
in.
1
WEIGHT:
23 pounds
28 pounds
39 pounds
SP Series:
WP Series
RP Series
pounds
'All measurements
referenced to
1
made using Capitol Q17 tape or equivalent, and
kHz recorded at 160 nWb /m in accordance with 1975
NAB standard.
Specifications subject to change without notice.
STOCK NUMBER
730 -2053 -000
730 -2129 -000
730 -2030 -000
730 -2130 -000
730 -2054 -000
730-2123-000
a) HARRIS
PRICE
SP -0003 Mono Playback, NAB A, AA, B, BB size carts,
1000/150/8000
cue tones, cue sensing per NAB Standard, 115V/60 Hz
SP -0003
same as above for 240V/50 Hz
SP -0004 Stereo Playback, NAB A, AA, B, BB size carts, 1000/150/8000
cue tones, cue sensing per NAB Standard, 115V/60 Hz
SP -0004
same as above for 240V/50 Hz
-
SR -0001 Rack
Hz
81200.00
1320.00
Hz
1360.00
1480.00
Mount Kit for one SP Machine, 19" wide by 7" high (4 rack
increments)
DR -0003 Rack Mount Kit for two SP Machines, 19" wide by 7" high (4 rack
increments)
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
35.00
28.50
a
85
TAPE CARTRIDGE EQUIPMENT
IrcTROnlcs
PREMIUM SERIES SPECIFICATIONS
CORPORRTIOn
STOCK NUMBER
730 -1974 -000
730 -2131 -000
730 -2056 -000
730 -2132 -000
730 -1929 -000
730 -1985 -000
730 -2133 -000
730 -1975 -000
730 -2134 -000
730 -1929 -000
730 -2103 -000
730 -2135 -000
730 -2104 -000
730 -2136 -000
730 -2124 -000
730 -2125 -000
730 -2121 -000
PRICE
WP -0003 Mono Playback, NAB A, AA, B, BB, C, CC size carts,
1000/150/8000 Hz cue tones, cue sensing per NAB Standard, 115V/60 Hz
WP -0003
same as above for 240V/50 Hz
WP -0004 Stereo Playback, NAB A, AA, B, BB, C, CC size carts,
1000/150/8000 Hz cue tones, cue sensing per NAB Standard, 115V/60 Hz
WP -0004
same as above for 240V/50 Hz
NR -0002 Rack Mount Kit for one WP Machine, 19" wide by 7" high (4 rack
increments)
RP -0003 Mono Record /Playback, NAB A, AA, B, BB, C, CC size carts,
1000/150/8000 Hz cue tones, cue sensing per NAB Standard, 115V/60 Hz
RP -0003
same as above for 240V/50 Hz
RP -0004 Stereo Record/ Playback, NAB A, AA, B, BB, C, CC size carts,
1000/150/8000 Hz cue tones, cue sensing per NAB Standard, 115V/60 Hz
RP -0004
same as above for 240V/50 Hz
NR -0002 Rack Mount Kit for one RP Machine, 19" wide by 7" high (4 rack
increments)
3D -0003 Mono 3 -Deck Playback, NAB A, AA, B, BB size carts,
1000/150/8000 Hz cue tones, cue sensing per NAB Standard, bottom deck
convertible to record /playback operation with external WRA Recording
Amplifier, 115V/60 Hz
3D -0003
same as above for 240V/50 Hz
30 -0004 Stereo 3 -Deck Playback, NAB A, AA, B, BB size carts,
1000/150/8000 Hz cue tones, cue sensing per NAB Standard, bottom deck
convertible to record /playback operation with external WRA Recording
Amplifier, 115V/60 Hz
3D -0004
same as above for 240V/50 Hz
SR -0004 Rack Mount Kit for one 3D Machine, 19" wide by 12 25" high (7 rack
increments)
SA -0014 Rack Mount Kit for two 3D Machines, 19" wide by 12.25" high (7
rack increments)
WRA -0003 Mono Recording Amplifier, 1000/150/8000 Hz cue tones,
includes interconnecting cable and record head for 3D lower deck, 115V/60
-
-
Hz
730 -2139 -000
730 -2122 -000
730 -2123 -000
730 -2126 -000
730 -2127 -000
730 -2128 -000
730 -1928 -000
RPD -0013
1525.00
1645.00
15.00
2155.00
2275.00
-
2550.00
2670.00
15.00
-
2745.00
2865.00
-
3225.00
3345.00
60.00
70.00
-
1015.00
1015.00
-
1250.00
1250.00
WRA -0004
same as above for 240V/50 Hz
SR -0001 Rack Mount Kit for one WRA Unit 19 " wide by 7" high (4 rack
increments)
DR -0003 Rack Mount Kit for two WRA Units 19" wide by 7" high (4 rack
increments)
SA -0028 Rack Mount Kit for one 3D Machine and one WRA Recording
Amplifier, 19" wide by 12.25" high (7 rack increments)
MP -0009 Audio Mixing Circuit for three outputs of 3D or other cart machines,
3:1 mono resistive combiner with 9.5 dB loss, two required for stereo
machines
AS -0001 Audio Switcher, 3:1 relay switcher for stereo or mono 3D or other
cart machines
RPD -0013 Mono Profanity Delay Record /Playback, NAB A, AA, B, BB, C, CC
size carts, 1000/150/8000 Hz cue tones, cue sensing per NAB Standard,
115V/60
730 -2141 -000
1365.00
1485.00
-
WRA -0003
same as above for 240V/50 Hz
WRA -0004 Stereo Recording Amplifier, 1000/150/8000 Hz cue tones,
includes interconnecting cable and record head for 3D lower deck, 115V/60
Hz
730 -2140 -000
730 -2054 -000
$
Hz
-
same as above for 240V/50 Hz
35.00
28.50
170.00
30.00
175.00
2550.00
2670.00
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
ap HARRIS
86
'
111
TERf1ATIOfIAL
AUDIO RECORDER /REPRODUCER
T
CO2PORATIOfI
770 SERIES
2 Year
warranty on parts and factory labor
Designed for Broadcasters!
Broadcasters have expressed a need for reel -to -reel equipment that is (1
thoroughly professional in performance and operating flexibility, (2)
rugged and reliable enough to run 24 hours a day, (3) engineered to need
only a minimum of maintenance and )4) moderately priced.
This equipment is now a reality in the 770 Series. The overall objective
was to provide a professional reel -to -reel which would be competitive in
price with "semi-professional" or "consumer" machines. All efforts have
been channeled into constructing the 770asa durable, reliable, practical
machine. The result is the lowest possible selling price on an open reel
unit that can withstand the stress of continuous broadcast operation.
)
Improvements Abound!
The 770 has been designed to be problem free and reliable. All areas
subject to wear, operator use and abuse, and other problem causing
circumstances have been researched and given special attention.
Reliability and performance are enhanced by
Disc Brakes- Provide positive, reliable braking
Cast Stainless Steel Turntables -Allow for stable, non -slip
positioning of tape reels with locating pins that are virtually
indestructable
Heavy -Duty Pushbutton Switches- Smooth actuation and rugged
mounting arrangement will provide long, trouble free life
D.C. Servo Capstan Motor -Servo design reduces wow and flutter
and minimizes heat dissipation
Specially Designed Relays- Designed to protect against arcing and
contact wear
Serviceability- Separates the pros from the consumer -types. All
mechanical and electromechanical assemblies are easily accessible
and simple to adjust. Electronics are convenient to service utilizing
motherboard, daughterboard construction
1/2 inch tooling plate aluminum deck for stability
Individual reel drive motors with permanently lubricated ball bearings
Precision fixed tape guides
Built -in foil sensing
Micro -adjust head assemblies
Flip -top head cover
Self- aligning polyurethane pressure roller
Handles both large (101/2") and small (7 ") reels
Front panel headphone monitor
Capable of fully remote operation
600 ohm output
Rack Mountable
Console Cabinet (optional)
25 Hz Detector (optional)
Recorder Features:
Balanced input and output transformers
Motion sensing
Meter switching
PRS (Play, Record
Syncronization)
W HARRIS
770 RECORDER /REPRODUCER
IN 864 -0014 -010 CABINET
770 Series
Inch Recorder /Reproducers
101/2
110 Volt
60 Hz
855 -7714
855 -7715
855 -7724
855 -7725
855 -7734
855 -7735
855 -7744
855 -7745
Full Track Monophonic, 33/4
Full Track Monophonic, 71/2
1/2 Track
Monophonic, 33/4 Y Track Monophonic, 71/2 '/ Track Stereophonic, 31/4 1 Track Stereophonic, 71/2 1/4 Track Stereophonic,
33/4 '/. Track Stereophonic, 71/2 -
770 Series
101/2
IPS
15 IPS
7' IPS
15 IPS
7' IPS
15 IPS
71/2
-
IPS
15 IPS
71/2
32730.002730.00
2730.00
2730.00
3085.00
3085.00
3425.00
3425.00
Inch Reproducers
110 Volt
60 Hz
856 -7714
856 -7715
856 -7724
856 -7725
856 -7734
856 -7735
856 -7744
856 -7745
Full Track Monophonic, 33/4 - 71/2 IPS
Full Track Monophonic, 71/2 - 15 IPS
1/2 Track
Monophonic, 33/4 - 71/2 IPS
1 Track Monophonic, 71/2 - 15 IPS
1/2 Track Stereophonic,
33 - 71/2 IPS
'/ Track Stereophonic, 71/2 - 15 IPS
'A Track Stereophonic, 33/4 - 71/2 IPS
'/. Track Stereophonic, 7' - 15 IPS
81650.00
1650.00
1650.00
1650.00
1650.00
1650.00
1650.00
1650.00
770 Series Accessories
833 -0018 -200
864 -0014 -010
864- 0015 -000
281 -0014 -012
833 -0013 -370
833 -0013 -380
830- 0022 -021
831 -0075 -003
831 -0119 -003
878- 0069 -000
25 Hz Cue Detector
Console Cabinet
Add -On Stacking Kit
13/4 Inches Filler Panel
Remote Control for 770 Reproducer
Remote Control for 770 Recorder /Reproducer
Alignment Gauge
Reproducer. Test Extender
Recorder Test Extender
AT -0002 Audio Output Transformers
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
8165.00
650.00
75.00
12.50
260.00
275.00
21.00
26.5r»`
28:
40.0u--
87
If1TERflATIOfIAL
1111116
TAPETRO(IICS
AUDIO RECORDER /REPRODUCER
CORPORATIO(1
855 Monophonic with Optional Remote Control
1611111.1111
850 SERIES
Exzrzi
850 SERIES
ITC's 850 Series reel -to -reel equipment was a second generation product
before it ever found its way into the marketplace. It was designed, sent
into the field for rigorous testing, then redesigned in keeping with the
excellent suggestions made by engineers and operators.
The result in a rugged, reliable, open reel system that embodies the
features most wanted and needed by users of professional tape recording
equipment. But the key word in describing ITC's 850 Series is "integrity ".
We can actually claim it is machines like a fine watch. Every component,
every part was selected for its ability to perform faithfully under the most
demanding conditions. Our engineers had quiet "in studio" operation in
mind during the design phase. They even gave careful consideration to
front panel layout and location of controls. Nothing was treated as
unimportant. As a consequence, we offer the 850 Series with complete
confidence that it will outperform, and outlast any reel machine on the
market.
The 850 Series offers a wide variety of 16 different configurations
capable of handling reels up to 10' inches in diameter. The machines are
available in either one channel or two channel configurations. In the one
channel models you can choose between a full track or half track
monophonic format, while in the two channel models you have a choice
of either a half track or quarter track stereophonic format. All machines
have a two speed capability with a choice of either 33/. -7'h or 71/2-15 IPS.
A prime example of the integrity built into the 850 Series is the aluminum
tool and jig plate deck. This '/2 inch thick deck is inherently stress relieved
so that thermal changes will not cause the instability sometimes
encounted with cast decks. The surface is guaranteed flat within .005 to
the nearest one thousandth. A stainless steel overlay is then added to
provide shielding and a handsome appearance that defies hard use and
the rigors of time
850 Series
101/2
Inch Recorder /Reproducers
856 -0006
Full Track Monophonic, 71/2-15 IPS
84385.0
4386.0
Full Track Monophonic, 31/4-71/2 IPS
4385.0
'h Track Monophonic, 71/2-15 IPS
'h Track Monophonic, 33/4-71/2 IPS
4386.0
'h Track Stereophonic (Two Channel), 7'h15 IPS
5240.0
'h Track Stereophonic (Two Channel), 31/4-
7'h IPS
'/ Track Stereophonic (Two Channel), 7'h-
5240.0
855 -0007
15 IPS
'/. Track
74 IPS
5436.0
856 -0001
865 -0002
855 -0003
856 -0004
856 -0006
866 -0008
850 Series
Stereophonic (Two Channel),
5435.0
101/2 Inch
856 -0001
856 -0002
856 -0003
856 -0004
826 -0005
856 -0006
Reproducers
Full Track Monophonic, 71/2-15 IPS
Full Track Monophonic, 33/4-71/2 IPS
'h Track Monophonic, 71/2-15 IPS
'h Track Monophonic, 33/4-71/2 IPS
'h Track Stereophonic (Two Channel), 7415 IPS
'h Track Stereophonic (Two Channel(
33 -7'h
856 -0007
341.-
'/4
',. Track
7'/2 IPS
3620.0
3620.0
3885.0
3886.0
IPS
Track Stereophonic (Two Channel),
71/2-
4070.0
IPS
856 -0008
83520.(
3620.(
Stereophonic (Two Channel), 33-
4070.0
Special Accessories for 850 Reel -to -Reel Equipment
832- 0232 -000
864 -0014 -000
864 -0015 -000
281- 0014 -012
833- 0013 -360
833 -0013 -360
831 -0054 -013
878 -0032 -000
Micro Mark Tape Editing Marker
Console Cabinet
Add -On Stacking Kit
13/4 Inches Filler Panel
Remote Control for 850 Reproducer
Remote Control for 850 Recorder /Reproducer
25 Hz Cue Detector
Test Extender Kit
8
76.0
650.0
75.0
12.6
260.0
275.0
130.0
70.0
111111111M1117=11111
ESL -IV SERIES
ESL -IV Cartridge Tape Eraser/
Splice Locator
Combines cartridge erasing and splice locating in a single, automatic
operation.
Eraser/Splice Locator accepts the NAB "A" size cartridge.
Table top mounting, 117v/60 Hz AC.
8720.00
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
í
ú 1-1ARFIS
88
JEIL
PROFESSIONAL SERIES
MODEL 4301 B
BROADCAST MONITOR
Accurate, smooth reproduction 45 to 15,000 Hz, ± 3 dB
88 dB SPL at 1 meter with a 1 -watt input
Components: 200 mm (8 in) low frequency loudspeaker, 36
mm (1.4 in) high frequency direct radiator
Balance control located behind the removable grille
Oiled walnut enclosure
$213.00
Model 4312
Control Monitor
Smooth, powerful, wide -range response within
a
compact
enclosure
Components: 300 mm (12 in), long excursion, low
frequency loudspeaker
130 mm (5 in) midrange loudspeaker; 36 mm (1.4 in) high
frequency direct radiator
Mirror -imaged for better stereo imaging
90° dispersion allows vertical or horizontal placement
If ordered singly specify left or right
$378.00
Model
4301
B
Frequency
Response
(' 3 dB)
Power Capacity
(Continuous
Sine Wave)
Nominal
Impedance
45Hz -15KHz
15 W
8 f2
88 dB SPL
2500 Hz
28 L
1 f 3
40L
1.5 KHz
1.5 ft3
Sensitivity
1
Crossover
W, 1m (3.3 ft.) Frequencies
4312
45Hz -15Hz
80 W
8 f1
91 dB SPL
4411
45Hz -18KHz
150 W
8 f1
90 dB SPL
4 KHz
4430
35Hz -16KHz
300 W
8 f1
93 dB SPL
1
4435
30Hz -16KHz
375 W
8 f1
96 dB SPL
KHz
1
Enclosure
Volume
40L
1.5 ft3
0.14
KHz
100 HZ
1
Kz
m3
5 ft3
Exterior Dimensions
Net
(Height x Width x Depth) Weight
(mm) 483 x 292 x 306
16 Kg
(inches) 19 x 111/2 x 121A
(mm) 597 x 362 x 298
(inches) 231/2 x 141/4 x 113/4
(mm) 597 x 362 x 327
(inches) 231/4 x 141/2 x 121/2
.
(mm)908x556x400
(inches) 353/.
x 211/e x 153/4
0.28m3 (mm)908x965x435
10 ft3
(inches)
353/4 x
38
x 171/2
16 lb.
21 Kg
Ib.
45
24 Kg
52 Ib.
'79.5 Kg
'175 Ib.
'114 Kg
'250 In
Shipping Wt.
ffi3
HARRIS
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
89
STUDIO MONITORS
UBL
4411
Model 7510 Automatic Microphone Mixer
Program- actuated inputs Automatic control of output level
Automatic background noise discrimination Expandable to 24
input channels 15 dBm output at less than 0.2% THD
JBL 4411 Control Monitor
a three -way system with the drivers arranged in a close
cluster to permit close -in monitoring. Mirror imaging improves the
stereo perspective. The mid and high frequency level controls are
raised for convenience in making instant level adjustments, and the
controls are calibrated to provide settings for both a flat direct -field
pressure response and a rising axial response that produces a flatter
power response. The low frequency driver loading is optimized for flat
response when placed away from room surfaces. A rising bass
response can be chosen by placing the monitors in proximity to a wall.
The large port not only provides the proper loading, it maintains the
low frequency dynamic range with its high volume velocity
$498.00
air - movement capabilities.
The 4411 is
compact microphone mixer that provides up to 24
program- actuated input channels. Output level is automatically
adjusted to provide a constant feedback margin regardless of how
many microphones are active. Each input channel can be switched to a
continuously actuated mode, an automatic, program- actuated mode,
or an automatic override mode.
All of the 7510's functions are automatic. It requires no attention, no
manual gain riding, once it has been adjusted, freeing the sound
technician for other concerns.
The JBL 7510 is
a
Specialized Applications
The 7510 is an ideal mixer for any situation requiring multiple
microphones with differing demands on each. For instance, in a
meeting room, the chairperson's microphone can be set on Priority
mode, allowing him or her to override any other speaker. In a house of
worship, it will prevent excess ambient noise (which causes the sound
to have a "hollow" quality) from getting into the sound system.
The 7510 can also be used as a very fast, high -quality noise gate. This
has particular application in the recording studio, where it can improve
IDthe clarity from closely placed, multi -mic setups, and in concert sound
reinforcement, where it can increase the overall system gain before
feedback.
$1599.00
Automatic Microphone Mixer, 4- Channel
7510
636.00
7510 -01 Expansion Module, 4- Channel
Models 4430 and 4435 Bi- Radial Studio Monitors
The practical benefits of the Bi- Radial monitors include stable stereo
imaging that remains fixed over a wide range of horizontal positions,
the result of unusually smooth off-axis response. The design allows
considerable latitude in physical placement. The wide vertical
response, identical to the horizontal, includes both standing and
seated listeners within the coverage angle, even in proximity to the
monitors.
$1098.00
81500.00
4430
4435
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice
ßä,i
HARRIS
90
indhn
16mm PROJECTOR
FP 18
The FP 18 basic Projector was developed for use in all situations where the quality
of picture and sound demanded for 16mm film projection exceeds the capabilities of
smaller equipment intended for the consumer market. The projector has been
designed for heavy duty service in motion picture theatres, studios, TV stations and
general purpose auditoria. It requires virtually no maintenance.
Professional standard High Precision picture stability
Uniform picture illumination Extremely straight -forward installation
Remote control of all functions
5000 ft. Film Spools Weight compensating frictions Scanning of optical and
magnetic sound tracks Additional equipment for 16mm perfotape Special version for studio and television applications
Precision Projection and Film Protection The projector's extremely high picture
stability (the vertical and horizontal deviation is less than 0.19 %1 is achieved by the
unique Philips grooved disc mechanism. High light intensities are further enhanced
by the curved film gate. The intermittent mechanism which has been specially
developed for 16mm film, combined with the rotating disc -shaped shutter, results in
a light efficiency of 72% and a very high light flux.
Optimal Sound Quality The optical sound head
is identical to that used in
professional 35mm and 70mm equipment. A rotating sound drum machined to the
highest standards of precision and provided with a pressure roller guarantees that
'wow' and 'flutter' remain less than 0.2 %. A lever automatically shifts the sound
head to the correct position for scanning magnetic sound tracks if required.
Various Versions and Assemblies The
FP 18 Projector can be equipped in the
factory, or by the user after delivery with a wide range of supplementary facilities to
incorporate the following operational features:
Reproducing optically recorded
sound tracks
Reproducing optically and magnetically recorded sound tracks
Asynchronous or synchronous motors 1110 volt, 60 Hz; 220 volt, 50 Hz) Interlock
or Rotosyn motors
Anamorphic lens holder, solenoid controlled if required
Remote control of focus and framing Bracket for other makes of lamphouses
Two 24 volt 250 watt halogen lamps color temperature approximately 3300° K,
ensuring a picture illumination with a uniformity in excess of 90% 500 watt Xenon
lamphouse 700 watt to 1600 watt Xenon lamphouse Built -in Xenon rectifier 500
watt to 1000 watt without amplifier Exciter lamp rectifier, pre -amplifier and line
amplifier as above, but additionally with output amplifiar
Additional 16mm
perfortape equipment Special version for studio and television purposes
Code No.
Description
0010 180 00000 Projector FP 18
rack mounting with pedestal feet
film run mechanism 16 mm comp!.
forward and reverse running
optical sound device with solar cell and exciter lamp
picture change -over relay
spool shafts 1500 m.
plug -in pushbutton panel
Price
S
0010 181 00000 Projector FP 18
as above with magnetic sound head
0010... 3....
0010 ... 4....
0010... 5....
0010 ... 8....
Dichroic Filter
$265.00
Heat Filter
Still Frame
Sound Drum Accelerator
Aperture Cleaner lair/
Conivel Panel Mounted on Projector
Proximity Sensor for Auto Stop
Torque Meters Upper and Lower Film Reels
Rewind film on Machine ..
TV Lens with Adjustable Iris
75, 80, 105, 110 mm
TV Lens without Iris
50 to 100 mm
....1...
....2...
holder for anamorphic lens
holder for anamorphic lens motorized
0010
0010
.....1.,
.....2..
with remote focusing device
with remote focusing and remote framing device
0010
0010
......1.
......2.
with lamphouse support
with halogen lamphouse with transformer, automatic
change of lamps and 2 halogen lamps, 24V, 250 W
with xenon lamphouse 500 W
with xenon lamphouse 500 W and built -in power
supply
with xenon lamphouse 700/1600 W dichroic mirror
with xenon lamphouse 700/1600 W dichroic mirror and
built -in power supply
.
.
-
uurtl
HARRIS
0010
0010
......5.
......6.
0010
0010
.......0
.......1
0010
.......2
135.00
1215.00
670.00
200.00
400.00
200.00
3000.00
1600.00
Price by Quotation
Price by Quotation
50Hz, 24p /s
50Hz, 25 p/s
60Hz, 24 p/s
60 Hz and selsyn motor
0010
0010
0010 ......3.
0010 ......4.
ACCESSORIES
WITH MOTOR
synchronous 100/250 V,
synchronous 100/250 V,
synchronous 100/250 V,
synchronous 100/250 V,
12,235.00
12,815.00
590.00
590.00
600.00
2.284.00
295.00
720.00
472.00
1,080.00
560.00
2,400.00
2,080.00
4,635.00
3,420.00
6,048.00
WITHOUT AMPLIFIERS
with built -in preamplifiers optical and magnetic
sound and non -sync. and exciter lamp power
supply, line amplifier8 dB
with built-in preamplifiers optical and magnetic
sound and non -sync. and exciter lamp power
supply, power amplifier 50 W
0080 818 31400 magnetic recording head, built -in
0080 818 31410 amplifier set for recording
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
1,200.00
1,675.00
731.00
1.111.00
0
91
LENCO, INC.,
ELECTRONICS DIVISION
VIDEO MONITORS
PMM-942
9"
Professional Quality
PMM -900 Series
Monochrome Monitors
FEATURES:
Professional Quality
Modular Construction
Cross Pulse Option
900 Line Resolution
Underscan Option
Regulated Low and High Voltage
The Lenco PMM -900 Series Monochrome Monitors is the most
advanced design of professional monochrome video monitors in the
industry. The 900 Series monitor is a high resolution display device
for use in broadcasting, industrial, and educational facilities where
quality and reliability are most required.
The 100% modular chassis consists of five individually shielded
circuit modules that plug in directly from the rear of the chassis. This
unique and exclusive feature simplifies any required servicing
allowing for a minimum of down time. The five plug -in modules are
common to all the 900 Series monitors regardless of CRT size.
The PMM -900 Series Video Monitors are designed for continuous
operation and to give stable pictures without adjustment. The
regulated low and high voltage power supplies maintains constant
picture size and brightness with line voltages between 105 and 130
volts AC (or 210 to 260 volts AC).
The Lenco PMM -900 Series monitors 900 line center resolution provides outstanding picture clarity which is necessary in most studio
and educational facilities. This sharp, bright picture provides
excellent viewing even under high ambient lighting conditions. This is
extremely important to ensure full details when used in surveillance
or observation systems.
Video response is down 3 DB at 20 MHz providing for 900 line center
and 750 line corner resolution. Differential gain of the video amplifier
is less than 5% for 50 volt kinescope drive. Size of the raster can be
switched from the front to show all four sides and corners. Optional
cross pulse features can be provided to display the sync signals in the
picture area for analysis. DC restoration is standard and is switchable
on the rear panel.
The PMM -900 Series Video Monitors meet or exceed all EIA RS -170
specifications and are compatible with 525/60 U.S. and 625/50 CCIR
scan rates.
VIDEO MONITORS
PMM 910 Chassis Only
PMM -911 Cabinet
PMM -912 Dual 9" units, Rack Mount
PMM -913 Rack Mount, Right Side Blank
PMM -914 Rack Mount, Left Side Blank
PMM -915 Rack Mount for TEK 529 or 1480 Right Side
PMM -916 Rack Mount for TEK 529 or 1480 Left Side
PMM -917 Rack Mount for Tek 528 on Right Side
PMM -918 Rack Mount for Tek 528 on Left Side ..
12" VIDEO MONITORS
PMM -920 Chassis Only
PMM -925 Cabinet Slimline
15" VIDEO MONITORS
PMM -930 Chassis Only
.
$775.00
825.00
1575.00
880.00
880.00
880.00
880.00
900.00
900.00
S825.00
905.00
$850.00
925.00
995.00
PMM -931 Cabinet
PMM -932 Rack Mount
19" VIDEO MONITORS
PMM -940 Chassis Only
PMM -942 Rack Mount
PMM -945 Cabinet Slimline
$980.00
1155.00
1200.00
MONITOR OPTIONS
PMM -001 Module Extender Set (HV module and
standard module)
PMM -002 15" Monitor Ceiling Mounting Kit
PMM -003 19" Monitor Ceiling Mounting Kit
PMM -004 Rack Mounting Kit for PMM -925
PMM -005
Pulse Cross
PMM -006
Underscan
PMM -007
Crosstalk Shield Kit for PMM -912 Monitors
PMM -009
Rack mounting kit for PMM-945
545.00
85.00
85.00
50.00
195.00
125.00
50.00
70.00
MONITOR REPLACEMENT MODULES
PMM -901 Power Supply Regulator
PM M -902 Video/ Sync Amplifier
PMM -903 Vertical Deflection
PMM -904 Horizontal Deflection
PMM -905 High Voltage Supply
PMM -906 Vertical Deflection w/ Pulse Cross
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
.
5145.00
165.00
150.00
145.00
165.00
225.00
W HARRIS
92
--
LENCO, INC.,
ELECTRONICS DIVISION
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
,
o
PFM-300
,
'"
PMG-312
I
.:J
+
,.,
tl;l
J
PFT-314
IIIJ
i
,t
PSG -315
,
PSG -311
t ;*
law
.{
i.
-A
,,
¡
.,.f
S
á
"6 . )
PFM - 300 -300 System frame and Power Supply
$675.00
PFM -301 -300 System Master Sync Generator Frame, e/w Dual
Power Supplies. For PSG -312 only
$1295.00
The Model PFM -300 Frame is unlike any other system frame developed. Its unique engineering concept allows the PFM -300 to house
any nine 300 System modules, in almost any system configuration,
and in any frame position, without modification. This unique universal concept means that the PFM -300 is not dedicated to the original
application, but can be added to, or changed to any other system
configuration whenever it is desired.
The PFM -300 Frame is the heart of the 300 System and consists
of a constant voltage transformer, the PPS -302 Power Supply, nine
cells with connectors mounted on a 30 buss "mother" board and
72 BNC connectors mounted on the rear panel.
ACCESSORIES:
PPS -302- Spare Power Supply for PFM -300 Frame
PBL- 305 -300 Series Blank Panel Single Width
PBL - 306 -300 Series Blank Panel- Double Width
PEX- 308 -300 Series Extender Board
PEX - 309 -300 Series Extender for Double Width Units
-
$100.00
$ 8.00
$10.00
$38.00
$78.00
PSG -310 DIGITAL COLOR SYNC GENERATOR
W/RS -170 GENLOCK
$1095.00
The PSG -310 Digital Color Sync Generator exemplifies the latest in
design techniques of digital engineering. The unique circuit allows us
to offer an ultra -stable and trouble free generator, with exclusive
features not normally found in broadcast quality equipment.
OPTION 1: Variable Blanking Width Assembly
$130.00
PSG -311 DIGITAL COLOR SYNC GENERATOR
$1095.00
The PSG -311 Digital Color Sync Generator incorporates the same
unique design techniques that are found in the PSG -310 Sync
Generator. The only exception is in the Genlock circuitry. The
PSG-311 was engineered to operate with helical VTR's or other
equipment that supplies unstable time base signals.
HARRIS
PFI-316
PMG -312 MASTER SYNC GENERATOR
$2500.00
The PMG -312 is a professional Master Color Sync Generator
designed to meet the most demanding specifications for performance and stability. The design criterion was to provide a high
quality master color sync generator that includes all the features
desired by the discerning engineer. Utilization of the latest state of
the art techniques are incorporated in the PM G-312.
PFT -314 FRAME TIMING MODULE
$975.00
The PFT -314 basically has the same system responsibility as its sister
unit, the PGS -315 Generator Substitute unit. That is, its primary
function is to receive an external signal and supply the PFM -300
Frame mother board with all the six drive signals. The PFT -314 has
major differences: The input signal is a Composite Reference Signal
ICRS) instead of individual drive signals; provides a complete set of
output signals for use external to the frame; has advance timing
capabilities instead of just delay, and subcarrier is phase locked to
H
Sync.
PGS -315 SYNC GENERATOR SUBSTITUTE
$525.00
The PGS -315 Sync Generator Substitute module is a valuable
member of the overall 300 System concept. It has the primary function of replacing the PSG -310 or PSG -311 Sync Generators when
external drive sources are available to the PFM -300 Frame. The
PGS -315 accepts Sync, Blanking, H- Drive, V -Drive and Subcarrier
from an external source, processes these signals and distributes them
to the proper busses in the frame. The identical digital delay circuits,
as described in the PSD -340 System Delay Module, are also in the
PGS -315 module, providing the system timing capabilities for the
frame. Because the PGS -315 is not a generator, although in this
application it is performing the same function, the pulses supplied to
the frame are absolutely jitter free and can be perfectly timed.
PFI -316 FRAME INTERFACE
The PFI -316 Frame Interface module is
$300.00
unique and inexpensive way
of allowing an external generator to supply signals to the PFM -300
Frame. It has the primary function of replacing the PSG -310 or
PSG -311 when external drive pulses are available to the PFM -300
Frame. The PFI -316 accepts SYNC, BLANKING,
H- DRIVE,
V- DRIVE, SUBCARRIER, and BURST FLAG from an external source
for proper distribution to the mother board busses in the frame.
There are no delay circuits in the PFI -316. Its function is simply to
apply the proper level and impedance of each signal to the Frame.
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
a
93
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
LENCO, INC.,
ELECTRONICS DIVISION
i.
PBB-321
.
i-s..L`
"'
PBD-322
160
PMB-323
The 300 System (continued)
$575.00
PCO-317 AUTOMATIC SYNC CHANGEOVER SWITCH
The PCO -317 Automatic Sync Changeover Switch is a remarkable
state of the art device designed to instantly recognize the failure of
any synchronizing signals and immediately switch to an alternate
_ source. Signal sensing circuits monitor each input for the level and
iming of the sync, blanking, horizontal drive, vertical drive, burst
lag, and subcarrier signals. Upon loss of the primary generator, the
PCO -317 will supply the frame busses with the alternate source only
if their signals are acceptable to the changeover module's parameters. It will not switch to a faulty generator.
-
PCO- 318 Automatic Sync Generator Changeover
(for PFM -301 frame only) (not shown)
w/ Black Burst
Black Burst Generator, (for PCO -318 only).
Remote Control for PCO -318
$200.00
175.00
Option 1
Option 2
$850.00
PCB -320 ENCODED COLOR BAR GENERATOR
$995.00
The PCB -320 Encoded Color Bar Generator is a precision test signal
generator engineered to conform to the EIA -RS -189-A and NTSC
specifications. Reflecting the progressive concept of the 300 System,
the PCB -320 includes the new SMPTE Alignment Color Bar Test
Signal with chroma and black set signals. The encoder is a true
NTSC standard as evidenced by the precise filtering of the I and Q
channels shown by the waveform.
One of the exclusive features of the PCB -320 is the single control
composite video delay circuit which, for the first time, allows system
timing of test signals.
PBB -321 BLACK BURST GENERATOR
$595.00
The Lenco PBB -321 Black Burst Generator is a precision professional
broadcast quality Black Burst Generator that provides a "Color
Black" video signal composed of composite sync, set -up and color
burst. This signals is used as the black reference input to switching
systems, cameras or may be used as a signal source to genlock
remote sync generators to "House" sync.
$875.00
PBD -322 BAR DOT /VISUAL REFERENCE GENERATOR
The PBD -322 Bar Dot /Visual Reference Generator is one of the 300
System's most technically advanced signal generators. It is two
separate and independent generators providing the standard dot
rading signals, and a new linearity test signal, including a "safe
signal.
The Bar Dot Generator digitally produces EIA standard horizontal
and vertical bars, cross hatch, and dot signals used in the testing for
convergence of color monitors and camera sweep circuits. Horizontal
and vertical position controls, plus pattern selection, are located on
the front panel.
illkitle"
PMB -323 MULTIBURST /SWEEP GENERATOR
$995.00
The PMB -323 Multiburst and Sweep Generator is a combination of
two precision test signal generators which are required for overall
system frequency response measurements. A front panel switch
provides for selection of either the Multiburst Signal, the Sweep
Signal, or both (on alternate lines). Other switches allow for the
selection of full or reduced amplitude and burst on -off. The Multi burst frequencies are preset to EIA standards but burst frequencies
can be adjusted to 10 MHz if required. Stability of both amplitude
and frequency is assured by a precision function generator operating
within a feedback loop. The burst levels are fixed and cannot change
as are the sync and setup levels. The Sweep Generator provides a
linear sweep at a horizontal rate from 0.5 MHz to approximately 12
MHz with overall flatness of 0.2 dB. Fixed markers are provided at
2.0 MHz intervals.
PSS -324 STAIRSTEP/RAMP GENERATOR
$925.00
The PSS -324 Stairstep /Ramp Generator provides a precision test
signal for measuring differential phase and gain, luminance linearity,
and burst phase error of a video system. An exclusive feature of the
generator is a negative signal for all combinations of test signals. This
is a very important function for the testing of differential phase and
gain in the burst region. Strict conformity to the standards of IEEE
206 is adhered to, as well as a true video bounce test that conforms
to standard APL definitions.
PPB-325 SIN
PULSE WINDOW GENERATOR
$1095.00
The Lenco Model PPB -325 Sin' Pulse Window Generator is another
in the series of fine, precision, state of the art signal generators.
Unique engineering and packaging techniques have provided the
following nine precision test signals in a one module width plug -in
unit: Modulated 12.5T and 20T, T, 2T, or T/2 pulses, window or
bar signals and the exclusive "pluge" pulse. The PPB -325, with a
combination of front panel switches and internal strapping options,
can provide almost any combination of the nine signals. This feature
was designed to allow the user to determine the proper test signals
which are best suited for his particular system application.
PFF -329 BLACK BURST/BACKGROUND GENERATOR
$650.00
The Black Burst section of the PFF -329 provides a "Color Black"
video signal composed of composite sync, set -up, and color burst.
This signal is used as the black input to switching systems, or may
be used as a signal source to genlock remote sync generators to
"House" sync.
The Color Background section produces a solid field of color and,
when connected to the input of a special effects generator or video
insert keyer, provides color backgrounds for titles and other inserts.
A standard feature of all 300 System generators is a composite delay
which provides for delaying the output signal up to 1.5 p5 to assist
in system timing.
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
gin
HARRIS
94
LENCO, INC.,
ELECTRONICS DIVISION
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
PSA-346
PST -341
The 300 System (continued)
PSD -340 SYSTEM DELAY MODULE
$550.00
The PSD -340 System Delay Module has completely changed the
traditional system timing techniques as they are now used. This
unique system concept obsoletes the use of pulse and subcarrier
distribution amplifiers, as well as excessive cable or other external
delay devices used in system timing. The PSD -340 will supply all
drive signals to any video source, including subcarrier, with the
unique capability of timing these signals to your system requirements. This jitter free device can be compared with having an
individual genlock sync generator driving each camera, switcher,
VTR, etc.
PST -341 SYSTEM TIMING MODULE
W/OPTIONAL BLACK BURST OUTPUT
$975.00
The PST -341 System Timing Module is a new generation of system
timing equipment added to the "300 SYSTEM ". It not only has
delay, but advance as well. The PST -341 requires the Composite
Reference Signal (CRS), from the PMG -312 Master Sync Generator
via the PFM -300 Frame mother board. This Composite Reference
Signal supplies Master Sync Generator timing information to the
PST-341 for the purpose of system distribution and timing.
PBT -342 BLACK BURST TIMING
$995.00
The PBT -342 Blackburst Timing Module not only has delay, but
advance as well. The PBT -342 requires the Composite Reference
Signal (CRS) from the PMG-312 Master Sync Generator via the
PFM -300 Frame mother board. This Composite Reference Signal
supplies Master Sync Generator timing information to the PBT -342 for
the purpose of system distribution and timing of blackburst required
devices.
PPA-343 PULSE DISTRIBUTION AMPLIFIER
$275.00
The PPA -343 Pulse Distribution Amplifier is an important module in
the overall concept of the 300 System. Although the PSD -340
System Delay Module is the modern method of pulse distribution
and system timing, there are still many applications where the
standard methods of individual pulse distribution are required.
OPTION 1: Pulse Delay Assembly for PPA -343
GB
HARRIS
PSA -346 SUBCARRIER DISTRIBUTION AMPLIFIER
$395.00
The PSA -346 Subcarrier Distribution Amplifier was designed to
supplement the versatile 300 System's unique concept and incorporates the same state of the art design techniques found in all of the
300 System modules. The PSA -346 is a precision, ultra -stable,
regenerative subcarrier amplifier whose advanced circuitry provides a
pure, distortion free 3.58 MHz sine wave.
PVA -350 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION AMPLIFIER
$290.00
The PVA -350 Video Distribution Amplifier reflects a new concept in
engineering techniques, bringing to the 300 System a versatile state
of the art video amplifier with outstanding performance characteristics. The PVA -350 is flat to 15 MHz, has a unique automatic DC
offset control, and offers low noise, excellent stability, and virtually
no distortion. A differential amplifier on the input is standard in the
PVA -350, and provides 70 dB of common mode rejection.
OPTION 1: Feedback Clamp Assembly
$110.00
OPTION 2: Cable Equalizer Assembly
$85.00
OPTION 3: Sync Adding Assembly
$50.00
PVD -354 VARIABLE DELAY VIDEO AMPLIFIER
$950.00
The PVD -354 Variable Delay Amplifier is a precision device that has
widespread system applications when quality and accuracy of video
timing is desired. Most passive video display devices have a very
sharp frequence roll -off above 5 MHz and show an insertion loss of
about 6 dB. This requires the use of a video distribution amplifier
with enough gain to bring the signal up to normal. The PVD -354,
however, is a wideband device that has no insertion loss, and will
provide up to 537,uS of equalized video delay, with infinite resolution
of delay setting. An option to the PVD -354 is a plug -in board that will
provide a maximum of 1.051 ,uS of video delay.
$125.00
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
95
LENCO, INC.,
ELECTRONICS DIVISION
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
PCD-363
THE 300 SYSTEM (continued)
PCD -363 NTSC CHROMA DECODER
$2085.00
The PCD -363 Chroma Decoder exemplifies the unique engineering
concept of the 300 System. A full combed filtered Chroma Decoder,
with a full Genlock sync generator can now be supplied in a two
module width plug -in device. Four PCD -363 Chroma Decoders can
be mounted in one PFM -300 Frame, each operating independently
from each other. The PCD -363 Chroma Decoder is especially valuable for color line recording, large screen display, chroma keying,
or other uses where RGB signals are required from a composite
NTSC color source.
PSW -367 6 x 1 TEST SET SWITCHER
$525.00
The PSW -367 6 x 1 Test Switcher was designed to provide a unique
and economical method of selecting the various output signals from
the test signal generators that may be installed in the PFM -300 Frame.
In addition to the six test module signals, provisions have been
included to allow the PSW -367 to switch to either the "Gen -lock
Video" or one other external video source. The PSW -367 will switch
during the vertical interval and the LED display will constantly monitor
the switch status.
PMM- 3994" ENGINEERING VIDEO MONITOR
PFO -364 UNIVERSAL AMPLIFIER
$350.00
The PFO-364 Universal Amplifier is by far one of the most unique
and versatile modules in the 300 System. The PFO -364 consists of
eight separate and independent distribution amplifiers each having
one input and one output with unity gain. Each amplifier can supply
either subcarrier, drive pulses, or video signals as system applications
require.
$650.00
new concept in video monitoring. An addition to the "300 System" making it the industry's most sensible
system. The PMM -399 is a high quality monochrome monitor using a
4" screen for engineering evaluation of the video signal. It offers high
resolution performance that makes it ideal for camera and tape
monitoring over a wide range of applications. In mobil van or permanent studio applications, the PMM -399 provides an economical, yet
high quality monitoring system for broadcast, industrial and educational production system engineers.
Lenco has introduced
a
SW -365 PROCESSOR AMPLIFIER W /SYNC GENERATOR
$1875.00
he PSW -365 Processor Amplifier is a high quality, precision, self
contained processing device that is as completely unique in its method
of operation as it is in its size. The outstanding features of the
PSW -365 testify to the superior engineering and packaging
techniques found throughout the 300 System.
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
W HARRIS
96
LENCO, INC.,
ELECTRONICS DIVISION
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
VN M-428
./
'
!4
II MI
P V S-430
III
11111111
111
PSW-467
THE 400 SERIES
PGL -413 GENLOCK UNIT
52500.00
The PGL -413 is a self- contained genlock unit designed to lock two
non -synchronous video signals. This genlock unit provides a wide
range of applications such as: genlocking video signals from two
mobile trucks, timing and phasing systems, and converting VTR
playback to RS -170A requirements.
VNM -428 VIDEO NOISE METER
$1900.00
The Lenco Model VNM -428 Video Noise Meter is a patented device
which utilizes a unique and different principle of operation than any
other instrument now in use.
Little attention has been directed to noise measurements until
recent years. In today's highly competitive television industry, noise
performance has become one of the most significant parameters
considered when evaluating visual performance.
PVS -430 VIDEOSCOPE
$3125.00
The Lenco PVS -430 VIDEOSCOPE provides the first graphic method
for certifying the correct SC /H Phase relationship. The PVS -430
VIDEOSCOPE will very accurately measure the SC /H Phase
relationship of any video source. It also compares horizontal and
subcarrier phase at the switcher output for precise and accurate
system timing. In an editing system the VIDEOSCOPE can be used to
determine the correct SC /H at time of recording.
NTSC COLOR ENCODER W /COLOR BAR GENERATOR
$2500.00
The PCE -462 is a compact stable encoder, designed to meet or exceed
the most demanding of professional broadcast and teleproduction
requirments. It produces an NTSC /EIA color signal from either a three
IRGBI or four IRGBYI video source. The fourth of luminance channel
input is an optional plug -in circuit board. A precision RS -189 full or
split field color bar generator is provided to simplify system set -up and
maintain levels without constant re- adjustment. The PCE -462 features
differential input amplifiers and video clamping to eliminate low
frequency noise and color errors.
PCE -462
PCE -4621 PLUG -IN
LUMINANCE CHANNEL FOR PCE-462
$275.00
PAF -467 AUDIO FOLLOW BRIDGING SWITCHER
$835.00
The PAF-467 is a 12 x
Audio Follow Switcher designed as a companion to the PSW -467 Video Switcher. The PAF -467 was engineered to exacting broadcast specifications with the emphasis on
quality and versatility. A major influence to the design of the
switcher, and particularly the multiple remote capabilities, was the
growing demand for two or more audio switchers operated from
one video switcher. Applications such as switching video, audio, and
SMPTE time code at the same time, or stereo audio and SMPT" time code are only a few examples of the versatility of the
system. One PSW -467 video switcher can control ten or more PAr467 audio switchers should system requirements dictate.
1
PSR -467 REMOTE CONTROL
$535.00
The PSR -467 Remote Control is a self- contained rack mounted unit
that, because of the digital technique used, can be located at least
1000 feet away from the switcher location. It requires no external
power source as it receives its power from the PSW -467 Video
Switcher.
PSR -4673 REMOTE CONTROL P.C. BOARD ASSEMBLY
$170.00
PSW -467 VERTICAL INTERVAL BRIDGING SWITCHER $1230.00
The PSW -467 is a 12 input, dual output vertical interval bridging
switcher designed to efficiently and economically route or delegate
video signals. Applications include VTR source selection, monitor
input selection, distribution of classroom video, special effects key
switching, or general patching. The PSW -467 switcher is capable
of remote control using the associated PSR -467, and audio follow
using the PAF -467 unit.
The PSW -467 was engineered with a loop -thru input of extremely
high impedance and low capacitance that has a negligible loading
effect on the input signal allowing the "stacking" of many switchers
together providing a routing switcher that is versatile, expandable,
and most important, economical.
PSW468
12 x 1 V.I. VIDEO SWITCHER WITHOUT PUSHBUTTONS
$1000.00
PDM -470 DEMODULATOR
$1250.00
The PDM -470 Demodulator was designed specifically for the
convenience of RF to video interface. The unit is not intended for
precision transmitter measurements, but engineered for remote
trucks, maintenance shops, transmitter sites, and studio control
rooms where just a good picture is required. When the PDM -470
combined with Lenco's PGL -413 Genlock unit, any RF television sign
not only can be converted to the RS -170A standards, but will lock to
the house sync system as well.
i
ai HARRIS
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
Lightning
Elimination
Associates,lnc.
97
SURGE ELIMINATORS
Surge Eliminators are multi- stage,
series -hybrid devices. Normally passive in the circuit, the SE will detect,
intercept, and dissipate the power
surges that result from lightning
strikes or machine -made disturbances.
N
Heavy Duty,
Medium -Current Applications
will protect facilities from
power surges caused by nearby
lightning strikes to the power line, or
by public utility switching or load
changing. These units handle more
surge energy than any other protector
on the market, and yet provide tighter
voltage control. To accommodate any
type of service entrance, these units
can be ordered with or without the
NEMA -12 enclosure, and can be
mounted in any position.
These
Heavy Duty,
High- Current Applications
These Surge Eliminators will protect
facilities that use hundreds -tothousands of amperes of current.
Normally, the components for this
type of service are very heavy and
bulky. However, LEA developed a
triaxial choke that accomplishes the
required functions with less than
one -tenth the weight. These units
intercept surge currents, cancel
common mode disturbances, and
outperform any other surge protector
on the market. These units can be
ordered with or without the NEMA -12
enclosure, and can be mounted in any
position.
Light Duty,
Plug -In Protectors
These will protect any equipment that
can be plugged into a grounded
receptacle, in locations (such as
surburban areas) where they will not
be exposed to the full force of the
lightning strike. They are packaged in
NEMA -12
hammertone metal
a
weatherproof enclosure that measures 8 x 6 x 4 inches, and may be
ordered with one, two, or four
receptacles. The plug -in protectors
can be mounted in any position, and
are indicated by the "S" suffix in the
Selection Guide.
CLAMING RATIO CHARACTERISTICS
8
SINGLE
VARISTOR
7
AV
STACKED
VARISTO
t-
-
6
"
r
5
AI
4
3
DESTRUC
/1
POINT
STACKED
MOV S
SINGLE
M
A
OTHER
AT
2
-
1
loo
10
SURGE CURRENT
IN
,
1mA
itillgilfilli
10K
1K
100A
AMPERES
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
n
ír
HARRIS
Lightning
Elimination
Associates, Inc.
Surge Handling Capacity (per phase)
Load Current
Max. Surge
Current (Amps)
(Amps)
25,000
60,000
120,000
120,000
20
30 -60
100 -400
600 -4000
1
Energy Dissipated Total System
Internally (Joules) Energy Dissipated
1000
Varies from 10 to 1,000
2750
5800
8800
times more than internal
capacity, depending on
SE model and ground
characteristics.
SURGE
ELIMINATORS
Response Time
Clamping Ratio
Maximum Reverse Leakage
Useful Frequency Range
Power Line Voltages
Power Line Currents
Temperature Range
EMI Rejection
<5 Nanoseconds
Refer to Curve
0.1
Milliampere RMS
D.C. to 1000 HZ
110 Volts to 4160 Volts RMS
1 Ampere to 4000 Amperes
-40°C. to - 85 °C. -40 °F to 185 °F)
(
BI- Directional, Refer to Curve
Dimensions
Refer to Selection Guide
'Other Values Available on Special Order
Selection Guide
FULL LOAD
AMPERES
10
10
15
20
30
60
100
150
200
300
30
60
100
150
200
300
400
30
60
100
150
200
300
400
600
1000
1500
2000
ENCLOSURE SIZE IN INCHES
MODEL NO.
PRICE'
H
W
D
110 Volts through 480 Volts RMS, Single Phase, Grounded Neutral
SE- (
-10BF
S
79.95
57/e x 3' /,e" x 21/4
SE-10BFS
89.95
57/s x 31/4e" x 21/4
SE-15
358.00
8x10x4
SE- (") -20S
395.00
8x10x6
SE-30
385.00
8x10x6
SE- ( ") -60
927.00
30 x 24 x 8
SE- (") -100
1338.00
30 x 24 x 8
SE -( "1 -150
1778.00
30 x 24 x 8
-200
SE2173.00
30 x 24 x 8
SE-300
2768.00
30 x 24 x 8
))
()
FM-1K
FM -2.5K
()
FM -5K
()
Split Phase, Normally 120/240 Volts RMS, Three Wire
-30
793.00
24 x 16 x 65/e
-60
1558.00
30 x 24 x 8
-100
2007.00
30 x 24 x 8
-150
2611.00
36 x 24 x 8
(
-200
3297.00
36 x 24 x 8
(") -300
3647.00
36 x 24 x 8
(
-400
4213.00
42 x 30 x 10
SESESESESESESE-
()
()
()
(')
")
")
208 Volts through 480 Volts RMS, Three Phase, Specify Wye or Delta
SE- (
-30
1205.00
24x16x6%
SE-60
1838.00
30x24x8
SE-100
2684.00
30 x 24 x 8
SE-150
3358.00
36 x 24 x 8
SE-200
3965.00
42 x 30 x 10
SE4691.00
-300
42x30x10
SE-400
5890.00
42x30x10
SE-600
7293.00
42 x 30 x 10
SE-1000
8503.00
48 x 30 x 12
SE- (") -1500
9722.00
60x36x12
SE-2000
10,933.00
60 x 36 x 12
")
(')
FM -10K
FM -25K
MW-1 -A
MW -5 -A
()
()
()
()
()
()
()
MW -10
(')
MW-50 -A
100
150
30
60
100
150
1200 Volts through 2500 Volts RMS, Three Phase, Specify Wye or Delta
SE-30
3625.00
24 x 16 x 65/e
SE- ( ") -60
4252.00
30x24x8
-100
SE4867.00
30 x 24 x 8
SE-150
5706.00
36 x24 x 8
1
()
()
()
()
()
Prices are subject to change without notice.
'Insert the actual line -to -line voltage required.
Prices do not include installation.
Please note that the first number in our SE Model number is the line -to -line
voltage When ordering the actual line -to -line voltage should be specified.
The second number is the rated full load line current.
On three phase units specify WYE or DELTA and where grounded or
floating.
HARRIS
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
LEA Surge Eliminator
SE- 115 -10BFS
SE- 120/240 -30 Single Phase
SE- 120/240 -30 Single Phase
SE- 208 -30 Three Phase
or
SE- 240 -30 Three Phase
(')
(')
rin
UU
FM -100K
(
600 Volts through 100 Volts RMS, Three Phase, Specify Wye or Delta
SE-30
2959.00
24 x 16 x 6%
-60
SE3531.00
30 x 24 x 8
SE-100
3918.00
30x24x8
SE- (") -150
4451.00
36x24x8
30
60
Harris
Transmitter
SE- 208 -60 Three Phase
or
SE- 240 -60 Three Phase
SE- 208 -150 Three Phase
or
SE- 240 -150 Three Phase
or
SE- 360 -100 Three Phase
or
SE- 415 -100 Three Phase
SE- 208 -15 Single Phase
or
SE- 260 -15 Single Phase
SE -208 -60 Three Phase
or
SE -230 -60 Three Phase
or
SE- 380 -30 Three Phase
SE- 200 -100 Three Phase
or
SE- 500 -60 Three Phase
or
SE -350 -60 Three Phase
or
SE- 430 -60 Three Phase
SE- 480 -150 Three Phase
or
SE- 380 -200 Three Phase
99
Model D -2500 Video Character Generator
Generator that
D -2500 is a multi -page Video Character
features a high resolution graphic arts character display. It is
designed for operating in professional television systems that require
the highest quality in titling and captioning.
The D -2500 features a broadcast quality video mixer, 3 speed roll
and crawl; three full font styles; internal 4 -page 40 -line random
access memory; two character sizes; automatic centering; word
flash; and 3 position
or 2 line title mode.
The Model D -2500 is a complete titling facility. All necessary features
are built into the unit, eliminating the requirement for add -on or
plug -in options. This "complete" system concept, plus the use of
only high -quality materials makes the D -2500 an inherently reliable
device -a most important consideration for television use.
Two font styles are available for the Model D -2500. Video Gothic and
Helvetica Bold. All are available in upper -case style, with matching
lower -case characters. The Model D -2500 can accommodate
at one
time either two different upper -case font styles or a matching upper
and lower case font.
The
1
-
-
80- 9430 -1447 -4. Model D -2500 Character Generator
ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS
80- 9430 -1017 -5. Audio Interface
DATAFONT SELECTIONS
80- 9430 -1212 -2. Video Gothic Upper Case1
80- 9430 -1214 -8. Helvetica Bold Upper Caset
80- 9430 -1213 -0. Video Gothic Lower Case2
80- 9430 -1215 -5. Helvetica Bold Lower Case2
Instruction Manual (one supplied with each unit)
D -2000
VIDEO CHARACTER
GENERATORS
$6200.00
600.00
650.00
650.00
650.00
650.00
50.00
1One font included in base price. Please specify selection.
2Lower case includes math symbols and foreign language characters.
Model D -3016 Character Generator
Model D -2000 Video Character Generator
The Model D -3016 is a self- standing, multi -page video character
generator featuring a high resolution character display and two video
channel outputs. It is designed for operation in professional television
systems that require a quality titling /captioning capability.
The Model D -3016 is a complete titling facility. All necessary features are built into the unit, eliminating the requirement for add -on
or plug -in options. This "complete" system concept, plus the use of
only high -quality materials makes the D -3016 an inherently reliable
device -a most important consideration for television use.
Two font styles are available for the Model D -3016; Video Gothic and
Helvetica Semi -Bold. All are available in uppercase style, with
matching lower -case characters. The Models D -3016 can accommodate
at one time
either two different upper -case font styles or a
matching upper and lower case font.
The Model D -2000 is a multi -page Video Character Generator featuring a high resolution character display. It is designed for operation in
most television systems that require a professional quality titling and
-
-
Other features are Vertical Roll (3 speeds), Horizontal Crawl (3
speeds), Word Flash, Automatic Centering on a line -by -line basis,
edge key output, and three -position Crawl /Title selection. Also low
speed and high speed data input /output.
80 -9430- 1197 -5. D -3016 Character Generator
(Specify one upper /lower case font or
two upper case fonts below)
$7750.00
ACCESSORIES
80- 9430 -1017 -5. D -3003 Audio Interface ....
600.00
Datafont Selections
80- 9430 -1212 -2. Video Gothic Upper Case
650.00
80 -9430- 1214 -8. Helvetica Bold Upper Case
650.00
80 -9430- 1213 -0. Video Gothic Lower Case1
650.00
80 -9430- 1215 -5. Helvetica Bold Lower Case1
650.00
80 -9430- 1220 -5. Instruction Manual (one supplied)
50.00
1Lower case includes math symbols and foreign
language characters.
captioning capability.
The Model D -2000 features both a broadcast quality video mixer and
audio interface. Besides its many built -in features, a number of
options are available for the Model D -2000.
The Model D -2000 utilizes the same high -resolution font styles as the
D -3016.
80- 9430 -1070 -4. Model D -2000 Video Titler
(110V) NTSC Standards
$3990.00
DATAFONT SELECTIONS
80- 9430 -1212 -2. Video Gothic Upper Case1
80- 9430 -1214 -8. Helvetica Bold Upper Case1
650.00
650.00
ACCESSORIES /OPTIONS
80- 9430 -1075 -3.
80- 9430 -1073 -8.
80- 9430 -1074 -6.
80 -9430- 1085 -2.
D -2010 Edge Option
D -2020 Auto Center
D -2030 RS- 2321/03
D -2041 Lower Case
410.00
415.00
250.00
Font
-
80- 9430 -1223 -9. D -2042 Lower Case Font
-
740.00
Video Gothic2
740.00
100.00
Helvetica Bold2
80- 9430 -1078 -7. D -2050 Extender Card
80- 9430 -1076 -1. Instruction Manual
lone supplied with each D- 2000)
50.00
10ne font included in basic price. Please specify selection.
2Lower Case includes math symbols and foreign language characters.
3D -2030 required for operation with D -4500.
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice
rwl
L
HARRIS
100
Piper Roman
type face)
(a serif
AA
Be Cu Do
HH
It
Et:
NUMBERS AND SYMBOLS
Cc
Fr
12 22
8
JJ KK LL MN NN
Oo Pr 00 Re Ss TT Uu
'Lr.
Yv W. Xx Yy Zz
Ls
%x
LARGE AND SMALL FONTS
33 44 66 64 77
9s 0o
t
'
It
11
I
-
-
so 77
2. ss
r
=.
4s
/
/..
D-4500
Upper Case Set
Video Gothic
(Similar to Helvetica Bold, but
slimmer character style)
a
AA Be Cc
Do EE FF Cc
Hm
KN LL Mu
I,
J.i
Oo Pr Do RR Ss
Vv W. Xx
LARLE
TT
NUMBERS ANO SYMBOLS
I.
22 33 44 5e 6e 77
NN
8.
9s Do
Ir
-
uu
Sr
t
(r
)r
Yv Zz
%x
.
-
,
W
se
Helvetica Bold
s.
..
(A bold san serif typeface)
is
Amo srALL FONTS
Upper Case Set
Lower case set identical to Helvetica Bold except for copyright
symbol.
AA
Be
HH
II
JJ KK
LL
MM NN
Oo PP GO RR
Ss
TT Uu
WEATHER TODAY
A
ANTHONY MATTIA
Video Gothic
directed by
JOHN HOWARD
lower
42046
8799
78321
435096
110888
Burford
Landsman
Lusby
P.r.Ing.r
Stull
xx 44
((
))
..
xx ,,
*.
:
.
/,
.
SMALL Fours
Arlo
b c
CO.
d
97
production ass
i.i
g h
f
I)
.
is
,
to
"-
..
I
m n
o p q
s
r
t
x
y
$4995.00
Includes:
81- 6118 -0135 -8. 1 each D -4500 Disk Housing with Drive
80 -9430- 1628 -9. 2 each D -4500 Diskettes
80 -9430- 1614 -9. 1 each D -4500 Keyboard Controller
(includes 25' interconnecting cable)
each D -4500 Instruction Manual
C
I
u
I
B t t t
.
A
9 4
x
.
.
Lower Case Set
ACCESSORIES /OPTIONS:
80- 9430 -1615 -6. D -4500
9430 -1490 -4.
80- 9430 -1615 -6.
80- 9430 -1616 -4.
80- 9430 -1628 -9.
80-
a
80 -9430- 1613 -1. D -4500 Disk Storage
<
u v
t
Helvetica Bold
microprocessor based mini -floppy
storage device designed to be used with 3M's D2000, D2500 and
D3016 character generators. A single disc system may store up to as
many as 400 pages of text. Using the subtitle title mode of operation,
as many as 4,000 individual lines of titling may be achieved. The
D4500 has the capacity of a second disc drive (optional) which
allows the operator access to as many as 800 pages or 8,000 lines.
When two drives are available it is possible to copy the entire contents of a diskette to another diskette, thus obtaining a "backup"
copy of important information. Each diskette can store any one of
four types of data: static information, dynamic information [roll,
crawl, animation (with D- 301611, subtitles or special programmed
instructions.
The D4500 provides a unique program mode which allows the operator the capability of "stacking" sequential or random addresses of
stored data. The playback speed and the time interval that each
page of information is displayed may also be predetermined.
Using the subtitle mode, titles from one line to ten lines in length
may be read from the disc sequentially or randomly. These titles may
be played back at rates from one character to 800 characters per
second. The titles are normally, justified to the bottom line of a display, but the titles may be offset or moved by the operator.
The D4500 also features a roll mode; a crawl mode; and an adjustable
animation playback mode when used with the D3016 character
generator.
w n c J
k
*ALL VOTES IN"
Piper Roman
3M Video Products D4500 is
characters
o
.
Model D -4500 Mini -Floppy Disc Memory
1
"-
math and foreign
DISTRICT
CHARACTER GENERATOR
DISC MEMORY
80 -9430- 1617 -2.
!I
3rd CONGRESSIONAL
produced by
CHARLES L GERMON
ADS CHANCE OF RAIN
STARTING LATE TONIGHT
OR EARLY TOMORRO.
8e 9s Oo
Upper Case Set
Typical Displays
HIGH 63 -68'
MID 40 s
Lo. TONIGHT
RELATIVE HUMIDITY 207.
BAROMETER
213 75
NUMBERS AND SYMBOLS
11 22 3a 44 5. 8e 77
2z
Vv We Xx YY
LARGE
THE
Cc Do EE FF GG
Optional 2nd Remote Keyboard.
D -4500 Disc Drive Transport
D -4500 Remote Keyboard
D -4500 Diagnostics
D -4500 Diskettes
Remote Cable -25'
50'
$1750.00
1500.00
1750.00
210.00
24.50
130.00
200.00
Instruction Manual
50.00
"Stock number not available at this time.
Note: When ordering the D -4500 to interface with previously purchased character generator, type of character generator and the
serial number must be specified.
80- 9430 -1617 -2.
VIDEO TYPE SELECTIONS
Video Type Selections
for Datavision Character Generators
Three different video type faces are available for Datavision Character Generators Model D -2000, D -2500 and D -3016. They are:
Helvetica Bold, Piper Roman, and Video Gothic. All three styles are
available in two set configurations:
1. Upper case alpha characters, numbers, and symbols (64 characters in all).
Lower case matching alpha characters and selected math symbols
and foreign alpha characters with accent marks (64 characters in all).
2.
A full two -set compliment of Helvetica Bold is shown below. Since
the Piper Roman and Video Gothic sets are identical, only the upper
case configuration is presented. All photos are actual off -monitor
representations.
Character sizes for all type faces are:
Regular Caps
28 scan lines
Small Caps
20 scan lines
Lower Case
Vary 18 -28 scan lines
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice
101
MARTI ¿Zctronici,
AURAL STUDIO -TRANSMITTER LINK
STL -8 Transmitter
Direct
All Solid State
Modular Construction
Modulator
Test Meter Built In Proven Reliability in
hundreds of installations Unsurpassed for
Dual Channel Stereo STL, Single Channel
AM STL or Inter City Relay.
FM
-
Stereo
Specifications
Stereo Cross Talk
Noise
Response
Distortion
-65 DB
-65 DB or less
+ / -0.5 DB 30-15000 Hz.
Less than 0.5%
TYPICAL ANTENNA AND
TRANSMISSION LINE PACKAGES
"AA"
Maximum Path Length, Monaural,
-
-
Package
17 Mi.
Stereo, 15 Mi.
$1280.00
(2) 4' Parabolic Antennas, c/w Mounting Brackets.
(2) Male Type N Connectors for LDF4-50 'h" Foam HELIAX.
(2) Female Type N Connectors for LDF -50 'h" Foam HELIAX.
(2) PG -3B 3 foot Jumper Cables.
(2) K -1 Grounding and Weatherproofing Kits.
feet of LDF4 -50 'h" Foam HELIAX at $1.36 per foot.
(
1
$
-
-
Package "BB"
Maximum Path Length, Monaural, 20 Mi.
Stereo, 18 Mi.
$1994.00
(2) 6' Parabolic Antennas, c/w Mounting Brackets.
(4) Male Type N Connectors for LDF5-50 7/8" Foam HELIAX.
(4) PG -3B 3 foot Jumper Cables.
(2) K -1 Grounding and Weatherproofing Kits.
feet of LDF5 -50 7/8" Foam HELIAX at $3.54 per foot.
(
1
$
STL PACKAGES
-
AM and /or FM MONAURAL
Package "A"
STL -8 Transmitter, c/w crystal and tuned.
(1)
R-200/950 Receiver, c/w crystals and tuned.
(1)
Package
"B"
BY"
(2)
(2)
(1)
(1)
$2580.00
- AM and /or FM MONAURAL WITH "HOT STAND-
$5635.00
STL -8 Transmitters, c/w crystals and tuned.
R- 200/950 Receiver, c/w crystals and tuned.
ASO -8A Transmitter Switcher.
ASO -200A Receiver Switcher.
-
Package "C"
FM STEREO
STL -8 Transmitters, c/w crystals and tuned.
(2)
R- 200/950 Receivers, c/w crystals and tuned.
(2)
HRC -8 Transmitter Combiner.
(1)
(1) MTS -1 Receiver Combiner.
-
$4765.00
FM STEREO WITH "HOT STANDBY
Package "D"
STL -8 Transmitters, c/w crystals and tuned.
(41
(4) R- 200/950 Receivers, c/w crystals and tuned.
(2) HRC -8 Transmitter Combiners.
(2) MTS -1 Receiver Combiners.
(1)
I11
"...
$1935.00
ASO -8A Transmitter Switcher.
ASO -200A Receiver Switcher.
ACCESSORIES
ASO-8A Automatic Switchover Unit for "hot standby" switching
between two STL -8 Series transmitters. 120/240 VAC. Rack mount.
$415.00
3'1" x 19"
CLA -40A Compressor /Limiter Amplifier. 120/240 VAC. Rack Mount,
$495.00
3'h " x 19"
ASO -200A Automatic Switchover Unit for "hot standby" switching
between two R- 200/950 Series receivers. 120/240 VAC. Rack
$375.00
mount. 3'/2" x 19"
SCG -8H Sub -Carrier Generator, solid- state, tuned to 39 or 67 KHz.
120/240 VAC. Complete with Mute Module. 31/2" x 19" Horizontal
Rack construction
$475.00
SCR -8H Sub -Carrier Receiver, solid- state, tuned to 39 KHz. 120/
$395.00
240 VAC. 31/2" x 19" Horizontal Rack construction
PGM -20A Program Amplifier. 120/240 VAC. 3'h" x 19" Rack
mount
$240.00
MA -10 Monitor Amplifier. 120/240 VAC. 3'1" x 19" Rack
$198.00
mount. Complete with Speaker Muting Relay
MRA -950 RF Preamplifier. 120 VAC
$220.00
ASO-8A
SCG-8H
din
ma,
MRA-950
s
a
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice
ONO
NO
.r.
..
r..
to HARRIS
102
MARTI ¿Zclronicj,jnc.
MARTI TSL- 25/450
Transmitter-Studio Link
SYSTEM
* FCC Type Accepted 25 -Watt Transmitter for 10F3 Emission * Modulation Control by
FEATURES Built -In Compressor- Limiter * Continuous Duty Operation * Subaudible and Voice
Band Operation (20 -3000 Hz. Response) * 115/230 V. AC or 13.6 V. DC Operation of
Transmitter * FCC Certified Receiver with 90 DB Spurious Rejection * Carrier Operated
Relay in Receiver
RPT -25 Rack mount
The Marti TSL- 25/450 TRANSMITTER -STUDIO LINK is a narrow Band point -to -point data /communication channel consisting
of the FCC type accepted RPT -25P 25 Watt transmitter and FCC certified R- 30/450 receiver with a directional antenna system.
This system operates in the FCC Frequency group P channels (450.01-455.99 M hz.) designated for signalling, tone and operational communications as authorized in Part 74, Subpart D, 74.402 (a)(7) of the FCC Rules and Regulations. A system frequency
response of 20 Hz. to 3000 Hz. permits transmission of subaudible as well as voice band information.
SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS
Frequency
Audio Response
Distortion
Group
P (10.F3) Channels 450.01, 450.02, 450.98, 450.99, 455.01, 455.02, 455.98, 455.99 Mhz.
f2 db 20 Hz. to 3000 Hz.
Less than 2D/D THD.
38 db below 100% Modulation.
Noise
SPECIFICATIONS RPT -25P
Multiplication
Stability
Sprot Fmntien
Crvtral
,.an,y
aF
Output
RF
Connnor
oue.ar,ny tamp Range
ad
orus
ad.o
a
input level
Audio
C
00025% -30 deg. C. to r50 deg.C.
Spurious radiation attenuated more than 60
DB below carrier level.
m 25 watts, nominal 20 watts into 50
.Mee
ohms.
UG.58A / U.
-20 deg. C. to 1-45 deg. C.
15 KHz Deviation. 10F3'Em,ssion
Four inputs we provided with individual m
ing gon controls. Three of the inputs ere for
microphones (one'push- to-ralkl and one input
accepts balanced 600 ohm line.
Microphone input level Ren be from -70 DB
-45 DB. line input level can
DIM to
DIM
Will accept microphones from
to
+
be from
150
ohms. Line input 600 ohms balanced.
-20
to 600
Input No
1x10.431). Inputs Nos. 2. 3, and
4 (XLR3 -311.
115 230 volts AC. 50/60 Ha.. 155 watts trans.
mining, 30 watts standby 136 volts DC negative ground. 7 amp. transmitting. 0.5 amp.
standby.
Mara CA.40 Compressor Limiter Module.
Selector switch for measuring audio level.
compressor gain reduction, RF output, etc.
1
3e.
Modulation Central
net, 26 lb. gross.
6!9" high o 15" wide it 12" deep
Weight
20 lbs
Dimensions
IF Fibering
Metering
microvolt for 20 DB quieting E ghl tuned RF
circuits FET RF ampldiers for tow cross mod
50
Novotny Steblny
ohms. UG -58A /U Connector.
0005%
-30
PACKAGE NUMBER 20
RPT -25 -P 25 watt solid -state transmitter, corn plete with crystal and tuned to the 450 MHz.
W HARRIS
SReekh
1
Input Impedance
band. 0.00025% Frequency Tolerance.
RMH -2 Rack Shelf for Mounting RPT -25 in
Standard Rack
R- 30/450 solid -state receiver, complete with
crystal and tuned to the 450 MHz. band, for use
with the RPT -25-P for TSL System
DB -436 Yagi Antenna, 6 element, 10 db gain,
for use on 450 -460 MHz. band. (Horizontal polarization recommended)
$131.00 ea.
L44N Connectors for LDF4 -50 Foam Heliax
$18.00 ea.
Reopen
Power Requiemerm
AC Pewee Supply
SPECIFICATIONS R- 30/450
Mmiliviey
Spurious
Audio Output
12)
(2)
deg. C. to
t50
deg. C.
Solid Stete Deekm
Dinten ens
Weight
s
-90 DB Metter than -100
optional ore-selector.)
At least
16
lbs. net, 20 lbs. gross.
PG -3B 3 foot Jumper Cables.
$12.00 ea.
K -1
Grounding and Weatherproofing Kits.
24.00
8.00 ea.
16.00
$2724.00
$
Equipment sub -total
925.00
(1)
with
- TSL SYSTEM
$1405.00
20.00
DB
4 DBM
Balanced 600 ohms. +
Adluateble squelch provides audio inuring.
plus auxiliary contacts for external signal
circuit.
Extensive RF filtering and shielding for use to
high RF fields.
115/230 VAC. 50 /60 HL 30 watts
Precision, electronically regulated integrated
circuit, with current limiting. Plug -in module.
Precision taut-band meter with front panel
test selector switch. Teary signal strength,
discriminator zero. power supply, audio level.
19 transistors, 23 diodes, 3 IC's
8.74" high o I9" wide a 8-1/4" deep
Automatic Station Identifier Model 1400
(optional)
330.00
Equipment total
$3054.00
LDF4 -50 '/2'r Foam Heliax transmission line for above
system
$1.36 per ft.
262.00
72.00
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
103
MARTI ¿Zctronici, inc.
Broadcast Quality Remote Pickup Equipment
450 -470 MHz
*
150 -172 MHz
Solid State
*
*
Solid State
115 V. AC or 13 V. DC
Broadcast Quality Compressor Limiter
Modular ConstrucOperation
Four Mixing Inputs
Continuous Duty Broadcast Service
tion
Quartz Crystal Filter in Receiver
Continuous Subaudible Tone Encoding (Optional)
FCC TYPE ACCEPTED
*
*
*
*
*
RR -50 RECEIVER
RPT-1
TRANSMITTERS
RPT -40 40 watt, solid- state, complete with crystal
Er
tuned to 150 MHz
RPT -40 -2 Dual Frequency, 40 watt, solid- state, corn plete with crystals Er tuned to 150 MHz band, maximum
frequency separation 0.5 MHz.
RPT -25 25 watt, solid- state, complete with crystal Er
tuned to 450 MHz
RPT -25 -2 Dual Frequency, 25 watt, solid- state, complete with crystals Et tuned to 450 MHz band, maximum
frequency separation 1.5 MHz.
RPT -1/150 watt, solid- state, complete with crystal Et
tuned to 150 MHz
RPT -1/150 -2 Dual Frequency, 1 watt, solid- state, complete with crystals Er tuned to 150 MHz band, maximum
frequency separation 0.5 MHz.
RPT -1/450 0.7 watt, solid- state, complete with crystal
Er tuned to 450 MHz
RPT -1/450 -2 Dual Frequency, 0.7 watt, solid- state,
complete with crystals Er tuned to 450 MHz band, maximum frequency separation 1.5 MHz.
$1250.00
1360.00
1405.00
1515.00
1
685.00
715.00
685.00
715.00
.
RPT -40 Er RPT -25.
MCD -70 Cardioid dynamic microphone with push to
$75.00
45.00
105.00
talk switch
75.00
XT -1A Hi- Accuracy crystal for RPT -1 Transmitter
DFM-1D Modulator with crystal, completely proofed ..
135.00
BASE STATION
Mark 70W Telemote Remote Control with Broadcast
Quality Line termination units
RPT -40 40 watt, solid -state Transmitter, complete with
crystal Er tuned to the 150 MHz. band, FCC Type Accepted to meet Base Station Specifications. Complete
with RMH -2 Shelf, 585-005 Base Station RF Cable and
585 -007 Base Station Mute Cable.
RPT -25 25 watt, solid -state Transmitter, complete with
crystal Er tuned to the 450 MHz. band, FCC Type Accepted to meet Base Station Specifications. Complete
with RMH -2 Rack Shelf, 585 -006 Base Station RF Cable
and 585 -007 Base Station Mute Cable
17.95
345.00
1282.00
735.00
775.00
925.00
965.00
925.00
Specifications:
± DB from
Response:
Group
TRANSMITTER ACCESSORIES
TPS -TC-1 Mobile Control Assemblage, required for 12
VDC operation for RPT -40 and RPT -25 transmitters...
ENC -1 27 HZ encoder for transmitters listed above.
Specify transmitter model number.
APS -28/14 Airborne Power Supply, 28 -14 VDC, for
RECEIVERS
R- 30/150 Solid- state, complete with crystal Et tuned to
150 MHz, for use with RPT -40 and RPT -1/150 Series
transmitters.
R- 30/150-2 Dual Frequency, solid- state, complete with
crystals Et tuned to 150 MHz band, for use with RPT -40
Et RPT -1 / 150 transmitters
R- 50/450 Solid- state, complete with crystal Et tuned to
450 MHz, for use with RPT -25 and RPT -1 /450 Series
transmitters.
R- 50/450-2 Dual Frequency, solid- state, complete with
crystals Et tuned to 450 MHz band, for use with RPT -25
EtRPT -1/450 transmitters
R- 100/450 Solid- state, complete with crystal and tuned
to 450.925 or 455.925 MHz. Group S (100 KHz)
channels. For use with RPT -25S.
S
Distortion:
1
30 to 15,000 KHz.
Less than 1%
-58 DB or better
Noise:
RR- 30/150 Solid- state, Portable - Mobile Repeat Receiver complete with crystal Et tuned to 150 MHz with
de -code circuitry and high -pass filter to eliminate encoding tone. Operates of 12 VDC or 120 VAC.
RR- 50/450 Solid-state, Portable - Mobile Repeat Receiver complete with crystal Et tuned to 450 MHz with
de -code circuitry and high -pass filter to eliminate encoding tone. Operates of 12 VDC or 120 VAC.
RECEIVER ACCESSORIES
585 -001 Interconnect cable between RR- 30/150 and
RR- 50/450 Series Receivers and RPT -40 and RPT -25
Series Transmitters when used with TPS -TC-1 control
assemblage as Unattended Automatic Mobile Relay
MRA -150 RF Preamplifier, solid- state, 10 db gain,
150 -170 MHz complete with 120 VAC Power Supply.
MRA -450 RF Preamplifier, solid- state, 10 db gain,
450 -460 MHz complete with 120 VAC Power Supply.
XR -1A Hi- accuracy crystal for any Marti Manufactured
Receiver.
O -1A Oven for Hi- Accuracy crystal for XR -1A Crystals.
DFR -1A Dual frequency kit for any model Marti Receiver less crystal, must be installed at factory
735.00
925.00
$15.00
160.00
160.00
17.95
15.00
50.00
1439.00
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice
ap HARRIS
104
MARTI ¿Zcfronjci,
RMC -15 DIGITAL
REMOTE CONTROL
Features: Fully digital command telemetry (FSK)
Single pushbutton channel select
Telemetry accuracy 0.1% for directional
antenna monitoring. RMC -20S does not require operator to calibrate
each time data taken Channel capacity 5, 10, 15 or 20 channels 10
amp 120 VAC 5 amp 240 VAC UL recognized relays
Test meters
built -in for setting levels and test Quartz clock synchronized Radio
link or wire line operation Large digital LED readout at both studio
and remote unit
Decimal point location can be selected for each
channel.
INN
II
alllammiumems
Specifications
Type
Channel Capacity
Command and
Telemetry Frequencies
(Must Be Specified on
Order)
Digital command and telemetry
using internal FSK modems.
Basic 5- channel system expandable to 10, 15. or 20 channels. Each channel provides
one data readout and two
commands.
Wire Line
0.1
Telemetry Update
Command and data information are continuously updated.
Proportional control is provided by observing the digital
readout while commands are
- 2350 -2450 Hz
21 -22 KHz
STL
Simplex Wire Line
975 Hz
- 925-
TSL
Hz
- 925 -975 Hz
24 -26 Hz
24 -26 Hz
600-ohm voice grade 2 -wire bi-
directional circuit. Maximum
loss 30 DB each direction.
Decimal Point At RMC -20S
Digital Readout
The decimal point can be
turned off or placed between
any two digits for each data
channel by means of a four
position programming plug
provided at each channel select switch.
Telemetry Input
Requirements
1
volt DC will produce full
scale (999) display. Convenient scaling of data is provided by overranging the display (2 volts DC for 1999). In-
Model RMC 15 Type A Fully Digital Remote Control /Telemetry System for Voice
Frequency Line Communications (Half- Duplex schedule 3002 Bi- directional circuit,
20 dB maximum attenuation at 950 Hz and 2400 Hz desired
$3245.00
Model RMC 15 Type B Fully Digital Remote Control /Telemetry System for control
over STL -8 Link and High Speed Telemetry over FM SCA, Voice Line, or TSL. Precludes SCA for background music. SCA is used only while logging. Two BNC cables
included
53245.00
Model RMC 15 Type C Fully Digital Remote Control /Telemetry System for control
over STL -8 Line and Subaudible Telemetry over AM carrier or FM SCA with or
without background music. Requires less than 5 seconds for readout. Includes two
BNC cables, Model 800 -105 Subaudible Insertion Board, and LA -20 /HPF -50
amplifier -filter module (exchange for LA -20 amp. module in R -200 Receiver or SCR -8
Subcarrier Receiver). Order PGM -20A below for use with STL or Subcarrier Receiver
not having an LA -20 module
$3325.00
Model RMC 15 Type D Fully Digital Remote Control /Telemetry System for use with
Sub -Carrier Control. Compatible with Composite Systems, uses link manufacturer's
sub -carrier generator and receiver. High Speed Telemetry over FM SCA, Voice Line,
or TSL. Precludes SCA for background music. SCA is used only while logging. Two
BNC cables included
$3260.00
Model RMC 15 Type E Fully Digital Remote Control /Telemetry for use with Sub Carrier Control. Compatible with Composite Systems, uses link manufacturer's sub carrier generator and receiver. Subaudible Telemetry over FM SCA with or without
background music. Requires less than 5 seconds for readout. Includes two BNC
cables, Model 800 -105 Subaudible Insertion Board, and LA -20 /HPF -50 amplifier filter module (exchange for LA-20 amp. module in CLA -40 Limiter Amplifier, or
PGM -20 Program Amplifier). Order PGM -20A below for use with STL or Subcarrier
Receiver not having an LA-20 module
$3340.00
Model RMC 15 BCD /TI Allows direct input of BCD TTL to Transmitter Unit of
RMC -15 System for transmission to Studio. Does not compromise normal function of
system. Uses external enabling line for operation. Maximum Value of digits is "1999 ".
Fall -Safe Contacts
Amblent Operating
Temperature Range
Power Requirements
Dimensions and
Weights
put resistance 100K ohms isolated and floating.
600 ohms balanced and isolated. Also 5K ohms unbalanced BNC input to RMC -20T
transmitter unit. BNC output
from RMC -20S for commands
into STL transmitter.
Factory adjusted transmitter
Fail -Safe delay. 15 -30 seconds.
Contact rating 10 amps /120
VAC or
-10
5
amps /220 VAC.
to i-50 deg. C.
115 VAC,
phase.
50/80 Hz. single
RMC -20S Studio Unit.
31/:" high x 19" wide x 14" deep
18 lbs.
RMC-20T Transmitter Unit
31h" high x 19" wide x 14" deep
21 lbs.
RY -5T Channel Control Unit
31h" high x 19" wide x 7" deep
3y lbs.
Model RMG 30 Accessory Units The addition of these units, one at the studio site and
one at the transmitter site, increase the channel capacity of the system from 15 of the
basic RMC 15 to a total of 30 channels
Perset$1000.00
Model RMC 15 Command Translater Unit This unit converts commands from one
frequency range to another making multihop mixed -mode control feasible ... $870.00
KY3S Relay Buffer Internal board for the RMC 15S Studio Unit which delivers dry
contact output for the Alarm and Two Status Circuits
$30.00
Universal Modem Programming Boards Plug-in boards used in conversion of RMC 15
Control or Telemetry Frequencies. Set includes one for the conversion of the mod and
one for the demod. Specify Type of system, and whether control or telemetry
Per set $100.00
TL -1S Tower Light Current Monitor Current Transformer, rectifier, pot opto- isolator
and filtering for developing a metering input into remote control systems
$60.00
DA -1 DC Amplifier Maximum voltage gain of ten 110) for increasing DC level of
voltage sample for input into remote control metering input. Contains gain and DC
offset adjustment pots. Internal dual polarity regulated power supply operates from
115 VAC, IOW
$155.00
TA-66 Tuned Amplifier 66 KHz Amplifier for relay points in a multi -hop control link.
Re- establishes injection levels at each site
$100.00
RY4 -H3A Relay Interface Unit Contains relays and power supply necessary for
remote control of Gates /Harris H and H3 Series Transmitters by RMC 15 Remote
Control. 3 %" x 19" rack mounted
$110.00
PGM -20A Program Amplifier with LA -20/HPF -50 For use ahead of transmitter
modulator or sub -carrier generator if used with equipment not having a LA -20
module. Provides clean channel for Sub -audible Telemetry over AM carrier or FM
SCA. 3'h "x 19" rack mounted
$240.00
$200.00
W HARRIS
Input /Output
Impedances
percent.
given.
- 925-975
SCA - Sub -Audible
AM - Sub-Audible
SCA
Relay closure with all contacts
isolated and floating. Contact
ratings are 220 volts AC. 5
amps or 120 volts AC 10 amps.
Telemetry Accuracy
Command:
Telemetry:
Une Requirements
Command Output
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice
I
105
MICMIX Audio
K Products,
Inc.
XL -305
Master -Room
Reverberation
Chamber
Dimensions
3'h x 19 x 11
_
XL -305 $1,650.00
XL -305T $1, 800.00
Weight
Transformer Input /Output
9.8 pounds
XL -305 is the very first reverb to offer the natural sound performance of a live studio chamber or the qualities of a plate in a compact
rack mount package. XL -305 is a product of MICMIX, designer of
the original Master -Room and developer of Natural Sound Ambience
in artificial reverberation chambers.
In addition to unprecedented smoothness and the complete
absence of any undesirable effects or coloration (even on the sharpest of transient material), XL -305 features exceptional stereo enhancement of the reverberant field, including full stereo imaging of a
monaural signal. It includes reverberation /dry signal mixing controls,
LED peak signal indicators and a four -band peak /dip EQ on each
channel. Both input level and output gain are front panel adjustable,
with auxiliary front panel input /output connections and monaural
mix switching of reverberation inputs or outputs.
A new Sound Chamber design has been incorporated into the
XL -305 which is self- contained within the 3'/z inch rack enclosure.
Retaining the inherent qualities of Master -Room's superb performance characteristics, this design will readily withstand the rigors of
heavy road usage without special handling or lockdown. Isolated
from acoustic feedback and mechanical shock or vibration, the
XL -305 can be mounted in virtually any location or position without
affecting performance.
XL -305 is truly the ultimate in compact reverberation chambers.
MODEL 265
Dynaflanger
For DYNAMIC Control of Effects
MODEL 265
$950.00
Capable of a wide variety of audio enhancement effects, ranging
from subtle accents to dramatic resonances, Dynaflanger adds new
dimensions to previous concepts of 'flanging'. Effects are now pre cise and repeatable because the program material itself controls the
result, automatically and with complete user control of parameters.
Dynaflanger features the unique capability to dynamically control
effects in response to frequency or amplitude variations in the
material being processed. Doubling, for example, can now be done
with pitch dynamics rather than fixed pitch or time, and hard flanging can be directly related to instantaneous signal frequency or
peak amplitude for maximum effect, all automatically and in accordance with the user's desires.
Dynaflanger's can be exceptionally effective when used in pairs
for stereo imaging that can move in and out as well as from side to
side, or for Dynamic Cross Flanging which is one of the most pronounced effects available.
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice
ap HARRIS
106
MICRO -TRAK
TONE ARMS
Micro -Trak Tonearms
Model 303 and 306
-
Micro -Trak
the name was created to define the most widely used
tone arm in broadcast history. Tracking capabilities to a tenth of a
gram, resonance below 10 Hz, high compliance, rugged, dependable
strength offered by an impregnated wood body and super smooth performance with jewel bearings make the 303 and 306 Tone Arms the
best buy for the broadcaster today. 30,000 broadcast and professional
users demonstrate how their rugged simplicity of design can give you
the best possible performance. Specify Micro -Trak 303 12" and 306
16" Professional Tone Arms for your studio.
Tone Arms
Tone Arm Model 303
Tone Arm Model 306
$114.50
139.50
Tone Arm Accessories
75989 -000
Service Kit for Model 303 Tone Arms
$199.50
75900 -000
75971 -000
AUDIO DISTRIBUTION AMPS
Distribution Amplifiers
Model 7116A
Model 7213A
Model 7216A
Mono and Stereo D.A. for Broadcast Applications
Micro- Trak's distribution amplifiers are high quality, balanced, transformer isolated units offering the broadcaster high performance and
reliability. Packaged in configurations of to provide extra versatility,
the group of x 6, 2 x 3, and 2 x 6 (wired as two x 6s) units offer the
proper breakout for your installation. The Model 7116, x 6, and the
Model 7213, 2 x 3 are in small compact cases for mounting inside a
cabinet. The Mode17216 (2 x 6) is a panel mounted unit designed for 19
inch rack mounting. High quality audio transformers are used to allow
broadcast audio fidelity throughout. Carbide black textured finishes
over steel and aluminum case materials provide good looking easy to
maintain units which are well shielded and simple to service.
1
7116
1
1
Distribution Amplifiers
82300 -001 Model 7116 -A Distribution Amplifier 1x6 with
individual level controls
$239.50
82300 -002 Model 7213 -A Distribution Amplifier 2x3 with
individual level controls
269.50
82313 -000 Model 7216 -A Distribution Amplifier 2x6 with
individual level controls
449.50
82330 -001 Rack Mount adapter for 7116 Et 7213 (3 Y " high)
39.50
í3 HARRIS
7213
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice
107
MICRO -TRAK
AUDIO CONTROL CENTERS
System D Audio Control Centers
Features
Compact
Van
Highly portable.
Beautifully finished.
size.
mountable. Low cost. Console of your choice. XLR Rear panel
terminations.
Completely wired and tested. Ready to go.
Micro -Trak's D Systems are outstanding units for broadcast remotes,
broadcast production or for the disco on the go. The "Compacts" are
constructed of high strength materials that will stand up to hard use
and stay both beautiful and functional.
You can fill the Compact with four or five channel consoles either
mono or stereo. A special disco mixer fits that need. The D Systems
come to you completely wired, tested, and ready to use, out of the
box.
Why not specify a D System, either Portable or Studio, for your next
requirement.
Build Your Own, D System Components
80272 -006 "D" Portable Desk (Only)
80273 -006 "D" Studio Desk (Only)
80362 -000 "D" Rear Panel Et Harness for Stereo Consoles
80365 -000 "D" Rear Panel Et Harness for Mono Consoles
for Compacts Er Ditty Desk
80130 -000 Shelf Er Brackets
"D" Consoles
80123 -000 Console Mounting Turret
80296 -000 Typewriter Return Only
-
System
D
80273 -003
80273 -005
80273 -001
80273 -008
80273 -009
80273 -010
80273 -011
System D
80272 -003
80272 -005
80272 -001
80272 -008
80272 -009
80272 -010
80272 -011
-
$
629.00
529.00
189.50
149.50
106.50
96.25
124.50
STUDIO
Shown with optional shelf and remote control panel
Studio Compact
$3395.00
System D Studio Compact with 6445 Console
3225.00
System D Studio Compact with 6455 Console
System D Studio Compact with 6440 Console
3295.00
System D Studio Compact with 6509 -RS Console 3695.00
System D Studio Compact with 6509 -LS Console 4250.00
System D Studio Compact with 6509 -RM Console 3595.00
System D Studio Compact with 6509- LM Console 4150.00
Portable Compact
System D Portable Compact with 6445 Console $3495.00
3325.00
System D Portable Compact with 6455 Console
3395.00
System D Portable Compact with 6440 Console
System D Portable Compact w/ 6509-RS Console 3825.00
System D Portable Compact w /6509 -LS Console 4395.00
System D Portable Compact w/ 6509-RM Console 3750.00
System D Portable Compact w /6509 -LM Console 4295.00
The Ditty Desk
The Ditty Desk is a new low cost audio production or remote broadcast
package. It's designed to do powerful production or be on location at
the latest happening in your station's area.
The Ditty Desk comes equipped with high quality Micro -Trak consoles, turntables, and tone arms. An XLR termination panel allows
quick connect and disconnect for cart machines, reel to reel tape,
cassette, and other audio inputs. The formica covered housing is built
to last and be beautiful for many years. The polished chrome legs are
adjustable up and down to let you operate at just the right height for
you, sitting or standing.
You can buy a five channel stereo, or five channel mono unit. What
you'll get is the 6445B Stereo Console, or the 6455 Mono Console.
Both proven performers.
Ditty Desk
83000 -003
83000 -005
83000 -001
83000 -006
80230 -000
-
Economy Audio Systems
Stereo Ditty Desk w/6445 5 Channel Console
Mono Ditty Desk with 64555 Channel Console
Ditty Desk with 6440 Console
Ditty Desk Only No Cutouts
Shelf & Brackets For Compacts Er Ditty Desk
-
$2950.00
2795.00
2850.00
349.00
106.50
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice
DITTY DESK
fin
HARRIS
108
MICRO -TRAK
REMOTE AUDIO CONSOLES
Sportscaster Broadcast Console
Designed for the sportscaster on the go any of the SPORTS will make
remotes easy. Built in a travel case with battery or AC power, select
the one you need.
Sport Il
A professional quality, sports console with all the features that your
man in the field requires. Two input channels, one for the announcer,
the other for a tape cart machine allow mixing of commercials right at
the ballpark. A third input for the announcer's spotter lets him feed information to the announcer headset; all part of the basic unit. Monitor,
cue, and an external monitor input are selected to the announcer
head -phone at the flick of a switch. A vu meter to keep an eye on
levels, and even an "On the Air" LED to let you know that your line
switch is open. We've tried to think of everything that would make it
easy for sports coverage.
The "SPORT" is packaged in an attractive, self contained carrying
case, durably vinyl covered. Open the cover, connect your telephone
line, turn on the switch and you have approximately 55 hours of
battery powered operation. No extras to buy, the "SPORT" is totally
self contained. Just add a microphone for the announcer, a second for
the spotter, and an announcer headset.
Features:
Self contained in attractive vinyl covered case.
Inputs for
announcer and spotter. Two headphone outputs for announcer,
monitor -cue and spotter. Input for tape cart machine allows
announcer to run commercials.
+8 dbm nominal output to drive
telephone line.
Matching case available for accessories.
Sport
II
Sport Ill Portable Sports Console
The "SPORT Ill" is the newest addition to Micro -Trak's Sports
Portable Console line. This two channel console incorporates many
features found desirable by sports broadcast personnel.
Talkback for set up. Built in AC supply. Low cost batteries.
Telephone dial option. Three headphone outputs.
The SPORT III has full talkback capability using a hybrid transformer at
the output. It has three headphone outputs, one each for two
announcers and a spotter. It has a switch selectable auxiliary input so
that spots can be run directly from the ballpark. It has a dial option to
allow use of regular telephone lines. It has both AC and battery power
supplies built in, and automatic switchover in case of power loss. The
Sport Ill's best feature is its low cost.
The SPORT III is attractively packaged in a self contained carrying
case. Open the cover, connect the telephone line, plug in the AC if
available, turn to battery operation if not. Plug in a microphone, or
sportscaster headset and it's paly by play time.
Sport III
Shown with telephone dial option
Sport IV Portable Console
With Telephone Dial Option
The new "SPORT IV" is the latest Micro -Trak Sports /Remote
Portable Console. This innovative four channel console has all the
features found desirable for sports and other remote broadcasts.
Hybrid Talkback for set up.
Built in AC supply. Low cost
batteries. Telephone dial option. Three headphone outputs.
The SPORT IV has four mixing microphone inputs, and full talkback
capability using a hybrid transformer at the output. It has a fifth
microphone input that feeds one side of the headphones only for an
action spotter. It has three headphone jacks, for use by the
announcers and action spotter. Channel four has a switch selectable
auxiliary input so that pre- recorded interviews can be run from
cassette tape or carts can be aired directly from the stadium or other
remote location. The electronic rotary dial option allows use of regular
telephone lines and lowers the cost of your long distance games.
Both AC and battery power supplies are built in, and switching is
automatic in case of power loss.
ti HARRIS
Sport IV
Sports Remote Consoles
81921 -002 Sport II Sports Console (3 input /2 channel)
81950 -001 Sport III Console (2 channel less dial)
81950 -002 Sport III Console (2 channel with dial)
81944-001 Sport IV Console (4 channel less dial)
81944-002 Sport IV Console (4 channel with dial option)
Sports Console Accessories
81956 -001 Dial Option for Sport III or IV Console
81918-000 A.C. Power Supply for Sport I Et II
81932 -001 Sport x 3 Headphone Extender
81900 -000 Sport Accessory Case 9 x 14 x 4
81933 -000 Sport Accessory Case 18 x 12 x 5
1
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice
5299.50
529.50
629.00
679.00
779.00
$124.95
49.95
159.50
59.95
74.50
109
MICROTRAN
company, inc.
MAGNETIC TAPE ERASERS and ACCESSORIES
Heavy Duty Bulk Tape Eraser
Tape Head Demagnetizer
For Tape Recording Heads
Neutralizes residual permanent
(DC) Magnetism in recording
head. Heavy duty AC electromagnet with extended pole
piece for easy access. Clears up
noise and harmonic distortion
caused by magnetized heads.
Insures high frequency
response
Reduces hum at tape head
Special finish on pole piece
prevents marring heads
Rating: 117 volts AC, 1 amp
Finish: High impact molded
MODEL HD -11M
$49.50
MODEL HD -40M
$7.99
Size: 4" long x 13/4" diameter
Weight: 7 ozs.
Removes magnetism
Reduces noise level
Reduces harmonic distortion
Improves signal to noise ratio
For bulk erasure of up to 1/2"
magnetic tape and sound film.
Ideal for cassettes, cartridges,
and reel diameters from 3'/. "101/2". High intensity magnetic
field restores audio, video and
computer tapes to like new
condition without rewinding.
MODEL HD -35M
$47.50
-
MODEL HD -20
$102.50
115V. 50/60 Hz at 10 watts
Active tip area 3/4" D.
Size: 5/8" D. x 8" L.
Weight: 6 oz.
Fuse and pilot light
117V. 50/60 Hz, 10 amps
Size: 8" x 6" x 4" H.
Weight: 15 lbs.
Size: 7" x 31/2" x
Weight: 9 lbs.
3'/ "
H
A compact tape demagnetizer.
Erases recorded signals and
noise without rewinding. For
cassettes, cartridges and reels.
Restores tape and sound film to
like new condition. Removes
background noise below level
of new tapes or sound film.
Demagnetizes heads and
guide posts, tools, watches,
High impact plastic case
Size: 4 -3/8 "L x 2-1/2 "W x
metal objects, etc.
Tape Range: '/. and 'h inch
Film Range: 8, 16 and 35mm
117V. 50/60 Hz, 4 amps
4- 3/8 "H.
MODEL HD -25
$385.00
foot, 3- conductor line cord
115V. 50/60 Hz, 20 amps
Size: 14" x 12" x 4" H
Weight: 33 lbs.
6
Weight: 2'/2 lbs.
8' cord with molded plug
Universal unit for any reel size
For bulk erasure of magnetic
tape up to 1" wide and magnetic
sound film up to 35mm. Ideal for
cassettes, cartridges, and reel
diameters from 3'/. "- 10'h ".
Designed and constructed for
heavy industrial use.
Erasure 65-90 dB below
saturation
Standard 5/16" spindles
Professional Audio /Video /Computer
Bulk Tape Eraser
Magnetic Tape Eraser
MODEL HD -15
$14.50
saturation
Standard 5/16" spindle
Epoxy molded for ruggedness
and longer duty cycle
117V. 50/60 Hz., 5 amps
Industrial Audio /Video /Computer
Bulk Tape Eraser
Magnetic Tape Editing Pen
)r erasing small areas of sound
ad video from magnetic tape or
film. Syllables, program material
and errors may be removed.
Press to operate switch.
Erasure 65 -90 dB below
Foot Switch for Bulk Tape Erasers
Permits hands free operation of Models HD -25 and HD -20. Faster and better control of demagnetizing.
no wiring required. UL approved. 8' 3Momentary switch prevents burn outs. Plug-in connection
conductor cord. 20 Amp switch. Low smooth styling with skid -proof base. Black wrinkle finish over
aluminum casting. Size: 51/2" x 33/4" x 13/4"H. Weight: 2 lbs.
-
For bulk erasure of magnetic
tapes up to 2" wide on reels up
to 17" diameter and magnetic
sound film up to 35mm. For
cassettes, cartridges and reels.
Designed and constructed for
heavy duty professional use.
Double fuses and pilot lights for
safety.
Erasure 65-90 dB below
saturation
Standard 5/16" spindle
MODEL HD -50
$27.50
Adapter Hub for NAB 101/2" Reels
Permits use of NAB reels with erasers having 5/16" diameter standard spindle. (Not illustrated).
Weight: 1/4 lb.
$4.25
MODEL HD -11 -AD
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice
tfrj
HAFtRIS
110
MOSELEY ASSOCIATES, INC.
A FLOW GENERAL COMPANY
AURAL STUDIO -TRANSMITTER
LINK AND ASSOCIATED
EQUIPMENT
(950 MHz, 450 MHz, 300 MHz, 220 MHz and 150 MHz)
PCL -505 and PCL -505/C
Aural Studio -Transmitter Links
The Model PCL -505 Studio -Transmitter Link provides a high -quality
audio channel between a broadcast studio and a remote transmitter
site. Alternatively, the PCL -505 provides for studio -to- studio, intercity, network, and similar program audio feeds. As the acknowledged leader in the aural STL field, the Mosely Associates PCL -505
provides the unique combination of basic time -proven techniques with
the most modern solid -state devices and circuitry. Designed for
continuous service, the PCL -505 operates in accordance with the requirements of the Federal Communications Commission as well as
licensing bodies of most other countries.
PCL -505 Transmitter
PCL -505 Receiver
Provides STL, intercity and similar continuous duty service
PCL -101
Aural Studio -Transmitter Link
Designed for continuous service, the Model PCL -101 Aural Studio Transmitter Link (STL provides high -quality audio performance for
the modern broadcast station. All solid -state circuitry and advanced
techniques enable excellent performance of the PCL -101. Now, an
STL system is available for use in either the 150 MHz, 220 MHz,
300 MHz, 450 MHz, or 950 MHz aural studio- transmitter link bands.
The PCL -101 can replace leased telephone or other circuits for
relaying program audio to a remotely located broadcast transmitter.
The PCL -101 STL represents a modest investment for quality service.
The PCL -101 STL can be operated with or without pre- emphasis or
de- emphasis.
PCL 101 Transmitter
?-- _news
PCL -101 Receiver
-
PCL- 505A /C Composite STL
For High-Density RF Applications. All Solid -State
PCL -505/C Transmitter and PCL- 505A /C Receiver with self- contained power
supplies, crystals, and tested on operating frequency. Transmits composite stereo
waveform over single STL. Available in 890 -960 Mhz spectrum. Contact Marketing
Department for information on other frequencies.'
$6195.00
PCL- 505A /C All Solid-State Receiver Only, with self- contained power supply, crystal
and tested on operating frequency.
$4350.00
PCL -505 STL
AN Solid-State Transmitter and Receiver with self- contained power
supplies, crystals, and tested on operating frequency. Versions available for all
commonly used bands from 148 MHz to 960 M Hz.
5250.00
PCL -505/C Composite STL
AN Sold -State Transmitter and Receiver with self contained power supplies, crystals, and tested on operating frequency. Transmits
composite stereo waveform over single STL. Versions available for all commonly
used bands from 148 MHz to 960 MHz.'
$5695.00
PCL -101 STL 1148 -174 MHz, 215 -240 MHz, 300 -330 MHz, 450-470 MHz, 890 -960
MHz; other frequencies on special order). All Solid -State Transmitter and Receiver
with self- contained power supplies, crystals, and tested on operating frequency.'
-
-
148 -174 MHz and 215 -240 MHz
300 -330 MHz and450 -470 MHz
$4550.00
4750.00
990960 MHz
4850.00
Optional Crystal I. F. Filter Assembly, for PCL -101 Receiver. Available only for 148 -470
MHz versions
$325.00
Crystal Set for Moseley Associates STLs, consists of frequency- determining crystals,
includes one transmitter crystal and one receiver crystal.'
PCL -101
$75.00
75.00
75.00
PCL-505, PCL- 505/C, and PCL-506A /C
PCL -606 and PCL -606 /C
Crystal Oven Transmitter Crystal Oven for
PCL- 505/C, and PCL- 505A /C
HARRIS
PCL -606, PCL- 606/C,
TPT -2 Transfer Panel Transmitter. provides automatic changeover to standby STL
transmitter, carrier operated. For use with PCL -101, PCL -505, PCL- 505/C,
PCL- 505A /C, PCL -606, or PCL -606 /C. Specify Model of Moseley STL
$725.00
TPR -2 Transfer Panel Receiver, provides automatic changeover to standby STL
receiver, carrier operated. Use with PD -1000 Power Divider. For use with PCI -101,
PCL -505, PCL- 505 /C, and PCL- 505A /C. Specify model of Moseley STL
$525.00
ECP -5 STL Extension Control Panel, provides carrier control and metering of relative
RF power output and AFC for PCL -505, PC- 505/C, PCL- 505A /C, PCL -606, and
PCL-606/ C. Relative RF power out only for PCL -101
$265.00
PR-4500 Antenna, Scala Paraflector 119.64 dBi gain at 950 MHz), for 300 MHz to 960
MHz, with Type N female termination, universal mounting for horizontal or vertical
polarization, fully anodized, for STL.'
$450.00
MF-960 Antenna, Scala Miniflector 116.14 dBi gain at 950 MHz), for 940-960 MHz,
with Type N female termination, universal mounting for horizontal and vertical
polarization, fully anodized, for STL. Not recommended for congested areas.
$275.00
ICU -1C Isocoupler, 1940 -960 MHz), facilitates mounting STL antenna on ungrounded
AM tower
$275.00
ICU -2C Isocoupler, 1450 -470 MHz), facilitates mounting STL antenna on ungrounded
Am tower
$275.00
ICU -3C Isocoupler, (150 -172 MHz), facilitates mounting STL antenna on ungrounded
AM tower
$275.00
PD -1000 Power Divider. Amtex Microwave 10 MHz -1000 MHz, Broadband, in phase
two -way with N type female connectors. Facilitates coupling two STL or RPL -11
receivers to common antenna. Supplied with two 3' RG -8 /U pigtail assemblies.
$236.00
PCL -505,
$35.00
'Specify operating frequency when ordering
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
111
M OS ELEY
ASSOCIATES, INC.
A
FLOW
GENERAL
MODEL SCG -9 STEREO GENERATOR
The Model SCG -9 Stereo Generator provides a composite stereo
signal of the highest quality. Although this all solid -state generator is
intended primarily as a companion to the Moseley Associates corn posite STL (a single link for stereo), it may be used with most direct FM
exciters. The SCG -9 easily meets the requirements of Secton 73.322 of
the FCC Rules and Regulations. A minimum of adjustments and rigid
manufacturing tolerances promise excellent quality and dependable
performance.
COMPANY
Solid -State Multiplex Equipment
for Stereo, SCA, and STL
Applications
SCG-9
MODEL SCG -8 SUBCARRIER GENERATOR
MODEL SCD -8 SUBCARRIER DEMODULATOR
Series "8" Subcarrier System forms a revolutionary FM system
providing superior performance. The Series "8" System consists of
the Model SCG -8 Subcarrier Generator and Model SCD-8 Subcarrier
Demodulator. These units may be individually used to meet specific
requirements such as SCA service on an FM broadcast transmitter, or
telemetry service. This system is ideally suited to aural studio
transmitter link (STL) service. Providing a means of establishing a
secondary program channel, the Series "8" System enables
multi -plexing SCA program audio, provides for remote pickup link
audio, or serves as an intercom on an STL. Command information
from a remote control system can also be conveyed by the SCG -8 and
SCD -8.
-
Subcarrier Main Frame. Accommodates two subcarrier
SCM -1
modules. System includes one generator or demodulator module.
Specify generator or demodulator, subcarrier frequency 126-185 kHz)
and STL model when ordering for utility /control /telemetry service.
$725.00
-
FM Stereo Generator, includes power supply and
SCG-9A
$1695.00
peak- reading deviation meter
-
Subcarrier Demodulator, with automatic muting and
SCD -8
front -panel peak- deviation meter, including self- contained power
supply. Available for operation at a specific frequency in the 26 kHz to
185 kHz spectrum. Specify operating frequency when ordering.
$995.00
Subcarrier Generator, with automatic muting and front
SCG -8
panel peak- deviation meter, including self- contained power supply.
Available for operation at a specific frequency in the 26 kHz to 185 kHz
$975.00
spectrum. Specify operating frequency when ordering
$225.00
Additional Subcarrier Generator for SCM -1 126 -185 kHz)
$225.00
Additional Subcarrier Demodulator for SCM -1 (26-185 kHz)
-
MODELS PCL -606 and PCL -606 /C
Aural Studio -Transmitter Link
and Associated Equipment
(950 MHz, 450 MHz, 300 MHz and 150 MHz)
The Models PCL -606 and PCL -606/C Studio -Transmitter Links
provide broadcasters and industrial users alike with the highest quality
program interconnect currently available in equipment of this type.
Designed for monaural audio service, the PCL -606 can be used in a
dual configuration for stereo service. The PCL - 606/C, composite
stereo version, conveys composite stereo waveform with virtually no
degradation.
-
-
all solid -state Transmitter and
Composite STL
PCL -606/C
Receiver with self- contained power supplies, crystals, and tested on
operating frequency. Transmits composite stereo waveform over
single STL. Versions available for all commonly used bands from 148
$7295.00
MHz to 960 MHz'
-
All Solid -State Transmitter and Receiver with
PCL -606
STL
self- contained power supplies, crystals, and tested on operating
frequency. Versions available for all commonly used bands from 148
$7095.00
MHz to 960 MHz'
AND CONNECTOR KITS
TYPICAL ANTENNAS, COAXIAL TRANS MISSION LINE
-
Antenna, Scala five-element Yagi, horizontally polarized
CA5 -15H
$150.00
9 dBd gain, 140-230 MHz."
Antenna, Scala omni -directional collinear array, 4 dBd gain,
0G -4
$240.00
150-170 MHz.
Antenna, Scala five -element Yagi, H or V polarization, 10
CA5 -450
$150.00
dBd gain, 230 -500 MHz.'
Antenna, Scala omni -directional collinear array, 6 dBd gain,
0G -6
$240.00
450-470 MHz.
PR -450U - Antenna, Scala Paraflector, H or V polarization, 15 dBd
$450.00
gain, 450 -470 MHz.
Isocoupler (for 150 -172 MHz), facilitates mounting remote
ICU -3C
$275.00
pickup antenna on ungrounded AM tower.
Isocoupler (for 450 -470 MHz), facilitates mounting remote
ICU -2C
$275.00
pickup antenna onkingrounded AM tower.
-
-
-
-
-
"
Heliax Low -loss Coaxial Transmission Line, /", foam
dielectric, 50 ohm, jacketed. 12.4 dB /100 ft. at 950 MHz, 1.5 dB at 450
Per Ft.
$1.48
MHz)
KTL -6 - Connector Kit, for LDF4-50, includes two Type N connectors
(female connectors normally supplied) and two 3' RG -8 /U pigtail
$89.00
assemblies. One Kit Required for each antenna
Heliax Low -loss Coaxial Transmission Line, 7/8" foam
LDF5 -50
dielectric, 50 ohm, jacketed. (1.4 dB/100 ft. at 950 MHz, 0.85 dB at 450
Per Ft.
$3.86
MHz)
KTL -7 - Connector Kit, for LDF5 -50, includes two Type N connectors
(female connectors normally supplied) and two 3' RG -8 /U pigtail
$146.00
assemblies. One Kit Required for Each Antenna
RG -8 /U
3' Pigtail Assembly, Type N male connector on each end
LDF4 -50
-
-
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
$25.00
HARRIS
112
MOSELEY ASSOCIATES, INC.
A
FLOW
GENERAL
COMPANY
Remote Pickup Equipment
(160 MHz and 450 MHz
- All Solid -State
- 215 MHz and 300 MHz on special order)
REMOTE PICKUP LINKS and RF POWER AMPLIFIERS
FOR MOBILE, PORTABLE, and OUTSIDE BROADCAST SERVICE
Model RPL -3 for 148 -174 MHz /Model RPL -4 for 450 -470 MHz
Compactness and portability characterize the Moseley Associates
Models RPL -3 and RPL -4 Remote Pickup Links. The transmitter
weighs a mere 16 pounds, and is only 4 inches high
including
three -channel audio mixing. The companion receiver occupies only
134 inches of rack space.
-
Two full -time microphone input channels and one high -level line
input channel are provided by the audio portion of the RL -3 /RPL -4
Transmitter. All input connectors are conveniently located near the
front panel of the transmitter. Each microphone preamplifier has its
own input transformer, eliminating ground loops and enhancing
signal -to -noise ratio. A newly designed peak audio limiter is included
in the transmitter to prevent overmodulation. Attack time of the
limiter is one millisecond, with release time of 700 milliseconds.
Unique circuitry reduces distortion at even the lowest audio frequencies. The limiter has a typical control range greater than 25 dB,
relieving the operator from constant varying of audio levels with the
changing audio levels associated with remote broadcasts.
Full metering of all important parameters is provided on the transmitter. For monitoring audio levels, a peak audio position is provided.
Also, forward power, reflected power, final current, RF drive, and
power supply voltage may be observed. Selection is accomplished by
unique, color- keyed, front -panel push buttons.
MODEL TRL -1 TELEMETRY RETURN LINK
The TRL -1 Telemetry Return Link is intended to provide telemetry,
control and operational communications associated with FCC licensed AM, FM, non -commercial FM, TV, international (short
wave) broadcast stations and eligible network entities. Operation is
per FCC Part 74, Subpart D, Remote Pickup Broadcast Stations,
Group P (74.402 (a) (711. Such service meets the demands of digital
remote control wireless operation and other operational communications where STL or broadcast carrier service is not utilized.
RPL -3A REMOTE PICKUP LINK, ALL SOLID STATE Transmitter with
internal AC and DC power supplies and ALL SOLID -STATE Receiver
with internal AC power supply, for operation in the 148 -174 MHz band.
Tuned and tested on operating frequency. Includes crystals for one
frequency.' For 25F3 and 30F3 channels; FCC Groups K1, K2, L and M. $5295 00
RPL -4A REMOTE PICKUP LINK, ALL SOLID-STATE Transmitter with
internal AC and DC power supplies and ALL SOLID -STATE Receiver
with internal AC power supply, for operation in the 450 -470 MHz band.
Tuned and tested on operating frequency. Includes crystals for one
frequency. For 25F3 channels; FCC Group N2.
$5350.00
RPL-4B REMOTE PICKUP LINK, ALL SOLID -STATE Transmitter with
internal AC and DC power supplies and ALL SOLID -STATE Receiver
with internal AC power supply, for operationin the 450-470 MHz band.
Custom modification for RPL-4B allowing 15 kHz audio response, add
$150.00. Tuned and tested on operating frequency. Includes crystals
for one frequency. For 50F3 and 100F3 channels; FCC Groups N1,
R and S.
$55350.00
Custom modification for RPL -4B allowing 15 kHz audio response.
3 HARRIS
$175.00
Transmitter
Ir
Receiver
Models AMP -150 and
AMP -450 RF Power
Amplifiers
A nominal one -watt power output together with directional high gain antennas, efficient coaxial transmission line and line -of -sight
clearance can typically provide service over 30 or more miles. An
optional MCW identifier and battery backup combine to signal land
survive) loss of AC power. An audio limiting device is provided as an
integral part of the transmitter to prevent overmodulation.
As with other RPL channels, operation is assigned on a common
"shared" basis with area licensees. Due to the potential high demand
for all RPL service, it is most important that local licensees coordinate
such spectrum activity. The FCC encourages the use of high gain,
directional antenna systems to aid in this organization. Price on
Request.
OPTIONAL CARRIER -OPERATED SQUELCH RELAY, for RPL -3A,
RPL -4A or RPL-4B Receiver. This option to be specified at time of order.
CRYSTAL SET for RPL -3A, RPL -4A and RPL-4B Remote Pickup Links.
Second frequency or spare; consists of frequency-determining crystals
including one transmitter crystal and one receiver crystal. Specify
exact operating frequency when ordering.
AMP -( IA RF POWER AMPLIFIER, for use with Remote Pickup Link
Transmitter. FCC type accepted with above transmitters.
AMP -150 for 150 -170 MHz, 13.5 VDC operation
AMP 150-R Rack Mounted with AC Power Supply
AMP-450 for 450-470 MHz, 13.5 VDC operation
AMP -450 -R Rack Mounted with AC Power Supply
ICU -3 ISOCOUPLER (for 150 -172 MHz), facilitates mounting remote
pickup antenna on ungrounded AM tower.
ICU -2 ISOCOUPLER (for 450 -470 MHz), facilitates mounting remote
pickup antenna on ungrounded AM tower.
Specify operating frequency when ordering. Special order frequencies available. Contact our Marketing Department for assistance
in selection of antennas and transmission line.
Trademark Andrew Corporation
"O
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
850.00
$75.00
$450.00
1275.00
595.00
1475.00
$275.00
$275.00
113
ASSOCIATES, INC.
M OS ELEY
A FLOW GENERAL COMPANY
SOLID -STATE ANALOG TRANSMITTER
REMOTE CONTROL EQUIPMENT
A,
1
----M------,'_
---
4
41444
i
iii-
,
°
O
12:1
TRC -15A REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM
For Wire and Wireless Remote Control
15 metering channels and 30 individual control functions, the all
solid -state Model TRC -15A Remote Control System has sufficient
versatility to fulfill current requirements and future needs. Flexibility
and adaptability are easily obtained with the TRC -15A. Two versions
of the TRC -15A Remote Control System are available. These are
Models TRC -15AW and TRC -15AR. The only interconnection requirement of the TRC -15AW is any duplex, voice -grade circuit. True
wireless remote control can be accomplished with the TRC -15AR.
Control subcarrier equipment is standard in this version for multiplexing control information on a Moseley Aural Studio -Transmitter Link.
Field conversion to either configuration is possible without rewiring
...simply exchange the appropriate modules.
With
The circuitry of the TRC -15A is of modular construction, using
carefully chosen combinations of integrated circuits and discrete
employing no
components. The system is noiseless in operation.
stepper relay. Binary numbers generated by the front -panel pushbutton assembly of the Studio Unit are encoded to command
channel selection. The use of individual relays in the Transmitter Unit
makes system operation noiseless.
.
Unique cabinetry provides full access to all circuitry in the TRC -15A.
All active circuitry in the Studio Unit is housed in a slide -out drawer
assembly. A similar slide -out drawer and swing -away door are used
in the Transmitter Unit. Front -panel pulls simplify access. All applicable solid -state devices are socketed.
Several features of the TRC -15A are of special interest. Channel
selection is simplified by the use of push buttons on the Studio Unit.
Optional external meters for display of any selected channel are
simply connected to the appropriate barrier terminals. Four external
meters may be used with the TRC -15A. Long -life, light- emitting
diodes (LED) are used as visual indicating devices on the TRC -15A.
Indicators are provided on the Transmitter Unit to show the selected
channel. Auxiliary power supply voltages are available from the rear
apron of the Transmitter Unit to power Moseley telemetry accessories.
TRC -15AW Wire Remote Control System, Solid State, 15- channel, meter, for
$3995.00
use on single AC pair.
TRC -15AR Radio (STL) Remote Control System, Solid- State, 15- channel,
STL.
Moseley
with
meter, with control subcarrier generator and detector, for use
34395.00
Advise STL model and subcarrier frequency when ordering.
Telemetry SCA Generator Module for use with TRC -15A Remote Control System
for telemetry return only, frequency 67 kHz. Other frequencies 6 kHz to 185 kHz on
$215.00
special order. Specify for use with TRC -15A.
1077 Remote Meter Panel for use with Moseley analog remote control systems.
Select desired meter scales from Technical Notes 220. Available in one, two or
three -meter configurations.
205.00
One -Meter Panel
1077 -1
215.00
Two -Meter Panel
1077 -2
225 00
Three -Meter Panel
1077 -3
1
1
-
FOR "TSL" OR UTILITY SERVICE
TELEMETRY RETURN LINK
1450 -470 MHz. other frequencies on special order)
Telemetry return link, all solid -state Transmitter and receiver. Tuned and
TRL -1
tested on operating frequency. Nominal one watt transmitter output. Receiver
designed specifically for narrowband service. For 10F2/ 10F3 channels; FCC Group P.
-
$2995.00
-
Installs internally to TRL -1 Transmitter.
Nominally ID's transmitter every 20 minutes. Specify call letters /ID when ordering.
Optional MCW Identifier Module
$275.00
Optional Battery Pack
to transmitter. Provides approximately
- Installs internally ID's
continuously for simple power fail
20 minutes transmitter backup. Keys MCW
3120.00
alarm.
'Specify operating frequency when ordering.
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice
íiú
MARRIS
114
MOSELEY ASSOCIATES; INC.
A
FLOW
GENERAL
COMPANY
MODEL TCS -1 TELECONTROL SYSTEM
Fully independent command and status reporting capability is provided by the Model TCS -1 Telecontrol System. Applications for the
TCS -1 include command and status (tally -back) from broadcast
INDEPENDENT COMMAND AND STATUS
transmitters, electronic news -gathering or similar antenna systems,
microwave transmitters and receivers, remotely-located television
cameras, or industrial applications. Consisting of a Command Terminal and Remote Terminal, the TCS -1 provides eight command and
eight status functions. The TCS -1 is designed such that two systems
may be combined on a single interconnecting path to provide a total
of 16 command and 16 status functions. Operation is normally from
AC power sources, but the TCS -1 may be optionally ordered for all
common DC power sources.
COMMAND TERMINAL. Command input switches are to the right
on the front panel and status LED displays to the left.
TCS -1 TELECONTROL SYSTEM, provides eight independent command
and eight status functions. Expandable to a total of 16 command and
16 status functions by addition of second TCS -1 or TCS -2 system on
common 3 kHz interconnect. Consists of Command Terminal and
52695.00
REMOTE TERMINAL. LED displays provided to indicate activated
command channels as well as status channel condition.
Full independent command, status reporting and telemetry capability
INDEPENDENT COMMAND, STATUS AND TELEMETRY
Remote Terminal.
MODEL TCS -2A TELECONTROL SYSTEM
provided by the Model TCS -2A Telecontrol System. Applications
for the TCS -2A include command, status (tally -back) and telemetry of
broadcast transmitters, electronic news gathering systems or
industrial applications. Telemetry and fail -safe capabilities enable full
compliance with FCC Rules and Regulations for AM and FM broadcast
transmitter remote control. Consisting of a Command Terminal and
Remote Terminal, the TCS -2A provides eight command, eight status
and eight telemetry functions. A Remote Terminal digital telemetry
display affords one -man calibration. The TCS -2A is designed for two
systems to be combined on a single innerconnect path to provide a
total of 16 command, 16 status and 16 telemetry functions. Also, a
mixture of TCS -2A and TCS -1 Systems can be operated over a single
interconnect path. The TCS -2A and TCS -1 Systems are similar in
design, are compatible, and should both be considered in configuring
your system.
is
TCS 2A TELECONTROL SYSTEM, provides eight independent command, status and digital telemetry functions. FCC acceptable for
AM and FM broadcast transmitter remote control. Digital telemetry
provides one-man calibration Expandable by stacking two TCS -2A
systems, or mixture with TCS -1 on common 3 kHz interconnect circuit.
53975.00
COMMAND UNIT. Command input switches are to the right, telemetry channel selector /display center, status LED displays to the
left.
REMOTE UNIT. Command and status activity LED indicators are to
the left, telemetry channel selector /display center, telemetry calibration to the right.
REMOTE CONTROL AND LOGGING ACCESSORIES
-
AMU -1
Antenna Monitor Interface Unit, for interface of remote control and
automatic logging systems to an AM antenna monitor. For up to: 4 towers $1675.00
8 towers
2125.00
12 towers
2575.00
CIP -1
Control Interface Panel, provides for use of slave or repeating relays with
Moseley Associates Remote Control Systems. Accepts up to seven relays Relays not
included.
$150.00
Type 5480DC
Relay, DP DT, momentary closure, coil for 24 VDC.
25.00
Type 5480AC Relay, DPOT, momentary closure, coil for 120 VAC
27.50
Type 5481 DC
Relay, SPDT, magnetic latching, coil for 24 VDC
$30.00
Type 5481AC Relay, SPDT, magnetic latching, coil for 120 VAC
$32.50
DCA -2
DC Amplifier, Isolated Input. Provides low -level telemetry amplification
and power -to- linear conversion.
5635.00
DCP-1
DC Power Supply, 24 VDC, 1A into seven parallel terminals. For use with
CIP -1 Control Interface Panel, rack mount; 120/240 VAC, 50 -60 Hz input.
295.00
DCP -1
With Two DC Power Supplies in common rack mount, 24 VDC, 2A into 14
12 x 71 parallel terminals. For use with CIP -1 Control Interface Panel; 120/240 VAC,
50 -60 Hz input.
$475.00
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
FSU -1
Fail -Safe Unit, for use with DCS -2A Digital Control System, provides full
compliance with FCC Rules and Regulations for TV telemetry fail -safe operation. For
parallel transmitter configuration, two FSU -1 Fail -Safe Units required.
$950.00
LVK -3
MBB -1
- Line Voltage Sampling Kit 1120 VAC to 400 VAC, 50 -60 Hzl.
S125.00
- Universal Plate Circuit (1por Ebb) Sampling Kit. Used when sampling
points are either above or below ground potential. (Requires external shunt or series
resistor. Resistor not supplied.)
4225.00
GB
HARRIS
M W -2
-
Metering Insertion Unit, enables mixing of subaudible metering signal with
program audio. For AM broadcast and FM SCA operation.
$725.00
MMA -1
Modulation Monitor Adaptor. Adapts audio output to analog remote
control telemetry.
$325.00
MPP -1
Motorized Potentiometer Panel, provides remote control of three
potentiometers. Specify value of potentiometer desired. Two -watt carbon
potentiometers included.
S725.00
PVK -1A
Plate Voltage Sampling Kit, for plate voltages thru 3kv. Specify normal
operating plate voltage.
110.00
PVK -1B
Plate Voltage Sampling Kit, for plate voltage 3kV thru 10 kV. Specify
normal operating plate voltage.
110.00
PVK -2
Plate Voltage Sampling Kit, for plate voltage 10kV thru 20kV. Specify
normal operating plate voltage.
$155.00
RFK -1
AM RF Transmission Line Voltage Sampling Kit.
$145.00
-
-
-
-
RFK -2
RFK -3
FM RF Transmission Line Voltage Sampling Kit, for
--
- FM RF Transmission Line Voltage Sampling Kit, for
-
3-1/8" line.
-5/8" line.
1
$145.00
S145.00
RMK -1
Reversible Motor Kit with adjustable clutch.
$245.00
TAU -3
Tolerance Alarm Unit Main Frame, will accommodate up to eight plug -in
comparator modules. For use with early Moseley automatic logging systems or
-
DCS -2A Status Subsystemisl.
$350.00
Plug -In Comparator Module for TAU -3 Tolerance Alarm Unit Main Frame. $175.00
TLK -2 Tower Light Sampling Kit
S125.00
TSK -3A
Temperature Sensing Kit, remoteable sensor. Includes power supply for
operation from 120/240 VAC, 50 -60 Hz.
$196.00
-
-
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice
115
MYABINC.
TRANSMISSION
EQUIPMENT
PRICE
STOCK NO.
15/8"
50 Ohm Transmission Line and Components
618- 0368 -000
618- 0305 -000
618- 0375 -000
620 -0229 -000
620 -1298 -000
620 0573 -000
620 -1295 -000
620 -0232 -000
620 -0233 -000
620 -1297 -000
620 -0276 -000
620 -1296 -000
620 -0662 -000
620 -0646 -000
620 -0694 -000
620 -0228 -000
620 -1903 -000
620 -1904 -000
620 -- 631 -000
620 1300 -000
620- 1299 -000
620 -0231 -000
620 -0930 -000
620 -0272 -000
620 -1092 -000
618- 0376 -000
618- 0377 -000
618 -1301 -000
31/8"
-001 15/8" 50 ohm line assy 20 ft. lengths flanged both ends
-004 15/8" 50 ohm line assy 20 ft. lengths no flanges
-15/8" 50 ohm line assy 20 ft. lengths flanged one end
-008 Flange Fixed, 31/2" dia. for silver brazing
-009 Flange, swivel 31/2" dia. for silver brazing
-010 Anchor insulator- connector assy, silver plated, spring loaded
-010ML Anchor insulator connector lubed assy
201-011 15/8" 50 ohm, "0" Ring gasket, flanges
201 -012 Hardware set for 15/8" flanges. Consist of 4 each stainless steel bolts, nuts
and lockwashers 5/16"
201 -013 Adaptor asst', flange swivel to unflanged line, soft solder type,
pressurized. No anchor insulator connector, "0" ring or hardware
201 -014 Adaptor assy, flanged to unflanged line unpressurized, clamp type, for
indoor use, includes hardware
201 -015 Cover plate, brass with 1/2" IPS gas inlet port and plug, no hardware
201 -017 Coupling, clamp type includes spec, anchor connector
201 -018 Coupling, straight clamp force, unpressurized, includes 2 tube clamps. No
$
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
inner conductor connector
Inner conductor connector, silver plated, spring loaded
201 -020 Elbow assy, miter 90° female reinforced, swivel flanged, includes one
anchor insulator "0" ring and hardware
201 -021 Elbow 90°
201 -025 Elbow assy, miter, 90 °, female reinforced, no flanges, equal legs, inner
conductor each leg cutback 7/18" from face of outer conductor
201 -025L Elbow 90° unflanged
201 -030 Elbow assy, miter 45° female - swivel flange. Includes anchor insulator
connectors. "O " ring and hardware
201 -040 Tee assy, reinforced, swivel flanges on all three legs. 23/8" center lines,
anchor insulators on all legs. "0" ring and hardware
201 -050 Gas barrier with "0" ring and 2" long hardware. Incorporates ' /e" IPS gas
inlet port
201 -060 Adaptor EIA flange to type N female. Includes removable anchor insulator
"0" ring and hardware. Incorporates Ye" IPS port
201 -064 Reducer, taper type 15/e" to 7/8 " 50 ohm, fixed flanges, includes one '/8"
anchor insulator connector assy. "O" ring and hardware
201 -080 End seal assy, flanged with gas inlet port. Includes "0" ring and hardware
1.60
9.20
32.00
41.00
On request
46.00
20.00
20.00
115.00
125.00
55.00
65.00
115.00
On request
201 -075 -10 Flexible line assy, 10" long, 6" long, EIA swivel flanged.
Accommodates vibration up to ±15° flexibility
Flexible section. 201 -075 -18
201 -0138 -3 Manual transfer patch panel, 3 pole, one 180° connector. Includes 3
anchor connectors. Screwdriver mounted on panel. Not pressurized
135.00
125.00
100.00
125.00
500.00
15.00
660.00
50 Ohm Transmission Line
618- 0378 -000
301 -001 Line assy, 20 ft exact length, flanged both ends. Includes anchor
insulator- connector assy. "O " ring and hardware
301 -004 Line assy, 20 ft. exact length, no flange, hardware or connector
301 -006 Line assy, 20 ft. length flanged one end, includes anchor insulator connector assy. "0" ring and hardware
3'/8" 50 Ohm transmission line, unflanged 6 ft.
3'/8 " 50 Ohm transmission line, unflanged 10 ft.
31/2" 50 Ohm transmission line, unflanged 13 ft.
470.00
340.00
"
618- 0228 -000
618- 0385 -000
618- 0234 -000
618- 0304 -000
618 -0312 -000
31/8"
270.00
200.00
250.00
17.00
24.00
24.00
28.00
420.00
102.00
170.00
221.00
50 Ohm Rigid Line Components
620 -0637 -000
620 -0684 -000
620- 0544 -000
620 -0822 -000
620 -0270 -000
620 -0908 -000
301 -008 Flange, brass, fixed 33/18" dia. for silver brazing. Includes silver solder ring
28.00
insert
301 -009 Flange, brass, swivel 53/16" dia. with inner ring for silver brazing, includes
silver solder ring insert
301 -010 Anchor insulator- connector assy, spring loaded, silver plated. Will be
supplied with protective cap
301 -010ML Anchor Insulator Connector lubed
301 -011 "0" ring gasket for 31/2" flanges
301 -012 Hardware set for 31/2" flanges, consists of 6 each stainless steel bolts,
nuts and lockwashprc
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
41 .00
38.00
41.00
2.20
11.50
uu
HARRIS
116
TRANSMISSION
EQUIPMENT
I
STOCK NO.
PRICE
3'/e" 50 Ohm Rigid Line Components (Continued)
620 -0161 -000
301 -013 Adaptor assy, flanged to unflanged line, soft solder, type pressurized. No
anchor insulator- connector. "O " ring or hardware
301 -014 Adaptor assy, flanged to unflanged line, unpressurized clamp, type for
indoor use, includes hardware
301 -015 Cover plate, brass with '/e " IPS gas inlet port and plug. No hardware
301 -017 Coupling assy, straight, clamp type, unpressurized, includes special type
inner conductor -connector assy
301 -018 Coupling, straight, no stop, clamp type, unpressurized. Includes 2 tube
clamps. No inner conductor -connector. Does not increase O.C. length
301 -019 Inner conductor connector only, silver plated, spring loaded. Usually used
with Catalog Number 301 -018
301 -021 Elbow assy. 90 °, same as 020 except 021 has captivated inner conductor
301 -025 Elbow assy, miter 90° female, reinforced, no flanges, equal legs. Inner
conductor cutback "AC from face of outer conductor
301 -030 Elbow assy, miter 45° female reinforced, swivel flanged. Includes anchor
insulator- connector, "0" ring and hardware
301 -040 Tee assy, reinforced, swivel flanges on all three legs. 33/1e" center lines,
anchor insulator all legs, includes "O " ring and hardware
301 -050 Gas barrier, with "O " ring gasket and 21/4" long hardware. Incorporated
'/e " IPS gas inlet port
301 -060 Taper 3Ya" 50 ohm to type "N" female. Includes anchor insulator assy,
"O " ring and hardware
301 -064 Taper 31/e " 50 ohm to 15/8" 50 ohm, 15 /e " anchor insulator connector, "0"
ring and hardware furnished
301 -078 Adaptor, male to male unsupported inner conductor. Fixed EIA flanges.
One "O " ring and hardware set supplied. No anchor insulator included.
301 -080 End seal assy, flanged with gas inlet port, includes "O " ring gasket and
hardware
301 -075 -10 Flexible line assy, 10" long, 18" long, EIA swivel flanged.
Accommodates vibration up to ±15° flexibility
301 -082 Transition - 31/2" 50 ohm to 31/2 -51 5 ohms
301 -138 -7 Manual transfer patch panel assy 7 pole, three 180° connectors
includes 7 anchor connectors, screwdriver mounted on panel. Not pressurized
"
620-0498 -000
620 -1314 -000
620 -0581 -000
620 -0499 -000
620 -0918 -000
620 -1893 -000
620 -0632 -000
620 -0630 -000
620 -1316 -000
"
620 -0271 -000
47.00
54.00
On request
70.00
32.00
28.00
195.00
110.00
200.00
On request
"
620 -0636 -000
"
620 -0360 -000
620 -0214 -000
"
620 -1318 -000
200.00
210.00
160.00
235.00
"
618- 0386 -000
618- 0387 -000
612- 0549 -Oxx
61/8" 50 Ohm
61 8- 0389 -000
S
300.00
620.00
620.00
1700.00
Rigid Transmission Line and Components
601 -001 Line assy 20 ft. exact length, flanged both ends. Includes anchor insulator
connector assy, "O " ring and hardware
601 -004 Line assy, length to be specified, no flanges, hardware or connector
601 -006 Line assy, 20' length, flanged one end. Includes anchor insulator
connector assy, "O " ring and hardware
601 -008 Flange, fixed, for silver brazing, includes silver solder ring insert
601 -009 Flange, swivel, for silver brazing includes silver solder ring insert
601 -010 Anchor insulator- connector assy, spring loaded, silver plated
601 -010ML Anchor insulator- connector, lubed
601 -011 "0" ring gasket for 61/8 " flanges
601 -012 Hardware set for 61/8 " flanges. Consists of 12 each stainless steel bolts,
nuts and lockwashers, 3/8 " - 16 " x 13/4" lg.
601 -013 Adaptor assy, fixed flange to unflanged line, soft solder type, pressurized.
No anchor insulator- connector "O " ring or hardware
601 -014 Adaptor assy, flanged to unflanged line unpressurized clamp type, for
indoor use, includes hardware
601 -018 Coupling straight clamp type, unpressurized. Includes 2 tube clamps. No
inner conductor connector. Does not increase lg. O.C.
601 -019 Inner conductor connector only, silver plated, spring loaded. Usually used
with Catalog Number 601 -018
601 -020 Elbow, miter 90° reinforced, female -female swivel flanged 51/2" center
line. Includes one removable anchor insulator- connector "O " ring and hardware
301 -084 Transition 61/2 - 75- 61/8- 50, Specify channel
601 -021 Elbow assy, miter 90° female -female, reinforced, swivel flanged. Includes
one removable anchor -insulator-connector "O " ring and hardware, same as 020
except has captivated inner conductor
"
618- 0229 -000
618- 0396 -000
"
620 -0638 -000
620 -0905 -000
620 -0586 -000
620 -1330 -000
620 -1331 -000
620- 0713 -000
620 -1333 -000
"
620 -0602 -000
620 -0601 -000
620 -1332 -000
620 -0634 -000
"
620 -1313 -Oxx
620 -1336 -000
1400.00
58.00 ft.
1420.00
65.00
100.00
150.00
155.00
4.25
16.00
130.00
170.00
182.00
76.00
700.00
825.00
"
ULP
HARRIS
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
750.00
117
TRANSMISSION
EQUIPMENT
IIYAIilNC
PRICE
STOCK NO.
61/8"
50 Ohm Rigid Transmission Line and Components (Continued)
620 -1335 -000
620-1334 -000
620-1337 -000
620-0635 -000
620-0916 -0xx
618- 0313 -000
618-0345 -000
618-0354 -000
618- 0448 -000
618- 0453 -000
620 -0614 -000
601 -030 Elbow, miter, 45° female -female, swivel flanged. Includes one removable
anchor insulator connector. "0" ring and hardware
601 -040 Tee assembly
601 -050 Gas barrier, with "0" ring gasket and 21/4" long hardware. Incorporates 1/2"
IPS gas inlet
601 -064 Reducer assy, taper type 6'/8' to 3' /e " 50 ohm pressurized, fixed flanged.
Includes one 3'/e" anchor insulator. "0 " ring and hardware
601 -084 Transformer 61/2" 75 ohm to 61/8 " 50 ohm flanged line. Includes anchor
insulator- connectors each end, "0" rings and hardware. Specify channel
61/2" 50 Ohm transmission line, unflanged 7 ft.
61/8" 50 Ohm transmission line, unflanged 14 ft.
61/8" 50 Ohm transmission line, unflanged 6 ft.
61/2" 50 Ohm transmission line, unflanged 4 ft.
6'/8" 50 Ohm transmission line, unflanged 10 ft.
Reducer, 61/2" 50 ohm - 31/2" 50 ohm
S
700.00
On request
750.00
350.00
850.00
406.00
812.00
348.00
232.00
580.00
430.00
6'/8" 75 Ohm Rigid Transmission Line and Components
618- 0398 -000
618- 0403 -000
618- 0406 -000
620-0638 -000
620 -0905 -000
620 -1339 -000
620 -0801 -000
620- 1331 -000
620 -0713 -000
620 -1341 -000
620 -0743 -000
701 -001 Line assy, 20 ft. exact length, flanged both ends. Includes anchor insulator connector, assy, "O" ring and hardware
701 -004 Line assy, 20 ft. section, no flanges hardware or connector
701 -006 Line assy, length 20 ft., flanged one end
701 -008 Flange fixed, same as 601 -008
701 -009 Flange, swivel
701 -010 Anchor insulator- connector assy, spring loaded, silver plated with plastic
head
701 -010ML Anchor, insulator- connector lubed
701
701
701
701
-011
"0"
Ring
620 -1342 -000
-012 Hardware set
-019 Inner conductor connector
-020 Elbow, miter 90° reinforced, female -female, swivel flanged. Includes one
removable anchor insulator, connector, "O " ring and hardware
701 -021 Elby assy, miter 90 °, female -female, reinforced, swivel flanged. Includes one
removable anchor, insulator- connector, "0" ring and hardware. Same as 020 except
021 has captivated inner conductor
701 -050 Gas barrier, with "0" ring and 21/4" long hardware. Incorporates 1/2" IPS gas
620 -0916 -Oxx
inlet, plugged
701 -084 Transition
"
620 -0812 -000
61/8
-75
-
6' /e -50. Specify channel
Vertical Run
620 -0216 -000
620 -1320 -000
Fixed Hanger, Myat #301 -042 -1 - 3"
Spring Hanger, Myat #301 -042 -3 - 3"
Horizontal Run
620 -1322 -000 Lateral Brace, Myat #301 -042 -8 - 3"
620 -1327 -000 Spring Hanger, Myat #301 -042 -17 - 3"
Vertical Run
620 -1319 -000
620 -1329 -000
620 -1328 -000
620 -1321 -000
620 -0935 -000
620 -1350 -000
Fixed Hanger, Dual, Myat #301 -042 -2 - 3"
Spring Hanger, Dual, Myat #301 -042 -24 - 3"
Spring Hanger, Dual, Myat #301 -042 -18 - 3"
Horizontal Anchor, Myat #301 -042 -5 - 3"
",
Fixed Hanger, Myat #701 -042 -1 - 6
Spring Hanger, Myat #701 -042 -3 - 6"
Horizontal Run
620 -1346 -000 Lateral Brace, Myat #701 -042 -8 -6 "
620 -1348 -000 Spring Hanger, Myat #701 -042 -17 - 6"
620 -1345 -000 Horizontal Anchor, Myat #701 -042 -5 - 6"
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice
1300.00
1100.00
1295.00
65.00
100.00
145.00
150.00
4.25
16.00
76.00
675.00
750.00
725.00
850.00
43.00
78.00
60.00
On request
41.00
77.00
On request
56.00
50.00
110.00
63.00
210.00
110.0
HARRIS
118
HYDRO -PED CLAW BALL TRIPODS
Claw Ball Tripods
(price does not include Ball)
For use with Models C, 20, 30, and 50
Regular Claw Ball Tripod (39` to 67')
Baby Claw Ball Tripod (18" to 26 ")
Claw Ball Hi Hat (s',
Claw Ball Tripod Top Casting only (replacement)
Hydro -ped Model 102 -B
Including the following standard accessories.
345.00
345.00
105.00
120.00
$3950.00
Pro Jr Top Plate
Super Claw Ball Tripods
Factory Order Options
(price does not include Ball)
Add the following amount when substituted for the above
standard accessories
For use with Models 100 and 150
N/C
Mitchell Top Plate
Accessories
Pro Jr Top Plate for Hydro -ped
Mitchell Top Plate for Hydro -ped
Set of Wheels for Hydro -ped (2 fixed, t castor)
Set of Wheels for Hydro-ped (3 castors)
anuu
HARRIS
115.00
115.00
280.00
280.00
Standard Super Claw Ball Tripod (so" to 79")
Regular Super Claw Ball Tripod (46" to ss -)
Sawed off Super Claw Ball Tripod (37" to 57
Baby Super Claw Ball Tripod (26,/,- to 341/41
Super Claw Ball Hi -Hat (6 -)
Super Claw Ball Tripod Top Casting only
(replacement)
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
545.00
545.00
545.00
.545.00
155.00
160.00
119
MOG'
FLUID CAMERA HEADS
ENGINEERING LABS.. INC.
Model 30
$995.00
11
Including the following standard accessories.
Standard Handle (yz° diameter. 10" length)
Quick Release Camera Platform (with Removable Lisand
Including the following standard accessories.
type Camera Mounting Plate)
Standard Handle (yz" diameter, 15" length)
O'CONNOR Quick Release Camera Platform
Flat Base
Adjustable Counterbalance Spring with Adjustment
Wrench
(with Removable Camera Mounting Plate)
Pro Jr Base with tiedown assembly
150 Inch -Pound Counterbalance Spring
Factory Order Options
Add the following amount when substituted for the above
standard accessories.
Factory Order Options
Adjustable Balance Quick Release Camera Platform
(with removable Cine 60 Type Camera Mounting Plate, for use with
one or two handles - extra handle not included)
55.00
Adjustable Balance Quick Release Camera Platform
(with removable Lisand Type Camera Mounting Plate, for use with
one or two handles - extra handle not included)
Pro Jr Flat Base
Claw Ball Base
Arri 16 Ball Base
Arri 35 Ball Base
Model 100-C
$1895.00
Model 50 -D
55.00
55.00
55.00
55.00
70.00
Add the following amount when substituted for the above
standard accessories
Fixed Camera Platform
Adjustable Balance Quick Release Camera Platform
N/C
(with removable Cine 60 Type Camera Mounting Plate, for use with
one or two handles - extra handle not included)
65.00
Adjustable Balance Release Camera Platform
(with removable Lisand Type Camera Mounting Plate. for use with
one or two handles - extra handle not included)
Pro Jr /Flat Base
Claw Ball Base
Arri 16 Ball Base
Arri 35 Ball Base
Mitchell Base
100 Inch -Pound Counterbalance Spring
200 Inch -Pound Counterbalance Spring
65.00
N/C
N/C
N/C
15.00
30.00
25.00
60.00
$2750.00
Including the following standard accessories.
Standard Handle (%" diameter, 15" length)
Fixed Camera Platform
Mitchell Base with tiedown assembly
500 Inch -Pound Counterbalance Spring
Model 150
Factory Order Options
Add the following amount when substituted for the above
standard accessories.
Extended Handle for Video (3/i" diameter, 26" length) .... 70.00
Adjustable Balance Quick Release Camera Platform (SideMount)
(with removable Camera Mounting Plate, for use with one or
two handles - extra handle not included)
Pro Jr Base
Arri 35 Ball Base
Super Claw Ball Base
300 Inch -Pound Counterbalance Spring
700 Inch -Pound Counterbalance Spring
$4950.00
Including the following standard accessories.
375.00
N/C
N/C
75.00
40.00
65.00
Standard Handle (S/e" diameter, 15" length)
Adjustable Balance Quick Release Camera Platform, for
use with one or two handles (extra handle not included)
Mitchell Base with tiedown assembly
1000 Inch -Pound Counterbalance Spring
Factory Order Options
Add the following amount when substituted for the above
standard accessories.
Extended Handle for Video (3/4" diameter, 26" length)
1500 Inch -Pound Counterbalance Spring
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice
OD
... 70.00
90.00
HARRIS
120
FLUID CAMERA HEADS
AND ACCESSORIES
ENGINEERING LABS., INC.
Model C
S795.00
Including the following standard accessories
Standard Handle 1'/2 diameter, 10- length)
Fixed Camera Platform with 3/8 " -16 camera tiedown screw
Pro Jr Base with tiedown assembly
50 Inch -Pound Counterbalance Spring
Add the following amount when substituted for the above
standard accessories.
Adjustable Spread Double Handle for Video
(2 each '/I" diameter, 16" length)
S155.00
Narrow (1" width) Fixed Camera Platform
with '/4 " -20 camera tiedown screw
40.00
Arri 16 Ball Base
N/C
Claw Ball Base with tiedown assembly
N/C
Accessories
Handles
65.00
$
220.00
75.00
90.00
160.00
Camera Mounting Plates
(replacements)
Lisand Type for Models 30 or 50
Cine 60 Type for Models 30 or 50
O'CONNOR Type for Model 50
$
20.00
25.00
25.00
Adapters
(from base of fluid head to top casting of tripod)
Pro Jr to Arri 16 for Models C, 20, 30 or 50
Pro Jr to Claw Ball for Models C, 20, 30 or 50
Pro Jr to Mitchell for Models 50 or 100
Mitchell to Super Calw Ball for
Models 100 or 150
Super Claw Ball to Mitchell for
Models 100 or 150
$
85.00
110.00
120.00
190.00
315.00
Tiedown Assemblies
(replacements) for
Pro Jr Base, or Pro Jr to Arri 16 Adapter
Claw Ball Base
Pro Jr to Claw Ball Adapter
Pro Jr to Mitchell Adapter
Pro Jr /Flat Base
Arri 35 Ball Base
Mitchell Base
Pro Jr to Mitchell Adapter
HARRIS
S
45.00
45.00
Cases
Factory Order Options
Standard Handle for Models C or 30
('/z" diameter, 10" length)
Adjustable Spread Video Double Handle for
Model C (2 each 1/2" diameter, 16" length)
Standard Handle for Model 50
11/2" diameter, 15" length)
Standard Handle for Model 100
(5/8" diameter, 15" length)
Extended Handle for Video for Models 100 or 150
)3/4" diameter, 16" length)
Super Claw Ball Base
Mitchell to Super Claw Ball Adapter
25.00
40.00
40.00
30.00
25.00
25.00
30.00
30.00
Model
Model
Model
Model
Model
C
30
50
100
150
Regular Claw Ball Tripod
Baby Claw Ball Tripod
Standard and Regular Super Claw Ball Tripods
Baby Super Claw Ball Tripod
Hydro -ped only
Hydro -ped with either Model 30 or 50
Bases
(with tiedown assemblies)
Flat Base for Model 30
Pro Jr Base for Model C
Pro Jr Base for Models 30 or 50
Pro Jr /Flat Base for Models 30 or 50
Pro Jr Base for Model 100
Arri 16 Ball Base for Model C
Arri 16 Ball Base for Models 30 or 50
Claw Ball Base for Model C
Claw Ball Base for Models 30 or 50
Arri 35 Ball Base for Models 30 or 50
Arri 35 Ball Base for Model 100
Mitchell Base for Model 50
Mitchell Base for Model 100
Mitchell Base for Model 150
Super Claw Ball Base for Model 100
S230.00
230.00
245.00
270.00
315.00
140.00
130.00
215.00
215.00
415.00
435.00
S
55.00
115.00
110.00
110.00
140.00
115.00
115.00
115.00
110.00
125.00
140.00
140.00
140.00
140.00
215.00
Camera Platforms
Quick Release Camera Platform for Model 30
(with Removable Lisand type Camera Mounting Plate)
$235.00
Adjustable Balance Quick Release Camera Platform for Model 30
(with removable Cine 60 Type Camera Mounting Plate for use
with one or two handles - extra handle not included)
285.00
Adjustable Balance Quick Release Camera Platform for Model 30
(with removable Lisand Type Camera Mounting Plate, for use
with one or two handles - extra handle not included)
285.00
O'CONNOR Quick Release Camera Platform
for Model 50 (with Removable Camera Mounting Plate)
220.00
Fixed Camera Platform for Model 50
220.00
Adjustable Balance Quick Release Camera Platform for Model 50
(with removable Cine 60 Type Camera Mounting Plate, for use
with one or two handles - extra handle not included)
285.00
Adjustable Balance Quick Release Camera Platform for Model 50
(with removable Lisand Type Camera Mounting Plate, for use
with one or two handles - extra handle not included)
285.00
Fixed Camera Platform for Model 100
250.00
Adjustable Sidemount Platform for M -100, for use with one or two
handles
S625.00
Adjustable Balance Quick Release Camera Platform, for use
with one or two handles for Model 150
625.00
(extra handle not included)
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
121
oibon
PROFESSIONAL AUDIO PRODUCTS
111B/1 Spring Reverberation (2 Channel)
Dual- channel spring reverb with six springs/ channel for smoothness and natural
sound. "Floating threshold" limiter attenuates "spring twang" and protects against
overload. Shelving bass and quasi- parametric midrange EQ. Unbalance input accepts
line -level or semi -pro (medium level) gear. Transformer -balanced main output;
unbalance "mixed" output allows use "in -line" without external mixers. Compact,
$849.00
rugged, and reliable.
245E Stereo Synthesizer
111B/1
Createsa seductive pseudo- stereo effect from mono original. Left and right channels
sum back to original mono for total compatability in disc cutting and FM stereo
broadcast. Doesn't affect the frequency balance of the mono original. Easy to use;
$399.00
only three operating controls. Unbalance line -level input and outputs.
418A Stereo Compressor /Limiter
245E
Famous OPTIMOD -FM circuitry adapted for production and recording applications.
Exceptionally smooth sound with adjustable program- controlled release time.
Separate high frequency limiter with four selectable breakpoints from 25 to 75us.
Simple, easy-to -use stereo ganged controls. Accurate stereo tracking. Balanced
line-level inputs; unbalanced outputs. Ideal for processing complex program material
$849.00
in cassette duplication, broadcast production, and recording studios.
424 Gated Compressor /Limiter/D -Esser
Production AGC device which achieves high average loudness without undesirable
artifacts. Separate Compressor/ Limiter and De -Esser control loops, with
program- controlled parameters. Defeatable gate with adjustable threshold freeze
gain. Adjustable attack -time, release time, and compression ratio. Independent
De -Esser similar to the 526A De- Esser. Low distortion Operation. 25 dB gain
reduction. Better than 25 dB de -ess gain reduction in addition to 25 dB
compressor/ limiter gain reduction. True peak- reading output level meter.. True
peak- reading gain reduction meter. Selectable linear or exponential release time
characteristics. Rugged all metal 19" rack -mount package. Available in mono stereo
(channels independent or strappable). Extensive RFI suppression. Balanced inputs
and outputs and 115/230V, 50/60 Hz power supply standard.
424A $899.00
422A (Mono) $569.00
418A
424A
516EC Dynamic Sibilance Controller (3 Channel)
Three -channel de -esser with unbalance line -level inputs and outputs. Ideal for
simultaneous de- essing of several voices in cinema, recording, or broadcast. Easy to
adjust with single THRESHOLD control. De- essing constant over 15 dB input range.
De- essing defeatable without clicks or pops. Outstandingly quiet and clean.$719.00
526A Dynamic Sibilance Controller
(1
516EC
Channel)
Effective de- essing without audible "action ". De- essing constant over 15 dB input
level range. Easy to set up and use -only two operating controls (GAIN and
THRESHOLD(. Fully balanced transformer -coupled input and output with mic /line
switching on input. Can be inserted and removed from circuit without clicks or pops.
$469.00
Convenient LED level and de- essing indicators.
526A
622B Parametric Equalizer
A two channel parametric equalizer for use where continuos, non-interacting control
over center frequency, bandwidth, and amount of peak boost or cut is desired. Four
peaking bands per channel with "constant -Q" curves providing notching capability;
individual channel and band in /out switches; GAIN control; overload lamp. Line -level
balanced input and unbalanced output. Output can be balanced by addition of
optional transformer.
$509.00
Channel
622A
$799.00
2 Channel
6228
1
ACCESSORIES
RET -5
Balanced output transformer. Order one per output
622B
$16.00
672A Mono Graphic Parametric Equalizer
A single channel quasi -parametric equalizer with continuous control over center
frequency, bandwidth, and amount of peak or dip. Convenient graphic-style EQ
controls provide reciprocal EQ in eight bands. Additional 12 dB /octave highpass and
lowpass filters tune continuously over 100:1 frequency range. Additional lowpass
output permits use as equalizer cascaded with electronic crossover. GAIN control;
overload lamp; IN /OUT switches for equalizer and each filter. Line -level balanced
$629.00
input; unbalance outputs can be balanced with optional transformer(s).
ACCESSORIES
RET -6
Balanced output transforme; Order one per output
.
$16.00
672A
674 Stereo Graphic Parametric Equalizer
(with HP /LP Filters, Barrier Strip Terminals)
A two- channel version of the 672A. Controls are configured to facilitate accurate,
easy adjustment of both channels simultaneously when equalizing stereophonic
program. Each channel identical to the 672A, including all controls and overload
indicator, with the exception that the electronic crossover outputs are arranged as
"MAIN /LOWPASS" and "HIGHPASS" to provide further protection against
accidental tweeter burnout should IN /OUT switches be incorrectly operated.
$1179.00
ACCESSORIES
Plexiglass security cover for filter section controls
ACC -3
Balanced output transformers (21 for main outputs
RET -7
Balanced output transformers(4) for both outputs
RET -8
2 ckt phone jacks for inputs and main outputs
RET -9
RET -10 2 ckt phonejacks for inputs and all outputs
RET -11 X LR-type connectors for inputs and main outputs
R ET-12 XLR -type connectors for inputs and all outputs
9.00
$32.00
$64.00
$10.00
$13.00
$24.00
$30.00
$
674
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice
HARRIS
122
ODER
PROFESSIONAL
AUDIO RECORDERS
ARS -1000 Automated Radio Station Reproducer
Widely used in leading automation systems.
Two speeds
71/4 and 3% ips, front selectable.
Adjustable front panel cue control.
Recessed front adjustable output level and head azimuth, with flip up head cover.
Plug -in professional grade PC boards and relays.
IC preamp in head assembly improves S /N.
Simple operation plus remotable Play and Stop.
Ready light indicates proper tape threading.
Special long -life polyurethane pinch roller and ball bearings.
Ruggedly designed for long term reliability under continuous operating conditions.
Full one -year warranty on all parts (except heads) and labor.
25 Hz sensor optionally available.
-
Otari's ARS -1000 is a widely used two -speed reproduce only tape
machine specifically designed to meet the unique needs of the automated radio broadcaster. This machine is engineered for heavy duty
continuous operation, with special emphasis placed on long term
reliability, simple operation, consistent performance, and ease of
maintenance.
Take reliability, for example. The ARS -1000 is a rugged machine that
has been subjected to thousands of hours of life tests to determine
its mean -time-between- failure. Selection of components reflects this
heavy emphasis on reliability. Consider the rugged motors and brake
assemblies, the gold plated PCB connectors, or the special long life
pinch roller assembly with polyurethane tire and friction -reducing
ball bearings.
tuu
HARRIS
Ease of maintenance is assured with plug -in PCB's and mother board
configuration, an easy -access head -cover, plus front adjustable output level and head azimuth (the latter to minimize stereo phasing
errors).
Operational ease is provided by simple interlocked controls and a
straight line tape threading path plus flip -up head cover. A front panel
Ready light indicates, even from a distance, that tape is threaded
properly and the machine is ready for the next command. For increased head life, tape lifters are used in the fast modes, but can
be defeated by a front panel Cue control for an audible monitoring
signal.
The electronics are also of advanced design. Headroom is an excellent
+ 19 dBm. Outputs are 600 ohm unbalanced; 0 VU is +4 dBm. Noise
is minimized by use of an IC head preamp mounted directly above the
head assembly. Transformer voltage controlled torque motors are
used with external, fully adjustable band brakes. Brakes are completely fail safe in case of power failure.
Specifications
Reel Size: 7 inch plastic or 10'/ inch, EIA or NAB.
Heads: Hard Permalloy metal head with two half track head stacks and
front adjustable azimuth. Integral IC head preamp has front accessible
level controls.
Flutter and Wow: (Measured per NAB weighted).
Tape Speed: 7'/: ips, less than 0.06 %; 3% ips, less than 0.15 %.
Motors: Three total. Two -speed hysteresis synchronous capstan, and
two induction reel motors. Front accessible oil wick for capstan
bearing.
Frequency Response: 7'/: ips (at -10 VU): 50 to 18,000 Hz+ / -2 dB
30 to 20,000 Hz + /-3 dB
3% ips (at -10VU): 50 to 12,000 Hz+ / -2 dB
30 to 15,000 Hz + /-3 dB
Distortion: Less than 1% at 1000 Hz at 185 nWb /m.
ARS- 1000 -DC Two -speed (7'h/3% ips), two channel reproducer.
25 Hz sensor. Variable time delay. 19 -inch rack mounting. For automation systems and other reproduce -only applications.
$1,595.00
ARS- 1000 -DS Identical to ARS 1000-DC except without 25 Hz
sensor.
$1,535.00
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice
123
CHEM
5050BQ- Series II Y4" Four -Channel Recorders
7'1 ips tape speeds Motion sensing control logic Selective reproduce
adjustments
Variable speed DC capstan servo Easily accessible electronics
Built -in test and cue oscillator Plug -in head assembly
15 and
Proprietary microprocessor to govern transport logic
PROFESSIONAL
AUDIO RECORDERS
M X-5050- B
MX- 5050 -B Broadcast Recorder
MX -5050 Series,
Otari's MX- 5050 -B continues the proud heritage of the
now extensively used by television and radio broadcasters worldwide.
a
Plug -in, Rugged Permalloy Heads
Extra Reproduce Head
seen even from
Flashing Ready Light: This provides a visual indication, easily
erasure.
distance, of the record -safe mode which helps to prevent accidental
Noise Free Punch -in and Punch -out
Motion Sensing Control Logic
Peak Reading LED's
$2296.00
Two -channel half -track recorder/
reproducer with quarter -track reproduce capability.
DC -servo capstan. Three speeds in speed pairs
of 15/7 h or 71/3% ips, field selectable. 600 ohm
recorder
system provides exDc Capstan Servo: + / -7% Speed Control: Dc capstan servo
record and reproduce
ceptionally stable tape speeds, plus ability to vary both
speeds by + / -7% of nominal.
head lifters in fast
Adjustable Cue Control: Helps locate selections by defeating
varies
forward or rewind to allow you to hear an audible signal. Adjustable feature
monitors.
the signal volume to prevent overloading of earphones or
-aligned and
Built -in Splicing Block: As a real production convenience, a precision
is hinged and
indexed splicing block is mounted right on the head cover. Cover
lifts for easy access to heads.
machine to zero setSelection Locator Memory: Return to zero memory recues
ting, a real time saver.
or 7'1 /3% ips are
Three Speeds: Three speed operation in speed pairs of 15/7'1
is autointernally switchable on PC board inside the back cover. Equalization
matically changed at the same time.
to rock the reels back
Edit Control: Indispensable for production work, allows you
take -up motor and
and forth or to spill tape at right of transport. Deactivates
end -of -tape lever.
for over -dubbing,
Selective Reproduce: Another important production feature
recorded
selective reproduce allows a new track to be laid down next to previously
tracks in perfect time synchronization.
Front Adjustable Bias and Record EC)
Fixed Output Level
Built -in Test Oscillator
+4 or -10 dBm Output
Electronic real -time count-
Automatic monitor switching Selectable 20dB microphone
Selectable track headphone monitoring Peak reading indicators
input attenuator
Separate mic /line mixing on each channel Compact, integraton each channel
ed electronics design
er with LED display
a
Play, Stop,
Remote Control Connector: All transport operating controls (Record,
by an
Rewind, and Fast Forward) are brought out to this connector for selection
optional remote control unit.
are selectNAB/ IEC EQ: Both NAB and IEC equalization circuitry are included and
ed by this switch.
with different tapes,
Choice of Three Record Levels: To maximize performance
in nWb /m: 185
the MX- 5050 -B includes three separate calibrated record levels
320 (the IEC and DIN
(original standard), 250 (for high- output low -noise tapes),
standard).
preamps
Microphone Attenuator: For added versatility when using microphone
or high output mics, this switch provides a 20 dB pad.
are three -pin
XLR Connectors, Slanted Panel: All input and output connectors
horizontally.
XLR, mounted on a slanted panel so the machine can be operated
MX -50508
1/2
track
M X-5050- B F
MX-5050BQ-II
MX-5050-MKIII-8
balanced output. Vinyl covered wood cabinet.
Two -channel, quarter -track recorder/
reproducer with half -track reproduce capability,
otherwise identical to the MX- 5050 -B
One -channel full -track recorder/ reproducer
with two channel half -track reproduce capability
Otherwise identical to MX- 5050 -B
Four-channel, quarter- track, quarter -inch tape
recorder /reproducer. 15/7'/: ips. DC -servo
capstan system. +4 or -10 levels, microprocessor
control
Eight -channel, half -inch tape recorder /
reproducer. 15/7 1 ips. +4 or -10 levels, microprocessor control, optional remote
2295.00
2360.00
2996.00
5296.00
Accessories
2-piece flight case for the MX- 5050 -B, MX- 5050 -B,
and BQII rugged case for protection of the recorder in transportation. Foam -lined, pullover case.
8280.00
Blue only
5 50.00
MX- 5050 -B:
Rack mounting
RK -2B
f3 BOIT:
adapter permits
S 50.00
Mark II -2:
easy mounting
RK-2M
5 65.00
Mark II -4:
in standard
19" rack
RK-4
Wood floor console for 9, BF, and BQII with castCSL-B
$375.00
ers for convenient horizontal operation
CB -102 ICR -705A1 Remote control for MX- 5050 -B, BQII, MKII series
$140.00
and MKIII -4
Includes
-8.
for
MKIII
controller
session
Remote
CB -110
transport controls, channel switching /monitor$650.00
ing, tape timer readout, and memory return.
10
K ohm, for MXbalanced
transformer,
Input
IPT-B
S 17.00
5050-B. Internal mounting, hard -wired type
for MXohm,
600
balanced
transformer,
Input
IPT-HW
5050-QXD, 8D, and Mark II. Internal mounting,
S 50.00
hard -wired type
for
QXD,
transformer
output
ohm,
600
Balanced
OPT
8D, and Mark II -4. (Balanced 600 ohm output is
535.00
standard on other models.)
for
two
-chancables
/output
input
10
-foot
of
Set
AD P-CB L
nels: two input XLR male to RCA phono, and
S 27.00
two XLR female to RCA phono
FC -2B
TW-670
Reel hold down knobs,
'/." each.
S
18.00
TW -671
Reel hold down knobs,
'/" each
S
25.00
Operation
Manual
Service Manual
Please specify model.
Extra manual lone supplied with recorder). Please
specify model.
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice
525.00
S
25.00
HARRIS
124
Phasemaster
KAY
INDUSTRIES,INC.
PHASEMASTER ROTARY PHASE CONVERTERS
"T" SERIES FOR TRANSMITTER APPLICATIONS
Rotary Phase Converter for AM /FM Radio Transmitters
The Phasemaster T- Series Rotary Phase Converter is specially designed and engineered for use with all types of radio transmitters
for the conversion of single-phase power to 3 -phase in locations
which are not served by 3 -phase lines. Phasemaster is particularly
suitable for application in situations where the high cost of installing
utility supplied 3 -phase power is prohibitive from an economic standpoint. A Phasemaster T- Series Rotary Phase Converter can be installed for a small fraction of the cost of installing utility supplied
3-phase power. Phasemaster is low in initial cost, high in performance, and has a proven service record of more than ten years in
commercial broadcast installations throughout North America.
Phasemaster has been sized and tested for compatability with most
makes and ratings of commercial transmitters.
T
Series Phasemaster
Rotary Phase Converter
...
Performance
The Phasemaster T- Series Rotary Phase Converter incorporates
many superior performance features:
Voltage produced through Phasemaster is regulated within a range
of 2 -5% of the primary electrical supply.
Output wave forms and phasing are nearly identical to utility
supplied 3- phase.
The converter has the ability to buffer line transients.
Protects against the effects of modulation peaks in AM transmitters.
Contains integral lightning protection for operating reliability.
Systems are available to accommodate dual power output ratings.
Designed to operate on a continuous 24 hour basis.
Operating cost savings are realized through lower kilowatt hour
`
phasemaster
f
usage.
Construction
Phasemaster is built with high quality materials and components to
meticulous manufacturing standards. An extra large wiring panel for
accessability and ease in making connections is provided. Phase master has no relays, switches, governors or other service prone
parts.
a
Applications
Phasemaster T- Series Rotary Phase Converters are available in
range of sizes for AM /FM transmitters rated from to 50 kW.
a
1
Additional information
is available,
including
Phasemaster Converters.
a
list of stations using
Phasemaste0) is manufactured under U.S. Patents 3349316,
3387202, 3609430, Canadian Patent 786933 and Patents Pending.
Model
T-1300-A2
T-2000-A2
T-2500-A2
T-4000-A2
T-5000-A2
T-7500-A2
T-8000-A2
T-10000-A2
T-12000-A2
Voltage
230*
230*
230*
230*
Shipping
Weight
165
215
270
1,935.00
420
2,380.00
2,970.00
230
480
230*
577
230*
751
230*
873
230*
970
*Available in 460 volt no additional charge
W HARRIS
Price
$1,310.00
1,620.00
3,365.00
4,400.00
5,200.00
Transmitter designs vary between manufacturers. For proper sizing
of Phasemaster the following information is required:
Manufacturer
Model Number
AM or FM
KW Rating
Operating Elevation
100% current draw in amps per 3 phase leg for FM transmitters
Average modulation and 100% modulation for AM transmitters
5,865.00
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice
PI-l'is
dodge
125
RIGID TRANSMISSION LINE
Company
CommunicatonsLlCom
oY
Rigid Line Components
STOCK NO.
DESCRIPTION
PRICE
-5/8" 50 Ohm line assembly 20 ft. length, flanges both ends
-5/8" 50 Ohm line assembly 19 -3/4 ft. length, flanges both ends
-5/8" 50 Ohm line assembly 19 -1 /2 ft. length, flanges both ends
-5/8" 50 Ohm line assembly 20 ft. length, no flanges
-5/8" 50 Ohm line assembly 19 -3/4 ft. length, no flanges
-5/8" 50 Ohm line assembly 19 -1 /2 ft. length, no flanges
-5/8" 50 Ohm line assembly 20 ft. length, flange one end
-5/8" 50 Ohm line assembly 19 -3/4 ft. length, flange one end
-5/8" 50 Ohm line assembly, 19 -1 /2 ft. length, flange one end
-5/8" 50 Ohm flexible line assembly 10" length
-5/8" 50 Ohm 3 -1 /2" dia. fixed flange includes silver solder ring insert
-5/8" 50 Ohm adapter assembly flanged to unflanged line, clamp type
-5/8" 50 Ohm anchor insulator connector, finished with prodelube
-5/8" 50 Ohm "0" ring gasket
-5/8" 50 Ohm inner conductor connector, silver plated, spring loaded
-5/8" 50 Ohm 4 piece Hardware set
-5/8" 50 Ohm coupling assembly
-5/8" 50 Ohm flange, swivel silver solder
-5/8" 50 Ohm adapter w /anchor insulator
-5/8" 50 Ohm elbow, miter, 90 D., swivel flanges, male - female
-5/8" 50 Ohm gas barrier with Port
-5/8" 50 Ohm adapter to N series female
-5/8" 50 Ohm adapter to LC female
-5/8" 50 Ohm reducer, tapes to 7/8" flanged line
-5/8" supporting hardware hanger fixed, single line
-5/8" supporting hardware hanger, spring, single line
-5/8" supporting hardware anchor plate
-5/8" supporting hardware brace, lateral
-5/8" supporting hardware hanger, slip type, flange mount
3-1/8" 50 Ohm line assembly 20 ft. rigid line, flanged both ends
3-1/8" 50 Ohm line assembly 19 -3/4 ft. rigid line, flanged both ends
3-1/8" 50 Ohm line assembly 19-1/2 ft. rigid line, flanged both ends
$278.00
618 -0516 -000
1
618 -0519 -000
1
278.00
1
278.00
1
200.00
1
200.00
1
200.00
1
257.00
1
257.00
1
257.00
1
509.00
1
18.00
1
42.00
1
26.00
1
1.70
1
24.00
1
9.50
1
38.00
1
25.00
1
24.00
1
126.00
1
139.00
1
102.00
1
133.00
1
100.00
1
40.00
1
36.00
1
54.00
1
51.00
1
36.00
618 -0518 -000
618 -0525 -000
618- 0524 -000
618 -0523 -000
618 -0522 -000
618 -0521 -000
618 -0520 -000
618 -0526 -000
620 -1760 -000
620 -1728 -000
620 -1729 -000
620 -0232 -000
620 -1730 -000
620 -0233 -000
620 -1742 -000
620 -1761 -000
620 -1728 -000
620 -1748 -000
620 -1719 -000
620 -1712 -000
620 -1711 -000
620 -1131 -000
620 -1701 -000
620 -1703 -000
620 -1766 -000
620 -1723 -000
620 -1702 -000
618 -0540 -000
618 -0539 -000
618 -0538 -000
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice
489.00
489.00
489.00
^n
HARRIS
126
piNlips
dodge
Communicationsl/Com
RIGID TRANSMISSION LINE
Company
Rigid Line Components
STOCK NO.
DESCRIPTION
618 -0546 -000
3 -1
618 -0545 -000
3-1/8" 50 Ohm line assembly
618 -0544 -000
/8"
3 -1 /8"
3 -1 /8"
3 -1 /8"
3 -1 /8"
618 -0543 -000
618 -0542 -000
618 -0541 -000
618 -0547 -000
/8" 50
3 -1
PRICE
Ohm line assembly 20 ft. rigid line, no flanges
19 -3/4
ft. rigid line, no flanges
368.00
/2 ft. rigid line, no flanges
368.00
ft. rigid line, flange one end
456.00
50 Ohm line assembly 19 -1
50 Ohm line assembly 20
$368.00
50 Ohm line assembly 19 -3/4
ft. rigid line, flange one end
456.00
50 Ohm line assembly 19-1/2 ft. rigid line, flange one end
456.00
50 Ohm line assembly 10" flexible line
622.00
620 -1634 -000
Flange Fixed 3-1/8" accessory
620 -1732 -000
Anchor Insulator connector assembly
620 -1731 -000
620 -1743 -000
Anchor Insulator connector assembly with prodelube 3-1/8" accessory
Straight coupling 3 -1 /8" accessory No inner conductor
620 - 0270 -000
"0"
29.00
3 -1
/8" accessory
38.00
42.00
69.00
620 -1749 -000
/8" accessory
Connector inner conductor 3 -1 /8" accessory
Hardware set 3 -1 /8" accessory
Flange, swivel silver solder 3 -1 /8" accessory
Adapter, flange 3 -1 /8" accessory
Elbow, miter, 45 D., swivel flanges 3 -1 /8" accessory
620 -1750 -000
Elbow, miter, 90 D., no flanges 3-1/8" accessory
620 -0213 -000
Elbow, miter, 90 D., swivel flanges, male - female
620 -1720 -000
Gas barrier with port 3 -1
620 -1726 -000
Adapter to
620 -1155 -000
Reducer, taper, to -5/8" EIA flange 3-1/8" accessory
164.00
620 -1505 -000
Reducer, flange to 1 -5/8" EIA 3 -1
240.00
620 -1704 -000
Hanger, fixed, single line
620 -1733 -000
620 - 0908 -000
620 -1762 -000
620 -1710 -000
ring gasket 3 -1
N
2.25
28.00
12.00
43.00
55.00
222.00
116.00
3 -1
/8" accessory
277.00
/8" accessory
213.00
female 3-1/8" accessory
215.00
1
/8" accessory
45.00
620 -1706 -000
/8" supportive hardware
Hanger, spring, single line 3 -1 /8" supportive hardware
620 -1767 -000
Anchor plate 3-1/8" supportive hardware
58.00
620 -1724 -000
Brace, lateral 3-1/8" supportive hardware
61.00
620 -1705 -000
Hanger, slip type flange mount 3-1/8" supportive hardware
55.00
620 -1707 -000
Hanger, slip type, stud mount 3-1/8" supportive hardware
21.00
618 -0559 -000
6-1/8" 50 Ohm line 20' rigid line, flange both ends
6-1/8" 50 Ohm line 19 -3/4' rigid line flange both ends
618 -0558 -000
3 -1
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice
65.00
1,471.00
1,471.00
-Ps
dod
127
RIGID TRANSMISSION LINE
CommonicabonsL/Com
Company
Rigid Line Components
STOCK NO.
DESCRIPTION
618 -0557 -000
6 -1
618 -0565 -000
618 -0564 -000
618- 0563 -000
618 -0562 -000
PRICE
/8" 50 Ohm line 19 -1 /2' rigid line flange both ends
6 -1 /8" 50 Ohm line 20' rigid line no flanges
6 -1 /8" 50 Ohm line 19 -3/4' rigid line no flanges
6 -1 /8" 50 Ohm line 19 -1 /2' rigid line no flanges
6 -1 /8" 50 Ohm line 20' rigid line, flange one end
$1,471.00
1,200.00
1,200.00
1,200.00
1,443.00
618 -0560 -000
6-1/8" 50 Ohm line
6-1/8" 50 Ohm line
620 -1645 -000
Flange, Fixed 6 -1
620 -1734 -000
Anchor insulator- connector assembly 6-1/8" accessory
151.00
620 -1744 -0 -0
Straight coupling 6 -1 /8" accessory
311.00
620 -1331 -000
"O" ring gasket
620 -1668 -000
Hardware set 6-1/8" accessory
620 -1428 -000
Flange swivel silver solder 6 -1 /8" accessory
620 -1752 -000
Elbow, miter 45 D., swivel flanges 6 -1
620 -1751 -000
Elbow, miter, 90 D., swivel flanges, male - female 6 -1
620 -1775 -000
Reducer, taper to 3 -1
618 -0568 -000
6 -1
618 -0567 -000
6-1/8" 75 Ohm line
618 -0566 -000
6 -1
618- 0561 -000
19 -3/4'
19 -1
rigid line flange one end
1,443.00
/2' rigid line flanges one end
1,443.00
/8" accessory
6 -1
67.00
/8" accessory
/8"
4.50
17.00
105.00
/8" accessory
722.00
/8" accessory
EIA 6 -1 /8" accessory
/8" 75 Ohm line 20 ft. rigid line, flanges both
19 -3/4' rigid line
722.00
361.00
ends
1,360.00
flange both ends
1,360.00
1,495.00
618 -0573 -000
/8" 75 Ohm line 19 -1 /2' rigid line flange both ends
6 -1 /8" 75 Ohm line 20' rigid line no flanges
7 -1 /8" 75 Ohm line 19 -3/4' rigid line no flanges
1,145.00
618 -0572 -000
6-1/8"
75 Ohm line 19-1/2' rigid line no flanges
1,131.00
618 -0571 -000
6 -1 /8" 75 Ohm line 20' rigid line flange one end
1,318.00
618 -0570 -000
6 -1 /8" 75 Ohm line 19 -3/4' rigid line flange one end
1,460.00
618 -0569 -000
1,446.00
620 -1708 -000
6-1/8" 75 Ohm line 19-1/2' rigid line flange one end
Anchor insulator 75 Ohm connector assembly 6-1/8" accessory
Gas barrier w /port 6-1/8" accessory 75 Ohm
Hanger, Fixed 6-1/8" supporting hardware
620 -1768 -000
Anchor plate 6 -1 /8" supportive hardware
620 -1725 -000
6-1/8" supportive hardware
Hanger spring 6-1/8" supportive hardware
618- 0574 -000
620 -1735 -000
620 -1721 -000
620 -1709 -000
Brace, lateral
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
1,160.00
151.00
722.00
52.00
114.00
64.00
111.00
fra 1-IARRIS
128
TELEVISION OPTICAL TEST MEDIA
PORTA-PATTERN
TELECOMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRIES LIMITED
ELECTRONIC FIELD PRODUCTION
3
CHART SYSTEM
TEST CHART SYSTEM
ENG
2
CHART SYSTEM
PORTA- FLECTOR ENG /EFP WHITE BALANCE /REFLECTOR
ELECTRONIC FIELD PRODUCTION
3 CHART SYSTEM
TEST CHART SYSTEM
End the test pattern problem in studio or field with completely portable9" x 12" charts.
Designed for self -standing or mounting on standard microphone or light stand.
Spirit level is an integral part of unit design for horizontal alignment accuracy
Lightweight aluminum extrusion chart holder with three feet and alignment controls.
Each chart framed and recessed on high -impact acrylic plastic to assure protection
from abrasion and water damage
Each set contains one each standard resolution. registration, linearity and logarithmic
reflectance chart
*001 -11
#001-12
#001-13
001 -15
001 -16
001 -17
*001 -SO
Four Chart System with NO adapters
Four Chart System with microphone stand adapter
Four Chart System with light stand adapter
Four Chart System with mit and light stand adapters
Microphone stand adapter
Light stand adapter
Aluminum frame assembly. complete W/O adapters
Dual system carrying case
$295.00
$310.00
$320.00
$335.00
S 33.00
S 36.00
001
Single Chart Carrying Case
0001 -10
-51
001 -24'
001 -25'
001 -26'
*001 -2r
*001 -28
*001 -29
8001 -32
0001 -33
*001 -34
*001 -35
*001 -36
*001 -37
*001-38
*001 -39
*001 -40
#001-41
*001 -42
11001-43
*001-44
Resolution Chart
Linearity (Ball) Chart
Registration Chart
Nine-Step Log Chip Chart
Production Slate
Blank plastic chart frame
Multi -Burst Chart, 8 MHz
Window Chart
Chess Board Chart
Reverse Registration Chart
BBC #61P Flesh Tone Reference Chart
Pulse Bar Camera Chart
CCIR Linearity (Ball) Chart (Grass Valley)
Auto- Registration Chart (Fernsah)
Lens Focus Chart
Depth of Modulation Chart (Amperex)
Line Resolution Chart (CEI)
Full-Field Color Bar Chart
Eleven-Step Log Chip Chart (Available After June 1982)
S
170.00
$
80.00
S
55.00
70.00
S
f
70.00
70.00
$100.00
S 60.00
S 50.00
S 70.00
S 70.00
6 70.00
S 70.00
$140.00
S
$160.00
S 70.00
S 70.00
$ 70.00
S
S
.
70.00
70.00
$140.00
$110.00
available test patterns
a package better adapted to
great,
the portability of EFP camera systems. PORTA- PATTERN has developed a Three-Chart
System which will accept ANY combination of three charts presently available in the
PORTA- PATTERN catalogue. This system. when closed. takes up no more space than a
single PORTA- PATTERN Test Chart.
In order to provide a
The system consists of three plastic frames. similar to those used for all individual PORTAPATTERN Charts. hinged end -to-end with a unique system which allows the plastic frames
to be folded upon themselves. thus providing complete surface protection for all three Charts.
The entire system is held closed by a 'Velcro' closure system, and an expanded vinyl- coated
nylon case is included to provide a complete. three chart system in a package less than 15'
high. 18" wide and 1'." thick.
Since there are currently over 150 combinations of PORTA- PATTERN charts which can
make up the system to each customer's requirements. it is imperative that your Purchase
Order include the enclosed layout sheet. showing which Test Chart you wish in each of the
three positions
EFP Three Chart System with three Black and White Geometric Test Patterns.
414 -10
$205.00
including case.
EFP Three Chart System with two Black and White Geometric and one Nine $230.00
Step Log Chip Chart. including case.
*014 -12
EFP Three Chart System with one Black and White Geometric. one Log Chip
and one of either Color Bar, BBC 61P Flesh Tone or Pulse Bar chart. in$260.00
cluding case.
NOTE: To add Production Slate to roar of center panel of any of the above E FP Three Chart
Systems add $45.00 to List Price shown.
*014 -11
PORTA- FLECTOR'" FIELD LIGHT REFLECTOR/
AUTO -WHITE STANDARD
The PORTA- FLECTOR' has been designed primarily for use by ENG and EFP field crews
to provide a lightweight. portable reflector for use on exterior interviews. "stand- uppers ".
etc when a small amount of reflected light. especially from below. will provide a more even
facial illumination on the on- camera personnel
Further. the reverse side of this unit will provide camerapersons with a constant. known
white matte-finish surface for use with those cameras utilizing an Auto -White Color
Balance System.
ENG 2 CHART SYSTEM
The unit is manufactured of flexible 0.060 white vinyl. with the Auto -white side being of
dull, matte. non -reflective finish
The PORTA -PATTERN ENG EFP Chart System has been designed to provide basic alignvent, registration. color balance and auto -white balance information for fast Electronic
News Gathering or Field Camera set -up
The reflector side of the unit iscovered with Roscoflex -H" reflector material. manufactured
by Rosco Laboratories. Inc. The reflectance characteristics of this material are strongly
directional. and retain much of the characteristics of the original light source
The system consists of a Registration Chart and specially designed Color Balance Chart.
mounted on durable white acrylic plastic. The two plastic frames are hinged together.
and the charts are folded face-to -face when not in use. Black 'Velcro' provides a light and
dirt seal when the system is closed, and the white plastic has a non -reflective surface for
auto -white balance use
x
The Registration Chart is the standard PORTA -PATTERN Registration Chart in the 6.3"
the chart. The
8 4" format. with the recommended target scan information surrounding
information
to
set
scale
grey
logarithmic
Color Balance Chart. in the same format. contains
black level. gain. gamma and black and white clip (60% white. 13 4% gamma crossover and
3% black on a standard 12% background).
The ENG -EFP Two Chart System is supplied with an expanded vinyl nylon coated storage
case to protect the unit during transit and while on location.
The PORTA-FLECTOR' is manufactured in two sizes forease of usage in existing PORTAPATTERN Systems. The larger size is manufactured in the same size as all our standard
test charts, and will fit in either the aluminum holder of the standard four chart system. or in
the case of the EFP Three Chart System.
8006 -10
í
The smaller unit is designed to be used in conjunction with the PORTA-PATTER ENG
Two Chart System Additionally. this smaller unit has been designed to fit in the carrying
case of most field -type video tape recorders. between the recorder and the case, thus eliminating the need for additional pieces Of loose equipment.
light
*019 -10
PORTA- FLECTOR'
*019.11
PORTA- FLECTOR' as above.
field
reflector/Auto -White Standard.
15"
ENG Portable Two-Chart System. Registration and Color Balance, including
$165.00
Carrying Case
ú HARRI
a
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
9'."
x
12'."
12" x
$85.00
$55.00
129
PORTA-PATTERN
TELEVISION
OPTICAL TEST MEDIA
TELECOMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRIES LIMITED
8"
10" ILLUMINATOR TRANSPARENCIES
X
Advanced state-of- the -art technology using emulsioned high -impact acrylic plastic.
Images are direct reading to camera. No glass or plastic between lens and image to
cause distortion or light loss.
Elimination of 'sandwich" type transparency prevents buckling of image surface or
moisture collection.
All plastic construction prevents danger and high cost of breakage under normal operating conditions
Dimensional stability and resolving power in excess of .0100 of 1%
Neither image emulsion nor plastic base subject to heat distortion or damage under
usual operating conditions.
Highest quality photographic reproductions on advanced photographic emulsions
insures ultra -high resolution and density control.
All patterns available in either positive or negative format
Porta- Pattern 8" x 10" Transparencies include two rectangles precisely located out side the active image area to assist in proper camera tube scan size.
To achieve proper tube scan over scan the target and set the target edge to coincide
with the corners of either the 30mm or the inch rectangle. depending on the tube type
used
Set the scan size to exactly coincide with the arrows inside the pattern edges both
horizontally and vertically
Test Slides and Slide Systems
1
8" X 10" ILLUMINATOR TRANSPARENCIES
Spherical Transparency Illuminator
8"
x
10" Illuminator Transparr n ci's
**006 -24N
TEST SLIDES AND SLIDE SYSTEM
Highest quality microphotographie reproductions of the industry standard PORTA PATTERN Test Charts for use in set -up and maintenance of black and white and color
telecine cameras.
Available in 2" z 2" glass protected format for use with slide projectors and in 3'4" x 4"
Emulsioned Acrylic (except color slides) for use in the field lens position of large -image
telecine systems.
2" x 2" slides supplied in approved pin registration television mounts with anti- Newton
ring optical glass.
All geometric patterns available in standard positive image or negative image providing
lower A.P.L.
Advanced state -of- the-art photographic chemistry achieves extreme fine -grain and
ultra -high resolving power with high longevity during normal usage.
Dimensional stability 1/10 of one percent assured. Maximum and minimum densities
chosen to maintain highest possible acuity.
2 INCH X 2 INCH TEST SLIDES
5002 -10P
5002 -10N
5002 -20
5002 -24P
5002 -24N
a002 -25P
5002 -25N
5002 -26P
5002 -26N
5002 -27
5002 -32P
5002 -32N
5002 -33
5002 -34P
5002-34N
5002 -36
5002 -38P
5002 -38N
5002 -41P
5002 -41N
5002-43-
Test Slide System. Positive, 8 Slides with Hardwood Case ....
Test Slide System. Negative. 8 Slides with Hardwood Case ....
Hardwood Slide Case. 10 Slide Capacity
Resolution Slide, Positive
Resolution Slide, Negative
Linearity (Ball) Slide. Positive
Linearity (Ball) Slide. Negative
Registration Slide. Positive
Registration Slide, Negative
Nine -Step Log Grey Scale Slide
Multi -Burst Slide, 4MHz, Positive
Multi -Burst Slide. 4MHz, Negative
...
$175.00
$175.00
S 65.00
S
S
S
S
S
5
Window Slide
Chess Board Slide, Positive
Chess Board Slide, Negative
BBC 561P Type Flesh Tone Reference Slide (Available 5/1/80)
CCIR Linearity (Ball) Slide, Positive
CCIR Linearity (Ball) Slide. Negative
Depth of Modulation Slide, Positive
Depth of Modulation Slide, Negative
Full -Field Color Bar Slide
....
.
15.00
15.00
15.00
15.00
15.00
15.00
$115.00
15.00
S
15.00
S
S 15.00
S 15.00
S 15.00
S 55.00
S 15.00
S 15.00
S 15.00
S 15.00
S 55.00
16mm ALIGNMENT AND REFERENCE FILMS
Black and White universal test film for operational checking of projector optical resolution and geometry. film transport jitter and weave and traveling ghosts
Color Flesh Tone film provides subjective color reference for set -up and matching of
Color Telecine Systems.
Bursts placed in center and all edges of Chess Board Alignment Film provide for measurement of optical resolution of projector lenses
Black and White alignment film allows for simple determination of horizontal and vertical travel of projector by comparison of film pattern with electronically generated
grating pattern
Black and White Chess Board chart step printed on high- resolution motion picture
stock. Pin registration frame-by -frame printing assures image stability of 1!10 of
one percent
0006-10
Black and White Chess Board Alignment Film. 50 feet
S 125.0
0005-12
BBC 061P Color Flesh Tone Reference Film, 50 feet
85.00
S
5005 -20
35mm B&W Chess Board Aspect Ratio Transfer Alignment Film
100 Ft.
.006.20
*006 -24P
S
*006-25P
.006 -25N
.006 -26P
.006-26N
.006 -27
*006-32N
*006 -32P
.006 -33P
.006 -33N
11006 -34P
.006 -34N
5006 -36
.006 -37P
.006 -37N
a006 -38P
.006 -38N
5006.39P
5006 -39N
5006 -40P
.006 -40N
5006-41P
5006 -41N
5006 -42P
5006 -42N
5006-43
Hardwood Transparency Case, 10 Transparencies
Resolution Transparency, Positive
Resolution Transparency. Negative
Linearity (Ball) Transparency. Positive
Linearity (Ball) Transparency. Negative
Registration Transparency. Positive
Registration Transparency. Negative
Nine -Step Log Grey Scale Transparency
Multi -Burst Transparency, Negative
Multi -Burst Transparency. Positive
Window Transparency, Positive
Window Transparency, Negative
Chess Board Transparency. Positive
Chess Board Transparency, Negative
BBC **61P Type Flesh Tone Reference Transparency
Pulse Bar Camera Transparency. Positive
Pulse Bar Camera Transparency. Negative
CCIR Linearity (Ball) Transparency, Positive
CCIR Linearity (Ball) Transparency. Negative
Auto -Registration Transparency. Positive
Auto-Registration Transparency. Negative
Lens Focus Transparency. Positive
Lens Focus Transparency. Negative
Depth of Modulation Transparency. Positive
Depth of Modulation Transparency. Negative
Line Resolution Transparency, Positive
Line Resolution Transparency. Negative
Full -Field Color Bar Transparency
$115.00
5145.00
$150.00
5145.00
$150.00
3145.00
$150.00
$225.00
5150.00
$145.00
$145.00
$150.00
5145.00
$150.00
$175.00
5165.00
$170.00
$145.00
$150.00
5145.00
5150.00
$145.00
$150.00
$145.00
$150.00
$145.00
$150.00
$175.00
SPHERICAL TRANSPARENCY ILLUMINATOR
The PO RTA- PATTERN Spherical Transparency Illuminator providesa laboatory-type test
standard in a practical. video -oriented test package. It is a unique approach to 8" a 10"
format transparency illumination for testing, set -up and evaluation of color television
camera systems
wide range of ultra- stable color temperatures and illumination levels is easily achieved
by the use of two front panel controls The modified 20 inch integrating sphere produces a
flat illumination field throughout a cone angle of greater than 20 degrees without any
additional adjustments
A
The light source is a low- voltage. regulated DC- controlled quartz iodine lamp that assures
constant color temperature independent of AC line variations. This light source illuminates the interior of the sphere. which is coated with Eastman White Reflectance
Standard 6080 coating
a
The illumination level is varied by adjusting the light source position inside the sphere,
employing the principle of the Inverse Square Law. A precision lamp position assembly,
controlled by a numerically calibrated vernier knob. enables the selection of established
illumination levels without the use of a light meter.
Constant color temperance is achieved by the regulated DC power source. which is controlled by a front panel adjustment and is calibrated by an easily read meter
The PORTA-PAT TERN Spherical Transparency Illuminator mounts on any light stand that
will accept an
stud The unit includes a yoke, hood /transparency holder and 10 foot
power cord A fated dust cover and permanent wall mounting bracket are available as
optional accessories
1
5010 -10
Spherical Transparency Illuminator, including Hood, Yoke and spare lane
5010 -11
117 Volt, 60 Hz
Same as above, 230 Volt, 50 Hz.
5010 -60
.010 -75
.010 -99
$2250.00
$2250.00
Vinyl coated nylon fitted dust cover
395.00
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
125.00
S
Test Bench Mount
12 Volt, 50 Watt Replacement Lamp for above
S
S
tin
45.00
15.00
HARRIS
130
PTOMAC INSTRUMENTS
R.F. GENERATOR
DETECTOR
SD -31 Frequency Synthesizer
Coherent Detector
and
The Model SD -31 Synthesizer- Detector is a high -output signal generator of precisely known frequency
combined with a sensitive, selective detector for RF
bridge measurements of AM antenna impedance.
Packaged in a single light -weight battery- powered
unit, the SD-31 complements bridges such as the General Radio 1606, 916, and the Delta OIB-1.
A frequency synthesizer determines the generator f regency which can be adjusted in 0.5 KHz steps by
means of a front -panel switch from 100.0 KHz to
1999.5 KHz. Frequency accuracy is the same as that of
the internal crystal reference oscillator. A front panel
fine -frequency control varies the frequency up to + /
-.01 percent. The generator can drive a wide range of
load impedance at levels up to 20 volts RMS. It also
has a variable low -level output suitable for driving a
counter or for receiver frequency calibration.
R.F. Generator /Detector
High output R.
in 500 Hz steps.
RX -31
Companion receiver for SD -31
F.
$1725.00
R. F.
bridge measurements.
350.00
SD- 31/RX -31 Accessories
HS -11
GR
Adaptor
U.H.F.
Adaptor
FL -31
RX -31 Receiver Option
The RX31 is designed specifically as an RF interface
between an impedance bridge and the SD -31 Coherent
Detector. Conveniently mounted in the protective
cover of the SD -31, the RX -31 is a single conversion
super heterodyne receiver which derives its local oscillator signal and power supply voltage from the SD31. Receiver circuitry is packaged in an aperture -free,
drawn aluminum enclosure which provides excellent
RF shielding. IF selectivity is provided by active band pass filter which can limit receiver bandwidth to 100
Hz.
Frequency Synthesizer covering 100KHz to 1999.5 MHz
SD-31
Test Cable
MCC -31
Headset
$28.00
Adapts general radio type 874 connector to BNC jack
Adapts large UHF jack to BNC jack (For Delta CIB1)
35.00
22.00
340.00
Two Pole Tuneable Band Pass Filter0.5 MHz to 1.7 MHz (provides attenuation for strong adjacent channel signals resulting from R. F. Bridge feed
through.)
RG223 Double Shielded Coaxial Cable cut to five foot length with UG88
IBNC male) connectors on both ends.
Deluxe wood carrying case
11.00
105.00
RF FILTER
Manually tuned in 3 bands: 0.1 -0.3 MHz
0.3 -0.8 MHz
0.8 -2.0 MHz
FIELD
STRENGTH METERS
Field Strength Meters
FIM -21, FIM -22, FIM -41
FIM -21
The Models FIM-21, FIM -22, and FIM -41 represent a
new generation of precision instruments for direct
measurement of electromagnetic fields in the 200 kHz
to 5.0 MHz frequency spectrum. These units are intended for portable field use and include a laboratory
quality receiver, integral shielded loop antenna, precision attenuator, internal calibration source, and voltage regulated battery power supply.
volts or dB 45 MHz
Accurate
direct reading
continuous tuning Peak or averaging
to 225 MHz
detector (switch selectable) Wide or narrow IF bandwidth (switch selectable) 20 dB or60 dB meter range
(switch selectable) AM or FM Demodulator (switch
selectable) Calibrated dipole antenna, mounted on
case for near -ground measrurements or removable for
TASO measurements 140 dB measrurement range
4 1/2 -inch, mirrored scale, tautband
(1 uV to 10V)
Recorder
meter Front panel speaker
output
Rugged, portable package Calibrated signal generator, 45 MHz o 225 MHz
Battery or external power
Use as signal source/ selective voltmeter for insertion loss measurements of filters, etc. Measures FM
harmonics to -80 dB.
-
FIM -21
FIM -22
FIM -41
FIM -71
Covers AM Broadcast Spectrum only 1535 to 1605 KHz). Utilizes 6 "D"
batteries (not included)
Covers 200 to 550 KHz frequency spectrum. Utilizes6 "D " batteries (not
included)
Covers 540 KHz to 5 MHz frequency spectrum in two bands. Utilizes 6 "D"
batteries (not included)
Covers 45 to 225 MHz frequency spectrum. Utilizes 10 "D" batteries (not
included)
$1750.00
2350.00
2350.00
3450.00
-
Field Strength Meter Accessories
HS -11
Headset for all models
MCC -21
Deluxe wood carrying case for FIM -21, FIM -22, FIM -41
Deluxe wood carrying case for FIM -71
MCC -71
Unipod
ANT -71
AC71
RO -71
BP -71
BC -71
BK -71
AE -71
M HARRIS
Telescoping stand for FIM -21, FIM -22, FIM -41
Antenna elements and balun(spare) for FIM -71
117 VAC adaptor for FIM -71
Phone plug with internal potentiometer for adjustable record output
Rechargeable battery pack for FIM-71
Battery charger for FIM -71
Rechargeable battery kit includes BP -71 and BC -71 for FIM -71
Antenna elements (spare!
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice
s
28.00
105.00
110.00
45.00
225.00
35.00
28.00
90.00
205.00
290.00
16.50
131
PTOMAC INSTRUMENTS
Ej*
G7
ANTENNA
MONITORS
AM-19
1204)
.
e
AM -19 (204)
Accurate Field proven reliability
Push button
operation Remote monitoring Up to 12 towers,
Mu.
DA -3
The AM- 191204) is the current model of the industry's
most widely used solid state antenna monitor. It provides direct meter readout of phase angle and loop current ratio. Tower selection is accomplished with push
buttons on the front panel or by external contact
closure in remote operation. Directional antenna arrays of from 2 to 12 towers with DA -1, DA -2 or DA -3
patterns may be monitored with this instrument.
Comparable with virtually every type of wireless remote control system, the AM -19 1204) requires no external line interface equipment. Analog or digital
remote metering panels are available for studio readout
and may be added at any future date.
Antenna Monitors
No. of
Towers
2
3
4
5
AM -19D (210)
AM-19D (210)
6
AM -19D (204) features plus Numeric readout
Phase resolution 0.1°
Ratio resolution 0.1%
Modular construction Ratios to 199.9%
7
The AM -19D 12101 is identical to the AM -19 12041 except for he digital panel meters and associated circuitry. Four digit LED numeric displays provide resolution
of 1/10 of one degree (phase angle) and 1/10 of one
percent (current ratio). The digital readout feature of
this instrument virtually eliminates operator error relatRemote switching and
ed to meter interpretation.
readout are accomplished as in the AM -19 12041.
11
8
9
10
12
AM -19
(204)
$2200.00
2300.00
2400.00
2500.00
2600.00
3100.00
3200.00
3300.00
3800.00
4000.00
4200.00
AM -19D
(2101
$2900.00
3000.00
3100.00
3200.00
3300.00
3800.00
3900.00
4000.00
4500.00
4700.00
4900.00
PM -19
$5700.00
6300.00
6900.00
7500.00
8100.00
9100.00
9700.00
10.300.00
12,300.00
13,000.00
13,700.00
Prices shown
are for single IDA -1) or dual IDA -21 patterns. For three patterns IDA -3) monitors add $100.00.
When ordering specify: Number of towers in the antenna array, number of patterns employed, reference tower
number for each pattern and sampling line impedance.
Inherently stable circuit design, modular construction,
simplicity of operation and moderate cost make the
AM -190 (2101 the truly optimum monitor for directional stations utilizing lessor grade operators.
PMA-19
REMOTE
METERING PANELS
PMA -19
Current deviation mode Ultimate precision Up
to 12 towers, DA-3
The PMA -19 Precision Monitor Adaptor is used in conjunction with either of the above monitors. This unit is
required, for the most part, in very critical arrays. The
current deviation mode provides a third measured
parameter which displays directly the deviation of the
current ratio from the licensed ratio.
RMP -19D (210)
This instrument provides remote LED numeric readout
of phase and current ratio and may be used in conjunction with any type 19 monitor. A third "auxiliary" input
is available (on special order) which may be used to
provide numeric display of any normalized parameter.
Display input is selected by front panel push buttons or
remote contact closure.
RMP -19 1204)
This panel contains meters which duplicate those of
the AM -19 12041 for direct display of phase angle and
current ratio. A switching relay is provided to conserve
the required number of remote control channels.
RMP-19D
Min
RMP-19
Ancillary Equipment (Antenna Monitors)
RMP -191204)
RMP- 19D(210) -2
RMP -19012101 -3
RSA -19
ECP -19
Analog Remote Metering Panel
S 275.00
Digital Remote Metering Panel, 2 input
1150.00
Digital Remote Metering Panel, 3 input
1500.00
Remote Switching Adaptor for interface to Remote
525.00
Control System
Extension Control Panel. May be used with RMP -1912041 or RMP- 19D)210).
350.00
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice
tvl
LIU HARRIS
132
PTOMAC INSTRUMENTS
AUDIO
INSTRUMENTATION
AA -51 Audio Analyzer
The AA -51 Audio Analyzer is an AUTOMATIC multipurpose test instrument designed to accurately
measure total harmonic distortion, intermodulation
distortion, wow and flutter, frequency response,
signal -to -noise ratio, RMS voltage level, stereo phasing, and a differential gain (ratio) of signals in the audio
frequency spectrum. There are no "Set Level" or
"Balance" controls. Input signals between 0.1 V RMS
and 50 V RMS are automatically leveled to the proper
reference for distortion measurements. Out -of -range
lights are provided for indicating that input levels are
within the usable 40 dB range.
For total harmonic distortion measurements, automatic nulling is accomplished via internal feedback
circuitry. The operator merely coarse -tunes the input
frequency, switches the function switch to THD and
reads the meter. Accurate harmonic distortion measurements at various discrete frequencies and different
power levels can be made much faster than with conventional distortion analyzers.
Intermodulation distortion measurements are performed with equal simplicity. Utilizing the SMPTE
Standard Intermodulation signal provided by the AG51 generator, the AA -51 displays percent IM for input
levels between 0.1 V RMS and 50 V RMS. Again,
no level or balance
measurements are automatic
adjustments are required. With the function switch in
the IM position, variations in intermodulation distortion may be observed over a wide dynamic range
automatically. This feature makes the AA -51 a very
useful test instrument for troubleshooting audio systems.
Noise/ Noise ratio measurements are made
Signal
with the function switch in the "NOISE" position. In
this mode, the voltmeter bandwidth is restricted to 20
kHz. S + N/N measurements are accomplished by
reading the difference in audio output level between
reference signal corresponding to 100% modulation
and the residual noise of an unmodulated signal.
AA-51
AG-51
Tilt Stand Provided But Not Shown
-
-
Accurate frequency response measurements are facilitated by a wideband voltmeter which exhibits a flat
response + / -0.1 dB) from 20 Hz to 200 kHz. Input
level range is from mV to 100 V full scale. The average responding meter is calibrated to the RMS value of
a sinewave.
Incidental frequency modulation termed "Wow and
Flutter" is usually associated with record and playback
equipment such as tape decks, cart machines and turntables. The AA -51 measures weighted peak flutter as
specified by IEEE standard 193. Wow and flutter
measurements are automatic. Test signals may be derived from a prerecorded standard test tape or record
or from the 3.15 kHz signal provided by the AG -51.
I
AG -51 Audio Generator
The AG -51 Audio Generator contains a low distortion
20 Hz to 200 kHz sine wave generator, an SMPTE
standard intermodulation signal generator and a fixed
frequency sine wave generator at 3.15 kHz for wow
and flutter tests. Signal outputs are simultaneously
available at levels of up to + 18 dBm (equivalent sine
wave power for complex signals) at separate LEFT and
RIGHT output connectors. Outputs may be switch selected for LEFT only, RIGHT only, LEFT and RIGHT
in phase IL + RI, and LEFT and RIGHT in phase oppo-
sition IL -RI. Front panel switches enable the operator
to select fully balanced or unbalanced outputs at impedance levels of 150 ohms or 600 ohms. A dynamic
range of 99.9 dB in 0.1 dB steps utilizing a combination
of 10 dB, 1.0 dB and 0.1 dB precision attenuators is
provided. Attenuator dials display output level directly
in dBm in the 150 ohm source impedance configuration. Automatic output leveling circuitry with a built -in
self -test feature provides a constant output level thereby eliminating the need for output metering.
1
Audio Instrumentation
AA -51
Automatic Audio Analyzer
RFI shielded, stereo inputs, 117VAC (230 VAC option)
Total Harmonic Distortion Meter: 0.1% to 100 %, 20 Hz to 20 KHz, automatic set level and balance
Intermodulation Distortion Meter: 0.1% to 100 %, 60 Hz and 7KHz composite (other frequencies
automatic set level
AC Voltmeter: 5 Hz to 500 KHz, mV to 100 V
S + N/N Meter: 20 Hz to 20KHz
Phase Meter: + / - 180 degrees, 20 Hz to 20KHz
Wow and Flutter Meter 0.01% to 1% peak weighted, automatic set level
1
dB, 20 Hz to 20KHz
Stereo signals and mono signals derived from a stereo
source are often degraded by phase errors and differential gain variation between LEFT and RIGHT channels of a given audio system. The AA -51 contains both
Phase and Ratio measuring circuitry which enables the
operator to evaluate these characteristics quickly and
accurately throughout the complete audio spectrum
and over a wide dynamic range. Phase angle is displayed with a zero center scale indication and full scale
sensitivity of either + / -54 degrees or + / -180 degrees
as determined by a front panel switch. The ratio meter
is also a zero center scale device with + / -6 dB full
scale deflection.
Ratio Meter:
The Phase and Ratio measurement features of the AA51 are particularly useful for line equalization measurements, azimuth alignment of stereo tape heads, and
troubleshooting of audio consoles, amplifiers and networks.
Audio Test Accessories
AT-51
Audio Test System: Includes AA -51 Analyzer and AG -51 Generator at single purchase price
TC -51
Fiberglass reinforced Transport Case, Houses both AA -51 and AG -51, Dimensions
DX -51
IX -51
Low Distortion AM Detector
Balanced to Unbalanced Audio Transformer with switch selectable line termination of
600 ohms, 150 ohms or open circuit
19" Rack Mounting Kit for AA -51 or AG -51
21
RK-51
HARRIS
+ / -6
AG -51
Audio Generator: RFI shielded, transformerless stereo outputs, balanced and unbalanced, 600 ohms and
automatic signal leveling with self test feature. 117 VAC (230 VAC option
Stereo Matrix Switch: L,R,L +R,L -R
Precision Attenuators: 10dB, 1.0 dB, 0.1 dB steps
Low Distortion Sine Wave Generator: 20 Hz to 200 KHz
Composite Intermodulation Test Generator: 60 Hz and 7 KHz at4:1 (other frequencies optional)
3.15 KHz SMPTE Wow and Flutter Frequency Standard
"x19 "x14"
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
51875.00
Included
optional),
Included
Included
Included
Included
Included
Included
Included
150 ohms,
$1490.00
Included
Included
Included
Included
Included
$3195.00
275.00
150.00
125.00
25.00
133
PEDESTALS
QuickSeL
HERCULES MOBILE PEDESTAL
#4 545042
$770.00
Load Capacity
Maximum
Height
Minimum
Height
Weight
SAMSON MOBILE PEDESTAL
#4 74500 6
$450.00
cad Capacity
Maximum
Height
Minimum
Height
Weight
Wheel Circle
40 lbs (18
55
"(139
7
2
kg)
Wheel Circle
cm)
SAMSON STATIONARY PEDESTAL
#4 78100 1
$330.00
0
25 lbs (11 4 kg)
48" (121 9 cm)
30" (76.2 cm)
10 lbs (4 5 kg)
HERCULES
$520.00
STATIONARY PEDESTAL
#4 58001
5
80 lbs. (36.4 kg)
50" (127.0 cm)
32" (81.3 cm)
12 lbs. (5.5 kg)
Load Capacity
Maximum Height
Minimum Height
Weight
"(142
3
cm)
38 "(96.5 cm)
35 ibs (15.9 kg)
34" (86.4 cm)
1
v
Maximum Height
Minimum Height
Weight
56
For studio application. Use with any
Hercules panhead.
37 "(94 cm)
23 lbs. (10.5 kg)
28 "(71
cm)
411111111111.1.--
For studio application. Use with any
Samson panhead
Load Capacity
80 lbs. (36.4 kg)
GIBRALTAR
COUNTERBALANCE PEDESTAL
#4 64860 6
$4500.00
Load Capacity
Maximum
Height
Minimum
Height
Doorway Width
Steering
Wheel Dia
Weight
260 lbs. (118.2 kg)
57 "(144.8 cm)
36 "(91
3817:
30
4
cm)
"(97.8 cm)
"(76.2 cm)
596 lbs (270.9 kg)
For studio application. Use with
Gibraltar Cam or Cradle Heads.
GIBRALTAR
$785.00
STATIONARY PEDESTAL
#468000
41116
5
Load Capacity
Maximum Height
Height
Weight
.
200 lbs. (90.7 kg)
52" (132.1 cm)
32" (81.3 cm)
20 lbs. (9.1 kg)
For fixed locations. Use with any
panhead from respective category
GIBRALTAR MOBILE PEDESTAL
$1925.00
#4 64500 8
GIBRALTAR
COUNTERBALANCE PEDESTAL
#4
V..al*ftim
$3225.00
648507
150 lbs (68 2 kg)
Maximum
Height
54 "(137.2 cm)
Minimum
Height
36 "(91.4 cm)
Doorway Width 32 "(81.3 cm)
Steering
Wheel Dia.
24 "(60.9 cm)
250 lbs (113 6 kg)
Weight
Load Capacity
411.1.0
.
.
Load Capacity
Maximum
Height
Minimum
Height
Weight
Wheel Circle
200 lbs (90
7
kg)
60 "(152.4 cm)
42 "(106.7 cm)
96 lbs (43 5 kg)
38" (96 5 cm)
For studio application. Use
with any Gibraltar panhead.
For studio application. Use with
Hercules Cam Heads or Gibraltar
Cradle Head
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
3 HARRIS
134
QuickSet
HEADS
SAMSON CAM HEAD
SAMSON MINI FLUID HEAD*
Load Capacity
#4- 72300 -3
15 lbs. 16.8
Tilt Angle
Pan Rotation
Dimensions
+
kg)
360°
4" x 5" x 6"
Pan Rotation
Dimensions
(10.2 x 12 7 x 15.2 cm)
4 5 lbs. (2.0 kg)
Weight
'4-72800 -2 Mini Fluid Head
with Pro Jr. Base
4- 72801 -0
(21.6s16.6x11.5cm)
Weight
Mountings
$335.00
Mini Fluid Head
with Ball Base
335.00
4- 72802 -8 Mini Fluid Head
For ENG, E. F. P. and Cine applications.
Use with any Samson tripod, pedestal or
column.
$975.00
40)bs. (18.1 kg)
30° up, 40° down
360°
81/2"x61/2"x41/2"
Load Capacity
Tilt Angle
/- 90°
3/8"
with Samson Column Base
335.00
4- 72803 -6 Mini Fluid Head
with Pro Jr. Base No 3/8" Stud
(For use with 4-70150-4 Tripod) 335.00
x
5 lbs. (2.3 kg)
'b"
x 20 Camera
Screw. Adjustable Fore and Aft
3'á "18.9 cm) Mounting surface
31/2"x6 "18.9x15.2 cm)
16 mounting screw available
on special order.
For studio and remote applications. Use
with any Samson tripod, pedestal or
column.
SAMSON JUNIOR FLUID HEAD'
Load Capacity
vo0
Tilt Angle
Pan Rotation
Dimensions
Weight
30 lbs. (13.6 kg)
+ /- 85°
7
OIbs.13.2kg)
'4- 72850-7 Jr. Fluid Head
with Pro Jr. Base
$595.00
For ENG, E. F. P. and Cine applications.
Use with any Samson tripod, pedestal or
80 lbs. (36.3 kg)
35° up, 45° down
Pan Rotation
Dimensions
a
595.00
with
Samson Column Base
4- 72853 -1 Jr. Fluid Head
$655.00
Load Capacity
Tilt Angle
4" x 6" x 6"
(10.2s15 2x15.2cm)
4- 72851 -5 Jr. Fluid Head
with Ball Base
4- 72852 -3 Jr. Fluid Head
For ENG, E. F. P. and Cine applications.
Use with any Samson tripod, pedestal or
column.
HERCULES CAM HEAD
#4- 52304 -9
360°
595.00
with
360°
5" x9" x 10"
(12.7x22.9x25.4cm)
Weight
21 lbs. (9.5 kg)
For studio and remote applications. Use
with Hercules tripod and dolly for
remote, Hercules and Gibraltar
pedestals for studio work.
Pro Jr. Base
No 3/8" Stud
(For use with 4- 70150 -4 Tripod) 595.00
HERCULES HYDRO FLUID HEAD*
Load Capacity
40lbs. (18.8 kg)
Tilt Angle
+ /- 80°
Pan Rotation
360°
Dimensions
6" x 5" x 6"
(15.2x12 7x15.2cm)
Weight
8 5 lbs. (3.9 kg)
'4- 52810 -3 Hydro Fluid Head
with Pro Jr. Base
$850.00
4- 52811 -1 Hydro Fluid Head
with Ball Base
850.00
4- 52812 -9 Hydro Fluid Head
with Samson Column Base
850.00
4- 528117 Hydro Fluid Head with
Pro Jr. Base No 3/8" Stud
(For use with 4- 70150 -4 Tripod 1850.00
HERCULES CAM HEAD
#4- 52330-4
$885.00
Load Capacity
Tilt Angle
Pan Rotation
Dimensions
140 lbs. (63.3 kg)
Up to 50° up and down
3600
81/2"x91/2"x 9'á "
121.6x24.1 x24.1 cm)
For studio and remote applications. Use
with Hercules tripod and dolly for
remote, Hercules and Gibraltar
pedestals for studio work.
Weight
25'á lbs. (11.6 kg)
Specify type of camera, lens, and
teleprompter for Cam Designation.
GIBRALTAR CAM HEAD
column.
%4- 62302 -1
Load Capacity
Tilt Angle
Pan Rotation
Dimensions
SAMSON FRICTION HEAD'
Load Capacity
Tilt Angle
Pan Rotation
Dimensions
25-35 lbs.
(11.4 -15.9 kg)
45° up, 90" down
360°
51/2"x61/2"x61/2"
(14.1 x 16.6 x 16.6cm)
2 h lbs. (1 kg)
Weight
For remote and studio applications. Use
with Gibraltar Field Tripod for remote
work. Use with counterbalancepedestal
for studio work.
'4- 72011 -6 Standard Counterbalance
Spring
cap.)
$150.00
4- 72013 -2 Heavy Duty Counterbalance
Spring 135 lb. cap.)
$180.00
3/8" x 16 mounting screw available
on special order.
For Studio and remote applications. Use
with any Samson tripod, pedestal or
column.
125 lb.
$1820.00
375)bs.(170.5kg)
+ /- 50° up and down
360°
13"x 11 "x 10"
133 x28 x 25 cm)
Weight
46 lbs. (20.9 kg)
Specify type of camera, lens, and
teleprompter for Cam designation
GIBRALTAR MICROWAVE
RELAY TILT HEAD
#4- 62050 -6
Load Capacity
Tilt Angle
Pan Rotation
Dimensions
$585.00
1,000 inch - pounds
Fore on Tilt Axis
30° up, 38° down
3600
(16.5s16.5x17.8cm)
Weight
Calibrations:
61/2"x61/2"x7"
30Ibs. (13.6 kg)
Azimuth in 1° (0° - 360 °)
Elevation in 1°1+ /- 45 °)
For microwave relay application. Use
with Gibraltar field tripod.
W HARRIS
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
135
=RR-
WIRELESS INTERCOM /BASE STATION
COLUMBIA
WIRELESS INTERCOM HEADPHONES
MODEL TR -50- FM WIRELESS INTERCOM HEADPHONE- Superb. dependable. and
interference free 2 -way intercommunication as clear as any wired system and superior
to many for distances up to 150 yards' FCC certified and license free 5 channels allocated
for operation. Crystals can be changed externally to change channels. Complete with
$297.00
crystals and accessories for single channel operation.. less 9V radio batteries
6E
MODEL R -50- RECEIVER ONLY HEADPHONE- Double ear used when only one way wireless communications
$215 00
desired i.e. simutaneous language translation. plant tours rifle range communication. etc
R -50/2- SINGLE EAR RECEIVER ONLY HEADPHONE Same as
to hear the ambients around him
MODEL
R
-50 above but
1
i
e e
ear style allowing user
$195 00
Single ear Used where wearer dose not need or want 2 -way
MODEL T -50/2 TRANSMIT ONLY HEADPHONE
$220 00
communication Side tone lets user know transmission is taking place
MODEL T -50 /2L TRANSLATORS TRANSMIT HEADPHONE- Single ear Specially constructed for translation use
Includes "D" celi long lice battery pack (less batts) for continuous operation LED indicators for "on" and "low"
battery indication Side tone is adjustable and translator can vary volume from full on to oft depending on his in$375 00
dividual preference
BASE STATION INTERFACE
MODEL T- 50/2B- TX BASE STATION- Interfaces with any camera or wired
mits conversations from wired system on CHA. Consists of transmit half
phone mounted on a long lite "D" cell battery pack. LED's indicate on -off
condition. 600-ohm input. from wired system. is acoustically coupled to a
._
(see photo) VU meter indicates correct level of modulation _
system. Transof TR -50 Headand low battery
transmitter mic
$399.75
MODEL R-50/2B- RX BASE STATION Receives signal from a TR -50 wireless headphone transmitting on CHE and
mixes same with any "wired" intercom system 600 ohm output of R -50/20 easily interfaces with mic circuits of
wired systems Same battery pack as TX base station above Special "carrier sensing" relay circuit disconnects
$325 00
RX base dur ng times of no transmission eliminating possible feedback
MODEL TR -50AE- INTERCOM HEADPHONE TX CHE. RX CHA- For use with RX 8 TX base stations above Special
relay circuit is incorporated in this headset which corrects distorted side tone that results when ordinary TR -50 is
operated CHA 8 CHE Note a pair of TR -50ÁE headsets cannot duplex operate with one another due to narrow
$355 00
channel seperation However, communication results when used in coniuction with base stations
SYSTEM 50- COMPLETE WIRELESS INTERFACE FOR WIRED SYSTEMS- Includes each T-50/2B TX base station
R -50 /213 RX base station and model TR-50 AE intercom headphone at a system price, Ideal for use in TV. film
$995 00
and recording studios
1
WIRELESS INTERCOM ACCESSORIES
MODEL VOXt VOICE OPERATED TX KIT- Converts any R-Columbia 50 series transmitter for voice acuation without
dis- assembly Off board circuitry and seperate 9V battery supply is clipped to belt or shirt Adjustable level control to
compensate for backround noises Complete with parts 8 instructions tor converting one TR -50 headphone $99 75
MODEL ET-2- NOISE CANCELLING MICROPHONE- Broadcast quality electret microphone generally used for sports
$89 50
broadcasting work by TV 8 radio stations Add to price of unit being specified
MODEL BT 50 -9V BATTERY TESTERmaining for TR -50 or T4' 1C operation
supply a zener circuit is employed in
100% of
does not register saving
e
calibrated in approx hours reA new kind of battery tesing device
rather than "bad-weak -good" Since TR-50 uses 6V zener to regulate battery
delivering less than 6V into a load supply
this tester Any battery
$23 95
the meter scale for more meaningful testing
PART NO 17X508- HEAR CUSHIONS- Insert into one or both sides of a TR -50 headphone in order to hear surrounding
S10 75
conversations as well as Intercom Used by football coaches producers. directors etc
PART NO 49P002/R
PART NO 49P002T
RECEIVE CRYSTALS- Specify channels A 8.
C
TRANSMIT CRYSTALS- Specify channels A thru
D. or
E
E
$1095
$21 75
fintju
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
HARRIS
136
PRECISION TV DEMODULATOR
ROHDE & SCHWARZ
EKF2/D
VHF: Channels 2 -6 (54 -88 MHz)
Channels 7 -13 (174 -216 MHz)
UHF: Channels 14 -83 (470 -890 MHz)
MONO E 4 SCN
Conforms to EIA Standard RS -462
Unique Two-way Tuning by: Channel Crystal
(One Channel) or PLL Synthesizer (Entire
Broadcast Range) Hi- Level /Lo -Level Input
For Signals 20mV - 1.5V
Switch Selected
Functions: Envelope or Synchronous Demodulation; Sound Notch In /Out; Zero Reference Pulse; Gain Control (Manual /Auto)
TV- USERWACNU NOSERrPF ANGER
TV
MONITORING RECEIVER
EKFZ
111::.
::
--
á f}=
:
CI
^Ï=:
j
0.1.1
)
L
L
Description
The EKF2 /D precision demodulator is the
logical successor to the well known Rohde Er
Schwarz type AMF, still in use all over the
world. Conforming to EIA Standard RS -462,
the EKF2 /D is the ideal instrument for the
monitoring and measuring of video and audio
signals from TV transmitters and transposers, both in -line and off- the -air. The
EKF2 /D incorporates a unique two -way
tuning system that allows tuning by channel
crystal, for high accuracy applications, and
tuning across the entire broadcast range by
means of a switch -selected PLL (phaselocked loop) synthesizer. This is accomplished with nothing more than the basic unit
no plugs -ins or modifications are necessary, and any channel crystal can be inserted
for use across the entire broadcast range.
A zero-reference pulse is available for determination of the degree of modulation of the
vision signal. This is either available during
each vertical blanking inverval, or triggered
by an external pulse. Gain control of the IF
stage (either automatic or manual) across a
range of 30 dB allows flexibility in the use of
the output signals.
...
Additionally, a monitoring loudspeaker (with
adjustable level and squelch), and recorder
output (for recording input voltages) add to
the complete features of this precision low weight, low -power consumption, economically- priced demodulator to create the perfect tool for the broadcast industry.
Applications
The switch selection of demodulation type
(synchronous or envelope) and sound notch
(in /out) allows all modes for transmitter/
transposer measurements of:
VIDEO:
transient response
video -frequency response, phase and group delay
chrominance- luminance intermodulation
grey -scale distortion
AUDIO: frequency response modulation
distortion intercarrier S/N ratio
ítiÚ
HARRIS
SPECIFICATIONS
FREQUENCY:
Range:
54 -890 MHz (Channels 2 -83)
Stability:
Switch -selectable
1) channel crystal
crystal accuracy
21 PLL- synthesized tuner
less than or equal to 30 KHz (30 min. warm -up)
IF:
45.75 MHz (video); 41.25 MHz (sound)
RF
INPUTS:
Voltage
Operating Range:
LO
BDmV
20mV-
5mV-
1.5V
400mV
100mV
Input Impedance:
Return Loss:
IF
HI
50 ohm
greater
than equal to 26 dB
Chan
2 13,
Chan 1483: greater
than /equal to 20 dB
Connector'
N
Female (rear)
Output:
Location: Rear panel (BNC Female)
Impedance: 50 ohm
Return loss: greater than or equal to 20 dB
Output: (level controlled) approx. 200mV RMS
Frequency response: (40 -46 MHz) Flat within dB
Other Output:
XY recorder output for recording input voltage
Impedance: 2 kohm (30 -way connector at rear)
Level: approx. 5V at 1mV input
Zero Ref. Pulse:
During vertical blanking interval or triggered by
external pulse ( -1Vpp min. into 75 ohm)
Transmission characteristics: (Video)
Group Delay /Frequency Response: See Fig. 1
Amplitude /Frequency Response: See Fig. 2
Transmission Characteristics: (Sound)
Frequency response: less than or equal to plus/
minus dB (75u sec deemphasis)
Harmonic distortion: (plus /minus 25 kHz dev.) less
than or equal to 1%
Intercarrier (frequency = 4.5 MHz), S/N (video
modulation 0 -4 MHz): greater than or equal to 53 dB,
typ 57 dB (rms)
Non - Linear Characteristics:
(10 -75% modulation), differential gain: less than or
equal to 3% differential phase: less than or equal to
plus /minus 2 °, S/N ratio: see fig. 3
IF
1
1
greater than /equal
to 20 dB
BNC- Female
(rear or front/
Gain Control: manual or automatic, 30 dB range
Indication: frequency offset, RF input level, IF voltage,
sound carrier deviation
Video Outputs: Number one isolated output on both
front and rear; BNC female
Impedance: 75 ohm, OdBm plus /minus .5 dB, into 6
ohm (adjustable plus /minus 3 dB)
Return loss: greater than or equal to 20 dB
Level: 1.14 Vpp into 75 ohm adjustable plus /minus 1.5
dB
Audio Outputs:
Location: All outputs in parallel (balanced, floating),
phone jack (front), 30 -pole male connector (rear)
Impedance: less than or equal to 30 ohm (40 Hz - 10
kHz)
Level: (plus /minus 25 kHz dev. fmod = 400 Hz(, 0
dBm plus /minus .5 dB, into 600 ohm (adjustable plus/
minus 3 dB)
Other Audio Features: Squelch for noise suppression
during carrier absence. Monitoring loudspeaker with
adjustable level.
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice
General Data:
Operating temp. range 0 to + 45°C. Shelf temp. range
-20 to 70 °C. AC supply 115/125/220/235V. + 10/15 %47 to 63 Hz 40VA
Dimensions: 19" rackmount: 483mm x 132mm x
384mm (seated depth in rack = 305mm(, bench -top
model: 492mm x 161mm x 392mm
Weight: rackmount: 20 lbs., bench -top: 22 lbs.
Order:
Specify desired channel crystal when ordering.
ModelEKF2 /D ID/
rackmount: 288.3919.51
PRICE
511,000.00
I
benchtop:
288.3919.51
Includes 1 crystal)
$11,000.00
(Includes 1 crystal)
137
ROHDE &SCHWARZ
TV MONITORING RECEIVER
I/III/IV/V/IF
Range selection (switch)
Channel selection
continuous within the selected range,
any two channels can be preset
electronic, by meter;
Channel indication
setting accuracy: plus /minus channel
switch -selected AFC with + /- IF indication
Automatic tuning
less than 30 KHz
Frequency error after 30 min. warmup
female
connectors on
IF:
BNC
RF
and
Inputs
front and rear panels
50 ohm
Input impedance
Input -voltage range (for correct evaluation)
250uV - 5 mV (without input attenuator)
RF
up to 150 mV
with input attenuator
5 -100mV
IF
Input -voltage indication .. by moving -coil meter with logarithmic scale
100uV- 10 mV
Range
plus/minus3 dB (plus correction value for tuner)
Error limits
3 pushbuttons (3/7/20 dB)
Input attenuator
0/3/7/ 10/20/23/27/30db
Attenuation
VSWR
RF input, with greater than or equal to 3 -dB input
typ. 2.5
attenuation
RF input, with greater than or equal to 10 -dB input
typ. 1.6
attenuation
less than 1.2
IF input
1
.......
EKF 2
Special Features
Switch -selected envelope detection or synchronous detection for
avoiding quadrature distortions
Operatin in TV Bands I, Ill and IV /V without requiring separate
plug -ins or modifications to the set
Separate inputs for RF and IF
Presetting of any two channel frequencies
Switch -selected AFC circuit with plus /minus IF indication
Switch -selected zero -reference pulse for video -modulation checks
Automatic or manual level control over greater than 30 dB
Two adjustable isolated video outputs
Indication of RF -input voltage, IF voltage and sound-transmitter
deviation
AF output with adjustable level
Built -in monitoring loudspeaker
Output for recording of input voltage
The TV Monitoring Receiver EKF 2 checks and monitors TV signals in
all TV Bands and at the IF. Typical fields of application are: monitoring
of TV transmitters and transposers from a central station; in -situ performance checks of TV transposers; monitoring of TV test assemblies.
This receiver is designed to handle signals complying with standard M.
The receiver section can be continuously tuned through all channels
within each of the four switch -selected TV Bands. An AFC circuit can
be switched in to stabilize the tuning to the picture- carrier frequency.
Any two channel frequencies in the entire operating range can be
preset by locking the tuning controls in the corresponding positions.
Thus, rapid switchover is possible between two fixed frequencies, e.g.
receive and transmit frequencies of a TV transposer. Separate panel
meters are provided to indicate the selected channel and the tuning
error.
The RF input is followed by an attenuator covering 30 dB. Another
input is provided to enable IF signals between 5 and 100 mV to be
measured. The RF -input voltages are indicated on a logarithmic scale.
A front panel switch allows the selection of envelope or synchronous
demodulation. For the latter the switching- carrier phase is automatically stabilized in a control loop via a phase -sensitive detector.
Two video outputs and one AF output deliver the demodulated video
and AF signals with adjustable level for evaluation by colour or black and- white TV monitors, oscilloscopes, etc. The output levels are kept
constant by automatic or manual gain control of the IF stage with
input -voltage variations of more than 30 dB. The EKF 2 is equipped
with a facility to provide a zero -reference pulse (which can be
externally triggered) for checking the vision modulation, and also has a
monitoring loudspeaker and a recording output for the input voltages.
Specifications
TV Bands I, III, IV /V and IF
Frequency range
54 -88 MHz, channels2 -6
Band
174 -216 MHz, channels7-13
Band III
470 -836 MHz, channels 14 -74
Band IV /V
45.75 MHz/41.25 MHz
Vision /sound IF
I
Noise Figure
Band
Band III
Band IV
Band V
approx. 9 dB
I
Transmission characteristics
Group delay for 0 -3 MHz
approx.9dB
approx. 11 dB
approx. 12dB
IF: less than plus /minus 30 ns;
RF: less than plus /minus 50 ns
+ 170 ns + 70/ -30 ns
3.58 MHz
greater than 95% with
Linearity of demodulator characteristic
modulation between 12% and 70% of the composite colour
video signal (CCVS)
max. + /- 2°
Differential phase in video range
greater than or equal to
Video S/ N ratio (rms measurement)
50 dB, referred to black -to -white transition with 5-m V input signal
greater than or equal to 40 dB,
ntercarrier interference ratio
weighted according to CCITT
Outputs
two isolated 75-ohm BNC female connectors
Video outputs
(one on front and one on rear panel)
1 Vppadjustable by approx. plus /minus 1.5 dB
Output voltage
Level control (IF stages) ... manual or automatic, clamped to porch
greater than 30 dB
Control range
by blanking pulse after each field or
Zero -reference pulse
by external pulse
External zero -reference pulse
1 Vpp into 75ohm (min.)
(required level)
balanced (floating)
AF output
Output level (Vrms) for 25 kHz
O dBm into 600ohm, adjustable by plus/minus 3 dB
deviation
less than or equal to 30 ohm between
Output impedance
40 Hz and 10 kHz
Frequency response
flat within plus /minus 2 dB
(deemphasis 75 us)
less than or equal to 2% referred to 25 kHz deviation
Distortion
on panel meter
Indication of frequency deviation
(fAF less than or equal to kHz)
volume continuously adjustable
Monitoring loudspeaker
Zs = 2 k -ohm, 30 -way
voltage)
input
output
Recorder
(for
connector (rear panel) approx. 0.5 V at 1 -mV input voltage
Order designation (for Standard M) .... TV Monitoring Receiver EKF 2
287.8017.51 $7500.00
w, rackmount
287.8017.52 $7500.00
19" cabinet model
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice
1
alp
HARRIS
138
INTERCOM SYSTEM
MODEL BP 300L/BP300
MODEL 801 MASTER STATION
MODEL SPK300
MODEL 801
"TW" INTERCOM SYSTEM
The "TW" Intercom System is a high performance, closed circuit
intercommunications system designed for use in entertainment and
industrial operations. Proven performance in a variety of demanding
applications has already established it as a standard in the field of
communications.
The Model 801 Master Station is a multi -functional communications control center. It is designed for use where multi -channel party
line intercommunication systems are utilized. It may be used to supplement existing intercom systems, e.g., RTS "TW" System, Clear
Com, Daven, RCA, etc., or a number of Master Stations may be employed as a self- contained system.
The 801 is operationally flexible; it offers many salient features as
well as simplicity in design and installation. Each unit is completely
self- contained -there are no extra modules, central card frame, or
processing units.
$3951.00
MODEL 860 SYSTEM INTERCONNECT
MODEL BP300L/BP300 PORTABLE USER
STATIONS (BELT PACKS)
RTS super- rugged belt packs are housed in an attractive lightweight aluminum package with a brushed, anodized finish and a wide
belt clip. They feature two -channel operation, a mic On -Off
switch, XLR -3 connectors for use with standard mic cables,
and a powerful 2 -watt headphone amplifier that enables any
type of headset to be used; low Z or high Z phones, with dynamic
or carbon mic.
Belt pack human engineering features include a built -in mic
limiter for controlling levels, and tactile controls for ease of operation.
The belt packs are truly portable, but may also be used in semi portable or fixed applications.
BP300L (with call light)
$297.00
BP300 (without call light) 252.00
MODEL SPK 300 SPEAKER UNIT USER STATION
RTS portable speaker unit user stations are mounted in sloped
front aluminum enclosures with epoxy paint finish. The speaker is
activated by the insertion of a desk -stand mic or a hand -held
PTT mic. When a headset or handset is used instead of a mic, the
speaker is automatically deactivated, allowing conventional operation. A rear mounted sidetone control cancels the mic signal
in the speaker so that simultaneous operation of the microphone and
speaker is possible.
$381.00
POWER SUPPLIES
Model PS -8 Power Supply 8 station power supply, portable or rack mount.
$378.00
Model PS -30 Power Supply 30 station power supply, rack -mount.
$984.00
Model PS -60 Power Supply 60 station power supply, rack -mount.
$1923.00
í
The Model 860 System Interconnect is used to supplement the
Model 801 Master Station system. It provides the following capabilities and functions:
Eight Amphenol 50 -pin connectors for point source interconnect to
Master Stations
Connects six intercom channels to RTS "TW" System
IFB /SA outputs
IFB /SA keying line outputs (relay contacts)
Interfacing to external circuits
Switching and level control for four program inputs to IFB and SA
circuits
Standard rack mount package- 3''/ " x 19" x 14"
$1200.00
ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
RM300
RM300L
SCR-110
SPK300L
SPK300
BP320
BP320L
RMS300
RMS300L
CM300L
CM300
WM300L
WMS300L
TWI-224
TW-5W
CC61
CC-40
FS-1
Rack Mount User Station
Rack Mount User Station
Special Camera User Station
Speaker Unit User Station
Speaker Unit User Station
Portable User Station Belt Pack
Portable User Station- Belt Pack
Speaker Station (Rack Mount)
Speaker Station (Rack Mount)
Console Mount User Station
Console Mount User Station
Wall Mount User Station
Wall Mount User Station
-
2 -Wire to 4 -Wire Interface
Passive Splitter
Circuit Card
Circuit Card
Footswitch
HARRIS
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
$285.00
342.00
297.00
423.00
381.00
456.00
498.00
522.00
591.00
357.00
297.00
315.00
384.00
423.00
81.00
144.00
180.00
30.00
139
SERIES 4000 IFB SYSTEM
Sy%ms
YM
uK
o,.
Oi
MIR
Oo
J,'
r;
4010
4001
CONTROL STATION MODELS 4001, 4002, 4003
4001M, 4002M, 4003M
The Control Station is designed to mount in a console or equipment
rack. It provides a given number of switch functions according to the
model number. The4001 offers IFB thru IFB 4, IFB ALL and SA. The
4002 has IFB
thru IFB 8, IFB ALL, SA and SA 2. Model 4003
supplies IFB 1 thru 12, IFB ALL, SA 1, SA 2 and SA 3. Each model
number may be ordered with an "M" suffix. This includes a gooseneck microphone attached to the panel. Should an existing
microphone be more suitable for operations, a connection on the
Control Station microphone preamp circuit board may be used to
accept a microphone or line level signal from that microphone.
Each Control Station is connected to the Central Electronics via a
model 4025 Splitter and 50 conductor cable with blue ribbon connectors. All the Control Stations converge at the 4025 and a single
cable then connects to the 4010. This configuration allows for up to
four model 4001 Control Stations to connect to a single Central
Electronics unit. If two Central Electronics units are used, the model
4002 may be employed in up to four locations. Three 4010's would
require up to four model 4003 Control Stations. Priority of Control
Station switch signals is programmable and may be set -up at the time
of installation. The system may be used without priority switching if
desired.
1
1
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This IFB System is a one -way interruptible feedback communications
system (a program interrupt system) created especially to meet the
critical requirements of the television broadcast industry, as well as
other live or recorded media applications. The system is comprised of
User Stations, Central Electronics, and Control Panels. A modular
approach allows each installation to be configured in a manner which
test lends itself to the immediate requirements. Should the production
requirements increase in complexity, additional system components
may be added on to expand the system capability. A typical system
may consist of the following: up to four Control Panels, one Central
Electronics unit, four User Stations, and assorted cabling and interconnect units. The maximum standard configuration allows four
Control Panels, three Central Electronics, and twelve User Stations.
MODEL 4010 CENTRAL ELECTRONICS
The Central Electronics unit contains all the necessary control
functions and electronics to provide the active link between the
Control Station and the User Station. It accepts the three program
inputs, the four microphone inputs and switch keying signal inputs
(from the Control Stations). In addition, it supplies the composite
output feeds to the User Station belt packs, the line level audio feeds
to the SA amplifier, the relay contacts for monitor muting, and the
$1983.00
interconnection to the Control Stations.
MODEL 4020 USER STATION
The User Station, a small "belt pack" package, allows the talent to
receive the audio signals designated by the Central Electronics and the
Control Stations and may be worn by talent, such as newscasters,
musicians, sportscasters, etc. Behind the scenes personnel may also
find the IFB feeds useful for production coordination and control. Each
belt pack contains the necessary electronics to provide a stereo audio
$297.00
signal to the user.
1
4001. A four -channel CONTROL PANEL with IFB -1, IFB -2, IFB -3,
$489.00
IFE -4, ALL -CALL and SA.
654.00
4001M. Model 4001 with gooseneck microphone.
4002. An eight -channel CONTROL PANEL with IFB -1 thru IFB -18,
$618.00
ALL -CALL, SA1 and SA2.
783.00
4002M. Model 4002 with gooseneck microphone.
4003. A twelve -channel CONTROL PANEL with IFB -1 thru IFB -12,
$756.00
ALL -CALL, SA1, SA2, and SA3.
921.00
4003M. Model 4003 with gooseneck microphone.
4010. CENTRAL ELECTRONICS for four channels of FB, providing all
switching, level adjustments and program inputs. Eight IFB channels
require two 4010's. Twelve IFB channels require three 4010's.
$1983.00
I
4015. CABLE ASSEMBLY. XX Foot, 50- Conductor cable with connectors. To calculate price, multiply the number of feet times $1.88
and add $30.00 for connectors and assembly.
4020. This USER STATION belt pack is the "talent" position electronics. A minimum of one is required for each channel of IFB. A
$297.00
maximum of three can be used on each channel.
4025. SPLITTER ASSEMBLY. One -by -four, 50- conductor "Blue
$141.00
Ribbon" connectors.
uvrin
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
HARRIS
140
Sms
AMPS/PREAMPS
">
405
00
OE
410
='=
='`
444
MODEL 405 PROFESSIONAL 2- CHANNEL
PHONO PREAMPLIFIER
The Model 405 is a high -quality two- channel phono preamplifier
designed for professional applications, including disc mastering
rooms, broadcast stations and high quality commercial installations.
It features adjustable cartridge termination, switchable rumble filter,
two selectable sets of level controls and two output formats. $378.00
MODEL 41010 WATT MONITOR AMPLIFIER
The Model 410 is a self- contained compact 10 watt power
amplifier designed to power loudspeakers, headphones or 70 -volt
loudspeaker distribution systems. Its input is balanced and designed
to bridge 600 ohm / +4 dBu program lines. The 410 features a front
panel volume control and two separate outputs: a direct
amplifier output available on push terminals and /or 3/4-inch phone
jack, and an optional transformer isolated output on a barrier strip,
for 70 -volt distribution. The input connection may be made via a
3 -pin XLR type connector and /or 3 -inch phone jack.
S288.00
MODEL 444 DUAL 2- CHANNEL BUFFER AMPLIFIER
The Model 444 is a dual, two -channel buffer amplifier designed to
interface professional systems with semi -pro and home high-fidelity
equipment. Although components designed for home use offer desirable features for studio applications, interconnections between the
two kinds of equipment are complicated by differences in levels,
impedances and balanced and unbalanced modes of operation. The
444 corrects these problems while maintaining signal integrity.
$342.0(
MIXER
HPM -41
The Model HPM -41 microphone mixer is a compact, lightweight
unit, designed for professional applications ranging from location film
and tape to major recording console input augmentation. A nocompromise design provides high performance electronic circuitry in
a functionally efficient, durable package.
INPUT FEATURES
Four balanced, transformer -isolated input positions with phase
reverse switches and high quality Neutrik XLR -type connectors
Switchable 12 V A -B and 48 V phantom power for condenser
microphones
Selectable pre- transformer pads for reduction of input levels
Switchable dual- frequency high pass filters to cut rumble, wind
noise, and pops
Switchable limiter on each input prevents overdrive distortion
without affecting other channels
Auxiliary unbalanced line level input
OUTPUT FEATURES
Balanced (floating) 600 -ohm output available on binding posts for
TelCo (telephone) feeds
Balanced (floating) low impedance output on XLR -type connector
is switchable between line and microphone level
Powerful headphone amplifier with front panel volume control and
output jack
Two independent IHF line -level outputs available to feed external
equipment such as: video cassettes, audio cassettes, consumer
audio gear, etc.
$996.00
M HARRIS
1400
The RTS 1400 is more than a microphone preamplifier; it is a unique
and versatile tool. Its well -planned features, rugged construction and
excellent specifications make it a professional problem solver, an
audio "adapter" with countless applications.
The 1400's gain is continuously variable via a front panel control. At
lower gain settings (minimum 23 dB) the 1400 will boost the level from
a low- output microphone to drive low -gain mixers at their specified
nominal level. At higher gain settings (56 dB maximum), the 1400 has
ample gain to boost a mic output to line level. Because the 1400 has a
high quality built -in limiter, it can be used to prevent overdrive of
individual mic (or line) inputs while maintaining high average levels.
These features make it useful in fixed or portable sound reinforcement,
location recording, remote broadcasting, and broadcast production.
Low Noise
127 dBv E.I.N.
Variable Gain 23 -56 dB
High Output Capability + 16 dBm
Limiter
Low Distortion .006% typ.
Excellent Transient
spo se
$297.00
-
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
Ren
141
RUSLANG CORP.
MODULAR CONTROL STATIONS
AND EQUIPMENT RACKS
Ruslang Studio Furniture
448 -0718 -000
448 -0716 -000
uslang Single Pedestal Cabinet. 22" x 24" x 29" high.
Open front, removable back. 2" cable holes in base. 21"
front rack space with tapped EIA rails. Off white top;
Blank panels for front opening. 19" x 21 ", walnut finish
walnut base.
448 -0717 -000
Ruslang Console Table Top. 32" x 96", 1-1/2" thick. Off
white finish including Ruslang Console Base Panels for
supporting console top. Set of four (4), 24" x 29" high.
Walnut finish
Combined Price $493.40
448 -0713 -000
Vanity Shield for console base, 12" wide. Walnut finish
12.39
$247.73
Ruslang Double Pedestal Cabinet. 24" x 42" x 29" high.
Open front, removable back. 2 " cable holes in base. Two
(2) 21" front rack spaces with tapped EIA rails. Off white
top; walnut base.
408.75
28.53
448 -0715 -000
Electronic Equipment Racks
Available in 15 different heights with panel space ranging
from 21" to 70" for standard 19" width equipment panels.
21" x 18" deep
to
70"
21"
x
x
18" deep
24" deep
70"
x
24" deep
to
$203.14
to
$295.74
$ 208.09
to
$312.05
Attractive, sturdy cabinets finished in woodgrained walnut
to match the modular control station furniture are also
available in a variety of solid colors and other woodgrained
finishes. Back panels are also available. Contact your
Harris District Sales Manager for more detail.
HAF2F2IS
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
142
RUSLANG CORP.
TAPE TRANSPORT CONSOLES
RL 500 Popular Tape Transport Console
RL600 Tape Transport Console for Decks Which
Have Electronics Integrated With Transport
448 -0712 -000
448 -0737 -000
Ruslang RL500 Tape Console for ITC 850 and ITC 770
Series Record /Playback with 13" deep overbridge for
31/2x19" amplifier panel (specify R -R model with order).
$435.08
Walnut finish, complete with casters
Ruslang RL500 Tape Console for MCI JH1 106 -2 and MCI
JH 1 10B -4 and other Record /Playback units for a 13" deep
overbridge and 7x19" amplifier panel (specify R -R model
with order). Walnut finish, complete with casters442.80
448 -0735 -000
Ruslang RL500 Tape Console for Otari Mark II -2
Record /Playback with 13" deep overbridge for 41/2x19"
amplifier panel (specify R -R model with order). Walnut
438.94
finish, with casters
448 -0736 -000
448 -0738 -000
Ruslang RL500 Tape Console for Scully 280B and other
Record /Playback units for a 13" deep overbridge and
51/4x19" amplifier panel (specify R -R model with order).
438.94
Walnut finish, complete with casters
Ruslang RL500 Tape Console for Ampex, MCI, Scully,
Tascam, Electro Sound, etc., tape transports up to
19x153/4" with a 161/2 deep overbridge and 14x19" panel
space (specify R -R model with order). Walnut finish,
468.07
complete with casters
448 -0739 -000
Ruslang RL600 Tape Console for Otari MX- 5050 -B
Record /Playback with no overbridge (amplifier panel
mounts below deck). Walnut finish, complete with casters
383.93
(specify R -R model with order)
NOTE: All Ruslang Tape Consoles include 15° transport
tilt down feature, plus tilt up for service.
HARRIS
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice
RUSLANG CORP.
143
MODULAR CART RACKS
SYSTEM 23
Ruslang's "System 23" is a modular cart rack system made up of 6
basic units holding either 18, 36, 54, 72, 90 or 108 cartridges. These
units do not have dust collecting shelves, which can interfere with cart
use. Consequently, they are the easiest to clean racks on the market.
The individual units can be bolted together to become free -standing,
rotating, four -sided cart racks which hold up to 1,296 cartridges. Other
configurations are designed to sit on table tops or be wall mounted.
INDIVIDUAL RACKS FOR WALL OR TABLE MOUNTS
PEDESTAL BASE CART RACKS
NOTE: Pedestal base cart racks fit into 19" standard openings
without rack mount rails
1
PART
/:
PART
14 -44
/:
21 -68
-LOOR TYPE LAZY SUSAN RACKS
RACK MOUNT CART RACKS
23-F-4-10-5/8-144
(---------
23-F-4-15-1/2-216
PART
/:
15- 1/4 -16
TABLE TOP LAZY SUSAN RACKS
23-T-4-5-3/4-72
PART
23-T-8-5-3/4-144
/:
7 -20
HARRIS
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice
144
RUSLANG CORP.
RUSLANG SYSTEM 23 MODULAR CART RACKS
TABLE TOP LAZY SUSAN RACKS
FLOOR TYPE LAZY SUSAN RACKS
Part Number
Price
23- T- 4- 5- 3/4 -72
23-T-8-5-3/4-144
$190.06
332.91
23-T-4-10-5/8-144
23-T-8-10-5/8-288
268.47
457.53
23-T-4-15-1/2-216
23-T-8-15-1/2-432
361.59
596.84
PEDESTAL BASE CART RACKS
Part Number
Price
14 -44
21 -68
$71.00
77.86
Part Number
23-F-4-10-5/8-144
23-F-8-10-5/8-288
23-F-12-10-5/8-432
Price
$279.84
468.90
657.96
23-F-4-15-1/2-216
23-F-8-15-1/2-432
23-F-12-15-1/2-648
373.77
609.03
844.29
23-F-20-3/8-288
23-F-8-20-3/8-576
23-F-12-20-3/8-864
440.67
722.13
1003.59
23-F-4-25-1/4-360
23-F-8-25-1/4-720
23-F-12-25-1/4-1080
520.14
847.80
1175.46
23-F-4-30-1/8-432
23-F-8-30-1/8-864
23-F-12-30-1/8-1296
600.41
974.33
1348.24
RACK MOUNT CART RACKS
Part Number
Price
5- 1/4 -16
7
$47.14
49.29
" -20
INDIVIDUAL RACKS FOR WALL OR TABLE MOUNTS
PART NUMBER
Height
23
23
23
23
23
23
HARRIS
-
PRICE
No. of Carts
Length
Single Pack
Four Pack
18-
5 -3/4
36
10 -5/8
15 -1/2
20 -3/8
25 -1/2
30 -1/8
$39.30
51.97
65.37
77.67
90.04
102.33
$142.86
189.06
235.26
281.46
327.66
373.91
5472 90 108 -
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice
145
SCALA ELECTRONIC CORPORATION
COMMUNICATIONS AND TELEMETRY ANTENNAS
GP -150
0G -4
0G -6
CA5 -150H
CA5 -150EB
CA5 -150V
N or UHF connector" (straight or drooping
radials)
VHF OMNIDIRECTIONAL GAIN ANTENNA, 4 dbd gain, N or UHF
connector" (for electrical downtilt add $50)
UHF OMNIDIRECTIONAL GAIN ANTENNA, 6 dbd gain, N
connector (for electrical downtilt, add $50)
RUGGEDIZED VAGI, five element, 9 dbd gain, N or UHF
connector" H polarization, center -mount
VHF GROUNDPLANE,
RUGGEDIZED VAGI, five element, 9 dbd gain, N or UHF
connector" H or V polarization, rear -mount
RUGGEDIZED VAGI, five element, 9 dbd gain, N or UHF
connector" V polarization, with crossarm
2CA5 -150H
DUAL VAGI ARRAY, 11.5 dbd gain, N or UHF connectors ", H
polarization vertical slack, with coax harness
2CA5 -150V
DUAL VAGI ARRAY, 11.5 dbd gain N or UHF connectors ", V
polarization horizontal slack, with crossarm and coax harness
CA5 -450
RUGGEDIZED VAGI, five -element, 10 dbd gain, N connector,
H or V polarization, rear -mount
DUAL VAGI ARRAY, 12.5 dbd gain, N connectors, H polarization,
vertical slack, with coax harness
DUAL VAGI ARRAY, 12.5 dbd gain, N connectors, V polarization,
horizontal slack, with crossarm assembly and coax harness
BROADBAND RUGGEDIZED UHF VAGI, seven -element,
10 dbd gain, N connector, H or V polarization, rear -mount
(Specify frequency range when ordering)
2CA5 -450H
2CA -450V
CA7 -460
2CA7 -460H
2CA7 -460V
RA5 -450
CL -400
PR -450U
PR -450CU
MF -960
DUAL VAGI ARRAY, 12.5 dbd gain, broadband, N connectors,
H polarization, vertical slack with coax harness
(Specify frequency range when ordering)
DUAL VAGI ARRAY, 12.5 dbd gain, broadband, N connectors,
V polarization, horizontal slack with crossarm assembly and
coax harness (Specify frequency range when ordering)
RADOME- PROTECTED UHF VAGI, 10 dbd gain, N connector,
H or V polarization, rear -mount
RADOME- PROTECTED UHF LOG PERIODIC, 8 dbd gain,
broadband, N connector, H or V polarization, rear -mount
PARAFLECTORTM, half parabolic screen antenna, N connector,
H or V polarization
14.5 dbd gain at 413 MHz
15.5 dbd gain at 950 MHz
18.0 dbd gain at 950 MHz
PARAFLECTORTM, (with increased F/B ratio)
REPLACEMENT FEED FOR PR -450U OR PR -450CU
MINIFLECTORTM, 14 dbd gain at 950 MHz, N connector,
V polarization
108 -174
MHz"
$120.00
144 -174
MHz"
$240.00
406 -500 MHz"
$240.00
140 -230 MHz"
108 -140 MHz ""
72 -108 MHz"
140 -230 MHz**
108 -140 MHz"
140 -230 MHz"
108 -140 MHz"
72 -108 MHZ ""
140 -230 MHz"
108 -140 MHz"
72 -108 MHz"
140 -230 MHz"
108 -140 MHz"
72 -108 MHz"
216 -1,000 MHz"
$150.00
$170.00
$200.00
$155.00
$175.00
$180.00
$220.00
$250.00
$330.00
$380.00
$430.00
$400.00
$450.00
$520.00
$150.00
216 -1,000
MHz"
$340.00
216 -1,000
MHz"
$380.00
406 -420 MHz
(BROADBAND)
450 -470 MHz
(BROADBAND)
480 -500 MHz
(BROADBAND)
406 -420 MHz
(BROADBAND)
450 -470 MHz
(BROADBAND)
480 -500 MHz
(BROADBAND)
406 -420 MHz
(BROADBAND)
450 -470 MHz
(BROADBAND)
480 -500 MHz
(BROADBAND)
$160.00
400 -1,000 MHz"
$350.00
400 -500 MHz
(BROADBAND)
350 -1,000 MHz"
$350.00
$450.00
350 -1,000 MHz"
350 -1,000 MHz"
940 -960 MHz
$480.00
$120.00
$275.00
$160.00
$160.00
$ 360.00
$ 360.00
$ 360.00
$400.00
$400.00
$400.00
(BROADBAND)
ORDERING INFORMATION
ON ALL ORDERS PLEASE SPECIFY SCALA MODEL NUMBER, PLUS:
'SPECIFY CONNECTOR TYPE DESIRED
**SPECIFY EXACT OPERATING FREQUENCY OF CHANNEL
"'SPECIFY IMPEDANCE DESIRED (50 or 75 OHMS)
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice
cz
HARRIS
146
TELEVISION DEMODULATOR
Scientific
Atlanta
MODEL 6250
Television Demodulator
The Model 6250 Television Demodulator provides precision demodulation of any transmitted television signal.
The envelope delay provided closely matches that of the
average home television receiver. This permits use with
transmitters which have been predistorted to compensate
for this delay. An integral zero chopper enables measuring
the depth of modulation of the transmitted signal. In
addition, a programming option allows the zero chop
command to originate from external equipment for use in
systems in which the picture parameters are automatically
adjusted for optimum reception on the receiver. The demodulator is equipped with an envelope detector for the
video, and may be ordered with an optional synchronous
detector. With the synchronous detector, capability is
provided on the front panel to rapidly switch between
envelope and synchronous detectors for comparative
studies.
The synchronous video detector is free from quadrature
distortion that is found in all vestigial sideband envelope
detectors. Quadrature distortion is a source of unsymmetrical ringing and smear, and cross talk between video
sideband components.
Specifications
The detected signals from both synchronous and envelope
detectors are degraded, but in different ways, when there
is incidental phase modulation on the received signal. For
certain kinds of residual frequency modulation encountered on some broadcast signals, the envelope detector
will still provide an acceptable video signal when the synchronous detector will not. Being able to select either type
of video detector greatly enhances the diagnostic and
operational capabilities of the demodulator.
synchronous detector is supplied, two options are
available in the sound detector. The source for the 4.5
MHz aural subcarrier can be switched between either a
direct mixer, using the phase -lock synchronous oscillator
and audio IF signal, or an intercarrier detector using composite video and sound IF signals. Under normal conditions, the direct mixer provides a superior signal-to -noise
ratio. The direct or intercarrier option is selected by a
switch on the front panel.
If the
The sound demodulator utilizes an extremely linear quad rature detector. A balanced audio output is provided
without the use of an output transformer, by utilizing two
power operational amplifiers. These features enable the
demodulator to deliver a very low- distortion signal with
unusually wide frequency response, almost without regard
Sound Output Levels
to external load resistance. Use of the power operational
amplifiers permits audio de- emphasis to be placed in the
feedback loop, providing strict adherence to the standard
de- emphasis curve regardless of control setting.
A loop- through is provided to permit the addition of the
aural subcarrier to one of the video outputs, for transmission of the sound signal at a frequency above the spectrum occupied by the video signal in microwave installations. The frequency of the aural subcarrier is 4.5 MHz.
Each circuit module is completely enclosed and is accessible from the front panel of the unit, which occupies only
3% inches of vertical rack space. Modular construction
facilitates rapid repair of malfunctions by simply removing
one module and plugging another module in. This mas be
done from the front of the unit without removing it from
the rack. Interconnections between modules are accessible in a rear compartment of the demodulator, where any
RF cabling necessary may be disconnected to permit the
demodulator chassis to be used as a test fixture. A module
extender is available to facilitate repair.
Input Voltage
Audio
100 to 130V ac, 50 to 60 Hz
+24V dc nominal standby battery with optional
built -in automatic switchover
-24V do nominal battery operation with optional
dc converter module
Input Power
30 watt maximum
Weight
75 p sec
25 pounds
Audio Harmonic Distortion
Mounting
1% max at any frequency, maximum deviation and
8.9 cm(3Y,")Hx48.3cm(19 "(Ws
output level
49.5 cm (19y, ") D
Audio Monitor
(Standard rack mount spacing; rack slides optional)
Standard phone jack with level control will drive most
headphones
Differential Phase
NOTE: Specify Channel
±0.5° (synchronous detector)
!1° (envelope detector)
Chromance-to- Luminance Crosstalk
3% (envelope detector)
Unmeasureable (synchronous detector)
Above values are percentage of blanking-to- white -level
luminance shift as chrominance signal varies from 0
to 100 IRE units. 87.5% modulation depth
Except as noted, specifications apply to both synchronous
+11.5 dBm max across 600 ohms
and envelope detectors, and to both direct and intercarrier
Aural Subcarrier
sound detection. These specifications apply to demodulators
0.2V p -p max across 37.5 ohms
using single channel input converters, and may not apply
Above levels adjustable down to 0
when tunable input converters are used. Input levels refer Audio Frequency Response
to 75 ohm input impedance. Multiply by 0.8 for 50 ohm
±0.5 dB, 30 Hz 15 kHz with de- emphasis
input impedance.
DeEmphasis Time Constant
-
Overall Sensitivity
.1 mV (minimum input for 1v p -p video output)
Input Frequency
Any standard VHF or UHF TV channel
Input Level Dynamic Range
.1mV to 32.8mV ( -20 dBmV to +30 dBmV), VHF
.1mV to 17.5mV 1-20 dBmV to +25 dBmV), UHF
Input Impedance and VSWR
50 or 75 ohms (specify), VSWR less than 1.35:1 over
channel of interest, over entire dynamic range of input
Noise Figure (at maximum gain)
6 dB Low Band
7 dB High Band
9 dB UHF
Image Rejection
60 dB VHF
50 dB UHF
IF Rejection
CO dB
IF Frequencies
Video 45.75 MHz and Audio 41.25 MHz
IF Frequency Response
Follows standard Nyquist response
Adjacent Channel Rejection
60 dB
Video Amplitude Frequency Response
0.0 4.18 MHz ±.5 dB
Envelope Delay
Complement of standard transmitter group delay
pre -correction
0.0.3 MHz ±40ns
3.58 MHz +170 ±20 ns
Differential Gain
±2% (synchronous detector)
±2.5% (envelope detector)
-
HARRIS
-
Zero Chop Position, Length
Start time adjustable from 3 - 6 lines after vertical sync
pulse, width adjustable 1 - 3 lines
Video Output Level
Variable 0 1.5V p -p at each of two outputs
Video Output Impedance
75 ohms (30 dB min return loss)
Squelch
On- delayed approximately 10 seconds. Off- instantaneous;
adjustable threshold
Operating Temperature Range
+20 to +120°F
-
Model 6250-SD (Synchronous Detector) VHF
Model 6250-ED (Envelope Detector) VHF
Mode16250 -SD UHF
Model 6250 -ED UHF
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice
$3200.00
2040.00
3430.00
2265.00
147
Scotch
MBU-30
Scotch Color Plus
A Whole New Level Of Professional Recording
New level In color signal-to-noise
New levels of physical handling capability
Lowest head wear
Lowest dropout rates In the Industry
Extended slop motion capability
High Impact cartridge
Beta /VHS /2" Cassettes
'Scotch" Brand Beta and VHS Format ('h ") videocassettes. These cassettes feature improved color, broadband signal -to-noise, improved RF output, low dropouts, very good
stop motion capabilities, good runnability with repeat plays and very low head wear.
"Scotch" Beta and VHS Formats are compatible with all 'h" videocassette recorders and
playback units. Both Formats have multiple machine switch speed capabilities.
VIDEO TAPE
U -MATIC
3/4"
CASSETTES
BETAMAX 'h" VIDEO CASSETTE
UCA
"Scotch" Brand UCA Videocassettes use a specially designed "cobalt energized" High
Energy video tape which provides an excellent signal -to-noise ratio and greater RF output.
The UCA Series videocassettes are fully compatible with all +. -inch U -matic videocassette
systems and the permanent oxide lubrication and time proven backside treatment assure
low head wear, extended atop motion and maximum tape life.
TYPE
TIME
UCA-10
UCA-20
UCA-30
UCA-40
C125
C125
C125
C125
UCA-60 C125
UCA-75 C125
10
20
30
40
60
75
-10
10+
200+
500+
814.51
17.50
18.88
$13.62
16.42
$13.06
15.75
16.99
$1272
23.13
26.59
32.76
21.70
24.95
30.74
20.81
20.28
23.93
29.48
23.31
1
17.71
15.34
16.55
28.73
"Scotch" Brand Mini-U -matic videocassettes are designed for use with such recorders as
the Sony VO -3800 and the JVC -CR -4400 portables. Features new COLOR PLUS oxide. An
"S" atter the playing time (UCA -10.5) indicates mini size.
TYPE
TIME
10
20
30
UCA-10S C124
UCA-20S C124
UCA-30S C124
-10
10+
200+
500+
$14.08
16.97
25.03
$13.21
15.92
$12.67
$12.35
14.88
21.95
1
23.49
15.27
22.52
TYPE
L-250
L-250A
L-500
L-500A
L-750
L-750A
-10
1
5
13.94
16.96
15
10+
200+
500+
818.63
23.16
13.08
15.93
817.87
22.25
$1741
21.70
1222
1489
12.54
15.28
s 9.20
9.66
11.66
11.01
13.30
13.82
16.81
1729
10+
200+
500+
811.37
11.75
13.27
13.76
17.06
17.54
$10.90
11.27
12.73
13.20
16.36
16.82
$10.62
10.98
12.40
12.86
15.94
16.39
14 14
14.66
18.17
18.69
120
120
-
1" TAPE
TIME
479B-1-3170-R172B
4798 -1- 4610-R172B
4798 -1- 1630 -R139B
4798 -1- 3170 -R73B
1/2"
34
66
96
34
66
96
34
66
-10
10+
70.69
106.48
16091
70.69
106.48
566.29
1
s
160.91
59.58
89.73
361 -'ro -845 -R130B
361 -'n- 1200 -R148B
361 -Vr 2400 -R153B
20
30
60
$11.11
15.97
461 -`2-845 -R130B
461 -1/2- 1200 -R1488
461 -'h- 2400-R 1535
20
30
13.97
19.98
33.38
U -DO -IT 15S
U -DO -IT 30
U -DO -IT 60
15
30
60
-10
10+
$
9.33
12.00
17.33
s 8.76
1126
1626
200+
S
8.40
10.80
15.60
500+
8
8.19
10.52
15.20
99.85
150.90
66.29
99.85
150.90
55.86
84.13
200+
5
61.84
93.15
140.76
61.84
93.15
140.76
52.11
78.49
500+
59.36
S
8942
135.13
59.36
89.42
135.13
50.03
75.35
Open Reel Tape
These items permit in the field reloading of damaged cassettes. The extra rugged COLOR
PLUS MBU Series U -matic tape is supplied in the 155 (for Minis) and 30- minute (std. size)
reload kits The 60- minute reload kits use UCA U-matic tape.
1
14.74
15.16
-10
1
TYPE
TIME
1212
12.44
15.13
15.56
$12.12
12.52
U -matic Re -loads
TYPE
991
11.97
1" Open Reel Tape
479 -1- 1630 -R172B
479 -1- 3170 -R172B
479 -1- 4610 -R172B
4798 -1- 1630 -R172B
$19.85
24.63
500+
s 9.44
4479-1" helical video tape is a special application tape that can ONLY be used with "high
denstty" video recorders such as the Bosch-Fernseh, Ampex VPR -1 and 2, Sony BVH -1000
and other machines having similar record/erase capabilities.
"Scotch" Master Broadcast U -matic Series (MBU) provides a more rugged. longlile product
suitable for repetitive playback and Inclement recording situations such as field (ENG)
recording and editing applications Other features are the same as the Standard Series
UCA Videocassettes except MBU cassettes also feature the new COLOR PLUS oxide
30
40
200+
s 9.85
10.33
12.48
12.97
15.77
16.23
30
30
60
60
T-30
T-30A
T-60
T-80A
T-120
T-120A
OPEN REEL TYPE "C"
TIME
10+
$ 10.49
TIME
TYPE
TYPE
MBU-30 C125
MBU-45 C125
MBU-5S C124
MBU-18S C124
1 -10
30
30
60
60
180
180
VHS '5" VIDEO CASSETTE
MBU
TYPE
TIME
TIME
60
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
1
-10
27.07
10+
$10.41
14,97
25.37
13.09
18.72
3128
fin
LIU
500+
200+
$
9.71
13.96
23.66
12.21
17.46
29 18
$
9.32
13.40
22.72
11.72
16.76
28.01
HARRIS
148
Scotch 3M
AUDIO OPEN REEL TAPE
206
Catalog
Number
AV LINE176, 177
178, 179
177-'/4-600
176-'/4-1200
177-'/4-900
SPECIAL
PACKAGES
176, 177, 178
177-1/4-3600-H
177-1/4-3600-RN
178-1/4-4800-R PS
206, 207
208, 209
206-'/4-1200
206-1/4-2500-H
206-1/4-2500-RN
207-1/4-1700
207-'/.-3660-H
207-'/4-3600- R N
208-1/4-600
208-1/4-1200
208-1/4-2500-H
208-1/4-2500-RN
209-'/4-900
209-1/4-1800
209-1/4-3600-H
MUSIC
MASTERING
TAPES
226, 227
250
LUBE TAPE
20941-3600- R N
226-'/4-1200
226-'/4-2500-H
226-'/4-2550-RN
227-'/4-1800
227-'/4-3600-H
227-'/4-3600- R N
250-'/4-1200
250-'/4-2550-H
250-'/4-2500-RN
158-'/4-1800
RLS.
Per
Shpg.
Wt.
Size
Ctn.
(Lbs.)
5 ""
7 ""
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
5 ""
7 ""
7 ""
5 ""
7 ""
177-1/4-1800
178-1/4-2400
179-1/4-1800
179-'/4-3600
176-1/4-2500-H
176-1/4-2500-RN
176-1/4-2500-R PS
Reel
HUB
101/2""
1
01/2""
H UB
1
01/2""
101/2""
7 ""
HUB
101/2""
7 ""
HUB
101/2""
5 ""
7 ""
HUB
101/2""
5 ""
7 ""
HUB
101/2 ""
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
5
9
7
6.71
15
18.6
23.7
21.4
20.0
24.6
22.0
9.2
19
22
9.8
20
25
5
9
19
22
10
15
20
25.3
101/2 ""
7 ""
12
9.5
7 ""
HUB
101/2""
7 ""
HUB
4.03
10.58
7.85
12.94
10.18
13.98
13.98
14.75
18.58
30.54
6.68
12.10
16.45
8.82
18.63
23.19
4.10
6.68
12.10
16.45
5.45
8.82
18.63
23.19
7.76
15.62
20.62
10.26
24.03
29.08
7.76
15.62
20.62
9
19
22
101/2""
s 3.23
4.91
20
25
158
ULI
HARRIS
12 -143
-11
15
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
7 ""
HUB
1
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
S
3.00
4.56
3.75
6.23
9.82
7.29
12.01
9.45
12.98
12.98
13.70
17.23
28.36
6.21
11.24
15.27
8.19
17.30
21.54
3.80
6.21
11.24
15.27
5.06
8.19
17.30
21.54
7.21
14.50
19.15
9.52
22.32
27.00
7.21
14.50
19.15
8.70
144 -575
2.79
4.24
3.48
5.80
9.14
6.78
11.17
8.79
12.08
12.08
12.74
16.03
26.37
5.77
10.45
14.20
7.62
16.09
20.03
3.54
5.77
10.45
14.20
4.71
7.62
16.09
20.03
6.70
13.49
17.81
8.86
20.76
25.11
6.70
13.49
17.81
6.28
S
575
2.63
3.99
3.28
5.45
8.59
6.38
10.50
8.26
11.35
11.35
11.98
15.06
24.79
5.43
9.83
13.35
7.16
15.13
18.83
3.33
5.43
9.83
13.35
4.43
7.16
15.13
18.83
6.30
12.68
16.74
8.33
19.51
23.60
6,30
12.68
16.74
6.53
5
f
Q
149
SENNHEISER
ELECTRONIC CORPORATION
HD 414
MKE 10
DIRECTIONAL STUDIO MICROPHONE
MKH 406 TU
MKH 106
CONDENSER
MICROPHONES
MKH 406
quality. Connects directly to Mikroport
Transmitters. Can be used in conventional
manner with power supply MZA 10.
MKE 10- Condenser Microphone $159.00
MKE 10-3 -Tie Clip Micr. Head
$163.00
MKE 10-6 -Tie Clip Micr. Head
$215.00
MZA 10 U- Battery Adapter
$103.00
STUDIO MICROPHONE MKH 106 TU
For AB powering (DIN 45 595)
Frequency response 20, 20,000 Hz. Omnidirectional. Insensitive to handling noise.
Very high S/N ratio. MKH 106 TU Condenser Microphone
$556.00
Recommended Accessories
Directly, Indirectly,
-U) only for model -U
MZW 300, MZW 201
Windscreen:
MZT 105
Desk and Floor Stands:
MZT 441 0, MZS 142 0
MZS 210 O
MZS 144
MZS 2350, MZS 2110
Bar/Boom:
KAT 15 -2U
Adaptor- Amplifier:
MZA 4060,
Desk Clamp and Adaptor:
MZG 4150, MZQ 4156, MZS 4150
MZN 16 TU
Power Supplies:
MZA 15 U.
Battery Adaptor:
MZF 15 U
Roll -Off Filter:
(
,
TU- Condenser
Microphone
TIE CLIP MICROPHONE MKE 10
Frequency Range: 50, 20,000 Hz. Omnidirectional pickup pattern. Inconspicuous
and comfortable. Outstanding acoustical
Applicable:
HD 400
For AB powering (DIN 45 595)
Frequency response: 40, 20,000 Hz. Cardioid
Pattern. High signal -to-noise ratio. High SPL
range.
Withstands adverse climatic conditions. Little
vibrational pickup.
MKH 406 TFU- Condenser
Microphone
MKH 406 P48U- Condenser
$652.00
$680.00
Microphone
$652.00
Recommended Accessories
*Directly, Indirectly,
Applicable:
( -U) only for model -U
MZW 300, MZW 201
Windscreen:
MZT 105,
Desk and floor stands:
MZT 4410, MZS 1420, MZS 1440, MZS 2100
Bar /Boom: MZS 2350, MZS 2110
MZS 2350, MZS 2110
Bar/Boom:
MZA 406,
Desk Clamp and Adaptor.
MZG 4150, MZQ 415, MZS 415
MZN 16 T -U0 ( -U)
Power Supplies:
MZA 15-U
Battery Adaptor:
MZF 15 -U
Roll -Off Filter:
ACCESSORIES
K1- Powering Module
$122.00
189.00
KAT 15 -2U -Cable Amplifier
103.00
MZA 10 -Battery Adaptor
99.00
MZA 15 U- Battery Adapter
12.00
MZA 406 -Universal Quick Release
132.00
MZF 15 U- Filter
284.00
MZN 16 TU- AC- Powered Supply
19.50
MZQ 415 -Quick Release Clip
56.00
MZS 142 -Floor Stand
57.00
MZS 144 -Floor Stand
MZS 210 -Floor Stand
MZS 211 -Boom
MZS 415 -Shockmount
MZT 105 -Desk Stand
MZT 441 -Desk Stand
MZW 30- Windscreen
MZW 201-Windscreen
STEREO
HEADPHONES
Microphone
136.00
34.00
56.50
30.50
29.00
12.50
19.00
STEREO HEADPHONE HD 400
Frequency Response: 20, 18,000 Hz. Dynamic transducers with 600 impedance.
Featherweight. Less than 3 oz. Heavy -duty
steel connecting cord.
$46.00
HI -FI STEREO "OPEN- AIRE "®
HEADPHONE HD 414 -13
Frequency Response: 20, 20,000 Hz. Dynamic transducers, impedance each: 2000.
Extremely light, 4.8 oz. only. Matches with
all Hi -Fi amplifiers. Special durable cable.
$79.00
STEREO HEADPHONE HD 420
Frequency Range: 18 Hz. to 20 KHz.
Impedance: 600 ohms per channel.
Harmonic Distortion: Less than 1%. Weight:
4 ounces. Cable: 10 foot cable and stereo
phone plug
$89.00
HI -FI STEREO "OPEN- AIRE "®
HEADPHONE HD 424 -13
Frequency Response: 16, 20,000 Hz. Dynamic transducers. Impedance each drive:
2000. Comfortable, rugged but light.
Special durable cable.
$115.00
STEREO HEADPHONES HD 430
Frequency Range: 16 Hz. to 20 KHz. Impedance: 600 ohms per channel. Harmonic
Distortion: Less than 0.5%. Weight: 7 oz.
Cable: 10 foot cable and stereo phone plug.
$126.00
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice
HARRIS
150
jr k
SENNHEISER
ELECTRONIC CORPORATION
.
Electret Family
CONDENSER MICROPHONES
Highly Directional "Shotgun" Microphone
MKH 816 T For AB powering (DIN 45 595). Frequency response: 4020,000Hz. Directional characteristic: club- shaped. Especially insensitive for acoustical feedback. High S/N ratio. For unusual large
recording distance, MKH 816 TU condenser microphone
$918.00
Recommended Accessories:
Windscreen: MZW 815
Bar /Boom: MZS 211
Adaptor -Amplifier: KAT 15 -2
Desk Clamp: MZS 815 Shock Mount - MZS 805
Power Supply: AC MZN 16 T -U
Battery Adaptor: BP -2
$53.00
$34.00
$189.00
$130.00/133.00
$284.00
$101.00
Studio Directional Microphone
MKH 416 TU For AB- powering (DIN 45 5951. Frequency response:
40- 20,000Hz. Directional characteristic: Supercardioid/ Club shape.
Exceptionally insensitive for acoustical feedback. Small proximity
effect. Reliable, even in difficult climatic conditions. For high
sound pressure level. Built -in pop filter. MKH 416 TU condenser
microphone.
$695.00
Recommended Accesories:
Windscreen: MZW 415
$ 26.50
Bar/ Boom: MZS 211
$ 34.00
Adaptor -Amplifier: KAT 15 -2U
$189.00
Swivel Adaptor: MZG 415
$ 28.00
Shockmount: MZS 415
$ 56.50
Power Supplies: AC MZN 16 T -U
$284.00
Battery Adaptor: BP -2
$101.00
Roll -Off Filter: MZF 15 -U
$132.00
Directional Studio Microphone MD 441
MD 441 Frequency range: 30- 20,000Hz. Super cardioid pattern defies
feedback. Shockmounted capsule prevents handling noises. Highest
SPL without distortion. Ten different switchable response curves.
Built -in pop filter. Quick release clip.
MD 441 Dynamic Microphone
with low Z cable
$455.00
with high Z cable
$487.00
Recommended Accessories:
Windscreen: MZW 441
Desk Stands: MZT 441
$26.00
$29.00
Electret Family
K3U Powering module for electretcondens er microphone system
with roll off.
$162.00
ME80 Mini shotgun capsule.
$190.00
ME88 High quality lightweight shotgun with integral windscreen.
ME40 Cardioid capsule.
ME20 Omni -directional capsule.
MZW30 WFoam windscreen.
MZS802 Telescopic Boom Attachment.
MKE10 /3 Electret lavalier module.
fá HARRIS
$255.00
$123.00
$ 87.00
5 12.50
$ 89.00
$163.00
Stereo Headphone
Frequency response: 16- 20,000Hz. Dynamic transducer
principle. With soft foam pads which cover the entire ear. Suitable
for connecting to mono or stereo units.
$144.00
HD 224 X
HI -FI Stereo "Open- Aire" ` Headphone
HD 414 -13 Frequency response: 20- 20,000Hz. Dynamic transducers,
impedance each: 2000. Extremely light, 4.8 oz. only. Matches with all
Hi -Fi amplifiers. Special durable cable
S 79.00
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice
I
151
SEIVIVHEISER
ELECTRONIC CORPORATION
DYNAMIC
MICROPHONES
STUDIO MICROPHONE MD 211
SUPER CARDIOID DYNAMIC MICROPHONE MD412LM
U
Omnidirectional pickup pattern. Insensitive to handling
noise. No distortion even at highest sound pressure levels.
No proximity effect at close making. Outstanding frequency response. Quick release clip
MD 211U Dynamic Microphone
with low Z cable
5356.00
with high Z cable
$388.00
Recommended Acessories
Applicable. Directly O Indirectly ( -U) only for model-U
Windscreen.
MZW 30. MZW 201.
Desk and Floor Stands
MZT 105. MZS 142.
MZS 210.
Bar /Boom.
Recommended Accessories
Applicable Directly
Indirectly ( -2) only for model -2
Windscreen
MZW 22.. MZW 421.
Desk and Floor Stands: MZT 421, MZS 142.. MZS 144.
MZS 210.
Boom:
MZS 235.. MZS 211.
Mounts.
MZT 237.
MZS
235. MZS 211
Frequency range. 50, 12,500 Hz. Super cardiod characteristic with 20dB rejection at 120 degrees. Built in switch
for speech /music. Complete with desk stand Matches
inputs of most hi-fi reel -to-reel and cassette tape recorders.
MD 412 LM Dynamic Microphone
$112.00
Recommended Accessories
MD 441 U Dynamic Microphone
SOLOIST MICROPHONE MD 416 U
Applicable Directly
MZH 142.
MZT 237.. MZA 406.
Frequency range 50. 15.000 Hz Cardioid directional
pattern allows hign volume before feedback occurs.
Double housing with shockmounted element.
LAVALIER MICROPHONE MD 214
U -3
3uilt -in pop filter. Exceptionally free of handling noise.
Frequency range 60. 15,000 Hz Mostly omnidirectional.
the response is especially shaped to read rlat in lavalier
position. Double internally suspended housing prevents
pickup of mechanical noise.
MD 214 U -3 Dynamic Microphone
$315.00
SUPER CARDIOID DYNAMIC MICROPHONE MD402LM
Frequency range. 80. 12,500 Hz. Super Cardioid characteristic with 20 dB ¡election at 120 degrees Complete with
desk stand but also ideal as hand -held microphone.
Matches inputs of most hi-fi reel -to -reel and cassette tape
recorders.
MD 402 LM Dynamic Microphone
$76.00
Recommended Accessories
Applicable. Directly
Windscreen
MZW 30 (grey, red, yellow, green. blue)
Desk and Floor Stands MZS 142 MZS 144. MZS 210.
Bar /Boom.
MZS 235.. MZS 211.
Desk Clamp.
MZT 237.
MD 431 U
Dynamic microphone with MC 22 cable
$352.00
Highest SPL without distortion. Ten different switchable
response curves.
Applicable Directly
Desk and Floor Stands. MZS 142., MZS 144. MZS 210.
Bar /Boom.
MZS 235., MZS 211.
Desk Clamp
MZT 237
Amplifier
Goose necks.
Desk Clamp /Adapter
VV 200 T
DIRECTIONAL STUDIO MICROPHONE MO 441 U
Frequency range 30. 20.000 Hz Super cardloid pattern
defies feedback. Shockmounted capsule prevents handling noises.
Quick release stand adapter. Can be connected to any
musical instrument amplifier.
Built -in pop filter. Quick release clip
with low Z cable
with high Z cable
Recommended Accessories
Indirectly. -2) only for model -2
-U) only for model -U
Windscreen
MZW 4414
Desk and Floor Stands MZT 441. MZS 142. MZS 144.,
MZS 210.
Boom.
MZS 235. MZS 211.
Mounts.
MZT 237.
ACCESSORIES
with low Z cable
with high Z cable
$300.00
$332.00
U
Frequency range 30. 17.000 Hz. Cardioid pattern reduces
danger of acoustical feedback. Reduced handling noise
and no overload at extremely high volume. 5 -step variable
bass control (MD 421 N. MD 421 -U -4) Quick release clip.
MD 421 U Dynamic Microphone
with low Z cable
with high Z cable
(
(
MD 416 U Dynamic Microphone
STUDIO CARDIOID MICROPHONE MD 421
$455.00
$487.00
$327.00
$358.00
MD 908/908U
The MD 908/908U are gooseneck directional microphones Both
feature outstanding directional characteristics and a wide frequency
response for PA and talkback systems. Wide frequency response.
outstanding directional characteristics. multi- purpose use. great
flexibility due to 180' Hinge (MD 908U(. silent on/off switch (MD
906U(
MZA
MZS
MZS
MZS
MZS
406 -Universal Quick Release
142 -Floor
144 -Floor
210 -Floor
Stand
Stand
Stand
-Boom
235- Bracket
MZT 105 -Desk Stand
MZT 237 -Table Clamp
MZT 421 -Desk Stand
MZT 441 -Desk Stand
$34.00
$12.50
$30.50
$9.00
$29.00
$29.00
$12.50
$19.00
$14.00
$22.00
$26.00
211
MZS
MZW
MZW
MZW
MZW
MZW
30- Windscreen
201
411
421
441
$12.00
$56.00
$57.00
$136.00
-Windscreen
-Windscreen
-Windscreen
-Windscreen
MD 908 U
Dynamic microphone with magnetic switch plus MC 24
$225.00
cable
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice
gin
HARRIS
152
TALLEY INDUSTRIES Company
STYLE
SIZE
MANAGER -12
Diam. 14'' ".
Depth 2% ".
Dial 12
FINISH ON
STEEL CASES
v
ELECTRIC MOVEMENT
PRICE
Bronze
No. 610
$42.95
Chrome
No. 611
$52.95
MANAGER
The history of Seth Thomas is one of enduring timepieces which have
shown their dependability whenever used. The name SETH THOMAS
holds a unique position in the clock industry for it has been associated
with the business longer than any other in America.
12
WESTCLOX
Westclox Monitor Wall Clocks
Quartzmatic
Monitor
8" Quartzmatic Monitor joins the 12" family of Quartzmatic commercial wall clocks. The 8" monitor features the Westclox exclusive
Quartzmatic battery operated movement with an accuracy of plus or
minus one minute per year. Sweep second hand. Diameter 9'/7 ".
Depth 3'/".
Quartzmatic
Battery Wall Clocks
Quartzmatic Monitor by Westclox is perfect for commercial use with
an accuracy within one minute a year.' Place them anywhere. ..no
costly installation or unsightly cords. All Quartzmatic Monitor clocks
have large, easy -to -read numerals. Protective lens. Full sweep
second hand.
Quartzmatic
Battery Movement
Quartzmatic models feature genuine Westclox quartz crystal battery
movements that deliver accuracy within one minute a year.
'Regulation may be necessary to achieve this accuracy.
46633
Monitor
8" Dial
Quartzmatic
I
46377
tin
HARRIS
$33.08
Brown Case, White Dial
Full Sweep Second Hand
$36.75
I
Monitor
12" Dial
(Quartzmatic]
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice
Brown Case
Full Sweep Second Hand
153
PROFESSIONAL
MICROPHONES
SM63-CN
JJ1
.14
SM7
SM14A
SM331
Model SM7: A dynamic microphone with
a
very smooth, flat, wide -range frequency
response; cardioid polar pattern, uniform
with frequency and symmetrical about the
axis; internal "air suspension" shock isolation; highly effective pop filter; extremely
good rejection of electro- magnetic hum due
to a built -in hum rejection system; bass roll off and mid -range emphasis. The Model
SM7 was field- designed to be the finest
dynamic microphone available for music
recording and reproduction.
$470.00
Model SM7
Model SM10A:
Unidirectional,
head -worn microphone
dynamic,
$120.00
Model SM11: The Shure Model SM11
is a
miniature dynamic lavalier microphone de
signed for use in television broadcasting
(on-camera), sound reinforcement, in certain radio and motion picture applications,
and similar uses where a small, professional quality, versatile microphone is required.
Flat, natural response, tailored for lavalier
use: 50 to 15,000 Hz.
$90.00
Model SM11
Model SM12A:
Unidirectional,
head -worn microphone, with
dynamic,
receiver.
$165.00
Model SM14: Professional head -worn microphone with receivers. Low impedance,
unidirectional, dynamic microphone with
two integral earphone assemblies. Close
talking microphone allows use under noisy
conditions. Lightweight and reliable.
$215.00
Model SM14A
Model SM17: A miniature dynamic microphone designed specifically for use with
acoustic stringed instruments and other
acoustic musical instruments. Omnidirectional pickup pattern and frequency response ideally suited for instrument use.
$95.00
Model SM17
Studio Gradient Model 300
is a bidirectional microphone for recording, broadcast
and sound reinforcement which provides
sound pickup at the front and rear of the
microphone, but greatly reduces pickup at
the sides. Features: Voice -Music switch,
vibration -isolation unit mounted in live
rubber, multi- impedance switch. Frequency
response: 40 to 15,000Hz.
$205.00
Model 300
SM 53
SM81
SM57 SM58 SM59
Unidirectional Model 330:
Uni -Ron
Highly recommended for motion -picture,
TV, radio and professional recórding
studios; patented "Uniphase" system; the
true super -cardioid pickup pattern; a ribbon
transducer provides extended smooth response of 30 - 15,000 Hz; multi- impedance
switch; lifetime swivel; vibration -isolation
unit mounted in live rubber.
8220.50
Model 330
Model SM33: A compact and rugged unidirectional ribbon microphone combining
wide range response and a supercardioid
directional pattern. The performance characteristics are ideal for studio use in
broadcasting and recording and for critical
sound reinforcement applications. Built -in
shock mount for quiet operation. Slotted
Response Selector Switch. Frequency response: 40 to 15,000 Hz.
$325.50
Model SM33
for
designed
are
Models SM53 and SM54
professional applications requiring the ultimate in sound quality and control. Broad,
smooth frequency response: provides clean,
natural reproduction of both voice and
music. Cardioid directional pattern: Integral
acoustic "pop" filter on the SM54. Mechanical noise isolation. Type: Dynamic. Frequency Response: 70 to 16,000 Hz
$300.00
Model SM53
320.00
SM54
Model SM57 is a slender dynamic microphone built to provide wide range reproduction of music and voice. It features an exceptionally uniform and effective unidirectional pickup pattern. Bright, clean sound.
Cartridge shock -mounted for quiet operation. Frequency response: 40 to 15,000 Hz
$136.50
Model SM57
Model SM58 is a rugged unidirectional
dynamic microphone; self- contained spherical filter to control explosive breath sounds
and wind noise; unusually effective cardioid
pickup pattern to minimize background
noise and undesirable effects of studio and
location acoustics. Rear and side rejection
uniform to very low frequencies and
completely symmetrical about microphone
axis; bright, clean sound; cartridge shock mounted for protection and quiet operation;
wind and "pop" filter readily removable for
cleaning or replacement. Frequency response: 50 to 15,000 Hz
$172.00
Model SM58
A
SM82
Model SM59 cardioid dynamic micro-
phone. Essentially flat, wide response. 50 to
15,000 Hz. Patented Mechano -pneumatic
shock mount system. Built in "pop" filter,
and hum -bucking coil. Durable construction. Ideal for speech, vocal and instrument
pick -up, for broadcast, recording and sound
reinforcement uses.
$195.00
Model SM59
Model SM63 -CN Shure omnidirectional microphone, a small lightweight unit, with
appearance handling, and performance features ideally suited to highly professional
on- camera or on -stage use.
$120.00
Model SM63 -CN
Model SM81: A high -quality, unidirectional
condenser microphone designed for professional applications in studio recording,
broadcasting and sound reinforcement.
Especially applicable in situations requiring
extremely low wide frequency response, low
noise and distortion characteristics, very low
RF susceptibility, and reliable operation over
a wide range of temperature and humidity
extremes.
$300
Model SM81
Model SM82 hand -held, self-contained,
unidirectional, condenser microphone containing its own line level amplifier, peak
limiter, and battery. It is designed to provide
a line level output for use in a variety of
broadcasting situations, and in sound
reinforcement or recording applications
where a line level microphone with a built -in
limiter is required. Frequency Response: 40
to 15,000 Hz. Output Impedance: 250 ohms
actual (designed for use with 600 -ohm or
greater loads)
$315.00
Model SM82
Model 50AC Telephone Acoustic Coupler,
designed to acoustically couple recorded
information into a telephone transmitter.
May also be used in real -time broadcast
applications. May also be used as a tape
recorder microphone; its frequency response approximates that of a telephone. Is
easily attached and removed from a
telephone handset. The Model 50AC consists of a dynamic transducer cartridge in a
small, lightweight molded rubber and plastic
case. Frequency Response: 300 to 3,000 Hz.
$42.50
Model 50AC
Call or write for a complete product guide on
Shure microphones and accessories.
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
OD
HARRIS
154
®
SHUR
MICROPHONE ACCESSORIES
Stands
Plug-In Modifiers
Lavalier Holders
BB -44 Baby Boom: 787mm (31 ") adjustable
boom arm. Fits Model MS -10C Floor Stand
above. Standard 5/8" -27 thread accepts any
threaded Shure microphone, mount or
swivel adaptor
$22.05
CO -1 Stand Adaptor: Screw -type clamp with
5/8" -27 Male thread for mounting second
microphone on microphone stand, table or
desk top.
AdjL . table 360° swivel aids
horizontal positior
$11.10
MS -10C Floor S..nd: Quickly and easily
adjusts from 889mm (35 ") to 1.6m (64 ")
high. Positive ring lock maintains desired
height. Standard 5/8" -27 thread accepts
any threaded Shure microphone, mount
or swivel adaptor. Also accepts Model
BB -44 Baby Boom described above.
Chromeplated. Weighted 254mm (10 ") base
for stability
$24.60
S15: Tall mike stand that extends to 14 ft.
Standard 5/8" -27 thread for direct mounting. Includes cable clamp for vertical application of wire
$110.40
S33B Modern Desk Stand: Black finish. For
A15AS Microphone Attenuator: Prevents
input overload in applications where very
strong signals are applied to a microphone
input. Selectable 15, 20, or 25 dB loss. $33.60
A15BT Bridging Transformer: Matches
balanced or unbalanced devices of different
impedances. (33 kilohm primary and 600 or
7500 ohm secondary)
$29.40
A15HP High Pass Filter: Provides a low
frequency cut -off to reduce unwanted low
frequency noises
$29.40
A15LA Line Input Adaptor: Converts
balanced low impedance microphone input
to bridging line level input
$29.40
A15LP Low Pass Filter: Provides a high
frequency cut -off to reduce objectionable
high frequency noises
$29.40
A15PA Presence Adaptor: Adds "presence"
to vocals or instruments in recording, broadcasting, and P.A. applications
$29.40
A27L: Fits Models 275, 575
A34L: Lavalier
A51L: Plastic. Fits Models 570 and 571
A54L: Fits Mode1545L
A57L: Rubber. Fits Models 570 and 571
use with Microphone Models 330, 533, 545,
546, 548, 556S, 566, 571, 576, 578, 579, 580,
585 and 588
$21.60
S33P: Desk Stand (Prof. Gray)
$21.60
S37A Modern Desk Stand: Non-reflective,
textured gray finish. For use with all micro-
phones with swivel connector assemblies, or
microphones with swivel adaptors
$11.55
S39A Vibration -Isolation Stand: For all
applications where vibration is a problem.
Fits all Shure Microphones
$33.00
S40A Desk Stand: Similar to S37A Stand
with push -to -talk switch included. Fits microphones with 5/8" -27 thread connectors.
Includes provision for optional "in use" light.
Shielded 2.1m (seven- foot), four -conductor
cable may be wired to any standard microphone connector
$33.00
S55P Low - Profile Microphone Stand $33.00
.
Adaptors
A25B: (black) To be used with Models 515,
516EQ, 545, 565, 580, 585, and 588 microphones -for use with standard desk or floor
$2.90
stand
A57D: (champagne) Snap -in Locking Swivel
Adaptor for Models 570, 576, 578, 579SB,
and 589S. 19mm (3/4 ") diameter microphones for use with standard desk or floor
$7.45
stand
$7.45
A57E: (ebony) Adaptor
A75A: Stand Adaptor for 275, 575 micro$6.75
phones
-
Quick Disconnects
A45: Designed for microphones incorporating an isolation assembly such as Models
330, 546, 556, and all others using an A25B
Swivel Adaptor.
Satin Aluminum finish
$16.20
A45B: Same as A45, but black finish $16.20
A47: Designed for microphones with
connectors such as Models 55SH, 545SH,
565SH, etc. or nearly all microphones with a
standard 5/8 " -27 thread
$16.20
tiLt
HARRIS
A15PRS Phase Reverser: Reverses the phase
of a balanced line without modification of
equipment
$29.40
A15RS Response Shaper: Provides sibilance
filtering in recording, broadcasting, and P.A.
applications
$29.40
A15TG Tone Generator: Produces a continuous 700 Hz signal capable of drivino low
impedance balanced lines, and is extremely
useful in setting up
$39.00
A95 Series: Low -Impedance To High Impedance Line Matching Transformers
(Plug In Types). Low -impedance connector
is a 3 -pin professional audio type designed to
mate with Canon XL Series, Switchcraft A3
(Q.G.1 Series or equivalent.
A95U: Male Y." phone plug or jack
$22.50
A95UF: Female /4" phone plug or jack$27.00
A97A Low -Impedance to Medium- Impedance Line Matching Transformer: High
.
quality transformer designed to properly
match low- impedance (150 ohm to 600 ohm)
microphone outputs to medium -impedance
(1 kilohm to 10 kilohm) inputs, such as those
frequently used in cassette recorders.
Low- impedance connector
three -pin
MALE professional audio connector. Medium- impedance connector
Amphenol
MC M type connector
$24.00
-
1
Goosenecks
Al2: Mounting flange
$2.85
G6A: 152mm (6 ") flexible gooseneck (side
$5.25
vent)
G12: 304mm (12 ") flexible gooseneck $5.40
G12A: 304mm (12 ") flexible gooseneck (side
vent)
$5.55
G12 -CN: 304mm (12 ") flexible gooseneck
with professional FEMALE three -pin audio
$11.10
connector
G18: 457mm (18 ") flexible gooseneck .$6.75
G18A: 457mm (18 ") flexible gooseneck (side
vent)
$7.20
G18 -CN: 457mm (18 ") flexible gooseneck
with professional FEMALE three -pin audio
connector
$11.85
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice
$3.15
$5.55
$10.35
$6.76
$6.75
Mounts
A25M: Designed for use with Shure Models
545D, 5455D and 545L microphones $16.20
A26M: Designed for use with microphones
listed above when using A2WS Windscreen,
and "ball- type" Models 565D, 565SD, 548,
548SD, 588, 515 Series, and other Shure
microphones with tapered handles
$16.20
A27M: A highly versatile stereo microphone adaptor designed to place two microphones
in a variety of selectable positions. Allows for
independent positioning flexibility. Consists
of two stacking sections that rotate on their
centers for complete angular adjustment
.
.
A18 -BV: Surface Mount
A18 -WV: Surface Mount
$26.70
$2.85
$2.85
A55M: A breakthrough in noise isolation.
Reduces mechanical and vibration noises by
more than 20 dB. Swivels 180° standard 5/8"
-27 female thread fits all Shure desk and floor
stands. Fits all UNIDYNEC and UNISPHERE Q:, microphones, except those models with built -in switches or built -in swivel
mounts. (Not recommended for microphones with On -Off switches in the handle.) Size: 95mm (33/. ")H x 38mm (1'/: "D
x 51 mm (2 ") Diam
$29.00
Wind Screens
Al WS: Windscreen for 515 Series
$3.90
A2WS: Designed to effectively minimize
wind noise in outdoor locations and control
explosive breath sounds in any location. For
Models 544, 545D, 545SD, 545SH, 545L,
546, 571, 576 and 578
$8.70
A2WS -BK: Black Windscreen
$8.70
A2WS -WH: White Windscreen
$8.70
A61 WS: Controls wind noise and "pop ". For
use on all Shure "ball- type" microphones,
such as the UnisphereU models
$4.15
A61WS -BK: Black Windscreen
$4.15
A61WS -BL: Blue Windscreen
$4.15
A61WS -BR: Brown Windscreen
$4.15
A61WS -GN: Green Windscreen
$4.15
A61WS-OR: Orange Windscreen
$4.15
A61WS -RD: Red Windscreen
$4.15
A61WS -WH: White Windscreen
$4.15
A61WS-YL: Yellow Windscreen
$4.15
A1OCH: Cough Button Assembly
$39.30
RSR -1: Reactance Rule
$3.45
SRC -1: Sound Reinforcement Calculator
$4.65
155
H SHUR
M44 SERIES
V15 Type IV
They feature exceptionally good sound,
unusual uniformity and stand up best under
hard usage. Wide choice of models, including spherical or elliptical styli; light or heavy
tracking; special 78 rpm stylus is available.
M44 -7: Similar to the M44C, but with a
lower tracking force range of 1'/2 to 3
grams. The lighter tracking force minimizes
record wear, and is recommended for arms
permitting less than 3 grams tracking force,
and when heaviest feel is not required.
The ultimate cartridge for the new era in
high fidelity. Spectacular trackability across
the entire audio spectrum at an ultra -light
tracking force. Revolutionary Dynamic
Stabilizer overcomes warp effects and neutralizes static electricity. Hyperelliptical stylus configuration dramatically reduces distortion at the source. Y4 to 1'4 grams tracking force.
F-, 39F p
SUPER TRACK CARTRIDGES
V15IV
V15IV -G
Hyperelliptical 0.75-1.25 $190.00
0.75 -1.25 184.00
Spherical
BROADCAST CARTRIDGES
M91 Hi -Track Cartridges
Optimized design parameters in the stylus
assembly give the M91ED superb high frequency trackability and overall performance.
Nude -mounted diamond stylus tip for
re -duced stylus tip mass. Smooth peak -free
response makes a definite improvement in
sound quality, particulary in FM and FM
Stereo operations.
V 15 Type Ill -HE
Shure now makes the V15 Type Ill Series
available with a nude -mounted Hyperelliptical diamond stylus tip. Originally designed for Shure's top -of- the -line V15 Type
IV cartridge, the Hyperelliptical configuration
represents the most significant advance in
decades in tip design for stereo sound
reproduction.
Model M75 -6S is identical in performance to
the Model M93E above, but uses a spherical
stylus. Model M75CS also uses a spherical
stylus, and reaches the performance levels of
Models M93E at 3 to 5 grams tracking force.
The M75 -6S reaches this performance level
at 1'1 to 3 grams tracking force.
High quality, rugged, simple arm for tracking at 1'h grams or higher. Full range of adjustments for static and dynamic balance,
cartridge overhang, arm height, etc. Direct
reading tracking force scale. Twist -to lock
head accommodates any stereo or mono
cartridge. A real "workhorse" that takes
abuse. Simple mounting through a single
hole from the top of the table; plug -in cable.
$ 47.50
M-232 12" Tone Arm
M44E
M44C
M44G
M44-7
Biradial Elliptical
Spherical
Spherical
Spherical
46.25
40.00
42.00
42.00
1.75 -4.0
3.0 -5.0
0.75 -1.5
1.5 -3.0
HI -TRACK CARTRIDGES
Hyperelliptical
0.75 -1.5 118.00
M95HE
SC35C
Elliptical
Elliptical
Spherical
0.75 -1.5102.00
1.5 -3.0 81.50
0.75 -1.5 78.00
Professional Studio Cartridge
M91
The first phono cartridge designed specifically for broadcast studio applications
actually improves on- the -air playback quality of all recorded material, including stereo
and monophonic LP's, 45's, and matrix
four -channel. The SC35C uses an entirely
new stylus assembly that is rigid enough to
withstand the punishment of continuous
back -cuing, yet compliant enough to offer
excellent mid- and high- frequency repro duction.Frequency response is extremely flat
+ / -1 dB) up to 15,000 Hz, with a smooth
roll -off up to 20,000 Hz to minimize high frequency "splatter" in FM broadcasts caused
by high frequency pre- emphasis.
M91ED
M75EDII
M75EJII
M75BII
Elliptical
Elliptical
Elliptical
Elliptical
Spherical
Spherical
0.75 -1.5
0.75 -1.5
0.75 -1.5
1.5 -3.0
1.5 -3.0
0.75 -1.5
1
SC39 Series
M232 Professional Tone Arm
Spherical
Spherical
Elliptical
Elliptical
M95ED
M95EJ
M95G
-
Models M75 -6S and M75CS
Hi -Track Cartridges
4.0 -5.0 42.00
1.5 -3.0 69.50
0.75 -1.25 116.00
1.5-3.0 80.75
SC35C
SC39B
SC39ED
SC39EJ
Built to stand up to day -in and day -out
professional use in broadcast and recording
studio applications. High trackability, low mass telescoped stylus assembly. Essentially flat frequency response. Special SIDE GUARD retractile stylus for extra protection
against stylus damage. Special positive
locking flip-down stylus guard. Low -noise
MASAR process stylus tip virtually eliminates noise buildup. SC39ED tracks at 3/4 to
1 -1/2
grams for minimal record wear.
SC39EJ and SC39B track at 1-1/2 to 3 grams
for more rugged installations and for when a
heavier feel is desired.
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice
E
M75G11
80.50
87.00
87.00
74.00
59.00
65.50
Replacement Styli
Model
No.
VN45HE
VN4G
VN35HE
SS35C
SS39B
SS39ED
SS39EJ
N44C
N44E
N44G
N44-7
N95HE
N95ED
N95EJ
N95G
N91 E
N91ED
N75ED11
N75EJ11
N75B11
N75G11
Replacement for
V15IV
V15IVG
V15111-HE
SC35C
SC39B
SC39ED
SC39EJ
M44C
M44E
M44G
M44-7
M95HE
M95ED
M95EJ
M95
M91E
M91ED
M75ED11
M75EJ11
M75B11
M75G11
GO
Price
$68.50
64.50
41.50
12.50
17.00
59.00
28.00
13.00
16.25
13.25
13.25
39.00
36.50
29.50
20.00
34.00
35.00
35.00
28.50
21.50
25.50
HARRIS
156
i
SH URE
MICROPHONE MIXER?
Model M63
Model M610
14.0,
Model M267
Model M67
Model M64
Model M268
Model M68
Model SE30
Model M63 Audio Master®
M267 Professional Mixer
A new concept in economical total control of audio response. Can be used in production and transfer studios to equalize sound systems, correct room acoustics, produce special sound effects, reduce stand or
stage noise, and for tape recording and duplication.
Has two high -level inputs and five output provisions for
the greatest response control and flexibility available.
Effective, continuously variable high -pass and low pass 6 dB -per- octave filters, plus separate bass and
treble (boost and cut) controls, can be combined for
virtually unlimited response characteristics. Output VU
meter. Five outputs: high impedance, high level, high
impedance mic level, 600 -ohm balanced line, and
headphone. Two- high -level high impedance inputs
controlled by single input attenuator accept signal
from virtually any high level source. For 108 -132
Volts, 50 -60 Hz.
$210.00
Model M67 Professional
Microphone Mixer
The M67 features balanced 600 ohm line and microphone level outputs; an illuminated VU meter calibrated for + 4 and + 10 dBm out; extremely low noise
and RF susceptibility; wide, flat frequency response;
two -level headphone monitor jack. AC or battery
operation. Noiseless automatic switchover to battery if AC line fails.
$345.00
M68 al d M68FC Microphone Mixer
The backs of the M68 and M68FC Mixers have four
Canon -type inputs. Model M68 has MALE Canon
XLR -3 type input connectors fuses XLR3 -11C type
mate) Model M68FC has FEMALE Canon XLR -3 type
(uses XLR -3 -12C type mate). Each input accepts a
dynamic or ribbon microphone (not recommended for
crystal or ceramic microphone), either high or low
impedance (balanced or unbalanced). Input impedance for each microphone is selected by a slide switch
so that microphone types and impedances can be
mixed. A fifth input, labeled "AUX," is high level and
accepts a tape recorder or tuner signal. When used in
conjunction with the A68P Phono Pre -Amp accessory,
these mixers also accept a magnetic or ceramic
phonograph signal.
M68
M68FC
M68FCE 120 or 240V
fin
UIJ
HARRIS
8198.00
$198.00
$206.00
NEW
Professional mixer for recording or broadcast use. Four
low- impedance balanced inputs switchable to mike or
line level; simplex (phantom) power on each input;
fast -acting limiter; built -in battery supply; headphone
amplifier with level control; illuminated VU meter
with LED peak level indicator; low -cut filters and tone
oscillator; battery check switch; mix bus jack; mic and
line level outputs; master volume control; 120 V ac,
50/60 Hz, 9.5 W; battery power; 11 -3/8 "W x 7-1/2"W
x71/2 "Dx2 -3/4"H
$395.00
A268R Rack Panel Kit
521.00
M268 Microphone Mixer NEW
Five -channel mixer featuring four highs low impedance
microphone inputs and one AUX -level input; simplex
(phantom) power on each mic input mix bus jack; regulated power supply; 120 V ac, 50/60 Hz, 5 W;
11 -3/8 "W x7- 1/2 "Dx2 -3/4 "H
$250.00
$21.00
A268R Rack Panel Kit
Model M610 Feedback Controller
The M610 gives you the basic advantages of room
system equalization
but without the high costs
involved in elaborate, complex, highly specialized
equalization equipment. The M610 Feedback Controller uses eight resonant dip filters, each controlled by a
linear- motion potentiometer. Each of these filters, unlike highly selective "notch" or single -frequency filters,
acts on a band of frequencies around its center frequency, so that attenuation is smooth and complete.
These filters function in the most critical portion of the
audio spectrum, with center frequencies of 63, 125,
250, 500, 1,000, 2,000, 4,000, and 8,000 Hz. Each is
infinitely variable from "0 attenuation (flat) to a maximum cut of 12 dB. The M610 also features "high end"
)above 8 k Hz) and "low end" (below 63 Hz) roll -off
switches to control response outside the range of these
-
filters.
Built -in variable amplification allows the user to conveniently increase the overall gain of the system to a
level even higher than original level
even though any
or all of the filters have been activated! The M610
also may be used to improve sound quality and increase intelligibility by filtering out "problem frequencies" that cause oscillating ( "ringing "), boominess
and other disruptive resonances in acoustically difficult rooms.
$214.00
-
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice
M64 Series Stereo Preamplifiers
Compact, low distortion, and low noise stere
preamplifiers that provide gain, equalization, and
choice of ourput impedance and levels.
M64108 -132 Volts AC, 50/60 Hz
$95.00
M64 -2E 216 -264 Volts AC, 50/60 Hz
$105.00
Model SE30 Gated Compressor Mixer
High -quality, "hands- free" gain riding compressor in a
single, portable unit. Makes output control in remote
pickups, talk shows recording, program line compression and professional sound reinforcement smoother,
surer and more trouble -free than it's ever been before.
Features, such as: feedback -type gain controls that
automatically increase the input clipping level as the
individual gain controls are turned down; a built -in low distortion 1 k Hz tone oscillator; three- function VU
meter; stereo parallel jack, self -contained battery and
AC power supply, with automatic switch -over to battery in case of AC failure; auxiliary meter light source
for battery operation; removable AC line cord; disable
switches for compressor and Gated Memory that convert the SE30 to a high quality linear mixer.
Model SE30 Mixer
A100B Rack Panel 3-
V, x
19"
$675.00
24.00
Accessories
A67B Battery Power Supply for M63, M67, M68,
M610. May be used as sole power source. On the M67
it may also be used as standby during AC operations
providing noiseless switchover in case of AC failure.
$31.50
157
SOUTHEAST
ELECTRONICS
CAROUSEL TAPE
CARTRIDGE RACKS
Now you can carry as many as 200 cartridges at your finger
tips in the control room. The ideal tool for the station that is
growing. No storage problems, no tape cartridges lying
around to be broken or lost. A clean, neat solution to one of
the problems of stations using Tape Cartridge Machines.
Both the TCR 72 and the TCR 200 are on a rotating base.
Both have a modern scar resistant walnut finish. Both are
made for long reliable use with the broadcaster in mind.
TCR 72, 22" high, 11" wide, 11" deep.
$105.00
72 Carts
TCR 200, 30" high, 16" wide, 16" deep.
$190.00
200 Carts
TCR 200
Js
WALL TAPE
--
CARTRIDGE
RACKS
-sr
---o., --.
-1 --w
-on,
-+ --o,
----Ilf
-.W --+
------- --11/-11,
r
-IMI,
-111
----s--s---""110
--11 '"11_
---------mg
--s
-s
!®
till aMMs
MIMI
.MIE
-
s® MUM ® WM/
ili a
1111111
WIESIN
:=111:1r Ol1111 axMIIIR
e-s11111
MIMI
WIMP.
SWIM
WCR -100, 23'/." high,
25" wide, 5 -3/8" deep.
MEW
WCR -200, 29 -3/8" high,
39 -5/8" wide, 5 -3/8" deep.
11®s
...NI.
--
OMNI
WCR-100
The new WCR -100 and WCR -200
wall mounting cartridge racks are
built to the same high standard as the
TCR -72 and 200 Carousel racks. They
have a modern scar resistant walnut
finish.
$105.00
100 Carts
200
$190.00
Carts.
WCR-200
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
fin
HARRIS
158
S Spindler
auppé
S
SLIDE PROJECTOR
FILM CHAIN
,
2x2 SLIDE PROJECTOR
imp
ita
i .,.,:LI..
ó
ö
--=I-I,
__
---¡.=
Model
Sixteen different dissolve rates, left and right crawls, high speed
random access, and an easily edited 451 -cue electronic memory
system are just a few of the exclusive features of Spindler and
Sauppe's new Producer 32 Selectroslide Projector, the world's first
slide projector to incorporate a microprocessor. The unit is designed
to work in a television film chain where it utilizes a single port of
the multiplexer, and it is equally applicable to the job of converting
slide presentations to motion picture film directly from the projector.
A forty -six button, rack -mounted master controller remotes all
projector functions to the control studio. Thirty-three status lights
indicate the exact condition of the projector at all times, and a seven digit readout shows slide tray positions and the number of the upcoming cue. Limited function remote controls may be located in
additional studios to make available sequential slide advance and
reverse as well as random slide selection. Controls on the projector
itself are limited to those related to setup.
Precise timing codes may be used to link together a series of cues
to initiate more than one dissolve function. Once loaded, the memory
may be advanced or reversed one cue at a time or at a speed of ten
cues -per- second, and the slide trays will automatically track to their
appropriate position and lamp status for the stopping point. A
Restart Button returns the system to Cue #1, automatically bringing
both memory and slide trays back to their starting positions.
Each of the two slide trays may be programmed to move forward
or backward to any other tray position, and this may be done as
either a fast series of conventional slide changes or as a slow crawl.
Between screenings, programming data is stored in a cluster on
standard recording tape. Subsequently, it is high speed re- entered
into memory for re -use. In performance, cues may be called from
memory manually by pressing the Cue Button of the controller, or
.
4351
the presentation may be fully automated from synchronization
pulses on one of the channels of the soundtrack tape.
from a Cut of a
fraction of a second up to a fifteen -second lap dissolve. Slides
may be made to move slowly, either left -to -right or right -to -left,
in a crawl that takes approximately six seconds per slide position.
It is also possible to fade -in or fade -out a slide at any of sixteen
different speeds. Slides may be projected from both trays
simultaneously to create superimpositions.
In one -second increments, dissolve rates are available
An automated presentation may be interrupted at any time by calling
up a slide from the random access section. Maximum selection
time is less than two seconds. As the appropriate tray advances
to the selected slide, the opposite tray tracks with it to retain correct
numerical sequence. Manual controls also include sequential
advance and reverse buttons which change slides at the speed
of a Cut.
The pair of slide trays on the Producer 32 Projector carry a total
capacity of thirty -two slides and may be quickly changed without
disturbing a presentation. Lights within the projector make it possible
to preview all slides without rotating the trays. The unit uses
1000 -hour, tungsten -halogen projection lamps, and the "soft start"
dissolve circuitry extends lamp life by a minimum factor of two.
At the heart of the optical system is a precision, cube prism, beam
splitter. There are no moving parts. Two etched, aspheric
condensing lenses and variable density field flatteners eliminate
filament focus and provide evenness of illumination. Available are
7'/:" and 9" lenses for multiplexers, and inverted 3" and 5" projection lenses for uniplexing.
PRICE LIST
Producer 32 Selectroslide projector ( Model 4350), with 7'/: " lens
S -32 Spectrum 32 Selectroslide projector (Model 4344) for sequential
slide presentation only, (with 7'Y2" lens), and mounting plate (Model
(Model 290 or 291), controller (Model 4351), and mounting plate
6382)
810,450.00
(Model 6382(. Specify cable length at $4.36 per foot, otherwise 5'
815,290.00*
controller cable supplied ...
P -32
PROJECTED PICTURE SIZES
Model
$176.00
Slide magazine, 16- slide, odd numbering
176.00
242
Slide magazine, 16- slide, even numbering
BCL
Projection lamp, 300 watt, 1000 hour average life .... 30.00
Remote control panel for S -32D, w/5 ft. cable
6344
875.00
(additional cable at $1.40 per foot)
Following Prices: Request Quote
285
3" f 3.5 inverted lens for uniplexing, picture size 14
286
5" f 3.5 inverted lens for uniplexing, picture size 14
290
7'/2" f 4.0 projection lens, picture size -9, with iris
7'/:" f 4.0 projection lens, picture size 6-12, with iris
291
295
9" f 5.0 projection lens, picture size 1 -9, with iris
297
9" f 5.0 projection lens, picture size 6-11, with iris
Projectors with lens sizes other than 7'f " must bequoted separately.
241
PICTURE SIZE
1
n
U11.!
HARRIS
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
PICTURE SIZE
FIELD LENS
4.50"
4.44"
4.30"
4.00"
3.75"
3.19"
2.92"
2.70"
2.50"
2.40"
2.16"
2.00"
1.125"
0.50"
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
3.375"
3.33"
3.22"
3.00"
2.81"
2.38"
2.19"
2.04"
1.88"
1.80"
1.62"
1.50"
0.844"
0.375"
159
S
S
pindIer
Sauppé
SLIDE PROJECTOR
Spectrum 32 Selectroslide
Color Television 2X2 Slide Projector
Engineered expressly for color film chains, the Spectrum 32D is
equally well suited to black and white television systems. Color,
intensity and polarization are perfectly balanced between the two
channels of the projector. Each channel utilizes a 16- slide, quick change magazine for a total capacity of 32 slides. Preview lights
provide soft illumination behind the slides, making it easy to check all
of them without rotating the magazines. Both magazines may be
rotated by hand for quick cueing. Magazines are precision machined
to assure exact picture -to- picture alignment, while a positive detent
system guarantees accurate rotational positioning of each frame,
whether they are advanced by hand or power driven.
The "heart" of the optical system is a sliding front -surface mirror
which moves in a single plane to switch from one projection channel
to the other. Since the angle of this mirror remains constant
throughout its movement, it is unaffected by manufacturing
tolerances and even extreme wear. This mirror never requires
readjustment.
Each projection channel involves only a single mirror surface,
minimizing the maintenance requirements, and maximizing color
and polarization balance. Polarization is less than one percent. Slide
/10th of a second, appearing to be
change time is a mere
instantaneous on a monitor. Slides may be sequentially advanced as
fast as one per second. Twin aspheric condensing systems eliminate
filament focus and provide even illumination.
A precision focus mount, incorporating a focus lock, permits a wide
selection of lenses, including 7'/a" and 9" for multiplexing, and
inverted 3" and 5" lenses for uniplexing. All projection lenses are
color corrected, coated and have a diaphragm and holder for neutral
density and color correcting filters. Additional filter holders are
provided within each projection channel.
The Spectrum 32D comes equipped with two 300 watt, 1000 hour,
proximity reflector projection lamps - forty times the rated life of
conventional lamps. Light output at full voltage is 340 foot -candles
minimum at 3.19x2.35" projected image size. Pushbutton lamp
ejectors reduce lamp change time to less than ten seconds. Each
lamp is cooled by its own turbine blower. A washable air filter
maintains the entire mechanism, including slides and optics, free
from dust.
1
All logic circuitry is solid state. A fail -safe circuit protects against
double cycling despite improper slide change commands. Modularly
designed mechanical, optical and electronic sub- assemblies may
each be removed for servicing without disturbing the film chain
alignment.
Remote control circuits provide every possible function available
from a sequential projector. On /Standby, with tally indicators,
remotely turns off lamps and blowers. Alternate switches from one
projection channel to the other without advancing the out -going
slide. Change Mono makes it impossible to trigger more than one
slide change at a time. Change Auto makes it possible to repetitively
advance through a series of slides at the maximum rate. Advance
Left and Advance Right make it possible to advance each slide
magazine individually. Hold Left and Hold Right make it possible to
hold the slide position of one magazine and repeat a slide alternately
with a series of slides from the other magazine. Projection Tally Left
and Right indicates which projection channel is in use at the moment.
Additional terminals are provided for adding individual variable
transformers for the two projection lamps, or one for both lamps
combined. A built -in AC line circuit breaker as well as regulated
power supply are provided. No external low voltage power is required
for remote control. Remote connections are made by ribbon
connector.
At the projector itself, illuminated pushbuttons make available most
of the remote functions with the addition of Standby /Local /Remote
selector buttons and a button to light the preview lamps.
Finally, with all its versatility, with its legendary history of reliability,
with its well earned reputation for ruggedness, the Spectrum 32D
Selectroslide remains the choice of those professionals who search
out the best with an eye to their budget. Spectrum 32D is the most
economical broadcast quality film chain slide projector available
today. You can spend more, but you cannot buy a better sequential
slide projector. Anywhere.
S -32D Spectrum 32 Selectroslide projector (Model 43441, with mount$9,500.00
ing plate (Mode1226)
Accessories for Spectrum
Selectroslide Projectors
285 3" f3.5 inverted lens, picture size 14
286 5" f3.5 inverted lens, picture size 14
290 71/2" f4.0 projection lens, picture
size 1 -9, with iris and filter holder
291
7'h" f4.0 projection lens, picture
size 6 -12, with iris and filter holder
295 9" f5.0 projection lens, picture
size 1 -9, with iris and filter holder
297 9" f5.0 projection lens, picture
size 8 -12, with iris and filter holder
241
242
816
16 -slide magazine, odd numbering
16 -slide magazine, even numbering
Cable, for Producer to controller
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
$240.00
420.00
550.00
620.00
620.00
620.00
160.00
160.00
ft
3 40
M HARRIS
160
sTaNrron
CARTRIDGES
Model 600E- For Auditioning and
Delicate Transcribing Work
Brilliant performer due to its elliptical stylus
tip-and tracking force of only X to 3 grams.
Model 600A -For Use in Demanding
Broadcast Applications
1
Model 500A Heavy -Duty Use
Produces pick -ups of outstandingly High Per-
Stylus Tip: 0.7 mil Spherical Diamond
Cartridge Weight: 5 grams
standing frequency response for both on -theair use and critical record listening. Rugged.
In all broadcast usages, the CODA
applicable to those situations that demand a
spherical stylus tip -and a cartridge that
tracks at 2 to 4 grams.
formance. Reduced tip mass provides out-
The best for all around broadcast application.
It satisfies the most stringent requirements
of the control room, from Bach to rock. Frequency response and separation meet or exceed broadcast standards.
Renowned for ruggedness. Offers reduced
tip mass and tracking force to provide outstanding frequency response for both on -theair use and auditioning of records.
Stylus Tip: 0.5 mil Spherical Diamond
Cartridge Weight: 5 grams
Excellent for critical auditions and record
evaluation. Highly polished diamond elliptical tip. Tracks at a light to 2 grams.
Stylus Tip: 0.3 x 0.7 mil Elliptical
1
NEW PROFESSIONAL LOW IMPEDANCE SERIES
Model 500AL On- The -Air Use
The workhorse of the broadcast industry.
Widely used by disc jockeys. Meets the extremely rugged requirements of on-the-air
application. Even under the most adverse
handling, 500AL operates trouble -free without sacrificing broadcast quality.
Model
Stylus
Model
98OLZS
098S
Tracking
Force
to
3/4
grams
11/2
Price
$250.00
NEW PROFESSIONAL CALIBRATION STANDARD SERIES
Stylus Tip: 0.7 mil Spherical Diamond
Cartridge Weight: 5 warns
Model 500E
881S
D81S
1
gram ±1/4
179.00
881E
081E
1
gram
-±-1/4
158.00
gram ± 1/4
147.00
gram ±
126.00
880S
Like the Model 500 AL, ruggedized construction is the major attribute of 500E Cartridge.
Its slightly larger radii than the 500EE and
tougher armature suspension assures excellent life expectancy. Tracks at narrower
range of forces 12 -5 warns) than the 500 AL.
Ideal for broadcast studio and serious home
tape recordists.
Stylus Tip: 0.410.9 mil Elliptical Diamond
Cartridge Weight: 5 warns
E
Model 600EE -For Use with Extra
Light -Tracking Tone Arms
Stylus Tip: 0.7 mil.
Cartridge weight: 5 grams.
Model 500AA Rugged
Model 500E
Widely used both for transcribing by professionals, and for listening by audiophiles.
Stylus Tip: 0.4 x 0.7 mil Elliptical
Cartridge Weight: 5 grams
880E
D80S
1
080E
1
Brush)
CALIBRATION STANDARD (with "Longhair"
681EEE-
Critical Auditioning
Low mass, and small tip radii combine to
achieve the utmost in performance at low
tracking forces. This phonograph cartridge
will outperform most frequency and response
requirements in broadcast system requirements, and the most critical audiophile requirements.
Stylus Tip: 0.3x0.9 mil Elliptical Diamond
Cartridge Weight: 5 grams
06800EEE(S -type)
681EEE
06800EEE
3/4
to
681EE
D6800EE
3/4
to
681SE
D6800SE
681A
06807A
'
D6800SL
680EE
0680
680EL
D6800EL
_1/4
138.00
11/2
grams
116.00
11/2
grams
97.00
to 4 grams
2
to 3 grams
11/2
2 to 5 grams
to
3/4
97.00
88.00
"Longhair" Brush)
680 STEREO STANDARD SERIES (with
680SL
+Y2
gram
g
1
(S -type)
1/4
grams
11/2
2 to 5
grams
109.00
76.00
106.00
'Includes Extra Stylus
BROADCAST STANDARD
Model 681 EEE -The New Calibration
Standard of Excellence in Stereo
Sound Reproduction
Improved tracking at all frequences. Achieves
perfectly flat frequency response to beyond
20 Kc. Dramatically reduced tip mass. New
nude diamond is an ultra miniaturized stone
with only 2/3 the mass of its predecessor.
Stylus assembly of greater durability.
Stylus Tip: 0.2 x 0.7 mil Elliptical Diamond
Cartridge Weight: 5.5 grams.
Model 681EE Critical Listening
For professional listening the 6131EE offers
the highest audio quality obtainable at the
present state of the art. High compliance,
low mass and low tracking force assure minimum wear. Built -in "Longhair" brush reduces noise and protects records. Elliptical
stylus tip eliminates inner-groove distortion
caused by pinch effect.
Stylus Tip: 0.2x0.9 mil Elliptical Diamond
Cartridge Weight: 5.e grams
IJU
HARRIS
500EE
05100EE
500E
D5100E
500AA
D5105AA
500A
05107A
2
to
5
grams
31.50
500AL
D5107AL
3
to
7
grams
31.50
1
to 2 grams
42.50
grams
36.75
2 to 5
1
to
21/2
grams
36.75
BROADCAST STANDARD (High Performance)
600EE
D6003EE
600E
06004E
11/2
600A
D6071A
2
1
to 2 grams
to 3 grams
to 4 grams
For broadcast and any professional applications requiring precise cueing
the Longhair Brush is easily removable without the use of tools
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
62.50
56.50
51.50
161
E"U D) }'s,s REVOX
PROFESSIONAL
AUDIO EQUIPMENT
B67 -2 2 stereo 2- track, with 2 mm track separation,
or 2
with separate erase facilities of track
84800.00
(overlapping erase head), portable
B67 -2 '2 VU portable with VU -meter panel
GENERAL REMARKS
Portable versions to be rack or console mounted
(individual consoles available upon request)
-The machines are suitable for both 50 and 60 Hz
mains supply
-Equalizations CCIR or NAB are Jumper selectable
-Tape speeds 3 75.7.5 and 15ips or 7.5,15 and
30ips, please specify
-Electronic tape timer with positive and negative
reading in real time
-Tape cutter close to replay head
-NAB adaptors included
-Tape reel dimensions up to 101/2
-All console versions are equipped with monitor
speaker in panel above tape transport
-All portable versions have built -in monitor speaker
in tape transport
-
STUDER B67
PROFESSIONAL
TAPE RECORDER
('/4 ")
A compact, efficient machine especially designed for
broadcast studios and outside broadcast vans. Also
ideally suited for television, film and disc recording
studios, theatre applications, and scientific data
recording. Standard features include electronic
counter, tape cutter, PC board for vari- speed, and
Jumper plug switchable CCIR 'NAB equalization.
VU- version includes monitor loudspeaker Also
available as chassis unit, in universal console, or with
VU -meter control unit.
(
Head assembly options: mono, mono /stereo
switchable) stereo 0.75 mm track separation and full
track erase: two -track 2 mm track separation, overlapping erase head and pilottone
311.11111111
$110.00
Varispeed kit for installation in machine including
external 10 -turn pot and components (without
5299.00
extension cable)
Varispeed kit for installation in machine without
3175.00
external components (VCO only)
Varispeed remote control, installed in wooden
cabinet (VCO 1.167.780 must be installed in
5249.00
machine)
Connection cable for above. length 30 ft. (10m)
$4800.00
599.00
$5250.00
Varispeed remote control, Studer standard module
167 780) must be installed in
dimension (VCO
machine)
$210.00
Connection cable for above, length 50 h.
$45.00
(15m) each
$996.00
Tool kit 867
Extender board 64 -pin for amplifier section
B67 -0.755 VUK with VU -meter panel above tape
$6050.00
deck, but for installation in console
B67 -0.75 stereo, 0 75 track separation, full track
$4690.00
erasure, portable
B67 -0.75 VU portable with VU -meter panel
1
35150.00
B67 -0.75 VUK with VU -meter panel above tape deck,
55920.00
but for installation in console
Options
it
Accessories
Transport remote control with 30ft (10m)connection
5210.00
cable mounted in wooden cabinet
Transport remote control. Studer standard module
8175.00
dimension
Connection cable for above, length 50 ft (15m)
B67 -0.755 VU portable, with VU -meter panel
SPEEDS
34237
B
.
...
2/4
2/4
71/2x15
2
51799.00
$1799.00
$1799.00
71/2-15
2
2 4
51799.00
$1899.00
334-71/2
Reels and Adaptors
Series
877 Variable Speed Control
34227
877, 30' Remote Control Cable
9865
9860
34099
877 Operating Manual
7.00
877 Service Manual
$36.00
877 Rack Mount Adaptor (For
5200.00
The Revox 877 Tape Recorder is a blend of precision
engineered mechanical components and sophisti-
cated electronic circuitry. Features include:
3
direct drive, servo controlled motors (2 spooling
motors,
capstan motor)
Integrated drive logic
Full remote capabilities
with tape motion sensor
Tape speeds with variable speed option, 2.5 to 11.0
ips
Reel size, up to 10.5"
Separate headphone
1
volume control
effects
Cage models)
$35.00
Accessories
34007
TRACKS
33/4-71/2
33/4-71/2
5180.00
REVOX B77
TAPE RECORDER
$225.00
5385.00
Rugged transportation case for B67
DESCRIPTION
B77 Std, Cabinet
B77 Std, Cage w. rack adpt
14106
877 HS, NAB, Cabinet
14306
B77 Hs 'NAB, Cage w, rack
adpt
14122/ 14124 877 Std, w "fact. slide sync
s
configurations
-
14102/14104
14302/14304
e
35250.00
B67 -2,'2 VUK with VU -meter panel above tape deck.
55950.00
but for installation in console
B67 -2. 2 VU sync stereo /2 -track with sync facilities,
55900.00
portable. with VU -meter panel
B67 -2.'2 VUK sync with VU -meter panel above tape
$6680.00
deck, but for installation in console
B67 Playback only available upon request in all track
$4250.00
B67 -1 full track. portable
B67 -1 VU portable, with VU -meter panel $4460.00
B67 -1 VUK with VU -meter panel above tape deck, but
$5250.00
for installation in console
B67-1P full -track. neopilottone, portable $4950.00
VU
panel
above
tape deck,
867-1P VUK with
-meter
$6280.00
but for installation in console
B67 -0.75S stereo, 0.75 mm track separation, full
track erasure, switchable to mono operation. portable
MODEL
e
1
44042
44044
44150
44405
45001
45010
42032
42033
Operational Dust Cover, 877
$80.00
Double tracking, echo /delay
Infra -red end -of -tape sensor.
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
45200
46001
46002
46003
Black 101/2" NAB Metal Reel
Silver 101/2" NAB Metal Reel
Empty 101/2" Novodur Reel
Revox Library Case 101/2
Standard NAB Adaptor, Each
Professional NAB Adaptor,
Each
Revox 631 Tape on NAB
Metal Reel 3600' with
Library Case, Black Reel
Revox 631 Tape on NAB
Metal Reel 3600' with
Library Case, Silver Reel
Leader Tape Transparent
1200'
Alignment Tape, 71/2 ips
Alignment Tape, 15 ips
Alignment Tape, 33/4 ips
520.00
$20.00
$9.00
514.00
519.00
565.00
540.00
540.00
520.00
590.00
$90.00
$90.00
a HARRIS
162
REVOX
TELEPHONE HYBRID
to transmit the conversation between the announcer in the
studio and a person being interviewed by telephone, the call has to be
connected to the mixing console. The full conversation is transmitted
since both voice signals are carried on a normal 2-wire telephone line.
However, the voice of the person in the studio is thereby also
transmitted in telephone quality (300 Hz to 3400 Hz). The effect of
directly mixing in the studio the voice signal is that the good and poor
signals are combined. The resulting signal is untrue and distorted.
The quality of transmission can be greatly improved by selectively
suppressing the poor signal. This is done with a hybrid circuit, a
familiar feature in telephony.
The Studer telephone hybrid permits high -quality transmission of
telephone conversations between the announcer in the studio and
outside callers. Apart from connecting to the exchange line the device
functions completely automatically.
The Studer telephone hybrid ensures maximum attenuation of the
studio voice signal in the receiver line. The reason for this very
effective attenuation is that the hybrid automatically constitutes a
dummy load for the line. This automatic adjustment is performed
electronically, the lining being matched as near as possible by
capacitance and resistance. The matching process begins as soon as
voice modulation occurs.
In order
Telephone HYBRID Board 1.915.760 -81
General
The circuit board can also be used in conjunction with existing
installations.
0.775V
1mW at 600 ohms, measured with voice to ASA C 16.5 1942
Lead 8 dB
Supply voltage stabilized
plus /minus 15 V or -22 V
Supply current
33 mA or 28 mA
Transmit circuit
Input sensitivity, adjustable
+ 6dButo + 15dBu
Input impedance
greater than 5kohms
Input Symmetry
greater than 60 dB
Input balanced and floating
Bandpass in transmit circuit producing frequency response
of a telephone capsule
300 Hz to 3400Hz
( -3dB), 12dB /oct.
Transmit level
-13 VU at 600 ohms
Total harmonic distortion
less than 1%
Receive circuit
Input level, nominal
Max. input level
Output sensitivity, adjustable
Output balanced and floating
Output impedance
Load
-13VU at 600 ohms
+3 VU
+ 6 dBu to + 15 dBu
less than or equal to 50 ohms
greater than or equal to 200 ohms
Frequency response:
bandpass
300 Hz to 3400 Hz
(- 3dB),30dB /oct.
Built -in noise generator, level adjustable
Total harmonic distortion
Limiter on output
Threshold fixed
Attack time
Release time (I EC 268 -8)
HARRIS
Hybrid circuit
Input /output balanced and floating
Test voltage
1 kV
DC input /output impedance
1500 ohms
Balancing range R
200 ohms to 2000 ohms
Balancing range C
Oto 0.1 uF
Attenuation; measured with:
sine wave (dummy load)
greater than 40 db
white noise (dummy load)
greater than 30dB
Attenuation on an exchange line, depending on quality
of line (measured with speech)
approx. 20dB
Symmetry
60 dB
Matching is controlled by the voice signal in the transmit
circuit. Threshold adjustable, Range
Oto -25dB
Electronic Telephone Hybrid (Cradle)
19" card frame with built -in power supply, wired for two electronic
telephone hybrids (cradles) and one relay unit
Equipped with one electronic telephone
hybrid (cradle)
$1340.00
Equipped with two electronic telephone
hybrids (cradles)
$1970.00
Balancing Unit
19" card frame with built -in power supply, wired for three stereo
balancing amplifiers.
Equipped with two stereo balancing amplifiers
$1110.00
Equipped with three stereo balancing amplifiers
$1450.00
Option:
less than 1%
at approx. + 16 dBu
approx. 0.5 msec
approx. 0.5 sec.
Plug -in booster amplifier for stereo balancing unit
$21.00
(If the output level of the unbalanced equipment is between 15 and 30
dB below line level, two plug -in booster amplifiers 1.915.905.00 per
stereo balancing amplifier are necessary).
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
163
STUDIO LIGHTING SYSTEMS
Harris offers a wide selection of Television Studio
Lighting equipment engineered and manufactured by
these leaders in the studio lighting field.
STRAND
kilegi
CENTURY
7
Berkey
Colortran
TELEVISION STUDIO LIGHTING PACKAGES
DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT
WALTER S.
BREWER CO., INC.
DIMMING
CONTROL CONSOLES
LIGHTING FIXTURES
LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM
GRIDS
CUSTOM DESIGN
Please contact your
Harris District Sales Manager or the
Harris Quincy Sales Office
for additional information
ACCESSORIES
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
fin
í
HARRIS
164
Technics
PROFESSIONAL
SERIES
TURNTABLES
SP- 10MKII
Broadcast Turntable with
Quartz Phase -Locked
Direct Drive Motor
SP -15
Quartz control provides virtually perfect
speed accuracy (no more than +/- 0.002%
deviation). Direct drive system uses no
belts, idlers or other speed reduction mechanisms, resulting in very low rumble, very
low wow and flutter, outstanding reliability
of the motor. Elaborate servo system provides enormous torque: start -up time is
0.25 second (25° rotation) from standstill
to 33 -1/3 rpm. Electromechanical braking
system brings platter to dead stop in 0.3
second from 33 -1/3 rpm. Heavy (6.4 lb.)
platter, rubber -damped both on top and
underside to resist vibration. High moment
of inertia (130 lb. -in') plus enormous torque
result in high immunity to load-caused
fluctuation -0% speed change with lip to
4.3 lb. -inch load drag. Separately- housed
power supply. Quartz-controlled stroboscope for 3 speeds: 33 -1/3, 45 and 78.26
rpm. Includes remote control for start/stop.
SP- 10MKII
$1100.00
Quartz- Synthesizer Controlled
Direct Drive Turntable
Quartz control provides virtually perfect
speed accuracy. within +/-0.002% of perfect
speed. Quartz synthesizer pitch adjustment
permits up to +/ -9.9% deviation from standard 33 -1/3, 45 and 78.26 rpm speeds, completely under quartz control. Speeds indicated by digital read -out, in 0.1% increments.
High torque provides fast start up -0.4
second from standstill to 33 -1/3 rpm, 5.9
lb. platter sustains high 130 lb. -in' moment
of inertia for superb immunity to transient
load changes. Will withstand up to 2.2 lb. -in
load drag without slow -down. Electromechanical braking system stops platter in
0.4 second. Diecast aluminum base with
"TNRC" (Technics Non -Resonant Compound) on underside to resist vibration.
Platter is rubber -damped on top, underside,
and under rim for insulation against vibrations. Pulsed power supply avoids hum
induction. Pitch -lock mechanism. Wow and
flutter 0.025% WRMS. Rumble -78 dB DIN B.
SP -15
$700.00
SL- 1200MK
II
Disco Drive Direct Turntable
Quartz Direct -Drive Disco Type manual
turntable with tone arm 33 -1/3 + 45 rpm
All quartz -locked variable Slide type Pitch
control ( +/- 8 °%o) Quick start -up and quick
braking
Wow and flutter 0.025% WRMS
Pop -up stylus illuminator Strobe illuminator
Gimbal- suspension tone arm with
variable height adjustment Brushless DC
motor Aluminum diecast cabinet Anti resonant visco- elastic main base $400.00
SH -100
Turntable Accessory
Aluminum Die -Cast, Universal Plug -in
head -shell with calibrated overhang Cursor
and Gold- plated contacts for Technics tone
arms
$20.00
CASSETTE DECK
RS -M95 Cassette Deck
Quartz- locked 2 -motor direct-drive stereo
cassette deck with Dolby
Metal tape capability
Front-load vertical drive
2 color FL
(Fluorescent) bar-graph meters with VU and
instant -peak modes plus peak -hold function
HPF (Hot-pressed ferrite) 3 -head system
4- position separate bias and EQ selectors
Fine, front -panel bias adjustment
Memory: (play/ rewind /stop)
Microprocessor tape counter plus triple -mode
memory
Optional RP- 9690 -P or RP -070
remote control available
Cabinet
Black Metal
$1400.00
RS -M85MK II Cassette Deck
Quartz- locked direct drive stereo cassette
deck with Dolby
Metal tape capability
Front -loaded vertical drive
Direct -drive
capstan motor plus coreless reel meter
FL
(Fluorescent) bar -graph meters with VU and
instant -peak modes
Laminated Sendust
3- position separate bias and EQ
selectors
Fine, front -panel bias adjustment
Full electronic autostop
Full IC logic
control
Memory rewind and timer recording
Remote control available RP- 9690 -P or
RP -070
Black Metal Cabinet
$750.00
(SX) head
fin
SP -25
Quartz Synthesizer Controlled
Direct Drive Turntable
Quartz synthesizer control governs platter
speed in 33 -1/3 and 45 rpm, and in pitch altered modes within +/- 6% of standard
speeds. High torque, tolerates up to 1.3 lb.
in load drag without slow -down.
Electronic braking system stops platter
quickly. Platter is rubber -damped on both
top and underside to resist vibration. Wow
and flutter 0.025% WRMS. Rumble -78 dB
DIN B.
SP -25
$400.00
SH- 15B2/15B3
Bases for Models SP- 15/SP -25
Specially developed bases for use with
SP -15/25 turntables. Each features heavy,
acoustically -inert rubber material for outstanding insulation against vibration. Four
individual spring -loaded feet, tonearm base
and acrylic dust cover are coupled to heavy
rubber material to further suppress transmission of vibrations. "B2" base finished in
simulated rosewood veneer. "B3" finished
in black
SH -10B3 (Base for SP- 10MKII)
$380.00
SH -15B2 (Base for SP- 15/25)
SH -15B3 (Base for SP- 15/25)
HARRIS
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
280.00
280.00
166
Telescript, Inc.
MONITOR PROMPTING SYSTEMS
MPS® Monitor Prompting Systems
The Lever Principle®
setup
5 minutes!
15" 1000
LINE LIGHTWEIGHT MONITOR/
PROMPTERS
Now, a Monitor /Prompter that meets the
demanding requirements of Engineering,
Production and News Departments! Telescript's
lightweight, durable housing, recessed side
mounted connectors coupled with Electrohome's '81 1000 line resolution Monitors
guarantees the TV Industry the ultimate in
ADAPTABILITY, READABILITY, RELIABILITY
AND TILTABILITY.
HOW IT WORKS:
The CounterBalancing Plate that supports the
Monitor and LensView Assembly "sandwiches"
between the camera and the head.
By mounting the head forward on the plate, the
camera is set rearward thus counterbalancing is
achieved.
Counterweights assist lightweight cameras in
counterbalancing.
Riser blocks are provided to reposition the
camera's lens "up" when necessary.
Works beautifully with 2 lb. to 200 Ib. cameras!
SCRIPTS AND TRANSPORT VERSATILITY
Monitor Prompting scripts are typed on a regular
typewriter using standard paper. The Transport's
vidicon camera scans and enlarges the script
which is displayed on the Monitor Prompter. The
TELECUE and the TELESCRIPTOR have the
capability of transporting Titles and Graphics
prepared on material such as art board.
Telescript also offers the TELECUE II which
incorporates all the TELECUE features, plus
Dimmer controlled Back Illumination for the
display of transparencies.
Please contact your
Harris District Sales Manager or the
Harris Quincy Sales Office
for additional information
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
HARRIS
166
TELEX..
PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATIONS
HEADSETS AND STEREO HEADPHONES
STEREO 1325 BROADCAST HEADPHONE
Specifications
CS COMMUNICATIONS SERIES
HEADPHONE /DYNAMIC, MONAURAL
DYNAMIC, STEREO OR BINAURAL
Sensitivity: re: .0002 dynes /cm2 @ mW input @ 1kHz. 105 dB SPL ± 5 dB.
Useable Frequency Response' 50-15,000 Hz
see ordering information
Impedance: 600 ohm or 6000 ohm per side
1
Sensitivity. re. .0002 dynes, cm2 @1 mW input @ 1kHz. 105 dB SPL
Useable Frequency Response: 50-15,000 Hz
Impedance: 600 ohm
Plug Type: 0.25" (6.3mm) 2 conductor, Black
-
5 dB.
CORD AND PLUG TYPE: 12' (3.7m) coil cord. Plug 0.25" (6.3mm) 3 conductor.
$95.00
COLOR: Light tan and green
MICROPHONE
CARBON /OMNIDIRECTIONAL
Frequency Response: 500 -6000 Hz ± 5 dB
Nominal Output (100 ohm load, 12 VDC)
58 dB (1.2mV)
Open Circuit: (1 V /µ13)
Power Level: (1 mW /10µB)
30 dBm
123 dB
EIA Rating:
Impedance: 20 -50 ohm
Plug Type: 0.25" (6.3mm) 2 conductor, Red.
- -
-
DYNAMIC /NOISE CANCELLING
Frequency Response: 100 -8000 Hz ± 5 dB
Nominal Output:
83 dB (70µV)
Open Circuit: (1 V /µB)
Power Level: (1 mW/ 10µB)
63 dBm
155 dB
EIA Rating:
Impedance: 150 ohm
Plug Type: 0.25" (6.3mm) 2 conductor, Red.
- -
-
CORD, LENGTH and STYLE: 6' (1.52m) straight
COLOR: Black and Grey
NOTE: All CS Communications headsets include washable nylon comfort socks
CS -45
Ordering Information
$104.50
MONOSET
HMY -2
HMV -2
125
2000
Model
Impedance
Order By
Catalog No.
TELE -FI
HFV -91
125
HFY -91
18135 -003
18135 -009
2000
CS-61
5104.50
18183 -000
18184 -000
$55.00
SPORTSCASTER HEADSET ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
CS -91
LW -1
Order by Catalog No
63620 -000
63650 -000
63700 -007
Dynamic /Binaural
Magnetic/Monaural
Dynamic/Monaural
105 dB
108 dB
105 dB
50- 15,000 Hz
6000 ohm @ side
Unterminated
100 -5000 Hz
50- 12,000 Hz
3000 ohm
Unterminated
600 ohm
0.25" (6.3mm) 2 conductor, black
Dynamic/
Omnidirectional
Electret/
Omnidirectional
Electret / Noise
Cancelling
TYPE
SENSITIVITY- re: .0002
dynes /cm2 @ 1mW input @
HEARING PROTECTOR
1kHz
USABLE FREQUENCY
RESPONSE
IMPEDANCE
PLUG TYPE
TYPE & PATTERN
FREQUENCY RESPONSE
± 5 dB
NOMINAL OUTPUT
Open Circuit (1V /pB)
Power Level (1mw /10µB)
EIA Rating
IMPEDANCE
PLUG TYPE
CORD LENGTH & STYLE
COLOR
WEIGHT
-
Complete Unit
Special Notes
MODEL
Order by Cat. No.
Headphone
50-15,000
50-15000 Hz
Hz
50-10.000
Hz
-72 dB (250µV)
-50 dBm
-70 dB (3160/)
-48 dBm
150 ohm
Unterminated
150 ohm
Unterminated
6.5' (2m) straight
9.5' (2.8m) straight
dB
150 ohm
0.25" (6.3mm) 2 conductor, red
6.0' (1.8m) straight
-83
dB (70µV)
-61 dBm
-155 dB
-144 dB
-142
Black & Grey
Black
Grey
19 oz. (540 g.)
6.5 oz. (185 g.)
Push-to -cough non locking switch, in -line.
7.0V battery.
19 oz. (540 g.)
Push -Push Talk /cough switch,
in -line, 1.2V battery.
Push -to -cough nonlocking switch, in -line.
HEARING
PROTECTOR
%
$165.00
CS -7
61320 -005
CS11
61320 -006
CS -45
CS -61
CS -75
CS -78
61320-007
61320-008
61320-009
61320-010
1325
61325-002
1325
61325-003
Dual Side
Single Side
Dual Side
Dual Side
Single Side
Single Side
Dual /600 ohm
Dual /6000 ohm
Carbon
Dynamic
Dynamic
Carbon
Microphone
12oz.
15 oz.
18 oz.
18oz.
12 oz.
Weight Complete
(510g)
(425g)
Unit
(340g)
(510g)
(340g)
PT -400 DPDT In -Une switch assembly available for user installation on these headsets.
W HARRIS
12 oz.
(340g)
15 oz.
15 oz.
(425g)
(425g)
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
167
TELEX.
WIRELESS
MICROPHONE SYSTEM
DYNAMIC
HANDHELD
MICROPHONES
ELECTRET
LAVALI ER
MICROPHONE
WLM -100
Though any quality, low- impedance microphone is suitable for use with the
WT -100 transmitter, either the Telex- Turner SE13 or SE14 are
recommended. The SE13 is a cardioid dynamic microphone, whereas the
SE14 is an omnidirectional dynamic microphone. Both are internally shock
mounted to isolate mechanical handling noise. Die cast housings are
finished in satin chrome to retain their fine appearance even under the
toughest handling. An on /off switch can be locked on to prevent
inadvertent switching. Both models are rated at low impedance (150 -200
ohms) and have a frequency response of 50- 15,000 Hz. A microphone
stand adaptor and 20' (6.1m) cable are included so the same microphone
can also be used in conventional wired systems.
The WLM -100 electret omnidirectional leveller microphone is specifically
made for this system. It is one of the smallest microphones in the industry,
ideal for inconspicuous use in live performance, film or video productions.
The WLM -100 is equipped with special anti -noise cordage and LEMO
connector. Three mounting clips (a vertical and a horizontal tie clasp, plus a
tie tack configuration) are supplied with the WLM -100. The microphone
frequency response is 50- 15,000 Hz for virtually transparent, professional
broadcast quality reproduction. It is only'/." (19mm) long with a diameter of
7,6" (11 mm) and weighs only 1 oz. (28g) with a 3' (914mm) cord and
connector.
WIRELESS MICROPHONE SYSTEM ORDERING INFORMATION
PLEASE ORDER BY CATALOG NUMBER
Model
Description
Catalog No.
Price
WT -100 Wireless Transmitter with 4' (1.2m) Mic. cable. Battery not included.
Standard Frequency Group 1*
Standard Frequency Group 2*
Special Frequency Group 3*
WLM -100 Electret Lavalier Microphone with mounting clips
WHM -300 Dynamic Cardioid Transmitter Microphone. Batteries not included.
Standard Frequency Group 1*
Standard Frequency Group 2*
Special Frequency Group 3*
FMR -1 FM Receiver with ac power supply * *. Includes one 5/8 wave omnidirectional antenna
with 25' (7.6m) coax cable and connectors.
Standard Frequency Group 1*
Standard Frequency Group 2*
Special Frequency Group 3*
Omnidirectional 5/8 Wave Antenna with 25' (7.6m) coax cable and connectors
Log Periodic Directional Antenna. Includes carrying case. Coax cable not included
SE13 Dynamic Cardioid Microphone with mic. stand adaptor and 20' (6.1m) cable
SE14 Dynamic Omnidirectional Microphone with mic. stand adaptor and 20' (6.1m) cable
Carrying Case (to hold basic wireless system)
Wall Mount Bracket for 5/8 wave antenna
Mic. Stand Bracket for 5/8 wave antenna
Coaxial Antenna Extension Cable, 25' (7.6m) with connectors
RM -11 Rack mount brackets for single FMR -1 receiver
RM -12 Rack mount brackets for dual FMR -1 receivers
Microphone Extension cables with male 8 female XLR -3 type connectors
25' (7.6m)
50' (15.2m)
100' (30.4m)
63604 -XXX
63604 -XXX
63604 -XXX
63852 -000
www.americanradiohistory.com
370.00
400.00
520.00
120.00
AVAILABLE
IN SPRING '81
425.00
467.50
652.50
63673 -XXX
63673 -XXX
63673 -XXX
63900-000
63910-000
A22013
A22014
57869 -000
63906 -000
63707 -000
63901 -000
94398 -000
92793-001
770.00
800.00
920.00
65.00
220.00
105.00
99.00
140.00
12.00
16.00
18.00
40.00
46.00
92922 -000
92922 -001
92933 -002
57835-000
56647-003
63903-000
35355-074
34.00
50.00
80.00
16.00
TO BE
Heavy Duty, Rechargeable nicad battery for WT-100 transmitter
Heavy Duty, Rechargeable nicad battery for WHM -300 transmitter microphone
Battery charger for WHM -300 nicad battery
Alkaline battery for WHM -300, 4.5 volt (two required)
`Specify desired frequency with order:
Standard Frequencies - Group 1: 154.570 (recommended), 151.625, 151.955 MHz
Group 2: 151.685, 151.745, 151.805, 151.895, 154.515. 154.540, 154.600, 161.670,
161.700 MHz (Four Week Delivery)
Special Frequencies - Group 3: Any desired frequency in the 150 -165 MHz band other than those listed above.
(Eight Week Delivery Estimated)
** 240V ac available Contact Harris for quotation.
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
5
fin
ON REQUEST
ON REQUEST
ON REQUEST
HARRIS
168
TELEX
WIRELESS MICROPHONE
SYSTEM
WHM-300
SPECIFICATIONS
Overall System:
)J)
FMR -1
50Hí
Frequency Response
Signal to Noise Ratio
Total Harmonic 0,110 hon
RF Carrier Frequency
Frequency Stability
Modulation
.
.117
.evalon
F
M
-
15kNt
20B
Better than 80 0B at 100 h 130 5011
LW than 13
150. 174 MHt Standard Frequency 154 570 MHz
.0055 crystal Controller,
50moro-seconds Pre-emphasis compressor expender system
WT -100 Belt Pack Transmitter
On'OR Audo level
Controls
contr. screwdriver adluslable Battery lest Sw,tCh
50 mW Maximum
54F3 12
Modulation
FCC
'imitated Marmoreo and Spurou s Emissrons
Modul"Iron Lund.
WT-100
Antenna
Battery
Opermtln9 Temperature Ranee
u01 Input
Operala
WHM -300 Handheld Transmitter -Microphone
For those who prefer a handheld microphone with integral transmitter,
the Telex cardioid dynamic WHM -300 is the ideal selection.
Transmitter and compressor circuits are integral to the microphone
housing which also serves as the omnidirectional antenna. There are
no unsightly antenna protrusions or trailing wires. Though approximately 5 inches (127 mm) longer than a conventional unit such as the
SE 13, the microphone retains a slim, elegantly tapered appearance.
Both a ball screen and a flat sided screen are supplied with each unit to
instantly change the appearance when desired. Power for the
WHM -300 is supplied by alkaline, mercury or nicad batteries
(optional). Nominal life with an alkaline battery is 24 hours or, with a
rechargeable nicad battery, 8 hours. An on /off switch conserves
battery power when not in use and prevents RF carrier system noise. A
separate audio on /off switch is also provided. The transmitter is single
frequency, crystal controlled (see also ordering information) and
delivers 15 mW maximum RF power for a line -of -sight distance to 1000
feet (300m). The microphone frequency response is 50- 15,000 Hz. The
WHM -300 is FCC type accepted under parts 90 and 74.
WHM -300 Electret Hand Mic with Transmitter
$425.00
63778 -XXX
Std. Freq. Group 1
467.50
63778 -XXX
Std. Freq. Group 2'
552.50
63778 -XXX
Special Freq. Group 3"
WT -100 Belt -Pack Transmitter
The belt -pack battery -operated transmitter is roughly the size of a
package of cigarettes and is easily concealed under clothing. The
WT -100 produces an FM signal up to 50 mW at its assigned crystal
controlled frequency (see also ordering information). A unique 30 dB
compressor circuit provides maximum signal -to -noise ratio and
dynamic range and prevents transmission overmodulation. The unit is
delivered for use with the Telex WLM-100 lavalier microphone, but the
gain is easily adjusted for use with any low impedance microphone.
Separate on /off switches for RF and audio serve to shut off the audio
when desired and to prevent any system noise when the RF carrier is
turned off. The antenna is a simple omnidirectional quarter wave
flexible wire. Standard 9 volt alkaline or nicad batteries (optional)
operate nominally for 5 hours without replacement. A battery test
switch and LED permits checking the battery status at any time.
The standard LEMO connector accepts the Telex WLM -100 electret
lavalier microphone. A 4' (1.22m) adapter cable is provided with each
unit for instant adaptation of any low impedance microphone with a
male XLR type connector. A heavy duty, rechargeable nicad battery is
available at extra cost. The WT -100 is FCC type accepted under parts
90 and 74.
WT -100 Wireless Body Transmitter with 4' 11.2m) Mic Cable.
Battery not included.
Std. Freq. Group 1"
Std. Freq. Group 2"
Special Freq. Group 3"
63604 -XXX
63604 -XXX
63604 -XXX
$370.00
400.00
520.00
The Telex FMR -1 operates as a conventional wireless microphone
receiver when only one antenna is installed, and automatically
operates as a diversity receiver when two antennas are attached to the
UHF type connectors. As discussed earlier, the receiver automatically
phase -shifts the combined signal from two antennas for the best
fin
LIU
HARRIS
Mt 08001,00 50 micro- seconds
pre-em0nasis
Parts 90 and 74
More Ian 30 08 below carrier
Internal compressor
FNaI
woe. 1,4 -wave- ommdnectonal
9 val allWme or mood Not included
40, to
20.0 to 55 C
impedance 1100.1000 ohm dynamo Or electret condenser
bas
.25 mues 170001 line of sight 80 de S. N
1,ns2SSa
541-D173g 7S
2 % 'W o
Soot 11539' Snlppmp 255Da i72Jp
To accepted under
,
L.,.
Rampe
.'
Dimensions
Weight
WHM -300 Handheld Transmitter Microphone
Commis
Modulation
Moroonone
F C
L .terna) omo8 moroohone. AUdlo level scIewmrver adlustable
15 mW Maximum
54F3. 12 kHt 000Mllon 50 moro te0OndS pre- empas0
Integral 0010510 dynamo Ball screen and flat soled screen included
Type accepted under Parts 90 and 74
More Ian 30 dB below m,e,
Integral love, Dorton of case OmnOUeclgnal
9 volt IIWO 4 5 volt alkaline mercury or niCad NOI included
100o11 1300011 line 04 toll, 1008 30 5m 80 dB S'N
- 4F to
130°F
20 C to 55'CI
Internet compressor
Usug Ball screen 2'k -' 0M a 1I %' lop 167mm OM a 2981001 ón91
Using flat side screen IS- OM x I 1 %- long 144 51nm do 2980101 long,
External on un power
RF Power Out
C
Radoted Harmonic and Spurious Em,ssans
Antenna
Battery
Operating Range
Temperature Range
Modulation limiter
Sire
I
FMR -1 Receiver
Less than
RF 500511,vny
Ultimale Ou.Mirig
Antenna input Impedance
I
microvolt for 12 dB SINAD
Better man 90 dB
50 ohm nominal
At least 70 de
90 dB unsoueohed 0, $0ueOhee lyp01
A011MIa0le internal
0 dam 800 ohm 50 dElm 200 ohm selectable with mlela, epanoer
120,240 Vac 5010 Ht 5 wons from Mug -m Dower wpaly lurmsned with FMR-1 'MONO,
12 Vac nominal negalwe ground, 100 Ma
1. Squelch linterall Signal tow - green mont pane,'
Master sudo level,1Gó
Power On light red 'front panel) Power s08m front panel, Mondor mete,. ,eOnt Panel, LinetMC 0.0.11
Ml Iront panel,
50 dam 200 ohm rear panel 0 OBm 800 ohm year Darien Monitor level e
Audio program outoul 3 pm Male RLR Tyoe 50 013m or 0 deco Sw0Chable
Mondor unpatanced phone Rck 0 darn onto 600 ohm ad,wtable from panel
SO 239 antenna WOO - rear
12Voc power receptaote IneOatwe around, rear
Fuse 02 Amp MDL - rear
H 210mmW s 229mmDa 69mmH,
8's-W x9
5 51ós 2 54. Sn1pmn9 7 R. 3 2191
Rerernon
main: 110 Noise
Sauelch Loved
Audio
P ower Regunement
1
l
Contrais
I
i
Connectas
D imensions
W
soll
"D3',
signal -to -noise ratio (patent applied for). For diversity reception, a
minimum distance of 20 feet (6.1m) between antennas is
recommended. An integral logarithmic expander circuit inversely
corresponds to the compressor in the transmitter and restores the
dynamic range of the original audio input up to 90 dB or more.
The FMR -1 is a single frequency, crystal controlled receiver (see also
ordering information). Four helical resonators in the RF front end
insure high selectivity. Dual conversion with crystal control of both
oscillators result in a first I.F. frequency of 4.560 MHz and a second I.F.
frequency of 455 kHz. Each I.F. section is filtered by four tuned
circuits. Exceptional frequency stability, discriminating selectivity and
high sensitivity assure the performance required in professional
applications.
A headphone jack and associated volume control allows monitoring of
the receiver's 600 ohm output line, which is also indicated by a VU
meter. A switch permits inserting a pad to feed conventional low
impedance microphone inputs when desired.
The FMR -1 operates on 120 Vac (240 Vac available) or on 12 Vdc. For
ac operation, an external, calculator type power supply with ground
pin is included. The free standing receiver can also be rack mounted in
single or dual configuration using the optional RM -11 or RM -12
brackets.
FMR -1 FM Receiver with 120 Volt AC Power Supply
5/8 wave antenna.
S770.00
63673 -OXX
Std. Freq. Group 1"
800.00
63673 -OXX
Std. Freq. Group 2"
920.00
63673 -OXX
Special Freq. Group 3"
"Specify desired frequency with order.
-
FMR -1 FM Receiver
LED md1001or
Moroohone 011100 Swdfn
RF Power Out
Group 1: 154.570 (recommended), 151.625,
Standard Frequencies
151.955 MHz. Group 2: 151.685, 151.745, 151.805, 151.895, 154.515,
154.540, 154.600, 161.670, 161.700 MHz. (Four Week delivery).
Group3: Any desired frequency in the 150 -165
Special Frequencies
MHz band other than those listed above. (Eight Week Delivery
Estimated).
-
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
www.americanradiohistory.com
169
Téktronix
COLOR PICTURE MONITORS
690SR Color Picture Monitor
650HR High Resolution Color Monitor
690SR COLOR PICTURE MONITOR
650HR COLOR PICTURE MONITORS
High resolution Trinitron Variable aperture correction Precise
color tracking over full signal range Two switchable inputs isolated
from ground for hum rejection External sync switching capability
Differential (A -B) inputs for sync timing and burst phasing adjustments NTSC, PAL, and Dual Standard versions RGB inputs optional Rapid retrace entire active picture area can be displayed in
underscan Precision decoding- outputs may be used to present
vector displays on X -Y oscilloscopes Unique "blue only ' capability
for optimizing VTR settings
-
-
The Tektronix 650HR Series Color Picture Monitors are designed for
exacting applications where picture quality is particularly important.
The 650HR offers the features and capabilities of earlier Tektronix
650 Series Color Monitors and adds a high resolution Trinitron CRT
and improved decoder. The improved CRT features 50% more
phosphor stripes than before, and the decoder gives wider (1.2 MHz)
bandwidths for even greater detail.
All 650HR Monitors are shipped with rackmounting hardware.
Cabinet version hardware is also included.
650HR -NTSC
650HR- INTSC'RGB
651 HR -PAL
651HR- 1PALRGB
652HR -PALM
652HR -1PALM RGB
653HR -SECAM
653HR- 1SECAMRGB
655HR -NTSG -PAL
655HR -1NTSC PAL.RGB
658Gí! -SECA PAL
856HR- 1SECAMPALRGB
Precise
19V High Resolution Delta Gun Dot Shadowmask CRT
Easy Adjustment in
Convergence within 0.5mm (full screen)
Compensates for CRT
Lockable Drawer Stabilized Color Balance
Wide Adjustment Range in Lockable
Aging Preset Controls
Drawer UL 478, UL 1244, CSA 556B, IEC 348, IEC 435 (') FCC
Electromagnetic Interference Control V) Rugpart 15, subpart J
Resistant to Shock and Vibration
ged Assembly
The 690SR. High resolution, precise convergence and stable color
make it your best basis for subjective picture eveluation. With the
690SR, there's no doubt your picture is a correct rendition of input
signals.
Monitor set -up is simplified. Logical and non -interactive convergence
controls make adjustment a simple, straightforward procedure. And
maintenance needs are minimal. Modular design makes troubleshoot-
-
-
-
-
ing easy.
Its adaptibility makes the 690S R a long -term investment that fits future
needs. New modules will become available as needed to meet both
your own and changing industry requirements.
$7950.00
690SR
9050.00
690SR -01
$5350.00
5545.00
5580.00
5810.00
6120.00
6340.00
6355.00
6570.00
6125.00
6365.00
8980.00
7190.00
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
www.americanradiohistory.com
tin
HARRIS
170
1ktronìx
.
1480 Waveform Monitor
I.a.n,
Y
r.a'
,1
14aOR
WAVEFORM
MONITOp
POONOO
.s
.
rM
6
0...
e
(110).
tit
'
.
II
QÏ
L:,
M..' MT
..
WAVE FORM MONITORS
1480 SERIES WAVEFORM MONITORS
Bright CRT especially suitable for vertical interval testing Advanced measurement modes Amplitude measurement accuracy
approaching 0.2%
Digital selection of line and field Probe input
option 15 line display for VTR applications
There are 1480 Series Monitors for PAL, PAL -M, NTSC, and
SECAM. Dual standard units are also available. The differences
between the monitors in the series are essentially confined to what
lines in the vertical interval are selectable, what vertical amplifier
response modes are available, and to the field selection modes. Dual Standard Monitors automatically recognize the signal standard in use
and indicate that standard on the front panel.
-
NTSC Waveform Monitor
Cabinet Version
$4840.00
NTSC Waveform Monitor
Rackmount Version
4840.00
PAL /NTSC Dual Standard Waveform Monitor'
4955.00
PAL/ NTSC Dual Standard Waveform Monitor'
5325.00
Option 01. 1 Mohm 20 pF Probe Input (probe not included)
Suggested Probe: P6108 10X Probe, 2 m order 010-6108 -03,
3 m order 010-6108-05
245.00
Option 03 With Blank CRT
N/C
Option 04 Tone Wheel Sync (1480C, and 1485C only)
610.00
Option 05 Tone Wheel Sync (1485C only)
610.00
Option 07 Slow Sweep"
405.00
Option 08 SECAM Field Identification
11481C, 1485C and 1485 only)
275.00
1485C/R meets European Broadcast Union Tech. 3221 -E, Guiding
Principles for design of Television Waveform Monitors.
Option 07 satisfies EBU Tech. 3221 -E §3.2.2.
1480C.
1480R.
1485C.
1485R.
528 Waveform Monitor
528A WAVEFORM MONITOR
525/60, 625/50 versions available 5 inch CRT Half rack size
Economical
The Tektronix 528 Waveform Monitor provides bright, easy -to -read
video waveform displays on a 5 in. CRT, yet requires only 5'/A in.
vertical height and '/: rack width mounting space. This compact instrument is especially well suited for monitoring signals from camera
outputs, video system output lines, transmitter video input lines,
closed- circuit TV systems, and educational TV systems. A portable
version is also available (Option 02). Order Option 03 for 625/50 line
systems.
528A Waveform Monitor (for 525/60 standards)
$2175.00
Option 01 (as above less cover)
Less 30.00)
Option 02 )with blue protective cabinet)
65.00
Option 03 (for 625/50 standards)
N/C
(
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Mounting Cradles -A cradle assembly, with associated bezel, lets you
mount the 1480C Waveform Monitor alongside a 9 in. Conrac Picture
Monitor in a standard 19 in. rack. A cradle and bezel are also available
for mounting two 1480s side-by -side.
For mounting 9 in. SNA -9 Picture Monitor (Requires 8% in. rack
space).
014- 0020 -00 Cradle Assembly
$225.00
014 -0023 -00 Bezel, for mounting 1480C on operator's left
225.00
014 -0024 -00 Bezel, for mounting 1480C on operator's right ... 225.00
For mounting two 1480C Waveform Monitors side -by -side (requires
8% in. rack space)
....
014 -0020 -00 Cradle Assembly
014 -0022 -00 Bezel
426 -0309 -00 1480 Cradle Assembly
For mounting the 1480R in a WECO backless rack
-
$225.00
200.00
33.00
Mounting Cradles -A cradle assembly, with associated bezel and
mounting brackets, allows the 528 Waveform Monitor to be mounted
alongside a 9 in. Conrac Picture Monitor, in a standard 19' in. rack.
For Mounting 9 in. SNA -9 Picture Monitor (requires 8% in. rack
space).
014 -0020 -00. Cradle Assembly
6225.00
(Also order the appropriate bezel and brackets for mounting ) (Order
528 or 528 Option 03 for use in this cradle. The cover supplied
with the instrument is required for cradle mounting).
014 -0038 -00 Bezel and Brackets
For mounting 528 on operator's left
$315.00
014-0037 -00 Bezel and brackets
For mounting 528 on operator's right
315.
016 -0116 -00 Panel Assembly
For covering %i of rack adapter when only one
-
-
528israckmounted
016 -0115 -02 Dual Rackmount Frame
fin
uLf
HARRIS
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
11
38.00
180.00
171
Ttktronix
GO4MMTTED TO EXCELLENCE
MI
U ®®
®®® ®
R520A Vectorscope
VECTORSCOPES
141.7
1420 NTSC VECTORSCOPES
Low cost Half rack width Two loop- through inputs Vector
display only External subcarrier input Illuminated
internal
graticule
Each 1420 Series Vectorscope is a compact, half rack width instrument designed for vector display of the chrominance and burst components of the composite video signal. This series provides a low -cost
way to meet basic vectorscope requirements in CCUs, VTRs, and
similar applications. The 1420 is particularly well suited for side -by -side
rackmounting with the Tektronix 528 Waveform Monitor.
It weighs a little over 15 pounds with an optional carrying case.
The internal graticule is designed for the vector display of color bars
and burst.
A special graticule feature allows you to determine gain or phase
errors to reasonable accuracy for many applications
within 2 °.
-
NTSC Vectorscope
Less Cabinet
OPT 01
With Blue Carrying Case
OPT 02
016-0115 -02 Dual Rackmount Frame
1420
$2700.00
-30.00
+ 65.00
+ 180.00
TYPE 602
015.1AV UN.
MI/
OPT 01
OPT 02
OPT 05
OPT 76
520A (NTSC), VECTORSCOPES
MEASUREMENTS
Luminance amplitude Chrominance amplitude and phase Differential phase Differential gain
VECTOR DISPLAYS
The vector display shows the relative phase and amplitude of the
chrominance signal on polar coordinates. To help idenfity these coordinates, the graticule has points corresponding to the proper
phase and amplitude of the primary and complementary colors: R
(Red), B (Blue), G (Green), Cy (Cyan), YL (Yellow), and MG
(Magenta).
DUAL VECTOR DISPLAYS
In dual -channel operation, successive samples of channels A and B
are displayed on a time -shared basis. The switching rate is locked to
horizontal sync, and switching transients are blanked. You can conveniently compare input /output signals from video equipment on
channel A or B for phase and /or amplitude distortion.
r
602
1420 Vectorscope
TIME BASE DISPLAYS
The linear time base operates at the line rate. Color signals may be
demodulated along any desired axis, I, Q, and R -Y, and displayed at
the line rate on a linear time base.
MM.
602 Display Unit
Display Monitor
Without Cabinet
Special Graticule: 8 x 10 CM Outline
Special Graticule: Vector Display
P7 Phosphor
$2645.00
-20.00
+ 50.00
+ 50.00
+ 35.00
520A NTSC Vectorscope (Cabinet)
R520A NTSC Vectorscope (Rackmount)
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
$6675.00
6675.00
M HARRIS
172
GENERATORS
Téktronix
i
.i
rMMIT TED TO EXCELLENCE
R147A NTSC TEST SIGNAL GENERATOR
1900
DIGITAL GENERATOR
R149A NTSC TEST SIGNAL GENERATOR
1900 REMOTE CONTROL UNIT
0
.
1474 NTSC SYNC
1:1
.
0
147A/149A NTSC GENERATORS
1410 NTSC TELEVISION GENERATOR
1470 NTSC
GENERATOR
SIGNAL GENERATOR
1900 SERIES DIGITAL GENERATOR
The 1900 Digital Test Signal Generator and VITS Inserter is designed for state- of -theart performance testing of NTSC video systems and equipment. Available in three
different versions, this generator supports a wide range of transmitter, studio, common carrier, and equipment manufacturing applications. The three 1900 versions
available are the Transmitter Test Set, the Studio Test Set, and the NTC 7 Test Set.
Each version provides a special test signal complement, and all three offer these
unique 1900 features:
increases test signal accuracy and long-term
stability.
PROM memory allows easy signal modification when industry signal formats
change.
SMPTE Color Bars, Sin x/ x, and Multipulse signals facilitate the alignment of color
monitors and enhance testing of frequency response and group delay.
FCC or NTC 7 VITS and VIRS meet most testing requirements and provide a reference signal for automatic video correctors.
Digital signal output allows accurate alignment of D to A converters, while digital
signal input allows alignment of A to D converters and facilitates conversion of user
generated digital signals to an analog format.
RS -232 -C and ground closure interfaces allow wide -ranging remote control functions and application versatility.
$8720.00
1900 Transmitter Test Set (cabinet model)
8720.00
R 1900 Transmitter Test Set rackmount model)
147A and 149A features:
VITS generation, insertion, and deletion Sync and
burst regeneration Program signal protected
Full field test signals independently
selectable from the VITS program
Mav be reprogrammed for new signals Vertical Interval Reference Signal
147A Unique features:
Noise test signal and measurements
149A Unique features:
One unit source of signals required by FCC473-6761f1. for
remote transmitter operation Color bars (when gen- locked to a program signal)
The 147A and 149A are similar NTSC television signal generators that supply all the
test signals commonly used for test and measurement of video transmission systems.
The signals generated are available as full -field composite video test signals and Vertical Interval Test Signals (VITS), which may be inserted on an incoming composite
video signal.
147A. NTSC Signal Generator
$8600.00
R147A. NTSC Signal Generator IRackmountl
8600.00
Opt 01 Remote TV Xmtr. Signal, Except Color Bars
N C
149A NTSC Signal Generator
8600.'
R 149A. NTSC Signal Generator IRackmountl
8600.
Opt 01 International Insertion Test Signals
N/
10 -bit digital signal generation
1470 SERIES NTSC SYNC GENERATOR
The 1470 Sync and lest Signal Generator is a compact economical unit consisting of
a full -color, gen -lock sync generator and also provides a full selection of high quality
test signals. The 1474 also is a full -color, gen -lock sync generator identical in
performance to 1470 but without test signals capability. Among the sync and timing
features of the 1470 and 1474 is the ability to color gen -lock to composite video from
all normal sources including most helical scan video tape recorders. Only 3.5 inches of
rack height is used for the 1470. The 1474 is even more compact at 1.75 inches of rack
height. Both generators are shipped ready to bolt into a 19 inch rack.
1470/1474 SYNC -PULSE GENERATOR
.
(
1410 NTSC TELEVISION GENERATORS
The 1410 Series of NTSC Sync Pulse and Test Signal Generators offers all the
advantages of modularity at prices generally associated with units of single -piece
construction. To suit your specific needs, you may choose from a wide selection of
sync pulse and test signal generator functions to be combined with the mainframe
and color standard of your choice. Should you develop additional test signal requirements in the future, our plug -in card construction insures a quick and easy retrofit for
you. Any combination of four test signal generators driven by one sync pulse
generator is feasible.
PRICING
1410R NTSC Mainframe
1410C NTSC Mainframe
Opt 011 Hz Mainframe
1410
SPG1 NTSC Sync Generator
SPG2 NTSC Genlock Sync Generator
TSG1 NTSC Color Bar Generator
TSG2 NTSC Convergence Generator
TSG3 NTSC Linearity Signal Generator
TSG5 NTSC Pulse and Bar Generator
TSG6 NTSC Multiburst and Video Sweep Generator
TSP1 NTSC Test Signal Switcher/ Convergence Gen
TSP1 Opt 01 Without Convergence
333- 2171 -00 One Wide Blank Panel
fin
HARRIS
51540.00
1540.00
350.00
2060.00
2460.00
1190.00
390.00
965.00
1275.00
1765.00
1220.00
Sub 120.00
1.35
The sync -pulse functions of the 1470 and 1474, like those of other TEKTRONIX
Generators, are of high quality. This generator can operate as a master -sync
generator as as a unit fully or partially timed from external sources. Color gen -lock
capable of locking to helical scan VTR's is a standard feature.
Front -panel pushbutton selection of external synchronization is provided for your
convenience. In external mode the 1470 and 1474 automatically locks on composite
video (1 V), composite sync -4 vl, or reference subcarrier 12 VI. Two front -panel
lights indicate subcarrier and' or sync external lock. Lights out indicate a switch to
internal standard.
(
1470 AND 1474
Full Color Sync Generator with Genlock
Locks to Most Helical Scan VTRS
Simple to Operate
Compact and Economical
Sync and Timing Sign's: Comp
Sync, Comp Blanking, Vertical Drive, Horizontal Drive, Burst Gate, Subcarrier, Black
Burst
1470 ONLY
Test Signals: Black Burst, Color Bars, Staircase Signals, Window, Convergence
Pattern, Multiburst, Red Field, Green Field, Blue Field.
1470 PRICING
1470 Color Sync and Test Signal Generator
Opt01 Without Genlock
$3380.00
Sub -260.
1474 Color Sync Generator
1760.
Opt 01 Without Genlock
Sub-260.
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
173
TIME AND FREQUENCY
T
CT
IILCJ/L
For Television
..
TECHNOLOGY, INC.
Broadcast Monitors
.
MODEL 701 Frequency and Modulation
The Model 701 is an all- solid -state broadcast monitor optimized for off- the -air or on -site
monitoring of all VHF and UHF broadcast transmitters. Digitally settable peak flashers display
plus and minus aural modulation peaks simultaneously. Frequency measurement accuracy
can be calibrated directly against NBS with a WWV receiver.
Additional features include an illuminated meter scale, remote meter and flasher outputs,
optional SCA output and built -in high accuracy aural modulation calibrator. Sensitivity is
250 uV. FCC type approved.
MODEL 702 Aural Modulation
Model 702 is the modulation only version of Model 701. All features including digitally settable
peak flashers, built -in modulation calibrator, remote meter and flasher outputs, illuminated
meter scale and a 250 uV sensitivity are included. Model 702 is specifically designed for
those applications not requiring frequency monitoring. FCC type approved.
MODEL 701 TV Frequency and Aural Modulation
Monitor, Rack Mount
$6825.00
Specify Channel and Offset
Option 02 Alarm (frequency and modulation)
$480.00
Option 03 SCA Output
$455.00
'Option
07 CCIR Format
Option 08 Spare Parts Kit
$950.00
$675.00
MODEL 702 TV Aural Modulation Monitor, Rack
Mount
53500.00
Specify Channel and Offset
Option 02 Alarm (modulation only/
Option 03 SCA Output
Option 05 Spare Parts Kit
$225.00
$455.00
Option 06 CCIR Format
$850.00
MODEL
Panel
For AM Broadcast
..
Remote
Meter and
Peak
Flasher
$450.00
.
MODEL 753 with 754 Preselector
ï,
I
:11=-01
Direct off -the -air operation
Accuracy better than 1%
Excellent transient response (no overshoot)
Fast, accurate competitive comparisons
Built -in modulation calibrators
Digitally settable modulation peak flashers
tt1111011111i
MODEL 753 AM Modulation Monitor
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
704
$450.00
03 10 kHz Whistle Filter
04 30 Hz Telemetry Lowpass
05 Absence -of- Modulation Alarm
06 230 VAC
07 Spare Parts Kit
1
$1255.00
$300.00
$225.00
$250.00
S 50.00
$195.00
TFT Model 753 not only makes extremely accurate AM proof -of- performance measurements,
but with the Model 753 Preselector addition, it allows you to monitor local competitors at the
touch of a button and accurately measure modulation and carrier frequencies. Built -in high
accuracy allows you to modulate the transmitter to the maximum legal limits of + 125% and
-100% in absolute confidence.
As with all TFT broadcast monitors, operation is simple and precise. Just dial in the appropriate frequency, set the carrier level and get instant read -out at the touch of a button. Digitally settable modulation peak flashers are also provided and are activated when modulation
exceeds pre -set limits. Key features of the Preselector include frequency synthesized digital
tuning, digital readout of frequency error and a unique IF filter design for optimum off -the-air
modulation monitoring. Model 753 FCC type approved.
MODEL 755 Preselector
The Model 755 Preselector is essentially the same as the Model 754, without the frequency
measurement, and has one set of thumbwheel selectors. With a TCXO timebase option, the
Model 755 can be used for carrier frequency monitoring by using an external frequency
counter that has an accurate time base.
MODEL
754 AM RF Preselector with Freouencv
Readout
$1735.00
Option 01 Narrow Band Filter
$425.00
Option 04 Spare Parts Kit
$250.00
'MODEL 755 AM RF Preselector (Modulation
Only)
$895.00
Option 01 Narrow Band Filter
Option 03 Spare Parts Kit
MODEL 704E Remote Meter
$425.00
S150.00
and
ers
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
'Not
Peak
Flash $425.00
Field Installable
frl
UlIJ HARRIS
T
174
T
IIIlJ/
TIME AND FREQUENCY TECHNOLOGY, INC.
For FM Broadcast
..
Broadcast Monitors
.
MODEL 763 with 764 Preselector
Model 763 provides the same features of FM broadcast monitoring as Model 753 does for AM.
In addition, both stereo and SCA monitoring capability can easily be added on. A high sensitivity preselector can also be added to Model 763 to provide fast, accurate off- the -air monitoring of local broadcast stations.
A full complement of modular plug -in options lets you tailor the 763 Monitor to your precise
operational needs, building capability as you grow. All controls and calibrations are highly
precise and easy to operate. Accuracy is within %. FCC type approved.
rrr
1
MODEL 724A Stereo Monitor
The Model 724A is designed for use with Model 763 to provide all stereo monitoring requirements and proof -of- performance measurements. In addition to the latest linear and digital ICs,
computer designed filters provide highly accurate separation and crosstalk measurements.
With the Model 724A, you can make complete measurements of right channel modulation,
left channel modulation, channel separation, crosstalk between main and sub channels, L + R,
L -R, 38 kHz carrier suppression and 19 kHz injection level. Superior separation measurements
are achieved through the use of a phase -locked -loop (PPL) to regenerate the 38 kHz suppression carrier from the 19 kHz pilot carrier. FCC type approved.
MODEL 730A SCA Monitor
Il
....
With Model 730A you can make complete and accurate measurements of injection level,
modulation, S/N ratio and crosstalks. All measurement modes are selected by convenient
front panel pushbuttons and, for added convenience, a 50 dB pushbutton meter attenuator is
included. Furthermore, a wideband input is provided which allows you to make unrestricted
distortion and frequency response measurements of the base band signal at the transmitter.
Model 730A also offers the user a choice of carrier frequencies for monitoring either the 41
kHz or 67 kHz subcarrier or other specified frequencies. When two subcarrier frequencies are
included, selection is made by a front panel pushbutton. FCC type approved.
MS:'
u
FM PRODUCTS
MODEL 763 FM Modulation Monitor (Specify Frequency)
$1760.00
Option 04 Absence -of- Modulation Alarm ..$250.00
$ 50.00
Option 06 230 VAC
S250.00
Option 07 Spare Parts Kit
'MODEL 764A FM Preselector with Frequency Read$1825.00
out, Tunable
S295.00
Option 03 Spare Parts Kit
'MODEL 765A FM Preselector (Modulation Only),
$1315.00
Tunable
5200.00
Option 02 Spare Parts Kit
'M0DEL785 Single Channel FM Preselector S465.00
MODEL 704F Remote Meter and Peak Flasher
S425.00
Panel
MODEL 724A Stereo Monitor
Option 01 Spare Parts Kit
MODEL 704C Remote Meter Panel
MODEL 730A SCA Monitor, 67 kHz
Option 01 SCA Channel (41 kHz)
Option 02 Spare Parts Kit
Option 03 for Direct FSK
Option 04230 VAC
MODEL 704B Remote Meter Panel
$1885.00
S225.00
$500.00
2075.00
$210.00
S195.00
$200.00
$50.00
S425.00
Not Field Installable
For Emergency Broadcast
..
.
MODEL 760 EBS System
.
;...
we
1
The Model 760 EBS System is designed for broadcasters to meet parts 73.940, 73.941 and
73.942 of the FCC Rules and Regulations for decoding and encoding the two -tone EBS alert
signal. The modular construction of the system provides for maximum versatility and consists
of a cabinet assembly, AM or FM receiver, two -tone decoder and two -tone generator. Two or
three of these modules can be combined into a cost -effective operational EBS System. FCC
type accepted and certified.
EBS PRODUCTS
MODEL 760-1A AM Receiver / Encoder / De$875 00
coder
MODEL 760 -1B Single Channel FM Receiver /Encoder /Decoder
S875.00
HARRIS
MODEL 760 -1C Dual Channel FM Receiver /Encoder/
Decoder
S925.00
MODEL 760-3 Encoder /Decoder
S660.00
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
175
TI C rT7
JILCJIí_
TIME AND FREQUENCY TECHNOLOGY, INC.
Digital Telemetry/
Control System
The new Model TFT 7601 now makes it
possible for any broadcaster to enjoy the
accuracy and reliability of full DIGITAL REMOTE CONTROL with a minimum budget.
Complete digital command plus telemetry
provides up to 10 control functions and 10
telemetry functions with minimum guesswork and operator error.
0
Digital Telemetry/Control and
Direct Control /Status Monitoring
Start with
stand -alone, 10- channel TELEMETRY and RAISE /LOWER system that's
price- competitive with less versatile analog
systems. Then, if you want, add up to 70
more channels of RAISE /LOWER plus up to
30 channels of direct ON /OFF control and
up to 30 channels of STATUS /ALARM
monitoring. You can even add a microprocessor- controlled multi -channel data display
that gives you a digital readout of 30 simultaneous meter readings. Automtic logging
is also available, as is a provision for external
control by a computer, an A.T.S. monitor or
similar devices. All components, both at the
control point and the remote point, fit in a
standard 19 -inch rack.
a
pK.1M
TFT
MODEL 7601 10- channel Raise and Lower functions
plus 10 channels of digital telemetry, consisting of a
control terminal and a remote terminal
$3095.00
Option 01 Sub -carrier (SCA) Detector, for FM use
67 kHz. Other frequencies from 26 kHz to 185
kHz available. Mounts within 7601 Control or
Remote Terminals. (specify frequency) ..5225.00
Option 02 Sub -carrier (SCA) Generator; for FM
USE 67 kHz. Other frequencies from 26 kHz to
185 kHz available. Mounts within 7601 Control or
Remote Terminal. (Specify frequency) ..$225.00
Option 03 Components for Remote Terminal Extender Cable
$ 75.00
Option 04 Spare Parts Kit
5375.00
Option 0510 channel Status Light
615.00
MODEL 7601 -C Control portion only of 7601 system
$1550.00
MODEL 7601R Remote portion only of 7601 system
$1860.00
tM
c.petrplMAYrMrK
TFT
Parallel BCD Data Output Cable Kit (for 7610C Control
Terminal)
Option 05 (7100 -2720)
$75.00
Components for Remote Terminal Extender Cable
Option 06 )7100 -2740)
$455.00
Spare Parts Kit
®s
MODEL 7610 -C
Control portion only of 7610 system
$2000.00
MODEL 7610 -R
Remote portion only of 7610 system
52400.00
'
Model 7610 -C Control Unit
MODEL 7620 -R
Channel Expander (10 channels)
$1235.00
Option 01 17100 -2760)
Spare Parts Kit
5175.00
Option 02 (7100 -27201
Components for Remote Terminal Extender Cable
$75.00
¡I
I
1.1.110
r
I
Model 7610 -R Remote Unit
MODEL 7630R
Channel Expander (20 channels)
MODEL 7610
$3995.00
channel RAISE /LOWER Plus 10 channel Telemetry
digital remote control system. Expandable by adding
Model 7830, 7832, 7620R, 7630R to a 110 -channel
system
10
Option 0117100 -2610)
$225.00
Sub -carrier (SCA) Detector; for TV application,
specify 39 kHz, for FM 67 kHz. Other frequencies 26
kHz to 185 kHz available. Mounts within 7610 Control
or Remote Terminal.
(specify frequency)
Option 0217100 -2620)
$225.00
Sub -carrier (SCA) Generator; for TV use, specify 39
kHz; for FM, 67 kHz. Other frequencies 26 kHz to 185
kHz available. Mounts with 7610 Control or Remote
terminal.
Option 03(7100 -2650)
$225.00
BCD parallel data inputs (for the Remote Terminal)
Option 0417100 -27301
$125.00
$1760.00
Option 01 (7100 -2760)
Spare Parts Kit
$250.00
Option 02 (7100 -2720)
Components for Remote Terminal Extender Cable
$75.00
M f1111111111111111 M
Model 7830 -C
Status On /Off Control System
MODEL 7830
$2485.00
(Formerly 7615)
Direct ON /OFF Control and Status monitoring
Option
01 (7100 -3080)
Spare Parts Kit
Option 02 (7100 -3130)
Momentary Switch Kit
I
5325.00
M
$45.00
MODEL 7830 -C
Control portion only of 7830 system
$1240.00
MODEL 7830 -R
Remote portion only of 7830 system
51490.00
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
11111/11l11l111
11
III
Model 7830 -R
Status On/Off Remote System
'Not
Field Installable
OD
HARRIS
176
mcm
TIME AND FREQUENCY TECHNOLOGY, INC.
J/LCJ1f
li
II
'1 1 1 1 1'r 1i 1 1 1 1,, 1 1 1
T F T rArkeY
STATUS AND DIRECT CONTROL. MODEL 1815-C
MODEL 7815
Fully Digital Remote Control and
Status Monitoring System
The TFT Model 7815 is a remote control and status monitoring
system using digital data transmission techniques. It is intended for
the remote control and monitoring of electrical apparatus including
broadcast transmitters via a 3 kHz communications link. The system
consists of two compact units; one for the control point and one
for the remote point. The Control Unit has 15 independent front
panel toggle switches for easy control of 15 different ON /OFF
functions. A momentary action switch, with inter -locking capability,
is available on any one of the 15 positions if specified when ordering.
The 7815 also includes 15 Status Channels, each with its own independent LED status indicator. The Remote Unit has the identical
number of channels and indicators and also has a Local Control
switch for on -site operation. Each toggle switch on the front panel
of both Control and Remote Units commands an individual, electronically latched relay. Relay contacts are Form A floating from
ground and are rated for AC or DC at 50 watts each. Either a
switch closure or a change in logic level at the input of each channel
(on the rear panel of the Remote Unit) will trigger the status monitoring circuitry and cause the appropriate LED indicator to turn on. Any
ON /OFF combination of up to 15 channels can occur. The 7815 uses
FSK data transmission techniques and transmits full duplex (simul-
taneously in both directions) via telephone line. Data modems are
also built -in, and both control and status information are updated
approximately every 300 milliseconds.
Data integrity, is maintained by a unique system of "double scan/
compare" logic. In operation, each command digital word is sent
twice via the data modem, and both words are compared, bit for bit,
in parallel. The output register is then updated only if every bit
matches. This virtually eliminates the possibility of error in the control
functions. The Model 7815 can be operated without telephone lines
by using external subcarrier genertors and demodulators for interconnection. Both the Remote and Control Units of the 7815 System
are housed in 3'/: inch high rack-mounted enclosures. Barrier strips
are provided on the Remote Unit for status input and control output
connections.
Accessory Equipment
-
Model 7830, Channel Expander
By connecting one or two Model
7830's to the Model 7815 the control and status channels may be
extended to 30 or 45 each, respectively. The specifications of the
Model 7830 are the same as that of the Model 7815. Digital data of
the 7830 is transmitted via the UART and FSK modems in the
Model 7815.
Model 7616, Manual Site Selector
For manually selecting one of
the sixteen sites.
-
MODEL
Option 01 (7100-3050C) 17100 -30608)
Time Share Capability
Consult Factory
Option 02 (7100 -3100)
ADS -01
Alternate Data Path Selector
Spare Parts Kit
$1575.00
MODEL 7815 -R
Remote portion only of 7815 system
Option
$45.00
MODEL 7832 -C
Control portion only of 7832 system
MODEL 7832 -R
Remote portion only of 7832 system
HARRIS
CSA -01
Chopper Amplifier
DESCRIPTION
PRICE
To provide full compliance with FCC Rules by monitoring 4 critical parameters:
aural plate voltage, aural plate current, aural power and visual power
$795.00
Switch from SCA to phone line when invalid data is detected from either the
Control or the Remote terminal. Both local and remote units are included.
Single ADS also available
$1075.00
To provide isolation from
a floating
circuit to
a
grounded circuit. DC gain is also
provided.
$350.00
PLC -01
Power -to- Linear Converter
To linearize power readings from log scale to linear scale.
$450.00
$1885.00
TLK -01
Tower Light Monitor
To monitor AC line current
$150.00
$2365.00
LVK -01
Line Voltage Monitor
To monitor AC line voltage
$150.00
To monitor plate voltage up to 20 kv
$150.00
To monitor temperature of air or components
$195.00
01 17100 -31501
Spare Parts Kit
FSU -01
Fail Safe Unit for TV application
$360.00
Option 03 (7100 -3130)
Momentary Switch Kit
MODEL 7815 -C
Control portion of 7815 system
MODEL 7832
32 Channel Status /Alarm
GB
REMOTE CONTROL INTERFACING ACCESSORIES
MODEL 7815
Status and Control System with 15 ON /OFF control
and 15 status indication channels, consisting of a
Control and Remote unit.
$3145.00
$295.00
$1185.00
PVK -01
Plate Voltage Monitor
TSK -01
Temperature Sensing Kit
MBB -01
Isolation amplifier (High Voltage)
$1350.00
For monitoring voltage and current at 10 kv above ground and translate reading
in reference to ground voltage
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
to suit the input of the Remote Terminals $195.00
T
C /T7
JILCJIL
177
TIME AND FREQUENCY TECHNOLOGY, INC.
7700 SERIES
STUDIO TRANSMITTER LINK
950 MHz
7700 Series' Outstanding Features
TFT's 7700 Series STL represents the most advanced technology
available in studio transmitter links. Several outstanding features
include:
HIGH QUALITY SOUND. Ultra- linear phase characteristics of receiver IF filters combined with a low noise RF amplifier provides a 70
dB signal -to -noise ratio. You also get 40 dB stereo separation from
50 dB crosstalk between main and sub 50 Hz to 15 KHz with
channels.
ADJUSTABLE POWER OUTPUT. Adjustable power of up to 12
watts was chosen to meet your exact power requirements. It
compensates for degradation over long and difficult transmissions.
Five Different Systems to Choose From:
The 7700 Series STL provides the flexibility of five different systems.
single composite transmitter and receiver.
System A
composite transmitters and receivers with one unit as
System B
hot standby, including fault sensing and automatic
changeover circuitry (splitter provided).
transmitter and monaural receiver.
System C
transmitters and monaural receivers with one unit as
System D
hot standby, including fault sensing and automatic
changeover circuitry.
dual transmitters and monaural receivers for separate
System E
-
left and right channel transmission. Power combiner
and splitter are provided.
FREQUENCY STABILITY. Frequency accuracy and stability are provided by a fully frequency- synthesized transmitter.
SECURITY. We've built security in with
a
fully redundant receiver
and transmitter, both with automatic transfer and alarm.
MODULAR DESIGN. Construction modules designed into the transmitter, receiver, and mainframe contribute to low maintenance costs
and ease of field servicing.
SERIES 7700 TRANSMITTER
High output power. The 12 -watt output generates more useable
signal for long or difficult transmission paths and provides higher
fade margins.
trii tl4lYHF
M neglIMMINIIIIIPen
SERIES 7700 RECEIVER
Crystal controlled multiple conversion superheterodyne design.
This provides selectivity, gain and gain stability in the receiver.
Low noise RF amplifier. A high gain, low noise 950 MHz RF
amplifier achieves a 60 dB S/N ratio at less than 40 uV.
Pulse-counting discriminator. A unique pulse- counting discriminator circuit provides ultra -linear FM demodulation to achieve low harmonic and intermodulation distortion.
Automatic receiver changeover. Switching to the hot stand -by
receiver is done automatically if a failure occurs.
Remote operation and status check. Studio engineers can interrogate the receiver over existing remote control equipment to determine receiver changeover and ascertain which is operational. Receiver switching can also be done by remote command.
Wide and narrow bandwidth IF. Both wide band and narrow band
IF are available for either composite or monaural applications.
Space- saving design. Adding a hot stand -by receiver to the system
does not require additional rack space. Similarly, the automatic
transfer module for the hot stand -by circuitry and components fits
conveniently in the receiver mainframe.
3 to 12 watts,
Adjustable output. Power can be adjusted from
allowing you to meet your exact requirements.
Fully protected. The output is fully protected against short circuits
and high VSWR.
Outstanding frequency stability. Frequency synthesized carrier
provides frequency stability of + / -1 ppm /year as well as making it
easier to change operating frequencies in the field.
Excellent signal -to -noise characteristics. The 7700 Series transmitter uses a frequency mixing technique and a single frequency
doubler, unlike conventional STL transmitters which multiply the
modulated signal several times to obtain the output carrier frequency. This results in a 14 dB improvement in S/N ratio over
typical consecutive frequency multiplication systems.
Handles two additional subcarriers. Two FM subcarriers can be inserted in addition to the main and stereo channels.
No subcarrier beats. 19 KHz harmonically related subcarrier
frequencies were chosen to eliminate subcarrier intermodulation
products.
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
í
HARRIS
178
TIME AND FREQUENCY TECHNOLOGY, INC.
7700 SERIES
STUDIO TRANSMITTER LINK
950 MHz
EQUIPMENT SELECTION CHART FOR TFT 7700 SERIES
STUDIO TRANSMITTER LINK
RECEIVER SPECIFICATIONS
RECEIVER MAINFRAME
MODEL 7771 OPTIONS
RECEIVERS
Design Approach
crystal controlled
...... 50n. type N female connector
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensitivity (with de-emphasis networks)
Monaural (Model 7701)
less than 2k V for 20dB quieting
less than 20 pV for 60 dB signal to noise ratio
less than 2u V for 20dB quieting
less than 40 pV tor 60 dB signal to noise ratio
Composite (Model 7703)
Selectivity
Monaural (Model 7701)
3
d
BO DB
Composite (Model 7703)
I.
F. B.W.
approximately 170 kHz
I.F B.W. approximately
greater than 60 dB
Lira Power
115/230 V, 50-60 Hz. 25 watts
Dimensions (dual receiver and changeover module)
5.25' (13.3 cm)
.
A
19"(48.3 cm)
x
Useable
Multiplex
30 Hz -15 kHz
Level
+10dBm
7703
MONAURAL
RECEIVER
COMPOSITE
RECEIVER
WITH
OPTION
WITH
OPTION
WITH
OPTION
01
02
03
C
SINGLE MONAURAL
I
D
DUAL MONAURAL
(WITH ONE AS
HOT STANDBY)
2
2
Baseband
Composite
Multiplex
MODEL
2
I
I
1
I
I
1
1
E
PARALLEL
OPERATION)
ON
13"(33 cm)
I
2
30 Hz -75 kHz
MODEL 7701 Monaural Receiver with narrow band IF
7703 Composite Receiver with wide band F
7771 Basic receiver mainframe with mete ing required with each system
OPTION 01 A relay module for auto switching to hot standby receiver
OPTION 02 A power splitter for parallel operation of dual monaural receivers and transmitters
OPTION 03 A balanced audio output at is 10 dBm (monaural only)
Balanced or
Type of
Impedance Unbalanced Connector
6000
0.53 VRMS
110 kHz24 0 kMx
1.23 VRMS
(0 VU)
0.53 VRMS
Balanced
Strip
MODEL
7700 STL SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS
60015
Unbalanced
BNC
940 - 960 MHz
Baseband Frequency Response (program audio)
ï H000
r"
6000
Unbalanced
Unbalanced
BNC
BNC
0.1 dB from 50 Hz to 60 kHz
0.5 dB from 20 Hz to 75 kHz
0.2 dB from 30 Hz to 15 kHz
Monaural
Harmonic and Intermodulation Distortion (program audio)
Composite
0.2% at 1 kHz
from 30 Hz to 60 kHz
0.2% at I kHz
0.3% from 30 Hz to 15 kHz
0 35%
Monaural
AURAL STUDIO -TRANSMITTER LINK AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT
950 MHz SERIES 7700
-
SYSTEM A: STL
all solid state composite transmitter and receiver, including
self contained power supplies, crystals and tested to operating frequency.. $5495.00
SYSTEM B: STL
all solid state composite transmitter and receiver with "HOT"
standby transmitter and receiver with automatic switching, including self contained
power supplies, crystals, and tested to operating frequency
$12,195.00
SYSTEM C: STL
all solid state single channel transmitter and receiver including
self contained power supplies, crystals, and tested to operating frequency. $5195.00
SYSTEM D: STL
all solid state single channel transmitter and receiver with HOT
including self constandby transmitter and receiver with automatic switching
$11,595.00
tained power supplies, crystals and tested to operating frequency.
-
-
I
2
Frequency Range
18 kHz -32 kHz
7770
DUAL CHANNEL
Composite
Composite
MODEL
77W
r
DUAL COMPOSITE
(WITH ONE AS
HOT STANDBY)
DEMODULATED OUTPUTS
Bandwidth
MODEL
7701
SINGLE
COMPOSITE
MODEL DESCRIPTIONS
x
MODEL
B
1.4 MHz
3 dB I. F. B.W. approximately 320 kHz
80 dB I.F. B.W. approximately 2.4 MHz
Image Refection
Monaural
AUTOMATIC
TRANSMITTER
CHANGE -OVER
MODULE
Superheterodyne, multiple conversion.
Antenna Input
Monaural
Baseband
TRANSMITTER
Signal to Noise Ratio
(75 uses de- emphasis)
greater than 70dB
Crosstalk (main to subchannels
subchannels to main)
greater than 50 dB from 50 Hz to 15 KHz
Stereo Separation (minimum)
45 dB at KHz
40 dB from 50 Hz to 15 KHz
1
Modulation Capability
Composite or monaural baseband
Multiplex channel
Total system modulation 100 %)
direct Iequency modulation
... ...
-101Cto50'C
Operating Temperature
48 kHz
12 kHi
60 KHz
-
-
SYSTEM E: STL
all solid state dual single channel transmitters and receivers for
separate left and right channel, including self contained power supplies, crystals and
tested to operating frequency
$10,395.00
STL ANTENNAS, COAXIAL TRANSMISSION LINE AND CONNECTOR KITS
ANT -450 Scala Paraflector Antenna for 960 MHz, 19.64 dB gain over dipole, type N
female connector, universal mounting for vertical or horizontal polarization, fully
anodized
$350.00
ANT -960 Scala Miniflector Antenna for 960 MHz, 16.14 dB gain over dipole, type N
female connector, universal mounting for vertical or horizontal poliarization, fully
anodized. Not recommended for congested areas
$175.00
COX -01 Heliac LDF4 -50 TransmissionLine h" foam Dielectric, 50 ohm jacketed.
$1.12 per foot
KTL -01 Connector Kit
for LDF 4-50 includes two Type "N" connectors (female
connectors normally supplied) and two 3' RG -B /U pigtail assemblies. ONE KIT
REQUIRED FOR EACH ANTENNA
$65.00
COX -02 Heliax LDF5 -50 Transmission Line 7/8" air Dielectric 50 ohm jacketed.
$2.94 per foot
KTL -02 Connector Kit
for LDF5-50 includes two type "N" connectors (female
connectors normally supplied) and two 3' RG-8 /U pigtail assemblies. ONE KIT
REQUIRED FOR EACH ANTENNA.
$102.00
Trademark Andrew Corporation
-
-
í Li
TRANSMITTER SPECIFICATIONS
RF Output Power (adjustable)
< 3.5 to 12 watts
500. type N female connector
Output Connector
Frequency Stability (Aging)
I ppm /year
Frequency Accuracy
.0001% (0'C to 50'C1
.0005 %( -10'C to 0'C)
Non -Harmonically Related Spurious
Signals
greater than 65 dB below carrier
Harmonically Related Spurious
Signals
greater than65 dB below carrier
AM Noise
greeter than 70 dB below carrier
Modulation Inputs:
Monaural (for 48 kHz frequency
deviation)
Composite for 48 kHz frequency
deviation)
Multiplex (for 12 kHz frequency
deviation)
...
...........
Lire Power
Dimensions
MARRIS
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
1
...
...
24 VRMS
t. 24 VRMS
0.53 VRMS
-
....1151230
.. 5.25')13.3 cm)
x 19
V. 50-60 Hz. 70
watts
"148.3 cm)x 13 "(33 cm)
179
TOWERS
AM TOWERS
FM TOWERS
TV TOWERS
SINGLE SOURCE FOR:
ENGINEERING
TOWERS
ERECTION
MICROWAVE TOWERS
WORLD
gta;nless, i nc.
TOWER
MAYFIELD, KY.
COMPANY, INC.
ATLAS
lied
COMPANY
T9WFR
owei
Unarco -Rohn
Kline Iron & Steel Co.,Inc.
CONTACT YOUR HARRIS DISTRICT SALES MANAGER OR THE HARRIS QUINCY SALES OFFICE
La;
HARRIS
One Source For
All Your Broadcast
Equipment Needs
THE BROADCAST DIVISION OF THE HARRIS CORPORATION IS DEDICATED TO SERVING THE
REQUIREMENTS OF THE BROADCAST INDUSTRY. IF YOU HAVE PARTS OR EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS
NOT INCLUDED IN THIS CATALOG CONTACT YOUR HARRIS DISTRICT SALES MANAGER OR THE
HARRIS QUINCY SALES OFFICE.
-
tfinu
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
HARRIS
180
E
TROMPETER
ELECTRONICS
INC.
Standard Coax
Patching Systems
Plugs
Cable Assemblies
&
e
Patch Panel
Cable Connec to,.
PATCH PLUOBICrMNPE
Patch Cora
PLICO
A 2110'
B=
A277'
A293'
10010
070 pm IRCAI
090 pin IWE1
PLIWGN
FIG. 2
57"
t
A=252" 8=129"
A
F1.ed Parallel Networ4
7-38.
FIG.
looping Plug
1
ADAPTER PLUG (SOC)
API
070 pin IRCAI
AUIW
090 pin IWEI
FIG. 3
m)
A
B
Jacks: Single /Dual
Introduction:
T
1
FIG. 7
070 pin IRCAI
090 pin IWEI
Usable whenever cable entry
desired
es
on
place o, standard
connectors
PAR
IP
J3
JSW
(INC)
FIG. a
070 pm IRCAI
090 pin IWEI
Rear males won Trompeter P420
BNC Pug
LOOPING PLUG
C
N
WESTERN
ELECTNC
%
3WE -N
Patch Jack
Single
Cable'
Patch Jack Single
BNC
CMCUIT
FN
31
ISeltterminahnel
JtOW-R'
LPLZ
LPLWZ
A 376'
070 pin IRCAI
090 pin IWEI A
=350'
FIG. 4
B=
8
1
55"
=125'
070 pin
i50. 75 93 onml
ISO 75 93 ohm.
I.:.
FIG. 5
7
Standard
NC Available
FIG. 9
J1
100'
C =
LPW.z
PCLZ
PCWLZ
FIG
J30
J3W0
Patin Jack Single
5oder Pot
J13R'
J13WR
Patch JOGS Srngk
Sen Ierrniruting
BNL Standard
Patch Jack Single
Sell terminating
Cable' Gimped
Dual BNC Standard
Single
Not
CABLE ASSEMBLY
Shown
PATCH JACK IBNCI
625'
=
LPZ
PATCH CORD
PIC
Ilea ENTRY
FUNCTION
J3W
J3
series or any standard
NO
RCA
J. il
186"
Jtx W'
070 pin IRCAI
00 pen IWEI
Rear males with any BNC plug Cie cud is terminated onen
parch plug is removed Signal degradation increases wnen
used above 100 MH7
J13WC
JII
JIIW
SerleS
R
Serles
Patch Jack Dual
Sell looping
J15
J15W
Parch Jack
Series
Series
No
62"
UI
.
PCXLZ
PCWOLZ
9
INC AvaNbk
Designate
Nol
17
10
12
INC Avaliabk
Mho
e C2bk'
BNC
75
150 75 93 ohm,
ISO 75 93 onml
ohm BNC by prep.
070 pin IRCAe
090 pin nvF
FIG.
-LZ
PC
!Nu
16
INC
6
U
Cable Assemblies Ordering Information:
Shown
Prewued Parallel or
I..,. ese
SW.. Resnunce raiga
289"
I
c
Shown)
2 37
PATCH JACK
T
Trompeter Electronic's standard coax patching systems,
Shown on this page. provide limitless flexibility to route
signals from one place to another Two basic versions of
Standard Coax patching are available The RCA 50 ohm
with a pin size of .070" and the Western Electric (WE) 75
ohm type with a pin size of .090 ". The Iwo are not inter.
changeable but can be intermixed on the same panel
along with TEI s audio patch tacks and panel lites (nor
00'
2
Assembly Modal
Standard Length In Inches
11
Wiring
16. 12. 18, 24
we nil
T-
'
or 361
Impedance (Ohms)
(50 75 93)
FIG. 10
PATCH JACK
INarmal Tllrrrl
Seri.
J14
I
46"
3
I
1
25"
_L
JOB IBNCI
JISWB (INC)
JISH (TNC)
JISWH (TNC)
PATCH JACK (Dual)
Ne WNirlg
JISIA IINC)
JISNA RNCI
JISWNA (TNC)
070 pin IRCAI
090 pin (WE)
JtSN
J1SW -M'
070 pen (RCA)
REAR ENTRY CABLE
070 pin IRCAI
090 pin IWEI
OEO
pn
-J
11
FIG. 16
)
f
3' e'
67.
13/4
3112"
Wdl
1
1
FIG. 19
FIG. 18
_
t` i,
FIG. 20
Ordering Information:
18
JSI
DESIGNATION AND NO. OF SINGLE JACKS ACCOMMODATED
FIG'
12
14
16
20
24S
26
28
32S
19
2
FIG. 17
W9E1
i
PANEL
NO
HEIGHT ROWS
FRONT PANEL
ENTRY ITnPICALI
Jt1AIJ1aWA
FIG.
J-
Patch Panels
SwiTcn
Uso SA
WNW
PATCH JACK IDuaO
JISWIA IINC)
SPOT
20
24L
28A
32A
36
40S
48S
52S
40
48
52
noi accept 314 or 315 Dual Jac
Prices and Specifications Sub(ect to Change Without Notice
HARRIS
56
-
12
I
J3W
Panel Type
(JS = Aluminum)
(JSI = Insulated)
No. of Jack Holes
Jack Type
To Order Panels Only, Leave "Jack Type" Blank.
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
181
[1J] fj
AUDIO DEVICES
UNITED RECORDING ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES
..
à
11
"111i1111
MODEL 535
MODEL 533
N+ttn1111i
--- °,
T
Y
,.
MODEL 537
-1
'. 0. 0. it
.0
MODEL 546
533 Octave Graphic Equalizer
Model 546 Dual Parametric Equalizer
The 533 Octave Graphic Equalizer is a studio quality product which has
wide application in recording, sound reinforcement, radio and TV
production, and high fidelity music systems. It is a successor to the
popular UREI Model 532 offering 10filter sections with increased control
range, and more output capability.
Model 535 Dual Graphic Equalizer
Two channels in one compact package
10 adjustable equalizers on ISO one -octave center frequencies for
each channel
12 dB boost or 12 dB attenuation at each center frequency
Stepless, noiseless, calibrated controls
Gain variable from - 10 dB to -- 20 dB
State of the art synthesized LC filter circuitry
Low distortion, lowest noise, minimum phase shift
Standard rack mounting, only 31/2 inches high
Optional front panel security cover
Competitively priced
UREI quality of course
Two independent channels in one package
Four sections of Parametric Equalization in each channel all
continuously variable in Bandwidth, Frequency, and Boost and Cut
Bypass switches for both channels and each parametric filter section
Expanded Single Channel mode provides eight sections of parametric
equalization
End cut filters tunable over a wide range for bandwidth restriction
Large, easy -to- adjust controls
Multi -point overload detection circuits
Balanced or unbalanced bridging inputs
Transformer isolated outputs
Gain variable over a 30 dB range
UREI quality, of course
Equalizers and Filters
501
525
533
535
Model 537
1/3
Octave Graphic Equalizer
27 adjustable equalizers on ISO 1/3-octave center frequencies
12 dB boost or 12 dB attenuation at each center frequency
Stepless, noiseless controls, precision calibrated
State -of- the -art active L -C filter circuitry
Low distortion, lowest noise, minimum phase shift
Zero insertion loss, up to 20 dB gain
Standard rack mounting, only 31/2 inches high
Optional front panel security cover
Competitively priced
UREI quality of course
537
539
545
546
562
567
Sub -Sonic Processor
Electronic Crossover
SC2 Security cover for 525
Octave Graphic Equalizer (mono)
DR -1 Double Rack Mount for two 533's
SR -1 Single Rack Mount for one 533
Dual Graphic Equalizer
SC1 Security cover for 535
/3- Octave Graphic Equalizer
SC1 Security cover for 537
Room Equalizer
SC1 Security cover for 539
Parametric Equalizer
Dual Parametric Equalizer
SC4 Security cover for 546
Feedback Suppressor
SC3 Security cover for 562
PA Processing System
SC2 Security cover for 567
1
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice
fin
88.00
696.00
36.00
296.00
24.00
26.00
496.00
36.00
846.00
36.00
996.00
36.00
396.00
696.00
48.00
546.00
36.00
846.00
36.00
HARRIS
182
LAS-UTAH SCIE/7TIFIC
The Routing
Switcher People
AVS-1 SERIES ROUTING SWITCHERS:
Coax Party Line Control with Industry's
widest choice of panels
Refresh Memory with 24 -hour memory-save
r
Optional dual control cards for "hot standby"
redundancy
Standard BNC video and control connectors
IIIIIII
IIIIIIr
Single motherboard for fully operational
servicing with simple extender card
[: [:
Compact -20 x 20 audio and video in
101/2-inch panel space
T
AVS-1
Industry's best performance specs
Utah Scientific routing switchers are available in two
series -Model AVS -1 featuring coax party line controls and 12 matrix configurations in standard sizes
up to 150 x 160, and Model CAV-7 Compact Series
with inexpensive models up to 50 x 10 or 20 x 20 in
size.
The AVS -1 system is available in twelve different
packaging configurations and is designed to provide
the ultimate in reliability. Neither input fan -out amps
nor secondary combining matrices are required, and
100% "hot standby" backup of control cards and
power supplies is available. Redundant cooling fans,
redundant party lines, and minimal failure mode
design further reduce the likelihood and consequence of failure to a bare minimum.
addition to video and single or multiple audio
levels, Utah Scientific offers Metallic Contact, Tally
and Regenerative Time Code switching matrices. The
Metallic Contact matrix (model RR -384) provides dual
circuit, bi-directional switching of control signals or
data. It is primarily used in conjunction with machine
In
control systems and for switching serial data such as
the CMX' 12 signal. The Tally matrix (model CT -384)
features a variety of strapping options accepting
various control signals originating at video or audio
destinations to control tally lights for other devices
associated with video and/or audio sources.
Time Code matrices provide full regeneration of time
code signals to permit multi -generation time code
dubbing without degradation. Two models are
available, one with fixed 25 u sec rise time and the
other with frequency- dependent rise time providing
readable code in faster shuttle modes.
Thirty different party line control panels are available
to suite varying user requirements in the control of
AVS -1 matrices. They feature simple loop- through
coax control connection and provide true matrix
status' based on continuous refreshment from the
system memory.
'Except CPD /PL
Following are descriptions of some of these panels:
CPD/PL DESKTOP PARTY LINE CONTROL
PANEL
Battery Powered
Pull -out Directory
Single Coax Connection
The CPD /PL is a battery operated desktop controller
for executive offices, meeting rooms, etc.
CSP- 201CX -20 BUTTON-PER -SOURCE
PANELS
True A & V statusing
Expandable
Single keystroke selection
Loop -thru coax control connection
no.
The CSP -20 provides button -per- source switching
with all source names professionally lettered in the
write -in strip. Also provided are audio and video
30
HARRIS
öáö
nnö
breakaway buttons. CSP -20 is shown with CX -20
twenty- button expander panel.
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
183
7UTRH SC/E/7TIF/C
The Routing
Switcher People
CSP -100 -E GROUP /UNIT SELECTION
CONTROL & STATUS PANEL
Source selection by familiar name
A/V breakaway
LED statusing
Loop -thru coax control connection
The CSP -100 -E is Utah Scientific's most popular
panel. It permits addressing sources by their familiar
group name and unit number and provides audio and
video breakaway.
CSP -10 TEN OR TWENTY -BUS CONTROL
AND STATUS PANEL
®®
iiii i©I®!®
Simultaneous statusing of ten busses
Lower cost per bus
Optional twenty -bus control at no
extra cost
Loop -thru coax control connection
OD
10
16
IB
iiil
®
/0 06
OB
(
04
rr-rl
.
l. )
.
The CSP -10 controls either ten or twenty busses. It
provides continuous statusing of ten busses and
audio/video breakaway.
I
CSP -1610 TEN -BUS ALPHANUMERIC
CONTROL & STATUS PANEL
NItom ommomon
Alphanumeric displays
1600 Name /Number combinations
A/V -split switching
Optional twenty -bus programming
Loop -thru coax control connection
The CSP -1610 alphanumeric
troller provides
u COMMIE o
f
,
IN
ten/twenty -bus con-
four -character alphanumeric readouts to permit addressing and statusing sources by
12
their familiar names. Sixteen Name keys with either
one or two keystroke Unit identification provides a
total of 1600 Name /Number combinations. Separate
audio and video preset displays permit both breakaway and A/V -split switching.
CSP -1601 SINGLE -BUS ALPHANUMERIC
CONTROL & STATUS PANEL
Alphanumeric display
Familiar name data entry & statusing
Minimal keystrokes -1, 2, or 3 -data
entry
Loop -thru coax control connection
t,
Separate name and unit keyboards permit either one,
two or three keystroke data entry addressing each
source by its familiar name. Single four -character
alphanumeric readout doubles as preset and status
display. 1600 name /number combinations available.
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
fin
HARRIS
184
,jUT/gH SCIE17TIF/C
The Routing Switch er People
CSP -1605 FIVE -BUS ALPHANUMERIC
CONTROL & STATUS PANEL
_11/441.1111.111.111.111.11.1.1
11111..
Less cost per controlled bus
Automatic statusing
1600 name /number combinations
Loop -thru coax control connection
Five -bus version of CSP -1601. Automatically shows
current status of each bus as it is addressed. LED
button lamps indicate current bus assignment and
current group name.
CSP -16160 FULL MATRIX ALPHANUMERIC
CONTROL & STATUS PANEL
Multiple -bus or full- matrix assignment
Automatic statusing
Separate Output and Preset /Status
displays
Loop -thru coax control connection
411
®
411.-
._
a=..___
Automatically displays status upon entering destination name. 1600 name/number combinations are
separately available for both destinations and sources.
SM -100 FULL MATRIX STATUS MONITOR
MATRIX STATUS VIDEO/AUDIO
Ten separate status and listings pages
Remote page selection
RS -170 or CCIR video output
Status Monitor permits character
generator type full matrix statusing. It provides ten
separate pages in various formats, with page
changing possible from any control panel location.
The
PBCE
ES-4 TS-5
MC-2 VT-8
NPU2 RM-7
S1-5 SC-2
EJ-1 TS-4
NC-1 UT-I
MC-3 UT16
MPV3 ST-4
Sl-6 SM-1
EJ-2 01-8
NC-2 UT-6
MC-4 SPI4
MPV4
SI-7
EJ-3 MR-2
NC-3 TC-5
MC-5 MR-2
NTCE UT-6
SI-8 MC-2
EJ-4
MC-4 SM-1
MC-6 TC-3
MR-1 UT-9
SI-9 STIR
El-5 UT16
MMNI
S`:_1
MC-7 VT19
NR-2 SC-S
S110 RM-7
El-6 TC-5
IMN2 TC-2
MC-8 CC-1
S1-1 UTI4
S2-1 MR-2
RÌ-6
CC-1
MI013
SP-2
MC-9 VT-4
SI-2 11-4
S2-2 TS-S
ES-2 TS-3
14NM4
ST-4
0MC10 VT12
SI-3 TC-4
S2-3 SP-6
S1-4 RM-S
S2-4 SP-7
ES-I
SD-XX SOURCE DISPLAY
E5-3 SN-I
NC-1 SC-2
NPVI
SN-2
Mounts on or in production switcher
panel
Custom built as to number or displays,
display space and panel finish
4- character alphanumeric displays
Coax party line data connection
recessed -mounted between the bottom rows of
production switchers or are surface-mounted on
production switchers or audio machines. Presently
assigned sources are identified by user designated
mnemonics -AT14, NT -3, etc.
OD
HARRIS
gil
I
SM -100
SD -XX displays are used where routing switcher output busses provide input expansion of production
switchers for audio consoles. They are custom made
with up to 32 displays per system. They typically are
3
CC-I TS-3
ie
61.....m,.,
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
®
185
SC/EfTIFIC
vS'LlTFiH
Routing Switcher
The
People
111
DE -XX
DATA ENTRY PANELS
Usually supplied in conjunction with SD -XX display
panels. Consists of 16 -key touchpad providing 1600
Name /Number combinations, a 4- character alphanumeric preset display and one Take button for each
assignable input on production switcher and/or audio
board. Custom built to accommodate customer's
space and color requirements.
CAV-7 COMPACT SERIES ROUTING
SWITCHERS
Broadcast quality at "Patch Panel /DA"
prices
Automatic statusing as busses are
selected
Selectable A/V switching and
statusing
Compact design -20 x 10 AFV in 7"
rack space including power supply
panel and control
Refresh memory with 24 -hour memory-
E E CCCCCCCCCC
cCIECCCEECCCCCCCCCrc
save
CAV -7 switchers are available in six different configurations offering video -only, audio -only, stereo
audio or combined audio and video matrices from
10 x 10 to 20 x 20 or 50 x 10. Basic system control
and memory is by means of either a front panel XY
CAV-7
controller(pictured) or a similar remote control panel.
Individual BCD bus controls are also available. Performance specifications are essentially the same as
for AVS -1 switchers. Additional features of the CAV -7
models are the availability of an FSK option permitting long distance control over telephone lines or
microwave subcarriers, and party line control via the
RF -1 and PL -150 Control and Memory Card.
FOR ASSISTANCE IN SELECTING THE SWITCHING SYSTEM
TO FULFILL YOUR REQUIREMENTS PLEASE CONTACT YOUR
HARRIS DISTRICT SALES MANAGER OR THE HARRIS
QUINCY SALES OFFICE.
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Not,ce.
3 H A RR S
í
I
186
MULTI -FUNCTION
DYNAMICS PROCESSORS
Valley People's
Features
General Description
Multi- Use -Limiting, Expansion, De- Essing,
The VALLEY PEOPLE DYNA -MITE is a self -
Noise Gating, Ducking, Keying, Effects
On -Board FM Pre -Emphasis for Broadcast
contained and self -powered multi -purpose
processing device. In all, it is capable of
operating in 18 specific modes, including the
basic modes of Limiting, Expansion, De- essing,
Noise Gating, Ducking, Keying, etc.
In the Limiting mode alone, there are a number
of specific derivations, such as Peak Limiting,
Linear Integration Limiting, FM Pre-emphasized
Limiting and Side Chain Controlled Limiting.
Similar derivations are evident in the other basic
operating modes.
AGC /Limiting
Linear Integration Detection, Anticipatory
Release Computer, EGC VCA
for
.
sional equipment, while the circuitry is
structured to interface correctly to low
level /high impedance semi -pro components.
The output circuit can deliver a full +21 dBm into
600 ohm loads or transformers, yet can feed
-10dBv lines with excellent noise levels and
compatibility.
The circuitry employed represents the highest
possible technology, for excellence of performance in any system.
Every effort has been put forth in the packaging
of DYNA -MITE, to assure a simple, yet reliable
interface: professional type tip /ring /sleeve
jacks; 110/220VAC operation; adaptability to
rack mounting. Stereo coupling is accomplished
by pressing a front panel switch.
Areas of Use
Due to its diverse nature, fully professional
performance, portability and cost effectiveness,
DYNA -MITE enjoys excellent usability in all
areas where audio is processed ... from semipro to super -pro, broadcast and video, sound
reinforcement, industrial sound and the
performing or recording musician. It offers no
excuses, simple sheer performance.
DYNA -MITE #410 -1
DYNA -MITE #410 -2
DYNA -MITE #410 -C
Rack Mount #400 -R
Connector #400 -EPC
uurin
HARRIS
.
Rack Mount
For the Recording Professional, Broadcast/
Video, Sound Reinforcement, Performing
Musician, etc.
Configured Specially to Interface to Semi -Pro
Equipment, as well as Pro
Highly Cost Effective
The selection of operating modes is straightforward and understandable, as indicated by
three front panel switches, each having three
positions.
In each operating mode, full parametric control
is afforded by four continuously variable
controls. Thus, while being easy to operate,
DYNA -MITE is capable of satisfying the most
critical of demands for performance.
The device is fully metered, with an 8 element
LED Gain Reduction Array plus clipping
indicator.
Balanced input circuitry capable of +24dBva is
employed to assure compatibility with profes-
.
Exceedingly Faithful Dynamic Integrity
Self- Contained and Powered ... Converts for
Specifications
Gain Reduction Range
Variable -60dB Max to 0dB Min
o 244Bv
2IdBm - 600 ohms
.0411711 THD Maximum a 1kHz
Dependent on settings- Anticipatory Release Computation
reduces dynamic distortion 10 to over conventional devices
Maximum Input Loel
Minimum Output Level
Static Distortion
Dynamic Distortion
1
Signal/Noise Ratio
90dB ® + 4d By in and out ®
+ / - 1dB, I0Hz to 50kHz
Frequency Response
Slew Rate
13 V
Attack Time (Peak Detection)
(linear Integration Detection)
Release Time
Threshold
Output Gain (Fxp /Duck /Gate Modes)
Output Level II imit /De-ess Modes)
Limiting Ratio
Expansion Ratio
Gating Ratio
Ducking Ratio (Voice-over)
Front Panel Switches 131
50µs /20dß
I ms to 15 ms, signal dependent
Front Panel Variable Controls (4)
Power Requirement
Packaging
Metering
+
4d By Threshold
/#s (I 50k Hz full power bandwidth)
Variable, 50ms to Ssec /20dB
Variable, - 40dBv to + 20dBv
Variable,
15dB
Variable, - 15dBv to + 15dBv
+/-
Infiinity:I
1:2
1:20
1
-20
Detector: Avg /Peak /Gate -Duck
Detector: Internal/External/DS-FM
Mode: Limit /Expand/Out (Bypass)
Threshold
Release Time
Range (Exp- Gate -Duck)
Output Gain/ Level
100 - 130VAC or 200 - 250 VAC 50/60Hz (5 watts)
3 V." x 81/2" x 9' Instrument Case holds 2 channels
Rack mount adaptor mounts one or two units in 31/2' x 19'
8 LED Gain Reduction Metering Array
LED Overload Monitor
Signal Input; Est Input (Side Chain Input); Signal Output;
Control Voltage Out /In
'/._
Diameter, 3 Conductor Commercial or Telephone /Mil.
plugs (Examples: Mil. #173 051; Switchcraft #482 or equivalent; Switchcraft 1260 or equivalent)
Stereo alb. 4 oz. (1.47 kg.); Mono 2 lb. 12 oz. (1.25 kg.)
Stereo 4 lb. 4 oz. (1.93 kg.); Mono 3 lb. 12 oz. (1.28 kg.)
!van: Ref. OdBv O.775 vola
1
Rear Panel Connectors
141
Required Mating Plugs Idol Included)
Weight
Shipping Weight
Speeilicanons subject io change wnhoto nonce
Single Channel DYNA -MITE (mono)
2- Channel DYNA -MITE (stereo)
Single DYNA -MITE Channel Card (upgrade a mono unit to stereo)
A Rack Mount "Shell" for one or two DYNA -MITE units
External Power Connector for battery or other external power
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
$320.00
535.00
245.00
40.00
8.00
187
AUDIO PROCESSING
Valley People's
11
GM
Features
Widely adjustable Limiter /Compressor and Ducker, optimized for
production work
"Intelligent" detector increases dynamic integrity via waveform
recognition
Proprietary Release Strategy discourages pumping, squashing and
modulation distortion
Exclusive Peak Reversion Correction ends low frequency discrimination
EGC 101 VCA assures very low noise and distortion ... unparalleled
transparency
The "all purpose" device which is optimized for any purpose. No
compromises
GAIN BRAIN
GAIN BRAIN II combines the functions of limiter,
compressor and ducker, in a small but powerful
package. A host of proprietary circuitry advances
are employed, yielding a new level of
performance, compared with other devices.
GAIN BRAIN II is highly useful in all applications
requiring an exacting control over audio levels,
concurrent with the preservation of dynamic
integrity. A full compliment of front panel
controls allows for optimum settings for any
type of program material, and for any desired
effect. GAIN BRAIN II is not timid. It is capable of
anything between remarkable unobtrusiveness
in conventional limit /compress applications,
and some very audible envelope shaping effects
such as impact accentuation on transient
material.
TR 804 Processing Package
This 514" H x 81/2" W x 1 Y2" D package mounts
and powers up to four GAIN BRAIN II's in a
free -standing portable configuration. TR 804 is
convertible for standard 19" rack mounting.
Rack mounting of eight devices may be
accomplished in 51/4" of rack space, by adding a
TR 804 UP unpowered housing.
1
II
Specifications
Maximum Input Level
Maximum Output Level
Frequency Range
Audio Slew Rate
Distortion (Static)1 + 10dav input)
Signal to Noise Ratio
IRMS signal to RMS noise, 20Hz to 20KHz)
Range of Gain Reduction
Compression /Limiting Threshold
Compression /Limiting Ratio
Interactive Gain Control (Duck) Ratio
Interactive Gain Control (Duck) Range
Integration Time (Attack)
Release Time
Release Shape
Output Gain
Gain Reduction Indication
Input Mode Snitch
Stereo Intercouple
External VCA Control Inputs (2)
Panel Dimensions
Powering
Additional Features
27dBv (Electronically Balanced - 5010
2I dB% into 20000 or higher (470 output impedance)
5Hz to 100 KHz (3dB)
13v /µsec (150KHz Full Power Bandwidth)
.0I ro Max I M D or I KHz THD (Dynamic distortion is a
function of the Release Time, as in all compressor /limiters)
+
+
112d B (+ 21d By in and out)
95dB ( + 4dB% in and out)
85dB ( - 16dBv in, + 4dBv out) (20dB gain)
Over 50dB
Variable, - 40dBv to + 20dBv
Variable, 1.3:1 to oc :l
1:
-
50
Active Attenuation Variable, 0dB to - 48dB
Variable, 200µsec to 200 msec/20dB
Variable, 50msec to 5sec /20dB
Selectable, Linear or Logarithmic
Variable, 0dB to + 48dB (0dB in "Duck" mode)
0dB to 50dB, on 13 element LED display
IN (Normal), KEY (Side Chain) or OUT
Via Rear Connector
20d13/ volt, tçr 4.99K it
'/2 " X 51/4 "(Fits TR 804 Processing Package)
Bipolar 15v, 100ma
Drive for External VCA or Meter
Master "OUT" Buss
Unbalanced Input Monitor Output
Balanced Side Chain Input ( + 27dBv, 50K)
1
PRICE
GAIN BRAIN
TR
TR
804
805
CM 801
TR 800 -LRE
TR- 800 -SRE
TR 800 -BP
EXT /2
II
(Model 811)
5
Limiter /Compressor /Ducker (card only)
Processing Rack Enclosure for up to four units (powered)
Processing Rack Enclosure for up to five units ( unpowered)
Single Channel Card Enclosure
Long Rack Ear for TR 804 or TR 805
Short Rack Ear for TR 804 or TR 805
Single Space Blank Panel for any Series 800 Enclosure
Extender Card for any Series 800 Processing Device
380.00
400.00
330.00
45.00
20.00
10.00
6.00
36.00
Note: When you order a powered or unpowered rack full of
cards, you earn a 10% discount. This does not apply to
accessories or CM 801.
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
OD
HARRIS
188
LISTEC
TELEVISION
EQUIPMENT CORP.
3702 FULMAR EXTENDED RANGE
PNEUMATIC PEDESTAL
doubtful whether this pedestal could ever become obsolete and in a short span of just o few years the FULMAR has become
regarded by all types of users as the ultimate production pedestal. Starting from the tremendously strong base. which contains
o
welded steel annular low pressure tank. the available thrust is applied to the piston of a precision three stage ram assembly
which supports the camera mounting platform. This platform also carries a single lifting /steering ring for one handed
operation.
Special magnesium alloy telescoping tubes. each with four pairs of ballraces. two pairs of which are always adjustable. ensure
that absolute rigidity of the pedestal column is maintained. The unsurpassed range of elevation and depression (21"-591
allows
shots to be obtained of the studio action without recourse to risers or other types of platforms. In addition, the fluid motion
of the
pedestal allows a continuity of program that will satisfy the most demanding director. All parts are machined meticulously and
the built -in adjustments ensure long life at optlumum mechanical efficiency.
It is
Capacity
350 lbs. at 200 P.S.I.
FULMAR EXTENDED RANGE
PNEUMATIC PEDESTAL supplied with
single combined lifting steering ring, pedal -
Weight
Height Range
operated change over from crab to tricycle
steering, adjustable cable guards, dual
wheels, 15 lbs. total trim weights, pressure
guage and wheel cutouts for visual inspection
$17,300.00
Width at Base
Construction
3702
3741 TERN
(typically, 2501b.s require 150 P.S,I.)
330 lbs.
21' -581
(to Cam Head Mounting Face)
Min. 34" - Max. 39"
Magnesium Alloy Castings,
Steel Reservoir
Grey Textured Stove Enamel
with Anti-Corrosion Plating on all Bright Metal
Finish
PNEUMATIC PEDESTAL
When operating modes
do not warrant the purchase of o lull production pedestal such as the 702 above. the 741 Tern will
provide much more than just adequate performance Designed as a direct replacement in terms of operating range, to the
original lead counterbalanced pedestals which were standard in the Industry at one time. the 741 is only half the weight This
ensures that much less effort is required to move the pedestal over the studio floor which discourages "flat 5pot5.. A large
annular low pressure tank supports a single stage ram assembly providing a long 21" stroke The supporting Column is carried on
three pairs of ballraces. one pair of which is eccentrically mounted All moving parts in this pedestal, as in the case of the 702.
con be adjusted for eventual wear to maintain optimum performance This engineering approach is standard with all Vinten
products The 741 is supplied complete with trim weights for minor load variation and with gimballed wheels and adjustable
cable guards as standard
Capacity
TERN PNEUMATIC PEDESTAL
supplied with single lifting steering ring,
pedal- operated change over from crab to
tricycle steering, adjustable cable guards,
7" dual duothane wheels, 20 lbs. total trim
weights.
$8300.00
3741
290 lbs. at 230 P.S.I.
.
(typically,
Weight
Height Range
150 lbs. at 125 P.S.I.)
250 lbs.
33-.54"
(to Cam Head Mounting Face)
Min- 29v:', Max -36"
Width at Base
Construction..
Aluminum Alloy Castings.
Steel Reservoir
Grey Textured Stove Enamel
with Anti- Corrosion Plating on all Bright Metal
Finish
ACCESSORIES
3806 -1155 NITROGEN REGULAR with Hose
and Adapter to pedestal. Preferred low
cost method to charge pedestal where
compressed Nitrogen is available, eliminates contamination of steel reservoir and
allows fast charge -up time
$255.00
C100 AIR COMPRESSOR, A/C powered
and mounted on wheels. Delivers up to
maximum 200 P.S.I. Used where storage
of Nitrogen Cylinder presents problems.
Weight 110lbs.
$695.00
3056/3C PortaPed
The recent development of lightweight color cameras to broadcast standards has permitted the production
of more
sophisticated support equipment Whereas previously. sheer weight and size ruled out the possibility of combining several functions in one unit, the latest cameras, even when loaded up. can be handled in a variety of new ways. The PortaPed is a combinabon self -leveling tripod with a built-in pedestal type column that can charge itself up for counterbalancing purposes just by exercising the column. This is accomplished using only the available atmosphere and no external charging apparatus is required In
addition, unlike other units. there are no fluids to leak from the PortaPed. All functions are achieved by traditional mechanical
means The PortaPed is lightweight, easy to set up and folds away neatly It is also the basis of a number of other interesting
Vinten Portable Mountings shown
3056 PortaPed PORTABLE PNEUMATIC
PEDESTAL supplied complete with Pro Jr
Top. "THREE WAY" Adjustable legs for both
height and direction, lifting ring. carrying handle. column lock and adjustable drag controls. Options include simple Type 71 PorraSkid caslonng Dolly or Type 64 TriTrack
Crabbing Base. See accessories
$4600.00
Capacity
120 lbs.
Weight
33 !Ds.
Height Range (To Pan Head Mounting Face)
Low Level (Legs Horizontal)
27" -45'
High Level (Legs in Tripod Mode)
37'.55'
Leg Radius
Low Level -20"
High Level
16"
Elevation Ring Diameter
11'
Maximum Tilt Adjustment
40'
Dimensions (Folded)
27', 1I', I1Construction
Aluminum Alloy, Steel Tank
Finish
Black Anodized Grey Textured Stove Enamel
with Anti -Corrosion Plating on all Bright Metal
ACCESSORIES
j
PORTASKID FOLDING DOLLY with 5"
diameter wheels
$850.00
15735 PORTAPED
CARRYING CASE
71
$300.00
16520
PORTASKID
CARRYING CASE
$135.00
HARRIS
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
3064 TRITRACK CRABBING BASE for PortaPed (described elsewhere) ....$4800.00
3067 DOLPHIN CRANE ARM (described
elsewhere)
$6875.00
3072 TRIMOUNT COLUMN to mount Dolphin into TriTrack
$385.00
3073 PLATFORM AND SEAT ASSEMBLY
for TriTrack
$850.00
189
LISTEC
TELEVISION
EQUIPMENT CORP.
3064 Tri Track CRABBING DOLLY
Portaged usefulness can be increased. where more mobility and precise studio type movement is contemplated.
by the addition of the new TnTrack Combining the advantages of straight-line tracking or Castoring. the TriTrack
simulates large studio pedestal performance in a lightweight. fold-up dolly Equipped with 8" diameter wheels
for smooth transit over rough surfaces. the unit can also be fined with a platform and operator's seat. converting
the PortoRed into o miniature dolly complete with counterbalanced camera platform Note also. the TriTrack
continues to track even when partially folded, making transit through narrow spaces an easy shot
Capacity
130 lbs. at center
(not including operator over one wheel)
Weight
Width
55 lbs.
(Legs fully extended) 34v,"
20"
Lags Radius
Ground Clearance
Dimensions Folded
Finish
2'
28". 16". 13'
Grey and Black Stove Enamel
3067 DOLPHIN CRANE ARM
Trr7rack
CRABBING
DOLLY supplied as fold -up unit
with three integrally linked 8" diameter rubber wheels, change
over mechanism from crab to tricycle steering and folding tiller
steering, accepts Type 56 PortaPed above and Dolphin Crane
Arm on Trimount
$4800.00
3064
Exciting new possibilities are created with the adoption of the DOLPHIN CRANE ARM This latest Vinten innovation
is designed to be used with the TrlTrack dolly. though it can also be used with any typical tripod dolly The crane
arm is perfectly counterbalanced for loads up to 501bs and provides a stable camera mounting platform in
space from B" to 69" measured from the ground. Directors and cameramen alike will easily perceive that many
new possibilities exist for original shots using Vinton Portable Mounting Equipment Cameras can be positioned
precisely and smoothly controlled while the crew is not burdened with the task of setting up heavy equipment
3067 DOLPHIN CRANE
ARM
supplied with weight counterbalanced arm, horizontally maintained camera mounting platform, full 360° panning of crane
arm and 910° platform traverse
from center line for "over table"
shot full control, complete with
arm elevation lock and drag controls, Arm Pan Lock and Drag
Controls and Camera Platform
Lock and Drag Controls. Normally supplied with Trimont Col
'mn for fitting in TriTrack above.
-
eeaccessoriesI
$6875.00
Capacity
Length
Arm Maximum Height
Arm Minimum Height
Weight
Balance Weights
50 lbs.
80 '
69' /, "
8"
(Both assuming arm mounting height of 33")
51 lbs.
(Excluding balance weights)
Graded
® 24 lbs.
a 20 lbs
® 12 lbs.
.2 ® 10 lbs.
I a B lbs.
Stainless Steel and Lead.
Aluminum Alloy
Grey Textured Stove Enamel
1
1
1
Construction
Finish
3754/3743 KESTREL CRANE
Vinten will continue to otter traditional methods of mounting cameras. but is aware of the trend to downsize in the
Industry The KESTREL REMOTE CRANE is designed to provide elevation of camera and operator on a crane that
can be easily transported. On remotes the standard pneumatic wheels perform well on rough terrain. however
for studio operation. a simple conversion to solid wheels and cable guards will provide maximum stability The
Crane arm is hydraulically counterbalanced and does not need rebalancing unless the load changes There is
no possibility of leaks affecting operation since the nitrogren under pressure is stored in a closed portion of the
system. Oil is used as the transmission agent and is hand pumped into the crane according to specific instructions
Two types of lib elevation controls are provided. manual from the rear (hacker's) position or. anernatively. by
means of a blimped electric motor driving the hydraulic pump Speed and direction of movement are controlled
from a small operator's pan bar mounted control In either version the crane is lightweight and easily transpor
table in the folded configuration.
Capacity
Weight
Length
Operating Height
Width
Construction
Finish
500 lbs.
(Cameraman, camera and ali accessories)
(approximately) 450 lbs.
8
(With Jib in lowest position)
Measured to Cam Head Mounting Face:
Maximum -84"
Minimum -30" (each with 7" column spacers provided)
...
28' Min. (Front wheels folded inside chassis)
41' Max. (Front wheels in operating model
Boxed Girder
Grey Textured Stove Enamel
3754/3743 KESTREL REMOTE
CRANE supplied with hydraulically operated jib arm complete
with cameraman's platform and
seat assembly. Rotary hydraulic
pump is operated by large wheel
at rear of crane on 743 Manual
Version. For operator conveneince 754 is electrically operated
and has blimped motor and package S.C.R. speed control box
with cameraman's lever control.
Both types of cranes supplied
with pneumatic tires as standard;
optional solid wheels and cable
guards for studio use also available. See accessories
3743
3754
3723 LOW ANGLE DOLLY
those coses where an exceptionally low-level taking position is required. together with some control of elevation
and tracking. the 723 LAD is the answer Using a true hydraulic counterbalancing system. loads up to a ptaximum
of 350 lbs can be carried When balanced correctly. the lib arm floats and can be positioned with, light finger
pressure The front wheels of the dolly castor or can be set for a perfect straight track-in Like the full -sized KESTREL
CRANE. the 723 LAD never needs recharging with constant load conditions
$32,000.00
$38,000.00
In
3723 LOW ANGLE DOLLYsupplied with hydraulically operated
rib arm including built -in single
stage ram assembly, nitrogen
Doand oil accumulator and manual
it pump. Front wheels castor or
can be preset for straight track
in Complete with camera mounting platform. cameraman's seat
and detachable tracker's push
bar. Unit complete with Iron! and
rear carrying handles $7700.00
Capacity
Weight
Length
ACCESSORIES
(50 lb. minimum) 350 lbs.
150 lbs.
39"
(Chassis only) 55" with push bar
Width
Height Range
Construction
Finish
27'
From Cam Head mounting platform:
Min. -1'h "
Max 251/2 "
Boxed Girder
Grey Textured Stove Enamel
3754/3743 KESTREL CRANES
3743 100 12" diameter SOLID RUBBER WHEELS and
ADJUSTABLE CABLE GUARDS for studio use.
Includes brackets for mounting guards on crane.
$2200.00
3806/1155 NITROGEN REGULATOR AND HOSE with
high pressure connection to crane (also used for
723 Low Angle Dolly)
4255.00
3731 /3 OFFSET PAN BAR ADAPTER places pan bar
outside of head by 6" for better operating conditions. Used on MARK IIIA and MARK V Cam Head.
Requires second clamp
$115.00
in HARRIS
Prices and Specifications Subject to Charge Without Notice.
190
LISTEC
TELEVISION
EQUIPMENT CORP.
3206/3207 STANDARD AND SHORT HEAVY DUTY TRIPOD WITH STABILIZER
and Short Tripods are telescopically extendable to the maximum /minimum heights shown in the specification. They may be used outdoors on uneven ground utilizing the reversible foot units (spikes for outdoor use rubber feet for indoor use) The Tripods are very quickly set up and have
adjustable legs which are held firmly by three knobs The Stabilizer adds overall rigidity and provides a firm lock when the Tripod is used on sloping or
uneven terrain The Stabilizer is attached to the underside of the head mounting platform and the adjustable arms are secured by screws to the tripod
legs
Both the Standard
-
3719 DOLLY WITH WHEEL TRACKING
above is complete with 5" diameter lockable rubber wheels and features straight-line tracking and an alternate
low level cam head mounting face for low camera shots. Wheel tracking is standard.
The Dolly tor use with 718/739 Tripods
3737 ELEVATION UNIT
Additional height and smooth elevation is provided by the use of this unit The Elevation Unit is bolted to the tripod head mounting platform and supports
the pan and tilt head with camera It incorporates a solid aluminum hard anodized Column and geared rack and pinion movement which gives a nonslip returnable drive. Adjustment by the crank handle is light and secure under full load
$1735.00
200 lbs
3207STANDARDTRIPOD
Capacity
Height Range
Weight
27"46"
26 lbs.
$1295.00
200 lbs
20 lbs.
7"-23"
$1650.00
3206 SHORT TRIPOD
200 lbs
Capacity
Height Range
Weight
22 "-37"
25 lbs.
$1460.00
3719 DOLLY
250
Capacity
Height Range
Weight
Wheel Diameter
3063
3737 ELEVATION UNIT
(Recommended for use with Short Tripod)
Capacity
Weight
Height Range
lbs.
7"
23 lbs.
5"
COMBINATION LIGHTWEIGHT TRIPOD /ELEVATION UNIT /DOLLY
The 3063 Lightweight Unit consisting of a Tripod (Model 3061), Elevation Unit (Model 3062) and Dolly (Model 3060) was designed to give the advantages of
a standard pedestal height. range and mobility with portability and low cost. The Tripod is a simple unit of robust construction with single extension
tubular legs which are pivot-mounted by clamped steel pins to a platform casting. The legs terminate in self -leveling ball- socket feet The Elevation Unit
has a geared rack and pinion movement offering a height adjustment of 17" The Dolly is Comprised of three legs. each self-locking in both the folded
and working positions Each leg is fitted with a socket and retaining screw to accept the tripod. The wheels are chrome. double ballbeanng swivel castors
with foot brake
-
3063 COMBINATION
Maximum Height
Minimum Height
Capacity
-
$2035.00
72"
36"
110 lbs.
ACCESSORIES
$135.00
3055 MITCHELL HI -HAT with 2 %:" rise
135.00
1193 MITCHELL HI-HAT with 4 V:" rise
135.00
1193 MITCHELL HI -HAT with 6" rise
135.00
1193 MITCHELL HI-HAT with 8" rise
135.00
3080 PRO JR. HI -HAT with 2 %:" rise
3720/3 CARPET SPREAKER FEET for 3206 and 3207
Tripod
105.00
3416/1A FEMALE WEDGE ASSEMBLY with clearance holes for shelf mounting in remote trucks (used
with TV cameras employing Male Wedge Plate)
$475.00
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
191
LISTEC
TELEVISION
EQUIPMENT CORP.
o
3076 PETREL MARK II LIGHTWEIGHT PAN AND TILT HEAD
The Petrel MARK II lightweight Pan and Tilt Head is a development of the original MARK I. This head achieves the highest load
capacity to weight ratio of any known design and incorporates o unique built-in adjustable center of gravity compensator
Unlike corn heads. the Petrel MARK II can be adjusted for various vertical load distributions by means of a simple adjusting screw
The capacity of the head (100 lbs.) makes it an ideal choice for the latest intermediate size cameras or whenever a small ENG
camera is combined with a multirange field zoom lens. Special lubricated friction pads provide a fluid-like feel to the head.
even with light loads. Besides the small wedge adaptor and standard pan bars listed, a modification has been made to allow a
normal full -sized male wedge to be employed. This feature also allows the use of standard MARK IIIA and MARK V Pan Bars to be
used
Capacity
Weight
100
Center of Gravity Compensation
Tilt Range
Width, Length, Height
Construction
Finish
lbs.
lbs
15
2' -7' '
3076 PETREL
x 40°
PAN AND
MARK I/ LIGHTWEIGHT
TILT HEAD supplied with
appropriate Base (See accessory), Adjustable Pan Bar and clamp, 3/8" Bolt Fixing to
Camera. For optional Quick Release Wedge
Adaptor
See accessories
$1945.00
61/2 ', 9', 7"
Stainless Steel, Aluminum
Alloy Castings
Grey Textured Stove Enamel
with Anti-Corrosion Plating on all Bright Metal
-
3051 DUNLIN L.F. PAN AND TILT HEAD
Designed to 0e used with handheid N cameras taken Ott the Shoulder" and put onto rigid mounts for smooth Studio type shots.
this new lightweight head performs exceptionally well Smoothly damped to take out any operator jitter, the tilt mechanism
incorporates a unique compensating movement so that different loads will not cause the camera to nose dive at maximum tilt.
Unlike some heads. this is achieved without having to change springs and the range of adjustment that can be applied is
continuously variable from 0 to 325 lb in torque The L F (lubricated friction) damping is always in effect and unlike so- called
fluid heads. Mere is no dead spot at rest. A fast breakaway feature allows a rapid pan, even when maximum drag is applied. A
special Mini-Wedge combination is available to allow maximum range of adjustment horizontally so that optimum tilt action is
achieved
Capacity
Weight
Center of Gravity Compensation
3051 DUNLIN L. F. PAN AND TILT HEAD
supplied with appropriate base ISee accessories), Adjustable Pan Bar and Clamp,
3/8" Bolt Fixing to Camera. For Quick ReSee accessories.
lease Mini-Wedge
$3400.00
-
50 lbs.
11
Variable from 6`/:'at
lbs.
501b.
Load to 21" at 151b. Load
i 50'7"
Tilt Range
Width, Length, Height
Construction
81/2 ". 61/2 ",
Stainless Steel. Aluminum
Alloy Castings
Black Stove Enamel with Anti
Corrosion Plating on all Bright Metal
Finish
-
ACCESSORIES
3755/3 ECONOMY MALE /FEMALE WEDGE COMBINATION, for use with smaller TV cameras and
above heads
5170.00
4075 MINI -WEDGE MALE /FEMALE COMBINATION
permits up to 6" offset, especially useful in balancing
large zoom lenses on 51 L.F. Pan and Tilt Head. Has
fast disconnect and safety lock included.
$225.00
3716 /13 SPECIAL FEMALE WEDGE ADAPTER ASSEMBLY, to accept 3052 Full -sized Male Wedge
Plate and 308 Series Pan Bars, mounts only onto
76 Petrel MARK II. Converts head to accept full sized controls, see MARK IIIA and MARK V. $475.00
3052 MALE WEDGE PLATE used with 716/13A.
$135.00
3750/3 MITCHELL BASE, adapts heads to any tripod
or pedestal with Mitchell top, includes all standard
broadcast designs
$135.01
3081 PRO JR. BASE, adapts heads to any tripod or
pedestal with Pro Jr., popular Motion Picture
Standard
$135.00
3745/ 17PAN BAR ASSEMBLY for 76 Petrel MARK II
Head
3745/21 PAN BAR CLAMP
3051:15 PAN BAR ASSEMBLY for
51
5150.00
65.00
L.F. Head
5150.00
11 PAN BAR CLAMP'
$65.00
Bar Assemblies for 76 Petrel MARK II and 51
L.F. Head are interchangeable.
16402 CARRYING CASE for 76 Petrel MARK III Head
complete with base and including provision for two
sets of pan bars
$300.00
16431 CARRYING CASE for 51 L.F. Head complete
with base and including provision for two sets of
pan bars
$300.00
5581 MITCHELL TO PRO JR. CONVERTER, converts
any tripod with Mitchell top to accept above heads
with Pro Jr. Base
$100.00
3051
.
'Par
3078 POST PAN AND TILT HEAD
new head embodies concepts in design which make it particularly suitable for EFP cameras. especially when equipped with
long focal length zoom lenses.
By pivoting the camera about its center of gravity. theca is no weight to be compensated for with the result that no springs, cams
or other devices are included in the design. This freedom allows tilt angles to be achieved that are limited only by the size of the
camera. In addition, the camera mount can be rotated in a vertical plane to ensure that whenever the zoom lens is removed, or
the camera side required to be exposed for inspection, there is no need to release the camera from its mounting platform. An
additional constructional feature allows a separate Camera viewfinder to be mounted on the pan and tilt head. this also permits
larger camera lens combinations to be considered. Lubricated Friction (L.F ) Damping is applied in both Pan and Tilt modes and
the head may be supplied with a variety of Quick- Release Adaptors.
This
Capacity
Weight
Tilt Angle
Pen Angle
Tilt Axis Height Adjustment
(measured Irom head mounting lace)
"L" Bracket Platform
Adjustment
Maximum Camera Width
to "L" Bracket
50 lbs.
20 lbs.
360°
360°
Max.
131' -Min.
101/2"
(measured from head mounting face)
Max. 10" -Min. 61 "
61/2
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
'
3078 POST PAN AND TILT HEAD supplied
with an appropriate base (Mitchell or Pro Jr.)
and one full sore Pan Bar
$3400.00
W HARRIS
192
LISTEC
TELEVISION
EQUIPMENT CORP.
3717 MARK IIIA CAM HEAD
This most popular and durable design of cam head. the VINTEN MARK IIIA, still rates at the top when maximum performance is
desired No other pan and tilt heodcomes close in terms of reserve capacity and ability to counterbalance the latest multi
range zoom lenses on remotes or monitor prompting systems in studios Originally introduced in 1055. there have been a number
of refinements incorporated recently, including zero backlash drag controls in both pan and tilt modes. Now available with
special wedge extender to balance out extra front heavy loads, the MARK IIIA Cam Heod is supplied with accurately machined
cams to compensate a range of centers of gravity from 5" to 11-'
-
400 lbs.
44 lbs.
Capacity
Weight
5" -11'
Cam Sizes
Tilt Range
Width, Length, Height
Construction
± 50
12", 14',
Finish
7'
Stainless Steel, Aluminum
Magnesium Alloy Castings
Grey Textured Stove Enamel
with Anti-Corrosion Plating on all Bright Metal
&
3716 MARK V CAM HEAD
3716 MARK V CAM HEAD supplied with
Mitchell Base, Full-sized Pan Bar and
Clamp, 3/8" Bolt Fixing to Camera. For
optional Quick Release Wedge Adaptor
See accessories
$2565.00
-
scaled down version of the popular MARK IIIA above, the MARK V is about half the weight. yet is rated for a total capacity of
With special low profile cams available. a maximum tilt angle of x60° con be achieved, while still perfectly
counterbalancing the camera All MARK IIIA accessories ore compatible with the lightweight MARK V. which carries on the
tradition of classic cam head performance Pon and Tilt drag controls feature the same zero backlash concept and provide
Positive action for even the smallest movement
A
180 lbs
Capacity
Weight
3717 MARK lllA CAM HEAD supplied
with Mitchell Base, Full -sized Pan Bar and
Clamp, 3/8" Bolt Fixing to Camera. For
optional Quick Release Wedge Adaptor
See accessories
$3365.00
-
Cam Sizes
Tilt Range
Width, Length, Height
Construction
Finish
180 lbs.
24 lbs.
3 " -8"
=
60
15", 9", 7"
Stainless Steel. Aluminum
& Magnesium Alloy Castings
Grey Textured Stove Enamel
with Anti-Corrosion Plating on all Bright Metal
ACCESSORIES
3506 /6A FEMALE WEDGE ADAPTER, when combined with 3052 Male Wedge Plate, permits fast disconnect of camera from MARK IIIA Cam
$475.00
Head.
3716/ 13FEMALE WEDGE ADAPTER,when combined
with 3052 Male Wedge Plate, permits fast discon$475.00
nect of camera from MARK V Cam Head
3052 MALE WEDGE PLATE, used with wedge adapter for fast disconnect. Usually mounted directly onto
bottom of camera using 3/8" bolts. Sometimes used
with intermediate camera adapter, see below $135.00
3716/28 PAN BAR CLAMP. used to mount full sized
Pan bar
$65.00
3308/157 SHORT PAN BAR, short stub usually
specified when second pan bar is required for zoom
$65.00
controls. Requires second clamp
3308/160 UTILITY PAN BAR, full length bar 28" long,
Requires
secone piece 7/8" diameter throughout.
$55.00
ond clamp
3506/100A ZOOM BRACKET, used instead of 308 / 157
above, permits zoom lens control box to mount directly without the use of chain support clamps, does
not require second clamp
$195.00
3069 ADJUSTABLE WEDGE EXTENDER, sandwiches between wedge adapter and Cam Head. Permits up to 8" offset to rear to counterbalance zoom
lens and /or prompter package. Continuously varia$635.00
ble with worm drive
3504 /1A QUICK RFLEASE PLATFORM EXTENSION
ASSEMBLY, same type of function as 3083 above,
but consists of offset Female Wedge Adapter on
fixed plate with Male Wedge Plate below to mount
with existing Wedge Adapter on cam head. Adjust$725.00
able in 1" increments up to 6"
1133/1A UNIVERSAL OFFSET BALANCE PLATE,
above, combined with Male Wedge Plate. Normally
supplied for use with RCA TK -44, 45, 46: Norelco
PC -60, 70, 72; Thomson 1515, and Fernseh KCU,
KCK. Will mount to any camera with unobstructed
access to bottom surface and 3/8 " -16 tapped holes
$285.00
1134/1A IKEGAMI HK312 and HITACHI SK100
ADAPTER PLATE complete with Male Wedge Plate
$285.00
1047/1A RCA TK 47 SPACER, complete with Male
Wedge Plate, provides up to 3" offset in small pack$285.00
age
12312 CARRYING CASE for MARK IIIA Cam Head,
bonded case with reinforced corners to network design, carries head complete with Wedge Adapter
and Mitchell Base and provision for retaining two
$300.00
sets of pan bars and associated clamps
18057 CARRYING CASE for MARK V Cam head,
complete with Female Wedge Adapter, Mitchell
Base and provision for retaining two sets of pan bars
$300.00
and associated clamps
DIGIVISION
MONITOR PROMPTING SYSTEMS
The Digivision Prompting System consists of a lightweight, 114 lbs.)
12 ", professionally engineered, black and white monitor for below
the lens positioning, complete with monitor, hood and semitransparent high quality mirror (equivalent to 85% transmission). Both
units are encased in a virtually non -destructible lightweight plastic
molding. Total weight of the monitor, hood and mirror assembly is
only 22 lbs., the lightest in the industry.
The monitor, hood and mirror assembly is attached to the pan and tilt
head by means of two adjustable length support rods. There are
absolutely no connections necessary to the television camera and all
centering and positioning is undertaken using sliding brackets. The
attachment of the monitor and hood assembly to the support rods
takes less than ten seconds, also by far the fastest assembly to date.
In the case of all Vinten cam heads complete with wedge adaptors,
there is no other hardware involved. With respect to other makes of
cam heads, a sandwich plate is positioned initially between the
television camera and cam head. This plate accepts the Digivision
support rods and need not be removed if the system is not utilized.
702 SCRIPT DRIVE UNIT
$4150.00
DIGIVISION PROMPTER UNITS lup to five per Drive Unit):
12" Monitor Prompter Unit complete
$2525.00
17" Monitor Prompter Unit complete
$2746.00
$ 136.00
Optional Carrying Case
HARRIS
12" Digivision Monitor Prompting System attached
directly to Vinten Cam Head.
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
193
LISTEC
TELEVISION
EQUIPMENT CORP.
PAN AND TILT HEAD
NEW
VINTEN AVOCET
FLUID SPRING
Model 3199
$2,400.00
Price
CAPACITY: 30 lbs. with 5" Center of Gravity
WEIGHT: 71/2 lbs.
TILT ANGLE: Plus /Minus 90 Degrees
PAN ANGLE: 360 Degrees
Supplied With
3/8" Bolt Fixing to Camera
as Standard. Illustration shows optional, Quick
Release Wedge Adaptor.
One each Pan Bar and Pan Bar Clamp
Base of customer's choice
Features
L.F. (Lubricated Friction) Drag in both pan and tilt modes
Separate Pan and Tilt Locks
Whip pan action
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
twrin
HARRIS
194
O.C. WHITE CO.
,M
ULTRAFLEX -ARMS
Heavy Duty Mike Boom
ULTRAFLEX MICROPHONE ARMS hold mikes
up to 3.25 lbs. and have 5/8 - 27 thread on male
mounting stud with 37" arm extension. Arms
painted smoke gray with chrome -plated holding
springs.
MODEL
PRICE
24100 Clamp Base (opens to 2 1/2 ")
24200 Wall Base
24300 Screwdown Base
51900 Screwdown Base with 12" shaft extension
to raise bottom joint of arm
$51.38
49.13
49.13
56.63
ADDITIONAL ACCESSORY MOUNTING BASES
MODEL
11460 Clamp Base
11461 Wall Base
11462 Screwdown Base
HARRIS
PRICE
$6.75
6 38
6 75
One Source For
All Your Broadcast
Equipment Needs
THE BROADCAST DIVISION OF THE HARRIS CORPORATION IS DEDICATED TO SERVING THE REQUIREMENTS OF
THE BROADCAST INDUSTRY. IF YOU HAVE PARTS OR EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS NOT INCLUDED IN THIS
CATALOG
CONTACT YOUR HARRIS DISTRICT SALES MANAGER OR THE HARRIS QUINCY SALES OFFICE.
-
HAF2F2IS
Prices and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
199
INDEX
C
A
lbco Wire and Metal Products
\coustic Research
2
\DC Products
\dapter Hub. NAB 10V Reels
kilted Tower
1ltron c Research Corp
4
109
3
179
5 6
N Antenna Accessories
N Dummy Loads Load Resistors
1M, FM Monitors
AM Frequency Monitors
AM Modulation Monitors
AMP Special Industries
Ampex Corp
Amplifiers.
Amplifiers.
Amplifiers,
Amplifiers.
Amplifiers.
AM
43 -47, 97. 130. 131
5. 6, 29, 38
27. 173, 174
27. 173
27. 173
9
7, 8
27
140
27
27
91, 95
RF
Audio
FM RF
TV RF
Video
Amplitude Modulation Controller
Ampro Scully
Andrew Corp
Anixter Mark
Antenna Meters
Antenna Monitors
Antenna Remote Control
Antenna Towers
Antennas-Communication, Point to Point
Antennas-Parabolic
Antennas-Yagi
46
10. 11
12 -14
15
45
45. 131
43
179
15, 145
15
145
16
22. 106. 155
Aphex
Arms, Turntable Pickup
Asaca
Atlas Sound
Atlas Tower
Audio Accessories
Audio Amplifiers
Audio Consoles
17, 18
19
Audio Connectors
Audio Delay Equipment
'to Distortion Analyzer. Harmonic
- to Distortion Analyzer, Intermodulation
Distribution Amplifiers
Effects Equipment
qualizer. Active
Equalizer, Graphic
Equalizer. Parametric
o Flanger
ho Generator. Intermod Signal
Generator. Sine Wave
ookup Wire
^.k Panels
gr, Peak /RMS
Irs
IReduction
179
4 28
26, 39. 140
23 -25, 107. 108
20
60. 61
132
132
26. 106
60. 61. 105. 121
I:sors
to Amplifiers
Iaeration Equipment
ice Controller
3 Synthesizer
60, 61, 186. 187
108. 156
105. 121
121
121
50, 51.96. 182 -185
Ihers
pal Blocks
20
ctronics
21
i ra
22
:ompression
60. 61
23 -26
16
27. 173
101. 110. 111. 177. 178
Inc
r
elation Monitors
,lation Transformers
-tic Dehydrators
41
14
B
Dot Generator. Video
Station. Remote Pickup
-in. Flasher
'lectronics Lab. Inc.
'olortran
tronics Corp
her
1 Generator, Video
ewer Co Inc
ei
+mon Point Impedance
sting Impedance
Bulk 'tape
Bulk Tape Erasers
80.93
103
76
27
28
163
29 -31
31
80, 93. 172
163
45
45
147, 148
21. 65, 87. 109
28
12 -14. 32 -34
Cable Connectors. Audio
Cable Connectors. Coaxial
Cable, Microphone
Cablewave Systems
Calorimeter. Digital. RF
Camera Support Equipment
20
9 12.14. 32 -34
28
32-34
31
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
174
Receiver, EBS
RF
Amplifier
27
SCA Monitor
Transceiver, Communications
Transmitter. Communications
71
65
62 -64
21, 65, 87. 109
87
65
22. 155. 160
147
99. 100
35
36
60
59
Clocks. Digital
59. 152
Clocks. Studio
59
Clocks. Timers
14
Coax Line Pressurization Equipment
12.14, 32.34. 46. 52
Coaxial Cable & Accessories
46. 47
Coaxial Switches
Coaxial Transmission Line.
Rigid
34.47 -49. 115.117, 125-127
80. 93. 96, 172
Color Bar Generator
38, 169
Color Picture Monitor
172
Color Sync Generator
Common Point Impedance Bridge
Connectors. Audio
Connectors, Coaxial
Conrac
Console Desks
Consoles. Audio
Convergence Generator
Crown International, Inc
Crystals, Hi-Accuracy Remote Pickup
Curtis Terminal Boards
45
20
9, 12.14. 32.34. 46
37. 38
107. 141
23.25, 107. 108
172
39. 40
103
D
41
DBX. Inc
42
41
14
Dehydrators
Delay Equipment. Audio
Delta Electronics
Demagnetizer Editing Pen
Demagnetizer. Degausser. Tape
Demagnetizer. Tape Head
Demodulators. TV
Desks. Console
Dielectric Communications
Digital Audio Equipment
Digital Calorimeter. RF
Digital Clocks
Digital Remote Control
Digital Timers
Dollies. Camera
Dummy Loads, AM. FM. TV
Dynair Electronics, Inc
Dynatech Data Systems
60. 61
43 -46
109
21, 65. 87, 109
109
96, 136. 146
141.
142
107.
47 -49
60. 61
59
59
82. 189. 190
5. 6. 29 -31, 53. 54
50. 51
52
E
60. 61. 105, 121
53. 54
55-58
174
36
36
121, 181
80
21. 65, 87, 109
Eraser. Tape
59
60. 61
ESE
Eventide Clockworks. Inc
132
80. 93
80. 93. 172
80. 93. 96. 172
172
172
93, 172
36
93. 172
45, 130
Generators, Power
Generators, Pulse
Generators, R F
Generators. Stairstep /Ramp
Generators, Stereo FM
Generators, Sub Carrier
Generators. Sync
Generators. Timing Signal
Generators, Video Signal
Gentner Engineering
Gibraltar. Heads, Pedestals
Gray Tone Arm
93
111
111
80. 92. 172
92. 172
80, 92. 93, 172
69
133, 134
106
H
Harmonizer
Harris Corp
Headphones
60. 61
70. 71
134, 149, 166
119,
120,
134,
191-193
82.
12 -14
133, 134
72 -75
76
Heads. Camera
Heliax Coaxial Cable
Hercules, Heads. Pedestals
Hitachi
Hughey -Phillips Co
Inductrol Voltage Regulators. GE
Innovative Television Equipment IITEI
Intercom Systems
Intermodulation Test Equipment
International Tapetronics (ITC)
MI
Isolation Transformers, Tower Lighting
F
62 -65
130
105
2
5. 6, 29 -31, 53, 54
27. 174
27. 174
68
82
135. 138
132
83 -87
77-81
41, 76
J
88. 89
4
52. 180
JBL
Jack Strips. Jacks. Audio
Jack Strips, Jacks. Video
K
31
175. 176
Effects Equipment, Audio
Electro Impulse Lab. Inc
Electro -Voice
Emergency Broadcast Systems (EBS)
Emergency Power Generators
Engine Generators
Equalizers, Audio
Equalizers, Video
68
General Electric
Generators. Audio
Generators. Bar Dot
Generators. Black Burst
Generators. Color Bar
Generators. Convergence
Generators, Linearity Signal
Generators, Multi Burst
20
Dale
Decca Austin
130
66. 67
G
128, 129
2 64. 143. 144, 157
Cartridge Tape
Cartridge Tape Erasers
Cartridge Tape Splice Locator
Cartridge Tape Splicer
Cartridges. Transcription
Cassettes. Video
Character Generator
Cinema Products
Fidelipac
Field Intensity Meters
Flanger. Audio
Flexo
FM Dummy Loads
FM Frequency Monitor
FM Modulation Monitor
70
35. 82
Cartridge Racks
Cone
27. 174
Frequency Synthesizer & Coherent Detector
Frezzolini Electronics
118-120. 133. 134. 188 -193
Camera Test Charts. Films. Slides
Cartridge Machine Alignment Equipment
181
121, 181
121, 181
105
132
132
28
4. 69
25
107, 108. 156
42
4 69
4. 69
Cords
Panels
Cable, Audio
Cable, Coaxial & Accessories
Kay Industries
124
,
9
Kings Electronics
Kinoton
90
163
168
Kl egl
Kline Iron & Steel Co
,
Inc
L
Land Mobile Communications Equipment
Lenco. Inc
Lighting Kits
Lightning Elimination Associates
Lights, TV Studio
Lights, Studio Warning
Lights, Tower
Listec TV Equipment Corp
Logging. Remote Control
Luxo Lamp Corp
70. 71
91 -96
36. 66
97, 98
163
65
76
188 -193
114
26
M
Marti Electronics.lnc
Measurement Sets, TV
Meter, Ammeter. RF
Meter. Field Strength/ Intensity
Meter. Jack
Meter. TV Noise
Mic Mix Audio Products, Inc
Microphone Cable
uunn
101 -104
18
45
130
46
17. 96
105
28
HARRIS
200
Microphone Connectors
Microphones & Accessories
Microphone Mixers
Microphone Stands
Microtrak Corp
Microtran Co Inc
3M Video
3M Company Scotch
Mixers. Audio
Modular Desks. Cabinet
Monitor Amplifier
Monitor. AM Frequency
Monitor. AM Modulation
Monitor. FM Frequency
Monitor. FM Modulation
Monitor. Prompting Systems
Monitor. SCA
Monitor Speakers
Monitor. TV Aural Modulation
Monitor. TV Frequency
Monitor. TV Picture, Color
Monitor, TV Picture, Monochrome
Monitor. TV Waveform
Moseley Associates. Inc
.
-
-
s
20
40. 56. 58.
149 -151, 153. 154, 167, 168. 194
89, 140, 156
2 19, 26. 58. 149. 154. 194
106 -108
109
99. 100
147. 148
23 -25. 107. 108, 140. 156
107, 141, 142
39, 140
27, 173
27, 173
27. 174
27. 174
192
27, 174
3.57.88.89
27, 173
27, 173
38, 169
37, 91, 95
170
110 -114
115 -117
Myat. Inc
N
17. 96
Noise Meter. Video
NTSC Encoders
96
o
118 -120
O'Connor Engineering Labs. Inc
Operating Impedance Bridge
Orban
Otan
45
121
122, 123
P
Panasonic (Technics)
Patch Cords and Patch Panels, Audio
Patch Cords and Patch Panels, Video
Phasemaster
Phase Analyzer. Audio
Phase Monitor. AM
Phelps Dodge
Pickup Arms
Pickup Cartridges
Porta- Panern
Potomac Instruments
Power Arrester. Secondary
Power Phase Converters
Power Terminal Blocks
Pressurization Equipment
Projectors. Film
Projectors, Slide
Prompting Systems
164
4, 69
52, 180
22. 106. 155
22. 155, 160
128, 129
130 -132
41
124
20
14
90
158. 159
165. 192
Systems
Amplifier. AM
RF Amplifier, FM
RF Amplifier. TV
RF Communications. Harris Corp
RF Meter Jacks
Recorders. Audio Cartridge
135
45
27
RF
Recorders. Tape Reel -to -Reel
Recording Tape. Audio
Recording Tape. Video
Regulators. Voltage
Remote Amplifier Equipment
Remote Antenna Meters
Remote Control Equipment
Remote Pickup Equipment
Reverberation Equipment
Revox (Studer Revox)
Rohde & Schwartz
Rigid Transmission Line
Ring Transformer
RTS Systems
Ruslang Corp
-
T
TFT (Time & Frequency Tech
1
Talley Industries Co (Seth Thomas)
Tape Alignment
Tape. Bulk
Tape Cartridge Racks
Tape Cartridges
Tape Editing Pen
Tape Erasers
Tape Head Demagnetizer
Tape Reel -to -Reel Recorders
Tape Splice Locator
Tape, Splicing
Tape Splicer. Block
27
27
70.
71
46
83 -85
7. 8
10. 11, 86. 87. 122, 123. 161
62, 63, 65, 148
147
68
108
45, 131
43. 103. 104, 112 -114
103, 112
60, 61. 105. 121
161. 162
136, 137
34, 47 -49 115 -117. 125 -127
41. 76
138 -140
141 -144
71
173 -178
152
10'
-
82. 118. 19
Trompeter Electronics. Inc
Turntables and Bases
18(
164
V
179
Unarco -Rohn
181
UREI
182 -185
Utah Scientific
Utility Tower
179
V
Valley People
Vectorscopes
Video Character Generator
186. 187
171
99. 100
80. 94. 95
Video Distribution Amplifiers
Video
Video
Video
Video
Video
Video
Video
Video
Video
Video
Video
Video
Film Projectors
Noise Meter
Patch Panels Cords
Picture Monitors
Processing Systems
Production Switchers
Slide Projectors
90
17. 96
52. 180
37, 38. 91. 95. 169
80, 92 -95
77 -81
158. 159
50, 51.96. 182-185
80. 92. 93, 172
80, 92, 172
Switchers
Signal Generators
Sync Generators
Tape Recorders
Test Charts. Films. Slide. Transparencies
Vinten
Voltage Regulators
Voltage Transient Protectors
72-75
128, 129
188 -193
68
41
w
65
Warning Lights. Studio
152
Westclox
194
White Co
Wireless Headphones
Wireless Microphones
World Tower
Wow & Flutter Meter
O C
135
167, 168
179
65
X -Y -2
65
147. 148
2. 64. 143 144. 157
103. 112
101. 110, 111. 177, 178
Tripods. Camera
-
Technics
133. 134
R
R- Columbia
RF Ammeter
Sampling Transformers. RF
44
Scala Electronic Corp
145
146
Scientific Atlanta
Secondary Power Arrester
41
147. 148
Scotch (3M)
Sennheiser Electronic Corp
149-151
152
Seth Thomas
Shure
153 -156
Sibilance Controller
121
132
Signal Generator. Audio
45. 130
Signal Generator. RF
157
Southeast Electronics. Inc
Speakers. Monitoring
3, 57, 88, 89
Splice Locator
87
158. 159
Spindler and Sauppe
179
Stainless. Inc
Stairstep Ramp Generator
93
160
Stanton
Stands. Microphone
2. 19. 26. 58 149, 154, 194
Steadicam
35
FM
111
Stereo Generator.
27
Stereo Modulation Monitor
121
Stereo Synthesizer
163
Strand Century
161, 162
Studer Revox America. Inc
59. 152
Studio Clocks
163
Studio Lighting Equipment
Studio Transmitter -Link (STL)
101,
110.
111,
177,
178
Aural
65
Studio Warning Lights
80. 94
Sub-Carrier Distribution Amp. Video
111
Sub -Carrier Generator (SCA)
41, 97. 98
Surge Protectors. Power
41
Surge Protectors. Telephone Line
46. 47
Switches. Coaxial
46
Switches. Meter RF
Switchers. Audio
50, 51. 96. 182-185
Switchers. Video
50, 51, 96. 182 -185
77.81
Switchers, Video Production
80, 92, 172
Sync Generator. Video
94
Delay
Module
System
(Video)
43. 131
125-127
Transmitters Mobile Radio
Transmitters. Remote Pickup
Transmitters, STL Aural
Transmitters Studio Link ITSLI
.
27, 174
124
132
Q
Ouickset
SCA Modulation Monitor
Yagi Antennas
145
62 -64
109
21. 65. 87, 109
109
7 8 10
11. 86. 87, 122, 123. 161
87
65
65
164
169 -172
Tektronix. Inc
Telecommunications Industries. Ltd
128. 129
Teledyne Acoustic Research
3
162
Telephone Hybrid
165
Telescript
128. 129
Television Camera Test Equipment
Television Demodulators
96. 136, 146
Television Dummy Loads
5 6 29 -31
17, 18
Television Monitoring & Test
27. 37, 38, 95, 96. 137. 146, 169-171
Television Picture Monitors
37, 38, 91. 95, 169
90
Television Projectors. Film
158, 159
Television Projectors. Slide
171
Television Vectorscope
170
Television Waveform Monitors
166 -168
Telex
20
Terminal Blocks, Audio & Power
128, 129
Test Charts. TV Camera
173-178
Time & Frequency Technology
Tone Arms
22, 106, 155
76
Tower Lighting & Accessories
179
Towers. AM. FM. TV. Microwave
70, 71
Transceivers
22, 155, 160
Transcription Cartridges
41
Transformers. Isolation. Power
12-14
Transmission Lines. Coaxial
125
-127
32.34. 47 -49. 115 -117.
Transmitters. Communications
71
IQ
PRICES AND SPECIFICATIONS ON ALL ITEMS
INCLUDED IN THIS CATALOG ARE SUBJECT
TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.
BROADCAST DIVISION
HARRIS CORPORATION
P. O. BOX 4290, QUINCY, ILLINOIS 62305 -4290 U.S.A. 217/222 -8200
Compiled a auohshed by
BILL DANIELS CO INC
Shawnee Mission. KS 66201
.
BROADCAST DIVISION
HARRIS CORPORATION
P. O. BOX 4290, QUINCY, ILLINOIS 62305 -4290 U.S.A.
UGH
Natchitoches Brcstg.
P. U. Box607
Natchitoches,
LA
_
Co.
71457
BULK RATE
Postage
PAID
Permit No. 243
Shawnee Msn., Ks.
U S
Cif. 'Eng.
FMAF
'.i_lt
.
www.americanradiohistory.com
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement